TIBCO ActiveMatrix

BusinessWorks™
Palette Reference
Software Release 5.13
August 2015

Two-Second Advantage®
Important Information
SOME TIBCO SOFTWARE EMBEDS OR BUNDLES OTHER TIBCO SOFTWARE. USE OF SUCH EMBEDDED
OR BUNDLED TIBCO SOFTWARE IS SOLELY TO ENABLE THE FUNCTIONALITY (OR PROVIDE LIMITED
ADD-ON FUNCTIONALITY) OF THE LICENSED TIBCO SOFTWARE. THE EMBEDDED OR BUNDLED
SOFTWARE IS NOT LICENSED TO BE USED OR ACCESSED BY ANY OTHER TIBCO SOFTWARE OR FOR
ANY OTHER PURPOSE.
USE OF TIBCO SOFTWARE AND THIS DOCUMENT IS SUBJECT TO THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF A
LICENSE AGREEMENT FOUND IN EITHER A SEPARATELY EXECUTED SOFTWARE LICENSE
AGREEMENT, OR, IF THERE IS NO SUCH SEPARATE AGREEMENT, THE CLICKWRAP END USER
LICENSE AGREEMENT WHICH IS DISPLAYED DURING DOWNLOAD OR INSTALLATION OF THE
SOFTWARE (AND WHICH IS DUPLICATED IN THE LICENSE FILE) OR IF THERE IS NO SUCH SOFTWARE
LICENSE AGREEMENT OR CLICKWRAP END USER LICENSE AGREEMENT, THE LICENSE(S) LOCATED
IN THE “LICENSE” FILE(S) OF THE SOFTWARE. USE OF THIS DOCUMENT IS SUBJECT TO THOSE TERMS
AND CONDITIONS, AND YOUR USE HEREOF SHALL CONSTITUTE ACCEPTANCE OF AND AN
AGREEMENT TO BE BOUND BY THE SAME.
This document contains confidential information that is subject to U.S. and international copyright laws and
treaties. No part of this document may be reproduced in any form without the written authorization of TIBCO
Software Inc.
TIBCO, Two-Second Advantage, TIBCO Hawk, TIBCO Rendezvous, TIBCO Runtime Agent, TIBCO
ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks, TIBCO Administrator, TIBCO Designer, TIBCO ActiveMatrix Service Gateway,
TIBCO BusinessEvents, TIBCO BusinessConnect, and TIBCO BusinessConnect Trading Community
Management are either registered trademarks or trademarks of TIBCO Software Inc. in the United States and/or
other countries.
Enterprise Java Beans (EJB), Java Platform Enterprise Edition (Java EE), Java 2 Platform Enterprise Edition
(J2EE), and all Java-based trademarks and logos are trademarks or registered trademarks of Oracle Corporation
in the U.S. and other countries.
All other product and company names and marks mentioned in this document are the property of their
respective owners and are mentioned for identification purposes only.
THIS SOFTWARE MAY BE AVAILABLE ON MULTIPLE OPERATING SYSTEMS. HOWEVER, NOT ALL
OPERATING SYSTEM PLATFORMS FOR A SPECIFIC SOFTWARE VERSION ARE RELEASED AT THE SAME
TIME. SEE THE README FILE FOR THE AVAILABILITY OF THIS SOFTWARE VERSION ON A SPECIFIC
OPERATING SYSTEM PLATFORM.
THIS DOCUMENT IS PROVIDED “AS IS” WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS OR
IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, OR NON-INFRINGEMENT.
THIS DOCUMENT COULD INCLUDE TECHNICAL INACCURACIES OR TYPOGRAPHICAL ERRORS.
CHANGES ARE PERIODICALLY ADDED TO THE INFORMATION HEREIN; THESE CHANGES WILL BE
INCORPORATED IN NEW EDITIONS OF THIS DOCUMENT. TIBCO SOFTWARE INC. MAY MAKE
IMPROVEMENTS AND/OR CHANGES IN THE PRODUCT(S) AND/OR THE PROGRAM(S) DESCRIBED IN
THIS DOCUMENT AT ANY TIME.
THE CONTENTS OF THIS DOCUMENT MAY BE MODIFIED AND/OR QUALIFIED, DIRECTLY OR
INDIRECTLY, BY OTHER DOCUMENTATION WHICH ACCOMPANIES THIS SOFTWARE, INCLUDING
BUT NOT LIMITED TO ANY RELEASE NOTES AND "READ ME" FILES.
Copyright © 2001-2015 TIBCO Software Inc. ALL RIGHTS RESERVED.
TIBCO Software Inc. Confidential Information
 | iii

Contents

Figures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xxiii

Tables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xxv

Preface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xxvii
Changes from the Previous Release of this Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xxviii
Related Documentation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xxxi
TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Documentation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xxxi
Other TIBCO Product Documentation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xxxi
Typographical Conventions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xxxiii
Connecting with TIBCO Resources . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xxxv
How to Join TIBCOmmunity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xxxv
How to Access TIBCO Documentation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xxxv
How to Contact TIBCO Support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xxxv

Chapter 1 Process Palette . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1

Process Definition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Process Variables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Partners . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3

Chapter 2 ActiveEnterprise Adapter Palette . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5

Common Features Across ActiveEnterprise Activities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Support for Message Filter Resources . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Internationalization Support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Refresh Adapter Service Button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Transport Tab . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Configure SSL Button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Adapter Request-Response Server . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Transport. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Misc . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Adapter Subscriber . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

iv
| Contents
Transport . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Misc . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Invoke an Adapter Request-Response Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Transport . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
Error Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Publish to Adapter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
Transport . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
Error Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
Respond to Adapter Request . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
Error Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Send Exception to Adapter Request . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
Error Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
Wait for Adapter Message . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
Transport . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
Event . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
Error Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
Wait for Adapter Request . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
Transport . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
Event . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55

Chapter 3 File Palette . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57

Copy File . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 Contents v
|
Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
Error Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
Create File . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
Error Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
File Poller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
Advanced . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
Misc . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
List Files . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
Error Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
Read File . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
Error Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
Remove File . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
Error Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
Rename File . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
Error Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
Wait for File Change . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
Event. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
Write File . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
Error Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

vi
| Contents

Chapter 4 FTP Palette . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89

FTP Change Default Directory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
Error Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
FTP Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
Configure SSL Button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
Test Connection Button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
Available Commands Button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
FTP Delete File . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
Error Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
FTP DIR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
Error Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
FTP Get . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
Error Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
FTP Get Default Directory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
Error Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
FTP Make Remote Directory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113
Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113
Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113
Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
Error Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
FTP Put . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116
Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116
Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118
Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119
Error Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
FTP Quote . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 Contents vii
|
Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
Error Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
FTP Remove Remote Directory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
Error Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
FTP Rename File . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
Error Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
FTP Sys Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130
Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130
Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130
Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
Error Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132

Chapter 5 General Activities Palette . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133

Assign . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
Call Process . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
Dynamically Determining the Process to Call. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138
Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
Catch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141
Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141
Checkpoint . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142
Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142
Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142
Checkpoints and Transactions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143
Called Processes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143
Recovering After a Crash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143
Confirm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

viii
| Contents
Custom Activity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147
Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147
Engine Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149
Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149
Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150
Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150
Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151
External Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164
Long-Running Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164
Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164
Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166
Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168
Error Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169
Generate Error . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170
Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171
Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171
Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172
Get Shared Variable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173
Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173
Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173
Inspector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174
Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174
Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175
Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175
JNDI Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176
Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176
Test Configuration Button. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177
Advanced . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177
IBM WebSphere and JNDI Context Caching . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178
Job Shared Variable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179
Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179
Schema . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179
Initial Value. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179
Label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181
Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181
Lock Object . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183
Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183
Mapper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184
Input Editor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184
Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184
Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184
Notify . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 Contents ix
|
Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185
Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185
Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186
Notify Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187
Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187
Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187
Null . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188
On Event Timeout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189
Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189
Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190
On Notification Timeout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191
Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191
Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192
On Shutdown . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193
Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193
On Startup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194
Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194
Receive Notification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195
Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195
Misc . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196
Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197
Rethrow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198
Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198
Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198
Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198
Set Shared Variable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199
Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199
Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199
Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200
Shared Variable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201
Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201
Schema . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
Initial Value . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
Sleep . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204
Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204
Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204
Timer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205
Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205
Misc . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206
Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207
Wait . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208
Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

x
| Contents
Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208
Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209
Write To Log . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210
Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210
Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211
Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211
Custom Properties for the Write To Log Activity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211
OnError . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213
Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213
Misc . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214
Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214

Chapter 6 HTTP Palette . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215

HTTP Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216
Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217
Configure SSL Button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219
Advanced . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220
Custom Properties for the HTTP Palette . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223
HTTP Receiver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225
Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225
Advanced . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228
Misc . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229
Special Characters in HTTP Requests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229
Output Headers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230
Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231
Proxy Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237
Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237
Send HTTP Request . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238
Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238
Sending Data in the HTTP Request. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240
Configure SSL Button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242
Advanced . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244
Input Headers/Output Headers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245
Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247
Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253
Persistent Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256
Error Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260
Send HTTP Response . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261
Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261
Input Headers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262
Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263
Error Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 267

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 Contents xi
|
Wait for HTTP Request . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268
Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268
Event. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270
Output Headers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 271
Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272
Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273
Error Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276

Chapter 7 Java Palette . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 277

Show Class Browser . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278
Common Features of Java Code and Java Method . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280
Accessing TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Global Variables and Java System Properties . . . . . . . . 280
Sending Messages to The TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks log4j File . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 281
Java Code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 282
Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 282
Code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 283
Compiling Java Code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 285
Passing Java Objects Between Java Code Activities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 286
Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 287
Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 287
Error Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 287
Java Custom Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 289
Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 290
Example Java Function. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 292
Java Event Source . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 294
Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 294
JavaProcessStarter Abstract Class . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 295
Code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 296
Compiling Java Code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 298
Advanced . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 299
Misc . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300
Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300
Error Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301
Java Global Instance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 302
Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 303
Advanced . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 304
Java Method . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 305
Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 305
Advanced . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 307
Caching the Java Class . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 309
Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 310
Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 311
Error Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 311

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

xii
| Contents
Java Schema . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 313
Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 313
Schema Text . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 314
Java To XML . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 315
Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 318
Advanced . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 319
Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 319
Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 320
Error Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 320
XML To Java . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 321
Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 321
Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 322
Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 323
Error Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 323

Chapter 8 JDBC Palette . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 325

JDBC Call Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 326
Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 326
Advanced . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 328
Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 329
Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 330
Error Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 332
JDBC Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 333
Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 333
Database Drivers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 337
Connection Pooling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 338
Test Connection Button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 339
JDBC Get Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 340
Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 340
Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 341
Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 341
Error Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 343
Using The JDBC Connection in Java. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 343
JDBC Query . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 345
Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 345
Fetch Button. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 346
Prepared Parameters. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 346
Advanced . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 348
Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 350
Fetching Subsets of the Result Set . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 351
Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 352
Error Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 353
JDBC Update . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 355

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 Contents xiii
|
Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 355
Prepared Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 356
Advanced . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 357
Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 358
Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 359
Error Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 360
Query Designer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 362
SQL Direct . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 367
Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 367
Advanced . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 368
Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 368
Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 369
Error Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 372
Time Zone Construction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 373
Examples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 373
Time Zone Names . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 374

Chapter 9 JMS Palette . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 379

Enabling JMS in TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 381
Get JMS Queue Message . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 382
Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 382
Advanced . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 386
Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 386
Output Editor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 387
Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 387
Error Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 390
JMS Application Properties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 391
Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 391
JMS Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 392
Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 392
Test Connection Button. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 398
Advanced . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 398
SSL Configuration. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 399
JMS Properties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 402
JMS Queue Receiver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 406
Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 406
Misc . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 410
Load-Balancing of Incoming Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 410
Advanced . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 411
Output Editor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 412
Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 413
JMS Queue Requestor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 415

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

xiv
| Contents
Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 415
Advanced . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 417
Input Editor/Output Editor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 418
Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 418
Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 421
Error Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 423
JMS Queue Sender . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 424
Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 424
Advanced . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 426
Input Editor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 427
Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 427
Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 431
Error Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 431
JMS Topic Publisher . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 432
Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 432
Advanced . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 433
Input Editor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 435
Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 435
Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 438
Error Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 438
JMS Topic Requestor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 439
Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 439
Advanced . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 441
Input Editor/Output Editor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 442
Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 442
Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 446
Error Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 448
JMS Topic Subscriber . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 449
Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 449
Advanced . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 454
Misc . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 455
Output Editor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 455
Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 455
Reply To JMS Message . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 458
Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 458
Advanced . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 460
Input Editor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 461
Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 461
Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 465
Error Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 465
Wait for JMS Queue Message . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 466
Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 466
Advanced . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 469

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 Contents xv
|
Message Event . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 470
Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 471
Output Editor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 471
Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 471
Error Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 474
Wait for JMS Topic Message . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 475
Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 475
Advanced . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 479
Message Event . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 480
Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 481
Output Editor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 482
Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 482
Error Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 484
Reconnecting to JMS Servers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 485

Chapter 10 Mail Palette . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 487

Receive Mail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 488
Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 488
Configure SSL Button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 490
Test Connection Button. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 490
Advanced . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 491
Output Headers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 492
Misc . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 493
Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 493
Send Mail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 497
Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 497
Configure SSL Button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 498
Support for STARTTLS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 499
Advanced . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 500
Input Headers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 500
Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 500
Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 504
Error Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 505

Chapter 11 Parse Palette . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 507

Data Format . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 508
Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 509
Data Format . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 511
Delimiter Separated Fields . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 512
Field Offsets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 512
Parse Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 514
Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 514
Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 516

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

xvi
| Contents
Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 517
Error Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 520
Parsing a Large Number of Records . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 520
Render Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 522
Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 522
Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 522
Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 523
Error Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 523

Chapter 12 Policy Palette . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 525

Security Policy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 526
Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 526
Authentication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 528
Integrity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 530
Confidentiality . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 532
Timeout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 535
Security Policy Association . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 536
Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 536
Inbound . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 537
Outbound . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 538
Support for Unqualified Elements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 539

Chapter 13 Rendezvous Palette . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 541

RawRVMsg2 Schema . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 542
The RawRVMsg2 Schema. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 542
Adding the RawRVMsg2 Schema to Your Project . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 543
Datatype Conversion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 544
TIBRVMSG_XML, TIBRVMSG_IPADDR32, and TIBRVMSG_IPPORT16 Datatypes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 546
Raw TIBCO Rendezvous Message Support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 548
Using the RawRVMsg2 Schema . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 548
Field Names In Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 550
Internationalization Support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 551
Publish Rendezvous Message . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 552
Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 552
Input Editor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 553
Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 553
Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 554
Error Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 554
Rendezvous Subscriber . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 555
Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 555
Misc . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 557
Output Editor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 558

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 Contents xvii
|
Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 558
Rendezvous Transport . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 559
Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 559
Configure SSL Button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 560
Advanced . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 561
Reply to Rendezvous Request . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 564
Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 564
Input Editor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 564
Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 564
Error Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 565
Send Rendezvous Request . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 566
Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 566
Input/Output Editor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 568
Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 568
Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 569
Error Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 570
Wait for Rendezvous Message . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 571
Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 571
Event. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 573
Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 574
Output Editor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 574
Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 574
Error Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 575

Chapter 14 RMI Palette . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 577

RMI Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 578
Using RMI to Call a Remote Object . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 578
Acting as a RMI Server. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 578
RMI Lookup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 580
Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 580
Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 580
Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 581
RMI Server . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 582
Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 582
Misc . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 583
Output Editor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 583
Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 583

Chapter 15 Service Palette . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 585

Context Resource . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 586
Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 586
Schema . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 586

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

xviii Contents
|
Get Context . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 587
Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 587
Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 587
Invoke Partner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 588
Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 588
Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 588
Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 589
Error Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 589
Partner Link Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 590
Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 590
Advanced SOAP Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 599
Receive Partner Notification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 608
Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 608
Misc . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 609
Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 609
Error Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 609
Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 611
Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 612
Advanced SOAP Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 621
Partner Binding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 633
WSDL Source . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 634
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 635
Set Context . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 636
Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 636
Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 636
Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 637

Chapter 16 SOAP Palette . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 639

SOAP Specification Compliance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 640
Retrieve Resources . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 642
Using Retrieve Resources . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 642
Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 644
Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 644
Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 646
Error Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 646
Built-in Resource Provider . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 647
SOAP Event Source . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 649
WSDL File and SOAP Event Source . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 649
Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 649
Transport Details . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 651
Messages With Attachments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 656
Advanced . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 657

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 Contents xix
|
WSDL Source . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 662
Misc . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 663
Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 663
Error Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 674
SOAP Request Reply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 675
Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 675
Reload Button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 676
Test Transport Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 676
Transport Details. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 676
Configure SSL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 682
Messages With Attachments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 683
Advanced . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 685
Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 686
Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 692
Error Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 695
SOAP Send Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 697
Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 697
Transport. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 698
Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 699
Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 700
Error Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 700
SOAP Send Reply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 701
Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 701
Transport. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 701
Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 702
Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 703
Error Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 704
SOAP Messages Over the JMS Transport . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 705
WSDL Extensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 707
MimeParser . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 712
Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 712
Advanced . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 712
Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 713
Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 713
Error Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 713

Chapter 17 TCP/IP Palette . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 715

Overview of the TCP/IP Palette . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 716
Using the TCP/IP Palette Activities. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 716
Read TCP Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 717
Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 717
Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 718
Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 719

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

xx
| Contents
TCP Close Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 720
Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 720
Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 720
Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 720
TCP Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 721
Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 721
Advanced . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 723
Connection Pooling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 723
TCP Open Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 724
Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 724
Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 724
Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 725
TCP Receiver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 726
Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 726
Setting TCP Keep-Alive Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 726
Misc . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 727
Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 728
Wait for TCP Request . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 729
Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 729
Event . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 729
Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 730
Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 730
Write TCP Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 731
Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 731
Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 732
Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 732

Chapter 18 Transaction Palette . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 733

JTA UserTransaction Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 734
Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 734
Test Connection Button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 736
Transaction State . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 737
Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 737
Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 737
Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 738
Error Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 738
XA TransactionManager Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 739
Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 739

Chapter 19 WSDL Palette. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 741

WSDL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 742
Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 742

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 Contents xxi
|
Toolbar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 743
Editing WSDL Resources . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 745
Copying WSDL Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 746
External References . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 749
Message . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 750
Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 750
Toolbar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 751
Editing Message Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 752
PortType . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 753
Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 753
Toolbar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 753
Editing PortType Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 753
Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 754
Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 754
Toolbar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 756
Editing Operation Components. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 756

Chapter 20 XML Activities Palette . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 757

Parse XML . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 758
Parsing Date and Datetime Strings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 758
Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 758
Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 759
Output Editor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 760
Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 761
Error Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 761
Render XML . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 762
Rendering Date and Datetime Strings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 762
Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 762
Advanced . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 763
Input Editor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 763
Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 763
Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 764
Error Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 765
Transform XML . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 766
Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 766
Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 767
Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 768
Error Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 769
Example of Transforming XML . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 769
XSLT File . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 772

Appendix A Specifying Data Schema . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 773

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

xxii
| Contents
Editor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 774

Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 781

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 | xxiii

Figures

Figure 1 An Adapter Request-Response Server activity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22

Figure 2 An Adapter Subscriber activity receiving a message and starting a process. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Figure 3 An Invoke an Adapter Request-Response Service activity sending a request . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Figure 4 A Publish to Adapter activity sending a message . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
Figure 5 A Respond to Adapter Request sending a response . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Figure 6 A Send Exception to Adapter Request sending an exception . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
Figure 7 A Publish to Adapter activity sending a message . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
Figure 8 A Wait for Adapter Request activity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Figure 9 Using the Generate Error activity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170
Figure 10 Persistent HTTP Connection Pool . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257
Figure 11 Selecting a class with the Choose a Class dialog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278
Figure 12 Selecting a method in a class from the Choose a Class and Method dialog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279
Figure 13 Compile All Code dialog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 285
Figure 14 Passing objects between Java Code activities. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 286
Figure 15 Compile All Code dialog . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 298
Figure 16 Sharing a cached class . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 309
Figure 17 Different Java Method activities in the same process do not share the class . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 310
Figure 18 The Query Designer wizard . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 362
Figure 19 Parsing a text string into a data schema . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 508
Figure 20 Fixed-width text strings and field offsets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 513
Figure 21 Using the ipPort and ipAddr datatypes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 547
Figure 22 Selecting a type from the RawRVMsg2 schema . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 547
Figure 23 Schema for RawRVMsg2.xsd . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 548
Figure 24 Using the RMI Lookup activity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 578
Figure 25 Using the RMI Server process starter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 579
Figure 26 Process definition using the Retrieve Resources activity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 642
Figure 27 Specifying a UDDI registry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 747
Figure 28 Companies returned by the Explore button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 749

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

xxiv Figures
|
Figure 29 List of returned services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 749
Figure 30 A process definition using the Transform XML activity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 769
Figure 31 Input for the example Transform XML activity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 770

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 | xxv

Tables

Table 1 General Typographical Conventions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . xxxiii

Table 2 The Transport tab. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Table 3 Datatypes allows for Java custom functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 290
Table 4 Java to Schema Data Type Binding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 315
Table 5 Time zone names for the ServerTimeZone input item . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 374
Table 6 Properties for JMS Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 402
Table 7 TIBCO Rendezvous to TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks datatype conversion . . . . . . . . . . . 545
Table 8 TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks to TIBCO Rendezvous datatype conversion . . . . . . . . . . . 545
Table 9 SOAP Fault schema relationship . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 641
Table 10 JMS Message Headers and Properties for SOAP messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 706
Table 11 WSDL toolbar buttons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 743
Table 12 UDDI search types . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 747
Table 13 Content types for schema elements. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 775
Table 14 Icons for schema datatypes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 777

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

xxvi Tables
|

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 | xxvii

Preface

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks is a standards-based, easy-to-deploy

solution for companies looking to integrate their enterprise computing
environment and automate their business processes. This manual describes how
to create process definitions using TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks.

Topics

• Changes from the Previous Release of this Guide, page xxviii

• Related Documentation, page xxxi
• Typographical Conventions, page xxxiii
• Connecting with TIBCO Resources, page xxxv

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

xxviii Changes from the Previous Release of this Guide
|

Changes from the Previous Release of this Guide

Support for detail element in fault schema

The SOAP default fault element schema displays the detail element.
This impacts fault messages for the following activities:
• Invoke Partner, page 588
• SOAP Request Reply, page 675

Passing dynamic HTTP and basic authentication attributes in SOAP

Request Reply activity
Support added to dynamically pass the user name and password for each SOAP
request.
This impacts the following activities:
• SOAP Request Reply, page 675
• Partner Link Configuration, page 590

Incoming and Outgoing HTTP Headers and Cookies in a SOAP Request

Support added to expose HTTP headers and cookies in the following activities:
• SOAP Request Reply, page 675
• Partner Link Configuration, page 590

MTOM support with SOAP 1.1 binding

Support added for MTOM with SOAP 1.1 binding.
This impacts the following activities:
• SOAP Request Reply, page 675
• SOAP Event Source, page 649
• Partner Link Configuration, page 590
• Service, page 611

Reconnecting to JMS Servers for a list of exceptions

Support added for reconnecting to JMS servers if connections are interrupted.
Support is provided for a configurable list of exceptions.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 Preface xxix
|

For details, refer to the section Reconnecting to JMS Servers, page 485.

Log4j Configuration File

Support added to print the location of the log4j configuration file.

Sequenced Elements and Enumeration

Support added for sequenced elements and mapping enumeration to simple data
type.
This impacts the following activities:
• Java To XML, page 315
• XML To Java, page 321

Removal of manually adding the Prefix - Namespace pair

Support added for the removal of the manual activity of adding the
prefix-namespace pair to the association file.
It impacts the Security Policy Association activity.

Overriding Content Type

Support added to override the content type while sending MTOM messages.
This impacts the following activities:
• SOAP Request Reply, page 675
• SOAP Send Reply, page 701
• Invoke Partner, page 588
• Service, page 611
For details, refer to the section Overriding the Content Type MimeHeader,
page 684.

Reading binary data directly from file from base64 field

Support added to read binary data directly from file in a base64 field when
MTOM is used.
This impacts the following activities:
• SOAP Request Reply, page 675
• SOAP Send Reply, page 701

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

xxx
| Changes from the Previous Release of this Guide

• Invoke Partner, page 588

• Service, page 611

Filter messages using CorrelationID

Support added for filtering messages for the SOAP Request Reply activity using
the the Correlation ID.
It impacts the SOAP Request Reply activity.

Checks for Mandatory or Optional fields in Continue On Error feature in

Parse Data
Support added to check for mandatory or optional fields in the Continue on Error
feature.
It impacts the Parse Data activity.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 Preface xxxi
|

Related Documentation

This section lists documentation resources you may find useful.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Documentation

The following documents form the TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks
documentation set:
• TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Concepts Read this manual before reading
any other manual in the documentation set. This manual describes
terminology and concepts of TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks, and the
other manuals in the documentation set assume you are familiar with the
information in this manual.
• TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Getting Started This manual steps you
through a very simple example of designing, deploying, and monitoring a
TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks process.
• TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Process Design This manual describes how
to create, edit, and test business processes using TIBCO ActiveMatrix
BusinessWorks.
• TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference This manual describes
each of the palettes available in TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks.
• TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Administration This manual describes how
to use TIBCO Administrator to deploy, manage, and monitor TIBCO
ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks processes.
• TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Installation Read this manual for
information on installing one or more components of TIBCO ActiveMatrix
BusinessWorks and setting up a TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks domain.
• TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Error Codes This manual describes errors
returned by TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks.
• TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Release Notes Read the release notes for a
list of new and changed features. This document also contains lists of known
issues and closed issues for this release.

Other TIBCO Product Documentation

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks is used with other products. You may find it
useful to read the documentation for the following TIBCO products:

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

xxxii Related Documentation
|

• TIBCO Designer™ software: TIBCO Designer is an easy to use graphical user

interface for design-time configuration of TIBCO applications. TIBCO
Designer includes online help for each palette.
• TIBCO Administrator™ software: TIBCO Administrator is the monitoring
and managing interface for new-generation TIBCO products such as TIBCO
ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks.
• TIBCO Adapter software
• Third-party Documentation

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 Preface xxxiii
|

Typographical Conventions

The following typographical conventions are used in this manual.

Table 1 General Typographical Conventions

Convention Use
TIBCO products are installed into an installation environment. A product
installed into an installation environment does not access components in other
installation environments. Incompatible products and multiple instances of the
same product must be installed into different installation environments.
An installation environment consists of the following properties:
ENV_NAME • Name Identifies the installation environment. This name is referenced in
documentation as ENV_NAME. On Microsoft Windows, the name is
appended to the name of Windows services created by the installer and is a
component of the path to the product shortcut in the Windows Start > All
Programs menu.
• Path The folder into which the product is installed. This folder is referenced
TIBCO_HOME
in documentation as TIBCO_HOME.
TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks installs into a directory within a
BW_HOME TIBCO_HOME. This directory is referenced in documentation as BW_HOME. The
default value of BW_HOME depends on the operating system. For example on
Windows systems, the default value is C:\tibco\bw\5.12.

code font Code font identifies commands, code examples, filenames, pathnames, and
output displayed in a command window. For example:
Use MyCommand to start the foo process.

bold code Bold code font is used in the following ways:

font
• In procedures, to indicate what a user types. For example: Type admin.
• In large code samples, to indicate the parts of the sample that are of
particular interest.
• In command syntax, to indicate the default parameter for a command. For
example, if no parameter is specified, MyCommand is enabled:
MyCommand [enable | disable]

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

xxxiv Typographical Conventions
|

Table 1 General Typographical Conventions (Cont’d)

Convention Use
italic font Italic font is used in the following ways:
• To indicate a document title. For example: See TIBCO ActiveMatrix
BusinessWorks Concepts.
• To introduce new terms For example: A portal page may contain several
portlets. Portlets are mini-applications that run in a portal.
• To indicate a variable in a command or code syntax that you must replace.
For example: MyCommand PathName

Key Key name separated by a plus sign indicate keys pressed simultaneously. For
combinations example: Ctrl+C.
Key names separated by a comma and space indicate keys pressed one after the
other. For example: Esc, Ctrl+Q.

The note icon indicates information that is of special interest or importance, for
example, an additional action required only in certain circumstances.

The tip icon indicates an idea that could be useful, for example, a way to apply
the information provided in the current section to achieve a specific result.

The warning icon indicates the potential for a damaging situation, for example,
data loss or corruption if certain steps are taken or not taken.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 Preface xxxv
|

Connecting with TIBCO Resources

How to Join TIBCOmmunity

TIBCOmmunity is an online destination for TIBCO customers, partners, and
resident experts. It is a place to share and access the collective experience of the
TIBCO community. TIBCOmmunity offers forums, blogs, and access to a variety
of resources. To register, go to http://www.tibcommunity.com.

How to Access TIBCO Documentation

You can access TIBCO documentation here:
http://docs.tibco.com
Documentation on the TIBCO Documentation site is updated more frequently
than any documentation that might be included with the product. To ensure that
you are accessing the latest available help topics, please visit us at
https://docs.tibco.com.

How to Contact TIBCO Support

For comments or problems with this manual or the software it addresses, contact
TIBCO Support as follows:
• For an overview of TIBCO Support, and information about getting started
with TIBCO Support, visit this site:
http://www.tibco.com/services/support
• If you already have a valid maintenance or support contract, visit this site:
https://support.tibco.com
Entry to this site requires a user name and password. If you do not have a user
name, you can request one.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

xxxvi Connecting with TIBCO Resources
|

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 |1

Chapter 1 Process Palette

The Process palette allows you to create process definitions.

Topics

• Process Definition, page 2

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

2
| Chapter 1 Process Palette

Process Definition
Resource

The Process Definition resource allows you to define business

processes. Drag and drop the Process Definition resource into the
design panel to create a new process definition.
Select a process definition in the project tree panel to edit a process definition.
When editing process definitions, the palette panel changes to a list of activity
palettes that you can use in a process definition. Subsequent chapters of this
manual describe the activity palettes.
See TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Process Design for more information about
creating and editing process definitions.

Configuration
The Configuration tab has the following fields.

Field Description
Name The name to appear as the label for the process.

Description Short description of the process.

Custom Icon File You can choose your own custom icon for the process,
if desired. Use the Browse button to locate an image
file (GIF, JPEG, and so on) to use as the icon for this
process.

Namespace Registry Clicking the Edit button in this field allows you to
view, add, change or delete the namespaces used in
the input partners defined for this process definition.
You can also view and edit schema and WSDL
imports.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 Process Definition 3
|

Field Description
Target Namespace Target namespace of the process definition. This field
is mandatory when specifying partners in the process
definition.
This field is generated automatically whenever you
create a process definition. While creating new
processes, it is recommended that the
targetNamespace value generated automatically be
retained. Typically, this value is
http://xmlns.example.com/<rand_num>, where
<rand_num> is replaced by a random number.
If you want to specify partners in processes that were
created in older versions, then you must provide the
targetNamespace manually.
Ensure that the value specified for targetNamespace
is unique across the project.

Process Variables
The Process Variables tab allows you to specify user-defined process variables for
the process definition. See the Processes chapter of TIBCO ActiveMatrix
BusinessWorks Process Design Guide for a complete description of user-defined
process variables.
You can assign a value to the process variables with the Assign activity. See
Assign on page 135 for more information about assigning a value to a
user-defined process variable.
This tab contains two panels:
• The left panel allows you to add, delete, and rename process variables.
• The right panel allows you to define data schemas for the process variable
selected in the left panel. See Appendix A, Specifying Data Schema, on
page 773 for more information about specifying data schema.

Partners
The Partners tab allows you to define partners for the process definition. The
partner can be either located inside the same project or it can be an external
service that can be invoked over the Internet by way of SOAP protocol.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

4
| Chapter 1 Process Palette

The Partners tab has the following fields.

Field Description
Partners The Partners tab allows you to specify binding
information for partner definitions. The port type and
port type namespace fields in the table are
non-editable. To modify the value of the Port Type for
a Partner, select the Browse button at the right corner
of the field Port Type below the Partners table.
Partner Name - specifies the name used by the
process to reference a partner. Click the Browse
button on the right side to add a new Partner.
Port Type - This is a non-editable field displaying the
Port Type selected.
PortType Namespace - This is a non-editable field
displaying the PortType Namespace corresponding to
the Port Type selected.
Partner Link - specifies the partner link configuration
for the partner. This field can optionally be specified
by double-clicking on the field and browsing the list
of available partner link resources in the project.

Port Type Allows you to select an interface (port type) from the
list of available partner interfaces in the project. To
add or modify the Port Type, click the Browse
Resources button at the right end of the field and
select the Port Type you want to add to the Partners
tab.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 |5

Chapter 2 ActiveEnterprise Adapter Palette

The ActiveEnterprise Adapter palette contains activities for communicating with

configured TIBCO ActiveEnterprise adapters. This chapter assumes you are
familiar with the concepts and features of TIBCO ActiveEnterprise adapter
products. For more information about configuring adapters, see the
documentation for your adapter product.

You can use these activities to communicate with adapters that are supported by
TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks. See your adapter documentation for
information on whether TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks is supported.

Topics

• Common Features Across ActiveEnterprise Activities, page 6

• Adapter Request-Response Server, page 22
• Adapter Subscriber, page 26
• Invoke an Adapter Request-Response Service, page 30
• Publish to Adapter, page 35
• Respond to Adapter Request, page 41
• Send Exception to Adapter Request, page 44
• Wait for Adapter Message, page 47
• Wait for Adapter Request, page 52

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

6
| Chapter 2 ActiveEnterprise Adapter Palette

Common Features Across ActiveEnterprise Activities

The activities in the ActiveEnterprise Adapter palette reference Adapter

Configuration resources in your project. This section describes common features
across all activities in this palette.

Support for Message Filter Resources

An Adapter Configuration resource can use a Message Filter resource. Message
filters are used to provide custom, user-written code to transform the messages
sent or received from an adapter, call out to TIBCO Adapter SDK functions, or
perform other tasks. See TIBCO Designer Palette Reference for more information
about Message Filter resources.
The activities in the ActiveEnterprise Adapter palette support the use of Message
Filter resources. When using TIBCO Designer, the message filter is specified for
the Adapter Configuration, and the ActiveEnterprise Adapter activities
automatically make use of the class specified in the Message Filter resource.
When you deploy your project, however, you must ensure that the BusinessWorks
process engine has access to any classes specified in a Message Filter resource. For
example, if you have a Publish to Adapter activity in your process definition, the
process engine must have access to the class used when executing the
transformOutbound() message filter call. If you deploy your TIBCO Adapter
and BusinessWorks process engine on the same machine, no additional
configuration steps are required. If the components are installed on different
machines, you must place your message filter class on the machine where your
process engine is deployed and make certain the location of the message filter
class is in the CLASSPATH for the process engine (this is set in the bwengine.tra
file).
See TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Administration for more information about
deploying process engines.

Internationalization Support
TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks and TIBCO Adapter products can send text
messages that are encoded using either the Latin-1 or UTF-8 character encoding.
Both the sender and receiver of the message must use the same encoding. The
character encoding sent by resources configured in TIBCO Designer is set at the
project level during design time. For deployed projects, TIBCO Administrator
allows you to set the message encoding.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 Common Features Across ActiveEnterprise Activities 7
|

At design time, the message encoding property can be set when creating a new
project. In the Save Project dialog, choose either ISO8859-1 or UTF-8 in the TIBCO
Messaging Encoding option list. See TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Process
Design for more information about saving projects. After the messaging encoding
is chosen, it will take effect at design time, such as in debug mode, or if the project
is running in a standalone mode before deployment.
After the project is deployed, the messaging encoding is determined by the
encoding property of the TIBCO Administrator domain. This property is set when
the domain is created. ISO8859-1 and UTF-8 are the two supported character
encoding options. The messaging encoding set for the domain overrides any
encoding set for a project.

Refresh Adapter Service Button

All activities in the ActiveEnterprise Adapter palette can use preconfigured
adapter services. These adapter service configurations can change after an
adapter service is specified in the configuration of an ActiveEnterprise Adapter
palette activity. Therefore, the configured adapter service may become
inconsistent with your process definition.
The Refresh Adapter Service button is available on most activities in the
ActiveEnterprise Adapter palette. This button allows you to synchronize your
activities with the adapter service specified in the activity. Any changes that have
occurred to the adapter service are reflected in the activity after the refresh
completes.
For example, an adapter service may change the schema it uses for incoming or
outgoing messages. When this schema change occurs, any activity using that
adapter service may no longer have the correct input and output schemas.
Clicking the Refresh Adapter Service button changes the activity to use the
current configuration of the adapter service. This invalidate input mappings, and
you may need to use the Mapper Check and Repair button on the Input tab to
correct the activity input schemas.

The Refresh Adapter Service button is only enabled when you use all settings
from the Adapter Service. That is, if you change the Transport Type on the
Transport tab to anything other than Adapter Service Default, the Refresh
Adapter Service button becomes disabled.
If you want to keep your ActiveEnterprise Adapter activities synchronized with
an adapter service, do not change the Transport Type.
If you want to use a different transport configuration for the activity, you should
check the Custom AESchema field on the Configuration tab and specify the
adapter service schema in the Custom AESchema Reference field, and then
modify the settings on the Transport tab.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

8
| Chapter 2 ActiveEnterprise Adapter Palette

Transport Tab
Transports specify the underlying communication characteristics for messages
sent and received by adapter services. Normally, the activities of the
ActiveEnterprise Adapter palette use the same transport configuration as the
adapter service with which they are communicating. However, in some
situations, you may want to override the transport configuration of the adapter
service and use different transport parameters.
The Transport tab is available in activities in the ActiveEnterprise Adapter palette.
This tab allows you to override the transport configuration of the adapter service.
The Transport tab has different fields depending upon which transport is selected
in the Transport Type field. Table 2 describes the fields of the transport tab.

Table 2 The Transport tab

Global
Field Description
Var?
Transport Type No The transport on which the incoming request
will be received. This is normally the transport
used by the adapter service, but you can
override this by specifying different transport
parameters. The possible values for this field
are:
• Adapter Service Default
• Tibrv Reliable
• Tibrv Certified
• Tibrv Certified Message Queue
• JMS Topic
• JMS Queue
The sub-sections of this table describe the fields
that appear when each of these options is
selected as the transport type.

Tibrv Reliable Transport

See the TIBCO Rendezvous documentation for more information about these
fields.

Subject Yes The subject of the incoming request.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 Common Features Across ActiveEnterprise Activities 9
|

Table 2 The Transport tab

Global
Field Var? Description

Service Yes The service parameter of the transport of the

incoming request.

Network Yes The network parameter of the transport of the

incoming request.

Daemon Yes The daemon parameter of the transport of the

incoming request.

SSL No Specifies that SSL should be used when

connecting to the TIBCO Rendezvous daemon.
See Configure SSL Button on page 18 for more
information about configuring SSL parameters.

Message Format Yes Specifies the message format for the message.
This can be either AE message format or AE
XML format. This field is only available on the
Transport tab of the following activities:
• Adapter Subscriber
• Publish to Adapter
• Wait for Adapter Message

Tibrv Certified Transport

See the TIBCO Rendezvous documentation for more information about these
fields.

Subject Yes The subject of the incoming request.

Service Yes The service parameter of the transport of the

incoming request.

Network Yes The network parameter of the transport of the

incoming request.

Daemon Yes The daemon parameter of the transport of the

incoming request.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

10
| Chapter 2 ActiveEnterprise Adapter Palette

Table 2 The Transport tab

Global
Field Var? Description

SSL No Specifies that SSL should be used when

connecting to the TIBCO Rendezvous daemon.
See Configure SSL Button on page 18 for more
information about configuring SSL parameters.

CM Name Yes The CM name of the incoming request.

PreRegister Yes This field is only available on activities that

Listeners publish messages (for example, Invoke an
Adapter Request Response Service or Publish
to Adapter).
This field specifies the cmname(s) of the
certified subscriber(s). This allows the
publisher to pre-register with any expected
listeners. If multiple cmnames are specified,
separate each cmname with a comma.

Relay Agent Yes Name of the relay agent, if one is used.

Ledger File Yes Name and location of the ledger file.

Warning: TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks
constructs the default value of this field from
global variables and the Adapter Service
configuration. The value of this field must
result in a valid path on the filesystem where
the process is run. You may need to modify the
default value in this field or modify the global
variables used in this field to make sure the
field results in a valid filesystem path.

Sync Ledger Yes When checked, this specifies the ledger file
should be kept synchronous (asynchronous
ledger updates are performed, if this field is
unchecked).

Default Time Limit Yes The default message time limit for certified
messages specified in milliseconds.

Require Old Yes Specifies that unconfirmed messages should be

Messages kept in the ledger file.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 Common Features Across ActiveEnterprise Activities 11
|

Table 2 The Transport tab

Global
Field Var? Description

Message Format Yes Specifies the message format for the message.
This can be either AERV or XML. This field is
only available on the Transport tab of the
following activities:
• Adapter Subscriber
• Publish to Adapter
• Wait for Adapter Message

Tibrv Certified Message Queue Transport

See the TIBCO Rendezvous documentation for more information about these
fields.

Subject Yes The subject of the incoming request.

Service Yes The service parameter of the transport of the

incoming request.

Network Yes The network parameter of the transport of the

incoming request.

Daemon Yes The daemon parameter of the transport of the

incoming request.

SSL No Specifies that SSL should be used when

connecting to the TIBCO Rendezvous daemon.
See Configure SSL Button on page 18 for more
information about configuring SSL parameters.

CMQ Name Yes The CMQ name of the incoming request.

Complete Time Yes The amount of time (in seconds) the scheduler
waits for a worker process to complete. If the
worker process does not complete in the
specified period, the scheduler reassigns the
message to another worker.

Scheduler Weight Yes The scheduler weight for the process engine.

Scheduler Yes The scheduler heartbeat interval (in

Heartbeat milliseconds).

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

12
| Chapter 2 ActiveEnterprise Adapter Palette

Table 2 The Transport tab

Global
Field Var? Description

Scheduler Yes The scheduler activation interval (in

Activation milliseconds).

Worker Weight Yes The worker weight for the process engine.

Worker Tasks Yes The maximum number of incoming adapter

requests this process engine can accept.

Message Format Yes Specifies the message format for the message.
This can be either AERV or XML. This field is
only available on the Transport tab of the
following activities:
• Adapter Subscriber
• Wait for Adapter Message

JMS Topic Transport

See the TIBCO Enterprise Message Service documentation for more
information about these fields.

Topic Yes The topic name of the incoming request.

Auto Confirm No Specifies whether the incoming request should

be automatically confirmed. This field is only
available for activities that receive messages
(for example, Adapter Subscriber).
If checkbox is not selected then the message
will be acknowledged at a later point by using
the Confirm activity. If the message is not
confirmed before the process instance ends, the
message is redelivered and a new process
instance is created to handle the new incoming
message. Ensure that your process definition
confirms the message.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 Common Features Across ActiveEnterprise Activities 13
|

Table 2 The Transport tab

Global
Field Var? Description

Transactional No This field is only available for activities that

receive messages (for example, Adapter
Subscriber).
Check this field when a transaction that can
process JMS messages is included in the
process definition and you want the incoming
message to be a part of the transaction. Any
reply or exception message associated with the
incoming message is also part of the
transaction.
The message is acknowledged when the
transaction commits. Checking this field
disables the Auto Confirm field.
See TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Process
Design for more information about creating
transactions.

Override No This field is only available for activities that

Transaction publish messages (such as Publish to Adapter
or Invoke an Adapter Request-Response
Service).
By default, ActiveEnterprise Adapter activities
that are included in the appropriate transaction
group are included in the transaction. Check
this field if you want to exclude the activity
from the transaction.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

14
| Chapter 2 ActiveEnterprise Adapter Palette

Table 2 The Transport tab

Global
Field Var? Description

Durable No Specifies whether the client making the request

is a durable subscriber. The durable
subscription name is a concatenation of the
process definition name and the name of the
activity.
This field is only available on the Transport tab
of the following activities:
• Adapter Subscriber
• Adapter Request-Response Server
• Wait for Adapter Message
• Wait for Adapter Request

Durable Name No When the Durable field is checked, you can

specify the name of the durable subscription
that is registered with the JMS server in this
field. This field is only available when the
Durable field is checked.

Delivery Mode No This field is only available on the Transport tab

of the Publish to Adapter or Invoke an Adapter
Request-Response Service activities.
This field specifies the delivery mode of the
published message. This can be either
persistent or non-persistent.

Time To Live Yes This field is only available on the Transport tab
of the Publish to Adapter or Invoke an Adapter
Request-Response Service activities.
This field specifies the expiration time (in
milliseconds) for the message. Specifying zero
signifies the message should never expire.

JNDI Lookups No Specifies that references to the JMS objects

(ConnectionFactory, Topic, and so on) should
be obtained from a JNDI server.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 Common Features Across ActiveEnterprise Activities 15
|

Table 2 The Transport tab

Global
Field Var? Description

SSL No Specifies that SSL should be used when

connecting to the JMS server. See Configure
SSL Button on page 18 for more information
about configuring SSL parameters.

Topic Connection Yes Specifies the Topic ConnectionFactory object.

Factory Name

Connection User Yes The user name to use when connecting to the
Name JMS server.

Password Yes The password to use when connecting to the

JMS server.

Provider URL Yes The URL for the JMS server.

JMS Application No Any application-specific message properties

Properties that is part of the message. This is specified by
the JMS Application Properties shared
configuration resource.
Once specified, these properties appear on the
Input or Output tab as "OtherProperties".

Transacted Session Yes Specifies if the AE Event Source is a part of a

transaction. When selected, this field disables
Transactional and Auto Confirm. The fields
Precreate Transactions and XA Transaction
Manager is not visible.

Precreate Yes When selected this field specifies that the

Transactions transaction is created before a message arrives
at the JMS receiver. This field is available when
Transactional field is selected.
Note: The Precreate Transactions feature
should be used only with IBM MQ Websphere.

XA Transaction Yes Specifies the XA Transaction Manager

Manager Configuration used to create the XA
transaction. This field is available when
Precreate Transactions field is selected.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

16
| Chapter 2 ActiveEnterprise Adapter Palette

Table 2 The Transport tab

Global
Field Var? Description

JMS Queue Transport

See the TIBCO Enterprise Message Service documentation for more
information about these fields.

Queue Yes The queue name of the incoming request.

Delivery Mode No This field is only available on the Transport tab

of the Publish to Adapter or Invoke an Adapter
Request-Response Service activities.
This field specifies the delivery mode of the
published message. This can be either
persistent or non-persistent.

Time To Live Yes This field is only available on the Transport tab
of the Publish to Adapter or Invoke an Adapter
Request-Response Service activities.
This field specifies the expiration time (in
milliseconds) for the message. Specifying zero
signifies the message should never expire.

Transactional No This field is only available for activities that

receive messages (for example, Adapter
Subscriber).
Check this field when a transaction that can
process JMS messages is included in the
process definition and you want the incoming
message to be a part of the transaction. Any
reply or exception message associated with the
incoming message is also part of the
transaction.
The message is acknowledged when the
transaction commits. Checking this field
disables the Auto Confirm field.
See TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Process
Design for more information about creating
transactions.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 Common Features Across ActiveEnterprise Activities 17
|

Table 2 The Transport tab

Global
Field Var? Description

Override No This field is only available for activities that

Transaction publish messages (such as Publish to Adapter
or Invoke an Adapter Request-Response
Service).
By default, ActiveEnterprise Adapter activities
that are included in the appropriate transaction
group are included in the transaction. Check
this field if you want to exclude the activity
from the transaction.

JNDI Lookups No Specifies that references to the JMS objects

(ConnectionFactory, Queue, and so on) should
be obtained from a JNDI server.

SSL No Specifies that SSL should be used when

connecting to the JMS server. See Configure
SSL Button on page 18 for more information
about configuring SSL parameters.

Queue Connection Yes Specifies the Queue ConnectionFactory object.

Factory Name

Connection User Yes The user name to use when connecting to the
Name JMS server.

Password Yes The password to use when connecting to the

JMS server.

Provider URL Yes The URL for the JMS server.

JMS Application No Any application-specific message properties

Properties that will be part of the message. This is
specified by the JMS Application Properties
shared configuration resource.
Once specified, these properties appear on the
Input or Output tab as "OtherProperties".

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

18
| Chapter 2 ActiveEnterprise Adapter Palette

Table 2 The Transport tab

Global
Field Var? Description

Transacted Session No Specifies if the AE Event Source is a part of a

transaction. When checked, this field disables
the Precreate Transactions at the receiver and
the fields Precreate Transactions and XA
Transaction Manager Reference are not visible.

Precreate Yes When checked, this field specifies that the

Transactions transaction is created before a message arrives
at the JMS receiver. This field is available when
Transactional field is selected.
Note: The Precreate Transactions feature
should be used only with IBM MQ Websphere.

XA Transaction Yes Specifies the XA Transaction Manager

Manager Configuration used to create the XA
Reference transaction. This field is available when
Precreate Transactions field is selected.

Configure SSL Button

The Configure SSL button allows you to configure the SSL parameters when the
transport supports SSL and the SSL field is checked. The following are the fields
of the Configure SSL dialog.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 Common Features Across ActiveEnterprise Activities 19
|

Basic
The Basic tab of the SSL Configuration dialog allows you to specify the simplest
required SSL configuration parameters for the connection. The Basic tab has the
following fields:

Field Description
Trusted Certificates Location of the trusted certificates on this
Folder machine. The trusted certificates are a collection of
certificates from servers to whom you will
(JMS Transports)
establish connections. If the server you want to
establish a connection to presents a certificate that
does not match one of your trusted certificates,
the connection is refused.
This prevents connections to unauthorized
servers.

Daemon Certificate File containing one or more certificates from

trusted certificate authorities. This file is checked
(TIBCO Rendezvous
when connecting to a daemon to ensure that the
transports)
connection is to a daemon that is trusted. This
prevents connections to rogue TIBCO
Rendezvous daemons that attempt to
impersonate trusted daemons.
You can retrieve a daemon’s certificate using the
administration interface in TIBCO Rendezvous.
See the TIBCO Rendezvous documentation for
more information about obtaining certificates
through the administration interface. Once
retrieved, you can select a folder in your project
and import this certificate into the folder using the
Tools>Trusted Certificates>Import Into PEM
Format menu item.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

20
| Chapter 2 ActiveEnterprise Adapter Palette

Field Description
Identity This is an Identity resource used to authenticate to
the JMS server or TIBCO Rendezvous daemon.
The Browse button allows you to select from a list
of appropriately configured Identity resources.
For TIBCO Rendezvous transports, only Identity
resources with the Type field set to Identity File or
Username/Password are listed.
See TIBCO Designer Palette Reference for more
information.

Advanced
The Advanced tab of the SSL Configuration dialog allows you to specify more
advanced SSL configuration parameters for the connection. The Advanced tab is
available only for JMS transports.

Field Description
Trace Specifies whether SSL tracing should be enabled
during the connection. If checked, the SSL connection
messages are logged and sent to the console.

Debug Trace Specifies whether SSL debug tracing should be

enabled during the connection. Debug tracing
provides more detailed messages than standard
tracing.

Verify Host Name Specifies whether to verify that the host you are
connecting to is the expected host. The host name in
the host’s digital certificate is compared against the
value you specify in the Expected Host Name field. If
the host name does not match the expected host
name, the connection is refused.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 Common Features Across ActiveEnterprise Activities 21
|

Field Description
Expected Host Name Specifies the name of the host you are expecting to
connect to. This field is only relevant if the Verify
Host Name field is also checked.
If the name of the host in the host’s digital certificate
does not match the value specified in this field, the
connection is refused.
This prevents other hosts from attempting to
impersonate the specified host.

Strong Cipher Suites When checked, this field specifies that the minimum
Only strength of the cipher suites used can be specified
with the
bw.plugin.security.strongcipher.minstrength
custom engine property. See TIBCO ActiveMatrix
BusinessWorks Administration for more information
about this property. The default value of the property
disables cipher suites with an effective key length
below 128 bits.
When this field is unchecked, only cipher suites with
an effective key length of up to 128 bits can be used.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

22
| Chapter 2 ActiveEnterprise Adapter Palette

Adapter Request-Response Server

Process Starter

Starts a process based on the receipt of a request from an adapter.

The adapter sends a request using a preconfigured
request-response invocation service, and the process that is
started acts as the implementation of the request. The process
sends any required responses back to the adapter’s service using
the Respond to Adapter Request activity.
Adapter request-response invocation services are configured during adapter
configuration, and the activity uses the information in the adapter configuration
to fill in most of the fields of this activity. See your adapter documentation for
more information about creating adapter configurations and creating adapter
services.
Figure 1 illustrates an Adapter Request-Response Server activity starting a
business process to handle an incoming request from an adapter request-response
invocation service. At a later point in the business process, the Respond to
Adapter Request activity is used to perform the response.

Figure 1 An Adapter Request-Response Server activity

Application

Adapter
Request-
Response
Invocation
Service
Request

Business Process

Adapter
Request-
Response
Server

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 Adapter Request-Response Server 23
|

Configuration
The Configuration tab has the following fields.

Global
Field Description
Var?
Name No The name to appear as the label for the activity in
the process definition.

Description No Short description of the activity.

Adapter Service No The preconfigured adapter request-response

invocation service. You must specify the adapter
service when configuring the adapter.
Use the Browse button to locate the appropriate
service for this activity.

Operation No This field contains a drop down list of any

operations defined by the schema used in the
selected Adapter Service. Select the operation
that this process definition implements.

Transport
See Transport Tab on page 8 for more information about the Transport tab.

Misc
The Misc tab contains the following fields:

Field Description
Sequencing Key This field can contain an XPath expression that
specifies which processes should run in order. Process
instances with sequencing keys that evaluate to the
same value will be executed sequentially in the order
the process instance was created.
See TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Process Design
for more information about controlling the execution
order of process instances and about XPath
expressions.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

24
| Chapter 2 ActiveEnterprise Adapter Palette

Field Description
Custom Id This field can contain an XPath expression that
specifies a custom ID for the process instance. This ID
is displayed in the View Service dialog of TIBCO
Administrator, and it is also available in the
$_processContext process variable.

Output
The output for the activity is the following.

Output Item Datatype Description

subject string The subject of the message.

replySubject string The reply subject of the message.

certifiedSequenceNumber string This element is only available when

Tibrv Certified is the transport. This
element contains the sequence
number in which this message was
received.

certifiedSender string This element is only available when

Tibrv Certified is the transport. This
element contains the cmname of the
message sender.

trackingInfo complex The AE tracking info of the sender.

This element contains the tracking ID
and appInfo sent by the application.

MessageID string This element is only available when

JMS Topic or JMS Queue is the
transport. This is the message ID of
the message.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 Adapter Request-Response Server 25
|

Output Item Datatype Description

JMSHeaders complex This element is only available when
JMS Topic or JMS Queue is the
transport.
This element contains the message
header fields for the message. See
JMS Properties on page 402 for more
information about message header
fields. Only properties applicable to
this type of message are displayed.

OtherProperties complex This element is only available when

JMS Topic or JMS Queue is the
transport and a JMS Application
Properties resource is specified on
the Transport tab.
This element contains the message
properties for the message. See JMS
Properties on page 402 for more
information about message
properties. Only properties
applicable to this type of message are
displayed.

body complex The class specified for the client

service of the specified adapter
configuration.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

26
| Chapter 2 ActiveEnterprise Adapter Palette

Adapter Subscriber
Process Starter

Starts a process based on the receipt of a message from the

publication service of the specified adapter.
Publication services are configured during adapter configuration,
and the activity uses the information in the adapter configuration
to fill in most of the fields of this activity. See your adapter
documentation for more information about creating adapter configurations and
creating adapter publication services.
Figure 2 illustrates an adapter publishing service publishing a message and the
Adapter Subscriber process starter starting a business process.

Figure 2 An Adapter Subscriber activity receiving a message and starting a process

Application

Adapter
Publishing
Service

Publish

Business Process

Adapter
Subscriber

Configuration
The Configuration tab has the following fields.

Global
Field Description
Var?
Name No The name to appear as the label for the activity
in the process definition.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 Adapter Subscriber 27
|

Field Global Description

Var?
Description No Short description of the activity.

Adapter Service No The preconfigured adapter publishing service.

You must specify the adapter service when
configuring the adapter.
Use the Browse button to locate the appropriate
service for this activity.

Custom No Specifies whether you want to supply an output

AESchema class for this activity.

Custom No Only appears when the Custom AESchema field

AESchema is checked. This field specifies the TIBCO
Reference ActiveEnterprise class to use for the body of the
output message of this activity.

Transport
See Transport Tab on page 8 for more information about the Transport tab.

Misc
The Misc tab contains the following fields:

Field Description
Sequencing Key This field can contain an XPath expression that
specifies which processes should run in order. Process
instances with sequencing keys that evaluate to the
same value will be executed sequentially in the order
the process instance was created.
See TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Process Design
for more information about controlling the execution
order of process instances and about XPath
expressions.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

28
| Chapter 2 ActiveEnterprise Adapter Palette

Field Description
Custom Id This field can contain an XPath expression that
specifies a custom ID for the process instance. This ID
is displayed in the View Service dialog of TIBCO
Administrator, and it is also available in the
$_processContext process variable.

Output
The output for the activity is the following.

Output Item Datatype Description

subject string The subject of the message.

replySubject string The reply subject of the message.

certifiedSequenceNumber string This element is only available

when Tibrv Certified is the
transport. This element contains
the sequence number in which this
message was received.

certifiedSender string This element is only available

when Tibrv Certified is the
transport. This element contains
the cmname of the message sender.

trackingInfo complex The AE tracking info of the sender.

This element contains the tracking
ID and appInfo sent by the
application.

MessageID string This element is only available

when JMS Topic or JMS Queue is
the transport. This is the message
ID of the message.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 Adapter Subscriber 29
|

Output Item Datatype Description

JMSHeaders complex This element is only available
when JMS Topic or JMS Queue is
the transport.
This element contains the message
header fields for the message. See
JMS Properties on page 402 for
more information about message
header fields. Only properties
applicable to this type of message
are displayed.

OtherProperties complex This element is only available

when JMS Topic or JMS Queue is
the transport and a JMS
Application Properties resource is
specified on the Transport tab.
This element contains the message
properties for the message. See JMS
Properties on page 402 for more
information about message
properties. Only properties
applicable to this type of message
are displayed.

body complex The class specified for the

publication service of the specified
adapter configuration.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

30
| Chapter 2 ActiveEnterprise Adapter Palette

Invoke an Adapter Request-Response Service

Activity

The Invoke an Adapter Request-Response Service activity is

used to communicate with an adapter’s request-response
service. This service invokes an operation with input and output
by way of the adapter. Request-response services are configured
during adapter configuration, and the activity uses the
information in the adapter configuration to fill in most of the
fields of this activity. See your adapter documentation for more information about
creating adapter configurations and creating adapter request-response services.
Figure 3 illustrates an Invoke an Adapter Request-Response Service activity
sending a request to an adapter request-response service.

Figure 3 An Invoke an Adapter Request-Response Service activity sending a request

Application

Adapter
Request-
Response
Service
Request

Business Process

Invoke an Adapter
Request-Response
Service

Configuration
The Configuration tab has the following fields.

Global
Field Description
Var?
Name No The name to appear as the label for the activity in
the process definition.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 Invoke an Adapter Request-Response Service 31
|

Field Global Description

Var?
Description No Short description of the activity.

Adapter No The preconfigured adapter request-response

Service invocation service. You must specify the adapter
service when configuring the adapter.
Use the Browse button to locate the appropriate
service for this activity.
You can choose services configured with the
RVCMQ transport, but the transport is converted to
RVCM when used by this activity. This is because
the RVCMQ transport does not apply to publishing
activities.

Operation No This field contains a drop down list of any

operations defined by the schema used in the
selected Adapter Service. Select the operation that
you want to invoke.

One Way No This is a read-only field that displays whether the

selected operation is one-way.

Transport
See Transport Tab on page 8 for more information about the Transport tab.

Input
See TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Process Design for more information about
mapping and transforming input data.
The input for the activity is the following.

Input Item Datatype Description

subject string The subject to send the request on. The
default subject is displayed on the
Advanced tab, but you can override the
default by specifying a subject here.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

32
| Chapter 2 ActiveEnterprise Adapter Palette

Input Item Datatype Description

requestTimeout integer The time to wait (in milliseconds) for the
synchronous request-reply operation to
complete. An error is returned if the
operation does not complete in this time
limit.

replySubject string The Subject/Destination that is used to

send the response when using the
RV/JMS transport.

businessKey string This string is appended to the AE

tracking info appInfo field. The AE
tracking info for messages published is a
concatenation of bw + <processName> +
<jobID> + <businessKey>.

Note: It is a good idea to have all

publishers in a process use the same
business key. Only the most recent
publisher’s business key is used in the
tracking info for the message.

OtherProperties complex This element is only available when JMS

Topic or JMS Queue is the transport and a
JMS Application Properties resource is
specified on the Transport tab.
This element contains the message
properties for the message. See JMS
Properties on page 402 for more
information about message properties.
Only properties applicable to this type of
message are displayed.

body complex The input parameters for the specified

operation. The input parameters are
defined by the operation class for the
specified Adapter Service for this activity.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 Invoke an Adapter Request-Response Service 33
|

Output
The output for the activity is the following.

Output Item Datatype Description

replyDestination string A reply message can optionally have a
reply destination, presumably so that the
two applications can communicate with
further messages. This element contains
the reply subject (RV) or destination (JMS)
set on the reply message, if one is set. If no
reply subject or destination is set on the
reply message, this element is not
populated.

trackingInfo string The AE tracking info.

The id element is set to the same value for
all message publishers in a process
definition. The appInfo element is
obtained from the businessKey element
on the Input tab.

JMSHeaders complex This element is only available when JMS

Topic or JMS Queue is the transport.
This element contains the message header
fields for the message. See JMS Properties
on page 402 for more information about
message header fields. Only properties
applicable to this type of message are
displayed.

OtherProperties complex This element is only available when JMS

Topic or JMS Queue is the transport and a
JMS Application Properties resource is
specified on the Transport tab.
This element contains the message
properties for the message. See JMS
Properties on page 402 for more
information about message properties.
Only properties applicable to this type of
message are displayed.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

34
| Chapter 2 ActiveEnterprise Adapter Palette

Output Item Datatype Description

body complex The reply schema for the specified
operation.

Error Output
The Error Output tab lists the possible exceptions that can be thrown by this
activity. See TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Error Codes for more information
about error codes and corrective action to take.

Exception Thrown When...

TransportException The transport cannot be created.

SerializationException The outgoing message cannot be

serialized.

DeserializationException The incoming response message cannot

be serialized.

ConfirmationException The message could not be confirmed.

TimeoutException A timeout occurred.

operationException The adapter service returned an

exception encountered while performing
the operation. Any exception class
defined on the operation schema can be
returned.
The potential exceptions are displayed as
a choice element for activities after an
error transition.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 Publish to Adapter 35
|

Publish to Adapter
Activity

The Publish to Adapter activity publishes a message that can be

received by an adapter’s subscription service. Subscription
services are configured during adapter configuration, and the
activity uses the information in the adapter configuration to fill in
most of the fields of this activity. See your adapter documentation for more
information about creating adapter configurations and creating adapter
subscription services.
Figure 4 illustrates a Publish to Adapter activity sending a message to a
preconfigured adapter subscription service.

Figure 4 A Publish to Adapter activity sending a message

Application

Adapter
Subscription
Service

Publish

Business Process

Publish to
Adapter

Configuration
The Configuration tab has the following fields.

Global
Field Description
Var?
Name No The name to appear as the label for the activity
in the process definition.

Description No Short description of the activity.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

36
| Chapter 2 ActiveEnterprise Adapter Palette

Field Global Description

Var?
Adapter Service No The preconfigured adapter subscription service.
You must specify the adapter service when
configuring the adapter.
Use the Browse button to locate the appropriate
service for this activity.
You can choose services configured with the
RVCMQ transport, but the transport is
converted to RVCM when used by this activity.
This is because the RVCMQ transport does not
apply to publishing activities.

RequestReply No Specifies that this publish activity is sending a

request message and expecting a response
message. This is similar to using the Invoke an
Adapter Request-Response Service activity,
except this activity uses an adapter Subscription
service instead of a Request-Response service.
When this field is checked, the Request AE
Schema and Reply AE Schema fields appear.
Also, the replyDestination element appears in
the activity output.

Request AE No Only appears when the RequestReply field is

Schema checked. This field specifies the TIBCO
ActiveEnterprise schema to use for the body of
the message in the input of this activity.

Reply AE No Only appears when the RequestReply field is

Schema checked. This field specifies the TIBCO
ActiveEnterprise schema to use as the output
reply message.

Custom No Specifies whether you want to supply a class for

AESchema this activity’s input.

Custom No Only appears when the Custom AESchema field

AESchema is checked. This field specifies the TIBCO
Reference ActiveEnterprise schema to use for the body of
the message in the input of this activity.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 Publish to Adapter 37
|

Transport
See Transport Tab on page 8 for more information about the Transport tab.

Input
See TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Process Design for more information about
mapping and transforming input data.
The input for the activity is the following.

Input Item Datatype Description

subject string The subject to send the request on. The
default subject is displayed on the
Advanced tab, but you can override the
default by specifying a subject here.

requestTimeout integer When publishing in request/reply mode,

this element specifies the timeout (in
milliseconds) to wait for the reply.

preRegisterListener string When using TIBCO Rendezvous Certified

Messaging (RVCM), this field specifies the
cmname(s) of the RVCM subscriber(s). This
allows the publisher to pre-register with
any expected listeners. If multiple cmnames
are specified, separate each cmname with a
comma. Any listeners preregistered on the
Transport tab are also preregistered with
the listeners specified in this element.
See the TIBCO Rendezvous documentation
for more information about RVCM.

replySubject string The subject that replies to this message

should be sent to.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

38
| Chapter 2 ActiveEnterprise Adapter Palette

Input Item Datatype Description

businessKey string This string is appended to the AE tracking
info appInfo field. The AE tracking info for
messages published is a concatenation of
bw + <processName> + <jobID> +
<businessKey>.

The AE tracking info id is set to the same

value for all message publishers in a
process definition.
Note: It is a good idea to have all publishers
in a process use the same business key.
Only the most recent publisher’s business
key is used in the tracking info for the
message.

OtherProperties complex This element is only available when JMS

Topic or JMS Queue is the transport and a
JMS Application Properties resource is
specified on the Transport tab.
This element contains the message
properties for the message. See JMS
Properties on page 402 for more
information about message properties.
Only properties applicable to this type of
message are displayed.

body complex The schema definition for the specified

adapter service. This can be overridden by
specifying a different schema in the Custom
AESchema Reference field on the
Configuration tab, or by specifying a
Request AE Schema when RequestReply is
checked on the Configuration tab.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 Publish to Adapter 39
|

Output
This activity only produces output when the RequestReply field on the
Configuration tab is checked. The output for the activity is the following.

Output Item Datatype Description

replyDestination string A reply message can optionally have a
reply destination, presumably so that the
two applications can communicate with
further messages. This element contains the
reply subject (RV) or destination (JMS) set
on the reply message, if one is set. If no
reply subject or destination is set on the
reply message, this element is not
populated.

trackingInfo string The AE tracking info.

The id element is set to the same value for
all message publishers in a process
definition. The appInfo element is obtained
from the businessKey element on the Input
tab.

MessageID string This element is only available when JMS

Topic or JMS Queue is the transport. This is
the message ID of the message.

JMSHeaders complex This element is only available when JMS

Topic or JMS Queue is the transport.
This element contains the message header
fields for the message. See JMS Properties
on page 402 for more information about
message header fields. Only properties
applicable to this type of message are
displayed.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

40
| Chapter 2 ActiveEnterprise Adapter Palette

Output Item Datatype Description

OtherProperties complex This element is only available when JMS
Topic or JMS Queue is the transport and a
JMS Application Properties resource is
specified on the Transport tab.
This element contains the message
properties for the message. See JMS
Properties on page 402 for more
information about message properties.
Only properties applicable to this type of
message are displayed.

body complex The specified reply schema.

Error Output
The Error Output tab lists the possible exceptions that can be thrown by this
activity. See TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Error Codes for more information
about error codes and corrective action to take.

Exception Thrown When...

TransportException The transport cannot be created.

SerializationException The outgoing message cannot be

serialized.

TimeoutException The specified timeout has been reached

for the request/reply operation.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 Respond to Adapter Request 41
|

Respond to Adapter Request

Activity

The Respond to Adapter Request activity is used to send a

response to an adapter for a previously received request. For
example, you may have a Wait for Adapter Request activity in a
process definition. The incoming adapter request may require a
response from your process. The Respond to Adapter Request is
used to send that response.
Figure 5 illustrates a Respond to Adapter Request activity sending a response to a
previously received request from an adapter.

Figure 5 A Respond to Adapter Request sending a response

Application

Adapter
Request-
Response
Invocation
Service
Reply

Business Process

Respond to Adapter
Request

Configuration
The Configuration tab has the following fields.

Global
Field Description
Var?
Name No The name to appear as the label for the activity in
the process definition.

Description No Short description of the activity.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

42
| Chapter 2 ActiveEnterprise Adapter Palette

Field Global Description

Var?
Reply For No drop down list of activities that this activity can
send a response for.

Input
See TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Process Design for more information about
mapping and transforming input data.
The input for the activity is the following.

Input Item Datatype Description

businessKey string This string is appended to the AE
tracking info appInfo field. The AE
tracking info for messages
published is a concatenation of
bw + <processName> + <jobID> +
<businessKey>.

Note: It is a good idea to have all

publishers in a process use the
same business key. Only the most
recent publisher’s business key is
used in the tracking info for the
message.

body complex The schema definition for the

response. The structure of this
element is retrieved from the
adapter service of the activity that
this activity is publishing a
response for.

Output
This activity produces no output.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 Respond to Adapter Request 43
|

Error Output
The Error Output tab lists the possible exceptions that can be thrown by this
activity. See TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Error Codes for more information
about error codes and corrective action to take.

Exception Thrown When...

TransportException The transport cannot be created.

SerializationException The outgoing reply cannot be serialized.

ReplyException The reply could not be sent.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

44
| Chapter 2 ActiveEnterprise Adapter Palette

Send Exception to Adapter Request

Activity

The Send Exception to Adapter Request activity is used to send an

exception to an adapter for a previously received request. For
example, you may have a Adapter Request-Response Server
process starter in a process definition. An error may occur while
attempting to perform the requested operation. The Send
Exception to Adapter Request activity allows you to return an exception to the
adapter service with information about the exception.
Figure 6 illustrates a Send Exception to Adapter Request activity sending an
exception to a previously received request from an adapter.

Figure 6 A Send Exception to Adapter Request sending an exception

Application

Adapter
Request-
Response
Invocation
Service
Reply

Business Process

Send Exception to
Adapter Request

Configuration
The Configuration tab has the following fields.

Global
Field Description
Var?
Name No The name to appear as the label for the activity in
the process definition.

Description No Short description of the activity.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 Send Exception to Adapter Request 45
|

Field Global Description

Var?
Send No drop down list of activities that this activity can
Exception To send an exception to.

Input
See TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Process Design for more information about
mapping and transforming input data.
The input for the activity is the following.

Input Item Datatype Description

businessKey string This string is appended to the AE
tracking info appInfo field. The AE
tracking info for messages
published is a concatenation of
bw + <processName> + <jobID> +
<businessKey>.

Note: It is a good idea to have all

publishers in a process use the
same business key. Only the most
recent publisher’s business key is
used in the tracking info for the
message.

body complex The schema definition for the

exception. The schema used by the
adapter service must define
exception schemas that can be sent.

Output
This activity produces no output.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

46
| Chapter 2 ActiveEnterprise Adapter Palette

Error Output
The Error Output tab lists the possible exceptions that can be thrown by this
activity. See TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Error Codes for more information
about error codes and corrective action to take.

Exception Thrown When...

TransportException The transport cannot be created.

SerializationException The outgoing reply cannot be serialized.

ReplyException The exception could not be sent.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 Wait for Adapter Message 47
|

Wait for Adapter Message

Activity

Waits for the receipt of a message from the publication service of the
specified adapter.
Publication services are configured during adapter configuration,
and the activity uses the information in the adapter configuration to
fill in most of the fields of this activity. See your adapter
documentation for more information about creating adapter configurations and
creating adapter publication services.
See Scalability With Incoming Events on page 226 in TIBCO ActiveMatrix
BusinessWorks Process Design Guide for information on running the "Wait for..."
activities in a multi-engine mode.
Figure 7 illustrates an adapter publishing service publishing a message and the
Wait for Adapter Message activity receiving the message in a business process.

Figure 7 A Publish to Adapter activity sending a message

Application

Adapter
Publishing
Service

Publish

Business Process

Wait for
Adapter
Message

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

48
| Chapter 2 ActiveEnterprise Adapter Palette

Configuration
The Configuration tab has the following fields.

Global
Field Description
Var?
Name No The name to appear as the label for the activity in
the process definition.

Description No Short description of the activity.

Adapter No The preconfigured adapter publishing service. You

Service must specify the adapter service when configuring
the adapter.
Use the Browse button to locate the appropriate
service for this activity.

Custom No Specifies whether you want to supply a class for this

AESchema activity’s output.

Custom No Only appears when the Custom AESchema field is

AESchema checked. This field specifies the TIBCO
Reference ActiveEnterprise schema to use for the body of the
message in the output of this activity.

Transport
See Transport Tab on page 8 for more information about the Transport tab.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 Wait for Adapter Message 49
|

Event
The Event tab has the following fields.

Field Description
Candidate Event Key Expression built from the data of the incoming
message. This expression should evaluate to a string
and it is compared to the "key" field of the activity’s
input. If the Candidate Event Key and the activity’s
key match, then the process accepts the incoming
message.
For example, you may have a Publish to Adapter
activity that sends a message with a particular ID.
You are expecting a reply message that contains that
same ID so that you can determine the message is a
response to your sent message. You would specify
the field of the incoming message that contains your
ID in the Candidate Event Key. You would then use
the message ID of the message you sent earlier in the
process as the "key" field in the input.
This expression is specified in XPath, and only data
from the incoming event is available for use in this
XPath expression. See TIBCO ActiveMatrix
BusinessWorks Process Design for more information
about XPath expressions.

Event Timeout (msec) A message may arrive before this activity is

executed. This field specifies the amount of time (in
milliseconds) a message waits if it is received before
this activity is executed. If the event timeout expires,
an error is logged and the event is discarded.
If no value is specified in this field, the message
waits indefinitely. If zero is specified, the event is
discarded immediately, unless this activity has
already been reached.

When building an expression in the Candidate Event Key field, only data from
the incoming event is available. This is because you want to place an expression
containing incoming event data in the Candidate Event Key field. When the
results of this expression match the results of the expression in the "key" item on
the Input tab, the Wait For Adapter Message activity proceeds.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

50
| Chapter 2 ActiveEnterprise Adapter Palette

Input
See TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Process Design for more information about
mapping and transforming input data.
The input for the activity is the following.

Input Item Datatype Description

key string The value that is compared to the
Candidate Event Key field of the
Event tab to determine if this
message applies to this process. See
Event on page 49 for an example of
using the Candidate Event Key
field with the key input item.

processTimeout integer The time (in milliseconds) to wait

for the incoming message. An error
is returned if the message is not
received in this time limit.

Output
The output for the activity is the following.

Output Item Datatype Description

subject string The subject of the message.

replySubject string The reply subject of the message.

certifiedSequenceNumber string This element is only available

when Tibrv Certified is the
transport. This element contains
the sequence number in which this
message was received.

certifiedSender string This element is only available

when Tibrv Certified is the
transport. This element contains
the cmname of the message sender.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 Wait for Adapter Message 51
|

Output Item Datatype Description

trackingInfo complex The AE tracking info of the sender.
This element contains the tracking
ID and appInfo sent by the
application.

body complex The class specified for the

publication service of the specified
adapter configuration or in the
Custom AESchema Reference field
on the Configuration tab.

Error Output
The Error Output tab lists the possible exceptions that can be thrown by this
activity. See TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Error Codes for more information
about error codes and corrective action to take.

Exception Thrown When...

ActivityTimedOutException The specified processTimeout has been
reached.

TransportException The transport cannot be created.

DeserializationException The outgoing reply cannot be serialized.

ConfirmationException The message could not be confirmed.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

52
| Chapter 2 ActiveEnterprise Adapter Palette

Wait for Adapter Request

Activity

Waits for the receipt of a request from an adapter request-response

invocation service. The adapter sends a request using a
preconfigured service, and the process definition acts as the
implementation of the request. The process sends any required
responses back to the adapter’s service by placing the Respond to
Adapter Request activity at a later point in the process definition.
Adapter request-response invocation services are configured during adapter
configuration, and the activity uses the information in the adapter configuration
to fill in most of the fields of this activity. See your adapter documentation for
more information about creating adapter configurations and creating adapter
services.
See Scalability With Incoming Events on page 226 in TIBCO ActiveMatrix
BusinessWorks Process Design Guide for information on running the "Wait for..."
activities in a multi-engine mode.
Figure 8 illustrates a Wait for Adapter Request activity waiting for a request from
an adapter request-response invocation service. At a later point in the business
process, a Respond to Adapter Request activity sends the response.

Figure 8 A Wait for Adapter Request activity

Application

Adapter
Request-
Response
Invocation
Service
Request

Business Process

Wait for
Adapter
Request

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 Wait for Adapter Request 53
|

Configuration
The Configuration tab has the following fields.

Global
Field Description
Var?
Name No The name to appear as the label for the activity in
the process definition.

Description No Short description of the activity.

Adapter Service No The preconfigured adapter request-response

invocation service. You must specify the adapter
service when configuring the adapter.
Use the Browse button to locate the appropriate
service for this activity.

Operation No This field contains a drop down list of any

operations defined by the schema used in the
selected Adapter Service. Select the operation
that this process definition is waiting for.

Transport
See Transport Tab on page 8 for more information about the Transport tab.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

54
| Chapter 2 ActiveEnterprise Adapter Palette

Event
The Event tab has the following fields.

Field Description
Candidate Event Key Expression built from the data of the incoming
message. This expression should evaluate to a string
and it is compared to the "key" field of the activity’s
input. If the Candidate Event Key and the activity’s
key match, then the process accepts the incoming
message.
For example, you may have a Invoke an Adapter
Request-Response activity that sends a request with
a particular ID. You are expecting a response
message that contains that same ID so that you can
determine the message is a response to your sent
message. You would specify the field of the
incoming reply that contains your ID in the
Candidate Event Key. You would then use the
message ID of the request you sent earlier in the
process as the "key" field in the input.
This expression is specified in XPath, and only data
from the incoming event is available for use in this
XPath expression. See TIBCO ActiveMatrix
BusinessWorks Process Design for more information
about XPath expressions.

Event Timeout (msec) A message may arrive before this activity is

executed. This field specifies the amount of time (in
milliseconds) a message waits if it is received before
this activity is executed. If the event timeout expires,
an error is logged and the event is discarded.
If no value is specified in this field, the message
waits indefinitely. If zero is specified, the event is
discarded immediately, unless this activity has
already been reached.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 Wait for Adapter Request 55
|

When building an expression in the Candidate Event Key field, only data from
the incoming event is available. This is because you want to place an expression
containing incoming event data in the Candidate Event Key field. When the
results of this expression match the results of the expression in the "key" item on
the Input tab, the Wait For Adapter Request activity proceeds.

Input
See TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Process Design for more information about
mapping and transforming input data.
The input for the activity is the following.

Input Item Datatype Description

key string The value that is compared to the
Candidate Event Key field of the
Event tab to determine if this
message applies to this process. See
Event on page 54 for an example of
using the Candidate Event Key
field with the key input item.

processTimeout integer The time (in milliseconds) to wait

for the incoming message. An error
is returned if the message is not
received in this time limit.

Output
The output for the activity is the following.

Output Item Datatype Description

subject string The subject of the message.

certifiedSequenceNumber string This element is only available when

Tibrv Certified is the transport. This
element contains the sequence
number in which this message was
received.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

56
| Chapter 2 ActiveEnterprise Adapter Palette

Output Item Datatype Description

certifiedSender string This element is only available when
Tibrv Certified is the transport. This
element contains the cmname of the
message sender.

trackingInfo complex The AE tracking info of the sender.

This element contains the tracking ID
and appInfo sent by the application.

MessageID string This element is only available when

JMS Topic or JMS Queue is the
transport. This is the message ID of
the message.

JMSHeaders complex This element is only available when

JMS Topic or JMS Queue is the
transport.
This element contains the message
header fields for the message. See
JMS Properties on page 402 for more
information about message header
fields. Only properties applicable to
this type of message are displayed.

OtherProperties complex This element is only available when

JMS Topic or JMS Queue is the
transport and a JMS Application
Properties resource is specified on
the Transport tab.
This element contains the message
properties for the message. See JMS
Properties on page 402 for more
information about message
properties. Only properties
applicable to this type of message are
displayed.

body complex The class specified for the client

service of the specified adapter
configuration or the schema specified
in the Custom AESchema Reference
field on the Configuration tab.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 | 57

Chapter 3 File Palette

The File palette is used to read, write, delete, or create files. This palette also has a
process starter that allows you to poll for files and start a process based on the
presence of a file.

Topics

• Copy File, page 58

• Create File, page 61
• File Poller, page 64
• List Files, page 69
• Read File, page 72
• Remove File, page 75
• Rename File, page 77
• Wait for File Change, page 80
• Write File, page 85

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

58
| Chapter 3 File Palette

Copy File
Activity

The Copy File activity allows you to copy files and directories to a new
location.

Configuration
The Configuration tab has the following fields.

Global
Field Var? Description

Name No The name to appear as the label for the activity in

the process definition.

Description No Short description of the activity.

Overwrite No Overwrite existing file or directory with the same

name, if one exists.
The activity raises an exception if the specified
file or directory exists and this field is unchecked.

Create No Create any directories in the destination path

Destination that do not already exist.
Directory
This activity raises an exception if any of the
directories on the specified destination path do
not exist and this field is unchecked.

Include No When the source to copy is a directory, include

Sub-Directories all sub-directories in the source directory.

Input
See TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Process Design for more information about
mapping and transforming input data.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 Copy File 59
|

The input for the activity is the following.

Input Item Datatype Description

fromFileName string The path and name of the file or directory to
copy.
For directories, you must specify an absolute
path. You may use wildcards when specifying
files within a directory.
For example, to copy a directory, specify
c:\myDirectory. To copy all text files in a
directory, specify c:\myDirectory\*.txt.

toFileName string The destination for the copy operation. This

must be an absolute path; wildcards cannot be
used in this element.

Output
This activity produces no output.

Error Output
The Error Output tab lists the possible exceptions that can be thrown by this
activity. See TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Error Codes for more information
about error codes and corrective action to take.

Exception Thrown When...

FileNotFoundException The source file is not found or the
destination is not found and the Create
Destination Directory field is not checked
on the Configuration tab.

IllegalCopyException The destination exists and its type is

different than the type of the specified
source. For example, in the activity input,
the fromFileName is a directory and the
toFileName is a file.

FileAlreadyExistsException The destination you are attempting to copy

to already exists and the Overwrite field is
not checked on the Configuration tab.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

60
| Chapter 3 File Palette

Exception Thrown When...

FileIOException There is an I/O error. For example, the file
or directory already exists and is write
protected.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 Create File 61
|

Create File
Activity

The Create File activity creates a new file or directory with the specified
name. When creating a file, you can also provide the file contents.

Configuration
The Configuration tab has the following fields.

Global
Field Var? Description

Name No The name to appear as the label for the activity in

the process definition.

Description No Short description of the activity.

Overwrite No Overwrite existing file with the same name, if one

exists.
The activity raises an exception if the specified file
exists and this field is unchecked.

Is a Directory No When checked, the activity creates a directory

instead of a file.

Create No When checked, the activity creates all directories in

Non-Existing the specified path, if they do not already exist.
Directories
If this field is unchecked and there are one or more
directories in the specified path that do not exist, an
exception is raised.

Input
See TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Process Design for more information about
mapping and transforming input data.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

62
| Chapter 3 File Palette

The input for the activity is the following.

Input Item Datatype Description

fileName string The path and name of the file to
create.
If the Is a Directory field is checked
on the Configuration tab, this
specifies the name of the directory
to create.

Output
The output for the activity is the following.

Output Item Datatype Description

fileInfo complex Element containing the fileName,
location, type, readProtected,
writeProtected, and size data.

fullName string The name of the file or directory,

including the path information.

fileName string The name of the file or directory without

the path information.

location string The path to the file or directory.

configuredFileName string This element is optional and it is not

populated by this activity.

type string The file type.

readProtected boolean Whether the file or directory is protected

from reading.

writeProtected boolean Whether the file or directory is protected

from writing.

size integer Size of the file (in bytes).

lastModified string Time stamp indicating when the file was

last modified.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 Create File 63
|

Error Output
The Error Output tab lists the possible exceptions that can be thrown by this
activity. See TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Error Codes for more information
about error codes and corrective action to take.

Exception Thrown When...

FileAlreadyExistsException The file or directory you are attempting to
create already exists and the Overwrite
field is not checked on the Configuration
tab.

FileIOException There is an I/O error. For example, the file

or directory already exists and is write
protected.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

64
| Chapter 3 File Palette

File Poller
Process Starter

The File Poller process starter polls for files or directories with the given
name and starts a process when the specified change (creation,
modification, deletion) is detected.

Configuration
The Configuration tab has the following fields.

Global
Field Description
Var?
Name No The name to appear as the label for the activity in
the process definition.

Description No Short description of the activity.

File Name Yes The path and name of the file or directory to
monitor. Use the Browse button to locate an
existing file.
You can also use wildcards to monitor a directory
for files that match the given specification. For
example, C:\files\*.log would match any
change to a file in the files directory with an
extension of .log.

Polling Interval Yes Polling interval (in seconds) to check for the
(sec) specified file.

Include No Check for the file among the files that existed
Existing Files before the process engine started running.
When this field is checked, if an existing file
matches the specification in the File Name field
when a process engine starts, then a new process
instance is created.
If this field is not checked, any existing files that
match the specification in the File Name field are
ignored until there is a change in the file.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 File Poller 65
|

Field Global Description

Var?
Exclude File No Specifies not to load the data from the file into
Content this activity’s output. If this check box is selected,
the contents of the file are not available to
subsequent activities in the process definition.

Content as Yes The type of content in the file. Can be either text
or binary.

Encoding Yes The character encoding for the file (when text is
specified in the Content as field).

Advanced
The Advanced tab has the following fields.

Global
Field Description
Var?
Poll for Create No Checking this field starts a new process when a
Events file or directory matching the specification in the
File Name field is created. If this field is
unchecked, newly created files/directories are
ignored.

Poll for Modify No Checking this field starts a new process when a
Events file or directory matching the specification in the
File Name field is modified. If this field is
unchecked, modifications to files/directories are
ignored.

Poll for Delete No Checking this field starts a new process when a
Events file or directory matching the specification in the
File Name field is deleted. If this field is
unchecked, deletions of files/directories are
ignored.

Include No When this field is checked, events that occur in

Sub-Directories subdirectories of the specified directory are also
monitored. If this field is unchecked, only the
directory is monitored, any subdirectories are
ignored.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

66
| Chapter 3 File Palette

Field Global Description

Var?
Mode No Specifies the type of polling to perform. Specify
one of the following:
• only-directories — only tracks the specified
changes for directories.
• only-files — only tracks the specified changes
for files.
• files-and-directories — tracks the specified
changes for both files and directories.

Sort By No Specifies the order in which files should be

processed, if more than one file is detected. You
can sort by file name, modification date, or
specify no sorting is to be performed.
Files are processed as the polling interval occurs.
Therefore, the Sort By field applies to all files that
have changed since the last polling interval. The
Sort By field can be very useful if you want to
process files in a specific order when the process
engine starts and the Include Existing Files field
is checked (then all existing files are processed in
the specified order).
Note: The File Poller starts process instances
based on the specified Sort By order, but the
process instances may not complete in the same
order. If you want to guarantee that processes
start and complete in a given order, you must
specify Max Jobs = 1 and enable the Activatation
Limit field when you deploy your project. See
TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Administration
for more information about deploying projects.

Sort Order No Specifies whether the order specified in the Sort

By field is ascending or descending. This field is
only applicable if File Name or Date Modified is
selected in the Sort By field.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 File Poller 67
|

Misc
The Misc tab contains the following fields:

Field Description
Sequencing Key This field can contain an XPath expression that
specifies which processes should run in order. Process
instances with sequencing keys that evaluate to the
same value will be executed sequentially in the order
the process instance was created.
See TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Process Design
for more information about controlling the execution
order of process instances and about XPath
expressions.

Custom Id This field can contain an XPath expression that

specifies a custom ID for the process instance. This ID
is displayed in the View Service dialog of TIBCO
Administrator, and it is also available in the
$_processContext process variable.

Output
The output for the activity is the following.

Output Item Datatype Description

action string The event that occurred to trigger the File
Poller activity. The possible values are:
create, remove, or modify.

timeOccured integer The time that the File Poller activity

detected the change in the file.
The time is expressed as the amount of
time, in milliseconds since midnight,
January 1, 1970, UTC.

fileInfo complex Element containing the fileName,

location, type, readProtected,
writeProtected, and size data.

fullName string The name of the file, including the path

information.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

68
| Chapter 3 File Palette

Output Item Datatype Description

fileName string The name of the file without the path
information.

location string The path to the file.

configuredFileName string The name of the file or directory this

activity is configured to operate on.

type string The file type.

readProtected boolean Whether the file is read-protected.

writeProtected boolean Whether the file is write-protected.

size integer Size of the file in bytes.

lastModified string Time stamp indicating when the file was

last modified.

fileContent complex Element containing the textContent and

binaryContent data.

textContent string Contents of the file (text files), if the

Exclude File Contents field is not checked
on the Configuration tab.

binaryContent binary Contents of the file (binary files), if the

Exclude File Contents field is not checked
on the Configuration tab.

encoding string The character encoding for the file.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 List Files 69
|

List Files
Activity

The List Files activity returns information about files or directories, or a

listing of all the files in the specified directory.

Configuration
The Configuration tab has the following fields.

Global
Field Description
Var?
Name No The name to appear as the label for the activity in
the process definition.

Description No Short description of the activity.

Mode No The type of listing you would like to retrieve. The

following are the choices for this field:
• directories-only
• files-only
• files-and-directories

Input
The input for the activity is the following.

Input Item Datatype Description

fileName string The path and name of the directory with files or
subdirectories to list.
If you supply a file or directory name, information
about that file or directory is returned.
You can use wildcards to list files or directories
that match the given specification. For example,
C:\files\*.log lists any file in the files
directory that have a .log extension.
C:\files\mylogs\*.* lists all files in the
directory mylogs.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

70
| Chapter 3 File Palette

Output
The output for the activity is the following.

Output Item Datatype Description

fileInfo complex Element containing the fileName, location,
type, readProtected, writeProtected, and
size data.
This is a repeating element. Each item in
the element is a file or directory contained
in the specified directory that matches the
given criteria.

fullName string The name of the file, including the path

information.

fileName string The name of the file without the path

information.

configuredFileName string The name of the file or directory this

activity is configured to operate on.

location string The path to the file.

type string The file type.

readProtected boolean Whether the file is read-protected.

writeProtected boolean Whether the file is write-protected.

size integer Size of the file in bytes.

lastModified string Time stamp indicating when the file was

last modified. You can compare values in
this element using the
compare-dateTime() XPath function. For
example,
compare-dateTime($List-Files/
ListFilesActivityOutput/files/
fileInfo[fileName="myFile.txt"]/
lastModified,
current-dateTime())

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 List Files 71
|

Error Output
The Error Output tab lists the possible exceptions that can be thrown by this
activity. See TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Error Codes for more information
about error codes and corrective action to take.

Exception Thrown When...

FileNotFoundException The specified path is not found.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

72
| Chapter 3 File Palette

Read File
Activity

The Read File activity is used to read a file and place its contents into
the activity’s output.

Configuration
The Configuration tab has the following fields.

Global
Field Description
Var?
Name No The name to appear as the label for the activity in
the process definition.

Description No Short description of the activity.

Exclude File No Specifies not to load the data from the file into this
Content activity’s output. If this field is checked, the
contents of the file are not available to subsequent
activities in the process definition.

Read as Yes The type of content in the file. Can be either text
or binary.

Input
See TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Process Design for more information about
mapping and transforming input data.
The input for the activity is the following.

Input Item Datatype Description

fileName string The path and name of the file to read.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 Read File 73
|

Input Item Datatype Description

encoding string The character encoding for text files. This
element is only available when the Read as field
on the Configuration tab is set to text. Encoding
names supported by Java can be specified in this
element. If this element is not specified, the
default encoding of the Java Virtual Machine
used by the process engine is used.

Output
The output for the activity is the following.

Output Item Datatype Description

fileInfo complex Element containing the fileName, location,
type, readProtected, writeProtected, and
size data.

fullName string The name of the file, including the path

information.

fileName string The name of the file without the path

information.

location string The path to the file.

configuredFileName string This element is optional and it is not

populated by this activity.

type string The file type.

readProtected boolean Whether the file is read-protected.

writeProtected boolean Whether the file is write-protected.

size integer Size of the file in bytes.

lastModified string Time stamp indicating when the file was

last modified.

fileContent complex Element containing the textContent and

binaryContent data.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

74
| Chapter 3 File Palette

Output Item Datatype Description

textContent string Contents of the file (text files), if the
Exclude File Content field is not checked
on the Configuration tab.

binaryContent binary Contents of the file (binary files), if the

Exclude File Content field is not checked
on the Configuration tab.

encoding string The character encoding for the file.

Error Output
The Error Output tab lists the possible exceptions that can be thrown by this
activity. See TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Error Codes for more information
about error codes and corrective action to take.

Exception Thrown When...

FileNotFoundException The file does not exist.

UnsupportedEncodingException The text file’s encoding is not valid and

the content of the file is read into process
data.

FileIOException An I/O exception occurred when trying

to read the file.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 Remove File 75
|

Remove File
Activity

The Remove File activity removes the specified file. This activity can
also remove empty directories. If a directory that is not empty is
specified, an exception is thrown.

Configuration
The Configuration tab has the following fields.

Global
Field Var? Description

Name No The name to appear as the label for the activity in

the process definition.

Description No Short description of the activity.

Input
See TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Process Design for more information about
mapping and transforming input data.
The input for the activity is the following.

Input Item Datatype Description

fileName string The path and name of the file or
empty directory to remove.

Output
The output for the activity is the following.

Output Item Datatype Description

fileInfo complex Element containing the fileName, location,
type, readProtected, writeProtected, and
size data.

fullName string The name of the file (or empty directory),

including the path information.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

76
| Chapter 3 File Palette

Output Item Datatype Description

fileName string The name of the file or empty directory
without the path information.

location string The path to the file or empty directory.

configuredFileName string This element is not populated by this

activity.

type string The file type.

readProtected boolean Whether the file (or empty directory) is

read-protected.

writeProtected boolean Whether the file (or empty directory) is

write-protected.

size integer Size of the file in bytes.

lastModified string Time stamp indicating when the file was

last modified.

Error Output
The Error Output tab lists the possible exceptions that can be thrown by this
activity. See TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Error Codes for more information
about error codes and corrective action to take.

Exception Thrown When...

FileNotFoundException The file does not exist.

FileIOException An I/O exception occurred when trying

to remove the file or empty directory.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 Rename File 77
|

Rename File
Activity

The Rename File activity is used to rename or move files. This activity
can also rename directories, but you cannot use this activity to move a
directory to a new location.

Configuration
The Configuration tab has the following fields.

Global
Field Description
Var?
Name No The name to appear as the label for the activity
in the process definition.

Description No Short description of the activity.

Overwrite Yes Overwrite existing file with the same name, if

one exists when renaming or moving.
The activity raises an exception if the specified
file or directory exists and this field is
unchecked.

Create Yes Creates all directories in the specified

Destination destination path where the file is moved to, if the
Directory directories do not already exist.
If this field is unchecked and one or more
directories in the specified path do not exist, an
exception is raised.

Input
See TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Process Design for more information about
mapping and transforming input data.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

78
| Chapter 3 File Palette

The input for the activity is the following.

Input Item Datatype Description

fromFileName string The path and name of the file to
rename or move, or the path and
name of the directory to rename.
The value in this element must be
an absolute path.

toFileName string The new name and location of the

file or directory. Files can be moved
to a new location, but directories
must remain in the same location.
The value in this element must be
an absolute path.

Output
The output for the activity is the following.

Output Item Datatype Description

fileInfo complex Element containing the fileName, location,
type, readProtected, writeProtected, and
size data.

fullName string The name of the file (or directory),

including the path information.

fileName string The name of the file or directory without

the path information.

location string The path to the file or directory.

configuredFileName string This element is not populated by this

activity.

type string The file type.

readProtected boolean Whether the file (or directory) is

read-protected.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 Rename File 79
|

Output Item Datatype Description

writeProtected boolean Whether the file (or directory) is
write-protected.

size integer Size of the file in bytes.

lastModified string Time stamp indicating when the file was

last modified.

Error Output
The Error Output tab lists the possible exceptions that can be thrown by this
activity. See TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Error Codes for more information
about error codes and corrective action to take.

Exception Thrown When...

FileNotFoundException The file does not exist.

IllegalRenameException The destination file exists and its type is

different than the type of the source file.

FileAlreadyExistsException The file already exists.

FileIOException An I/O exception occurred when trying

to rename the file or directory.
This exception is also thrown if an
attempt is made to move a directory.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

80
| Chapter 3 File Palette

Wait for File Change

Activity

The Wait for File Change activity waits for a file creation, modification,
or deletion event to occur during process execution. When this activity
is executed, the process instance suspends and waits for the specified
change to occur before resuming.
See Scalability With Incoming Events on page 226 in TIBCO
ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Process Design Guide for information on running the
"Wait for..." activities in a multi-engine mode.

Configuration
The Configuration tab has the following fields.

Global
Field Description
Var?
Name No The name to appear as the label for the activity
in the process definition.

Description No Short description of the activity.

File Name Yes The path and name of the file to poll for. You can
use the Browse button to locate an existing file.
You can also use wildcards to monitor a
directory for files that match the given
specification. For example, C:\files\*.log
would match any change to a file in the files
directory with an extension of .log.

Polling Interval Yes Polling interval (in seconds) to check for

(sec) changes in the specified file.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 Wait for File Change 81
|

Field Global Description

Var?
Include Existing Yes Check for the file among the files that existed
Files before the process engine started running.
When this field is checked, if an existing file
matches the specification in the File Name field
when a process engine starts, then the Wait for
File Change activity accepts that file as changed
and proceeds to the next activity.
If this field is not checked, any existing files that
match the specification in the File Name field
are ignored until there is some change in the file.

Exclude File Yes Specifies not to load the data from the file into
Content this activity’s output. If this field is checked, the
contents of the file are not available to
subsequent activities in the process definition.

Content as Yes The type of content in the file. Can be either text
or binary.

Encoding Yes The character encoding for the file.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

82
| Chapter 3 File Palette

Event
The Event tab has the following fields.

Field Description
Candidate Expression built from the data of the incoming file change
Event Key event. This expression should evaluate to a string and it is
compared to the "key" field of the activity’s input. If the
Candidate Event Key and the activity’s key match, then the
process accepts the incoming file change event.
For example, you may have created a file earlier in the
process and you may want to wait for an external
application to modify the file. When the external
application modifies the file, it appends the word
"Changed" to the filename to signify the file is ready for
processing.
You should specify the $fileInfo/fileName for the
Candidate Event Key field, and you should specify
concat("$CreateFile/fileName", "Changed") for the
"key" field on the Input tab. $CreateFile/filename is the
name of the file created earlier in the process. This
expression is specified in XPath, and only data from the
incoming event is available for use in this XPath expression.
See TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Process Design for
more information about XPath expressions.

Event Timeout A file change may occur before this activity is executed.
(msec) This field specifies the amount of time (in milliseconds) to
wait if the file change occurs before this activity is executed
in the process instance. If the event timeout expires, an error
is logged and the event is discarded.
If no value is specified in this field, the message waits
indefinitely. If zero is specified, the event is discarded
immediately, unless this activity has already been executed.

When building an expression in the Candidate Event Key field, only data from
the incoming event is available. This is because you want to place an expression
containing incoming event data in the Candidate Event Key field. When the
results of this expression match the results of the expression in the "key" item on
the Input tab, the Wait For File Change activity proceeds.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 Wait for File Change 83
|

Input
See TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Process Design for more information about
mapping and transforming input data.
The input for the activity is the following.

Input Item Datatype Description

key string The value that is compared to the Candidate
Event Key field of the Event tab to determine
if this message applies to this process. See
Event on page 82 for an example of using the
Candidate Event Key field with the key
input item.

processTimeout integer The time (in milliseconds) to wait for the

incoming file change event. An error is
returned if the event is not received in this
time limit.

Output
The output for the activity is the following.

Output Item Datatype Description

action string The change in the file that occurred. The
action is either the create, remove, or
modify.

timeOccured integer The time that the Wait for File Change
activity detected the change in the file.
The time is expressed as the amount of
time, in milliseconds since midnight,
January 1, 1970, UTC.

fileInfo complex Element containing the fileName,

location, type, readProtected,
writeProtected, and size data.

fullName string The name of the file, including the path

information.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

84
| Chapter 3 File Palette

Output Item Datatype Description

fileName string The name of the file without the path
information.

location string The path to the file.

configuredFileName string This element is not populated by this

activity.

type string The file type.

readProtected boolean Whether the file is read-protected.

writeProtected boolean Whether the file is write-protected.

size integer Size of the file in bytes.

lastModified string Time stamp indicating when the file was

last modified.

fileContent complex Element containing the textContent and

binaryContent data.

textContent string Contents of the file (text files), if the

Exclude File Contents field was not
checked on the Configuration tab.

binaryContent binary Contents of the file (binary files), if the

Exclude File Contents field was not
checked on the Configuration tab.

encoding string The character encoding for the file.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 Write File 85
|

Write File
Activity

The Write File activity writes content to the specified file.

Configuration
The Configuration tab has the following fields.

Global
Field Var? Description

Name No The name to appear as the label for the activity

in the process definition.

Description No Short description of the activity.

Append Yes Appends contents to an existing file. If

unchecked, the file is overwritten.

Write as Yes Specifies the type of file content to write: text or

binary.

Create Yes When checked, the activity creates all directories

Non-Existing in the specified path, if they do not already exist.
Directories
If this field is unchecked and there are one or
more directories in the specified path that do not
exist, an exception is raised.

Compress No Specifies whether to compress the output file

using GZip format. Specify None for no
compression or GZip for a compressed output
file.
When you specify GZip for this field, you must
rename the file to use the .gz suffix and use
gunzip to uncompress the file.

Input
See TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Process Design for more information about
mapping and transforming input data.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

86
| Chapter 3 File Palette

The input for the activity is the following.

Input Item Datatype Description

fileName string The path and name of the file.
Wildcards are not permitted in this
field.

textContent string Contents of the file (text files).

binaryContent binary Contents of the file (binary files).

addLineSeparator boolean Specifies whether to add a carriage

return after each input line.

encoding string The character encoding for text

files. This element is only available
when the Write as field on the
Configuration tab is set to text.
Encoding names supported by Java
can be specified in this element. If
this element is not specified, the
default encoding of the Java Virtual
Machine used by the process
engine is used.

Output
The output for the activity is the following.

Output Item Datatype Description

fileInfo complex Element containing the fileName, location,
type, readProtected, writeProtected, and
size data.

fullName string The name of the file, including the path

information.

fileName string The name of the file without the path

information.

location string The path to the file.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 Write File 87
|

Output Item Datatype Description

configuredFileName string This element is not populated by this
activity.

type string The file type.

readProtected boolean Whether the file is read-protected.

writeProtected boolean Whether the file is write-protected.

size integer Size of the file in bytes.

lastModified string Time stamp indicating when the file was

last modified.

Error Output
The Error Output tab lists the possible exceptions that can be thrown by this
activity. See TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Error Codes for more information
about error codes and corrective action to take.

Exception Thrown When...

FileNotFoundException The file does not exist.

UnsupportedEncodingException The encoding is not valid.

FileIOException An I/O exception occurred when trying

to write to the file.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

88
| Chapter 3 File Palette

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 | 89

Chapter 4 FTP Palette

The FTP palette is used to issue FTP commands.

Topics

• FTP Change Default Directory, page 90

• FTP Connection, page 93
• FTP Delete File, page 98
• FTP DIR, page 101
• FTP Get, page 104
• FTP Get Default Directory, page 110
• FTP Make Remote Directory, page 113
• FTP Put, page 116
• FTP Quote, page 121
• FTP Remove Remote Directory, page 124
• FTP Rename File, page 127
• FTP Sys Type, page 130

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

90
| Chapter 4 FTP Palette

FTP Change Default Directory

Activity

The FTP Change Default Directory activity changes the current

default directory on the remote machine to the specified directory
path.

Configuration
The Configuration tab has the following fields.

Global
Field Var? Description

Name No The name to appear as the label for the activity

in the process definition.

Description No Short description of the activity.

FTP Connection No Path to the shared configuration resource

containing the user information such as host
name, user name, and password. See FTP
Connection on page 93 for more information.

Quit No When checked, this field specifies that the FTP

(post-command) connection should be closed after completing
this command.
If this field is not checked, the FTP connection
remains open so that all FTP activities that
specify the same FTP session (that is, the same
host, port, username, and password) share the
FTP session until the connection is closed.

Input
See TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Process Design for more information about
mapping and transforming input data.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 FTP Change Default Directory 91
|

The input for the activity is the following.

Input Item Datatype Description

Host string The name of the FTP server. This overrides
the value specified in the FTP Connection
resource.

Port integer Port number for incoming FTP requests on

the FTP server. This overrides the value
specified in the FTP Connection resource.

UserName string Username for logging into the FTP server.

This overrides the value specified in the FTP
Connection resource.

Password string Password for logging into the FTP server.

This overrides the value specified in the FTP
Connection resource.

NewDefaultDir string Path to the new default directory on the FTP

server.

Timeout integer The amount of time to wait for the FTP server
to respond. This timeout is used when the
FTP server places the FTP connection used by
this activity into a waiting state.
This overrides the value specified in the FTP
Connection resource. See FTP Connection on
page 93 for more information.

Output
This activity produces no output.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

92
| Chapter 4 FTP Palette

Error Output
The Error Output tab lists the possible exceptions that can be thrown by this
activity. See TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Error Codes for more information
about error codes and corrective action to take.

Exception Thrown When...

ConnectionErrorException An error occurred when connecting to the
FTP server.

CommandExecutionException An error occurred when executing the

FTP command.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 FTP Connection 93
|

FTP Connection
Shared Configuration

The FTP Connection shared configuration resource describes a

connection to an FTP server. FTP connections are used when
configuring activities in the FTP palette.

Configuration
The Configuration tab has the following fields.

Field Description
Name The name to appear as the label for the resource.

Description Short description of the shared resource.

SSL Specifies to use the HTTPS (secure socket layer or

SSL) protocol for the FTP connection. This protocol
authenticates the FTP client to the server.
Enabling this field allows you to specify SSL
parameters with the Configure SSL button (described
in Configure SSL Button on page 95).

Host Host name or IP address of the FTP server.

Port Port number of the FTP server. For connections inside

of a firewall, 21 is the default when no value is
specified in this field.

User Name User name to use when logging into the FTP server.

Password Password to use when logging into the FTP server.

Mode Specifies whether to use Active or Passive mode to

connect to the FTP server.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

94
| Chapter 4 FTP Palette

Field Description
Connection Timeout The timeout specified in this field (in milliseconds)
(msec) applies to the following situations:
• Making the control socket connection to the FTP
Server
• Making the data socket connection to the FTP
server (passive mode)
• Waiting for the data socket connection from the
FTP server (active mode)
• Reading a reply from control socket after sending
a FTP control command.
• Reading data from data socket.
If the specified time is reached when attempting any
of these operations, the activity using this FTP
connection terminates without error and takes any
matching success transitions to the next activity in the
process definition.

Remote Filename A drop down list of values for specifying the

Encoding character encoding of file names supplied to FTP
commands using this connection.
The encoding specified in this field is used when
sending path and file names supplied to FTP
commands that use this FTP Connection resource. Set
this field when the FTP server has a different system
encoding than the machine where the process engine
is running.

Firewall Specifies whether the FTP host resides outside of a

firewall. If this field is checked, you must supply the
Proxy Host and Proxy Port fields with the name and
the port of the proxy server used to access sites
outside of a firewall. You can optionally specify the
User Name and Password for the proxy server, if
necessary.

Proxy Host Used when the remote FTP server is outside of a

firewall. Specifies the host name or IP address of the
firewall server.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 FTP Connection 95
|

Field Description
Proxy Port Used when the remote FTP server is outside of a
firewall. Specifies the port number of the firewall
server.

Proxy User Name Used when the remote FTP server is outside of a
firewall. Specifies the user name to use to connect to
the proxy server, if necessary.

Proxy Password Used when the remote FTP server is outside of a

firewall. Specifies the password to use for the
specified user name when connecting to the proxy
server, if necessary.

Configure SSL Button

The Configure SSL button allows you to specify the SSL parameters for the HTTP
connection. The following are the fields in the SSL Configuration for HTTPS
Connections dialog:

Field Description
Trusted Certificates Specifies a folder in the project containing one or more
Folder certificates from trusted certificate authorities. This
folder is checked when a client connects to ensure that
the server’s certificate is from a trusted certificate
authority. This prevents connections from rogue
servers.

Identity An Identity resource that contains the HTTP server’s

digital certificate and private key.
See TIBCO Designer Palette Reference for more
information.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

96
| Chapter 4 FTP Palette

Field Description
Verify Host Name Specifies to check that the host name of the FTP server
against the host name listed in the server’s digital
certificate. This provides additional verification that
the host name you believe you are connecting to is in
fact the desired host.
If the host name specified in the Host field on the
Configuration tab is not an exact match to the host
name specified in the server’s digital certificate, the
connection is refused.
Note: If you specify an equivalent hostname (for
example, an IP address) in the Host field, but the name
is not an exact match of the hostname in the host’s
digital certificate, the connection is refused.

Strong Cipher Suites When checked, this field specifies that the minimum
Only strength of the cipher suites used can be specified with
the
bw.plugin.security.strongcipher.minstrength
custom engine property. See TIBCO ActiveMatrix
BusinessWorks Administration for more information
about this property. The default value of the property
disables cipher suites with an effective key length
below 128 bits.
When this field is unchecked, only cipher suites with
an effective key length of up to 128 bits can be used.

Test Connection Button

When the Test Connection button is clicked, BusinessWorks attempts to connect
to the specified remote FTP server on the specified port using the specified
username and password. You can use this button to determine if the specified
connection configuration is correct.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 FTP Connection 97
|

Available Commands Button

The Available Commands button displays a dialog with details about which FTP
commands are available on the specified remote server. FTP servers on different
operating systems and from different vendors support slightly different
commands. You can use this button to determine which commands are available
on the remote FTP server before attempting to execute them with the FTP Quote
activity.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

98
| Chapter 4 FTP Palette

FTP Delete File

Activity

The FTP Delete File activity issues an FTP delete or mdelete

command to remove one or more files from the remote server.

Configuration
The Configuration tab has the following fields.

Global
Field Description
Var?
Name No The name to appear as the label for the
activity in the process definition.

Description No Short description of the activity.

FTP Connection No Path to the shared configuration resource

containing the user information such as
host name, user name, and password. See
FTP Connection on page 93 for more
information.

Quit (post-command) No When checked, this field specifies that the

FTP connection should be closed after
completing this command.
If this field is not checked, the FTP
connection remains open so that all FTP
activities that specify the same FTP session
(that is, the same host, port, username, and
password) share the FTP session until the
connection is closed.

Input
See TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Process Design for more information about
mapping and transforming input data.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 FTP Delete File 99
|

The input for the activity is the following.

Input Item Datatype Description

Host string The name of the FTP server. This overrides
the value specified in the FTP Connection
resource.

Port integer Port number for incoming FTP requests on

the FTP server. This overrides the value
specified in the FTP Connection resource.

UserName string Username for logging into the FTP server.

This overrides the value specified in the FTP
Connection resource.

Password string Password for logging into the FTP server.

This overrides the value specified in the FTP
Connection resource.

RemoteDirectory string Path to the directory containing the file(s) to

be deleted. This element is concatenated
with the RemoteFilename element to
provide the complete path to the file(s) to be
deleted.
This element is optional.

RemoteFilename string The path and name of the file to delete on

the remote server. Wildcards (? for any one
character, * for one or more characters) are
permitted in this field.
You can specify an absolute or relative path
for the remote file name. Relative paths are
relative to the path specified in the
RemoteDirectory element or the user’s
home directory, if RemoteDirectory is null.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

100
| Chapter 4 FTP Palette

Input Item Datatype Description

Timeout integer The amount of time to wait for the FTP
server to respond. This timeout is used
when the FTP server places the FTP
connection used by this activity into a
waiting state.
This overrides the value specified in the FTP
Connection resource. See FTP Connection
on page 93 for more information.

Output
This activity produces no output.

Error Output
The Error Output tab lists the possible exceptions that can be thrown by this
activity. See TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Error Codes for more information
about error codes and corrective action to take.

Exception Thrown When...

ConnectionErrorException An error occurred when connecting to the
FTP server.

CommandExecutionException An error occurred when executing the

FTP command.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 FTP DIR 101
|

FTP DIR
Activity

The FTP DIR activity provides a listing of files in the specified directory of
the FTP server.

Configuration
The Configuration tab has the following fields.

Global
Field Var? Description

Name No The name to appear as the label for the activity

in the process definition.

Description No Short description of the activity.

FTP Connection No Path to the shared configuration resource

containing the user information such as host
name, user name, and password. See FTP
Connection on page 93 for more information.

Quit No When checked, this field specifies that the FTP

(post-command) connection should be closed after completing
this command.
If this field is not checked, the FTP connection
remains open so that all FTP activities that
specify the same FTP session (that is, the same
host, port, username, and password) share the
FTP session until the connection is closed.

NLST Yes Specifies to use the NLST command instead of

the DIR command.
The DIR command produces verbose output
including file size, modification time, and
permissions. NLST produces only a list of
filenames.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

102
| Chapter 4 FTP Palette

Input
See TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Process Design for more information about
mapping and transforming input data.
The input for the activity is the following.

Input Item Datatype Description

Host string The name of the FTP server. This overrides the
value specified in the FTP Connection
resource.

Port integer Port number for incoming FTP requests on the

FTP server. This overrides the value specified
in the FTP Connection resource.

UserName string Username for logging into the FTP server.

This overrides the value specified in the FTP
Connection resource.

Password string Password for logging into the FTP server. This
overrides the value specified in the FTP
Connection resource.

DirParameters string Command parameters to pass to the DIR or

NLST command.

Directory string Path to the directory for which you want to

list the files.
This parameter is optional, and if null, the
current remote directory is listed.

Timeout integer The amount of time to wait for the FTP server
to respond. This timeout is used when the FTP
server places the FTP connection used by this
activity into a waiting state.
This overrides the value specified in the FTP
Connection resource. See FTP Connection on
page 93 for more information.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 FTP DIR 103
|

Output
The output for the activity is the following.

Output Item Datatype Description

ItemCount integer The number of entries returned
from the remote directory listing.

DirectoryItems string A repeating element containing the

list of items returned.

Error Output
The Error Output tab lists the possible exceptions that can be thrown by this
activity. See TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Error Codes for more information
about error codes and corrective action to take.

Exception Thrown When...

ConnectionErrorException An error occurred when connecting to the
FTP server.

CommandExecutionException An error occurred when executing the

FTP command.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

104
| Chapter 4 FTP Palette

FTP Get
Activity

The FTP Get activity issues an FTP get or mget command to the
specified server. The content of the remote files can be placed in the
activity’s output or written directly to local storage. If you choose to
place the contents of a remote file into the activity’s output, you can only
retrieve one remote file (FTP get command) and the file’s content will be stored in
memory as part of the activity’s output. If you choose to write the contents of the
retrieved files to local storage, you can retrieve one or more files (FTP get or mget
commands).

Configuration
The Configuration tab has the following fields.

Global
Field Description
Var?
Name No The name to appear as the label for the activity
in the process definition.

Description No Short description of the activity.

FTP Connection No Path to the shared configuration resource

containing the user information such as host
name, user name, and password. See FTP
Connection on page 93 for more information.

Quit No When checked, this field specifies that the FTP

(post-command) connection should be closed after completing
this command.
If this field is not checked, the FTP connection
remains open so that all FTP activities that
specify the same FTP session (that is, the same
host, port, username, and password) share the
FTP session until the connection is closed.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 FTP Get 105
|

Field Global Description

Var?
Use Process Data Yes Specifies to write contents of the file retrieved
from the FTP server to the process data. The
activity’s output includes an element that
contains the remote file’s contents, and the data
can be used by subsequent activities in the
process definition.
Warning: Do not use this option if you are
retrieving multiple files. You can only write the
contents of one file to this activity’s output. An
error is returned if you specify wildcards in the
RemoteFilename input element when this field
is checked.

Binary Yes Specifies whether to retrieve the file content in

binary or ASCII mode (checked signifies
binary).
When ASCII mode is used, differences in line
endings between the FTP server and the
machine executing the FTP command are
automatically handled. Also, ASCII mode
implies text data, and that data can be encoded
in a character encoding other than ASCII (such
as UTF-8 or Latin-1).

Overwrite Yes When this field is checked, and the Use Process
Existing File Data field is unchecked, any existing local files
are overwritten if the FTP command returns
files with the same names.
If this field is unchecked, any attempt to write a
file to disk with the same name as an existing
file results in an exception.

Maintain 2.0 No This field is present only for activities migrated

Compatibility from TIBCO BusinessWorks 2.0. If checked, this
field ensures the output schema retains the
elements available in TIBCO BusinessWorks 2.0.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

106
| Chapter 4 FTP Palette

Input
See TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Process Design for more information about
mapping and transforming input data.
The input for the activity is the following.

Input Item Datatype Description

RemoteFilename string The path and name of the file to retrieve from
the remote server. Wildcards (? for any one
character, * for one or more characters) are
permitted in this field.
You can specify an absolute or relative path
for the remote file name. Relative paths are
relative to the path specified in the
RemoteDirectory element or the current
directory, if RemoteDirectory is null.
Note: Do not specify wildcards for this
element if the Use Process Data Configuration
field is checked.

LocalFileName string This input item is available only if the Use

Process Data field on the Configuration tab is
unchecked and only one remote file is
retrieved.
This input item specifies the name and path of
the local file where the contents of the
retrieved file should be written.
If more than one remote file is retrieved, the
local files are named to match the remote file
names.

Host string The name of the FTP server. This overrides the
value specified in the FTP Connection
resource.

Port integer Port number for incoming FTP requests on the

FTP server. This overrides the value specified
in the FTP Connection resource.

UserName string Username for logging into the FTP server.

This overrides the value specified in the FTP
Connection resource.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 FTP Get 107
|

Input Item Datatype Description

Password string Password for logging into the FTP server. This
overrides the value specified in the FTP
Connection resource.

Encoding string When the retrieved file is not binary and the
Use Process Data field on the Configuration
tab is checked, this specifies the character
encoding of the retrieved file.
If this is not specified, it is assumed that the
encoding of the file is the same encoding of
the machine where the FTP command is
executed. If the encoding of the local machine
and the FTP server are different, specify the
encoding used by the FTP server in this
element and the activity converts the retrieved
file into the local machine’s encoding.

Timeout integer The amount of time to wait for the FTP server
to respond. This timeout is used when the FTP
server places the FTP connection used by this
activity into a waiting state.
This overrides the value specified in the FTP
Connection resource. See FTP Connection on
page 93 for more information.

Output
The output for the activity is the following.

Output Item Datatype Description

Data string When Use Process Data is checked and only
one file is retrieved, this element contains the
data retrieved from the remote file.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

108
| Chapter 4 FTP Palette

Output Item Datatype Description

FilesTransferred complex When one or more remote files are retrieved
and written to local storage, this element
contains a list of the remote filenames that
were retrieved. This element contains two
elements, Name and NumOfBytes.
If an error occurred while retrieving files, the
activity output is not available, but the Error
Output tab lists the successfully transferred
files and the files that failed to be transferred.

Name integer The name of the remote file retrieved.

NumOfBytes integer The number of bytes contained in the

associated file name.

Success boolean Only available when Maintain 2.0

compatibility is checked on the Configuration
tab.
True or false depending upon whether the
FTP get command was successfully executed
by the FTP server.

Errormsg string Only available when Maintain 2.0

compatibility is checked on the Configuration
tab.
Any error messages returned from the FTP
server.

Error Output
The Error Output tab lists the possible exceptions that can be thrown by this
activity. See TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Error Codes for more information
about error codes and corrective action to take.

Exception Thrown When...

GetFilesException An error occurred during the FTP get
operation.

ConnectionErrorException An error occurred when connecting to the

FTP server.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 FTP Get 109
|

Exception Thrown When...

CommandExecutionException An error occurred when executing the
FTP command.

ConnectionTimeoutException The connection to the FTP server has

timed out before the command has
completed its execution.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

110
| Chapter 4 FTP Palette

FTP Get Default Directory

Activity

The FTP Get Default Directory activity retrieves the name of the
current remote directory. The default remote directory is operating
system-dependent and determined by the remote FTP server. On
UNIX systems, the default remote directory is usually the home
directory of the user account that is used to establish an FTP
connection.
The current remote directory may be different from the default directory, because
you can use the FTP Change Default Directory or FTP Quote activities to issue an
FTP command to change to a different directory. This activity returns the
currently set remote directory.

Configuration
The Configuration tab has the following fields.

Global
Field Description
Var?
Name No The name to appear as the label for the activity in
the process definition.

Description No Short description of the activity.

FTP Connection No Path to the shared configuration resource

containing the user information such as host
name, user name, and password. See FTP
Connection on page 93 for more information.

Quit No When checked, this field specifies that the FTP

(post-command) connection should be closed after completing this
command.
If this field is not checked, the FTP connection
remains open so that all FTP activities that
specify the same FTP session (that is, the same
host, port, username, and password) share the
FTP session until the connection is closed.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 FTP Get Default Directory 111
|

Input
See TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Process Design for more information about
mapping and transforming input data.
The input for the activity is the following.

Input Item Datatype Description

Host string The name of the FTP server. This overrides the
value specified in the FTP Connection resource.

Port integer Port number for incoming FTP requests on the FTP
server. This overrides the value specified in the
FTP Connection resource.

UserName string Username for logging into the FTP server. This
overrides the value specified in the FTP
Connection resource.

Password string Password for logging into the FTP server. This
overrides the value specified in the FTP
Connection resource.

Timeout integer The amount of time to wait for the FTP server to
respond. This timeout is used when the FTP server
places the FTP connection used by this activity into
a waiting state.
This overrides the value specified in the FTP
Connection resource. See FTP Connection on
page 93 for more information.

Output
The output for the activity is the following.

Output Item Datatype Description

CurrentDirectory string The currently set directory on the
remote FTP server. By default, this
directory is set by the FTP server,
but you can use the FTP Quote
activity to issue an FTP command
to change to another directory.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

112
| Chapter 4 FTP Palette

Error Output
The Error Output tab lists the possible exceptions that can be thrown by this
activity. See TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Error Codes for more information
about error codes and corrective action to take.

Exception Thrown When...

ConnectionErrorException An error occurred when connecting to the
FTP server.

CommandExecutionException An error occurred when executing the

FTP command.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 FTP Make Remote Directory 113
|

FTP Make Remote Directory

Activity

The FTP Make Remote Directory activity creates the specified

directory on the remote FTP server.

Configuration
The Configuration tab has the following fields.

Global
Field Description
Var?
Name No The name to appear as the label for the activity in
the process definition.

Description No Short description of the activity.

FTP Connection No Path to the shared configuration resource

containing the user information such as host
name, user name, and password. See FTP
Connection on page 93 for more information.

Quit No When checked, this field specifies that the FTP

(post-command) connection should be closed after completing this
command.
If this field is not checked, the FTP connection
remains open so that all FTP activities that
specify the same FTP session (that is, the same
host, port, username, and password) share the
FTP session until the connection is closed.

Input
See TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Process Design for more information about
mapping and transforming input data.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

114
| Chapter 4 FTP Palette

The input for the activity is the following.

Input Item Datatype Description

Host string The name of the FTP server. This
overrides the value specified in the FTP
Connection resource.

Port integer Port number for incoming FTP requests

on the FTP server. This overrides the
value specified in the FTP Connection
resource.

UserName string Username for logging into the FTP

server. This overrides the value
specified in the FTP Connection
resource.

Password string Password for logging into the FTP

server. This overrides the value
specified in the FTP Connection
resource.

RemoteSITECommand string Optional, system-specific command to

execute before the directory is created.

ParentRemoteDirectory string Path to the remote directory to create.

This element is concatenated with the
RemoteDirName element to provide
the complete path to the directory to
create.
This element is optional.

RemoteDirName string Name of the remote directory to create.

You can optionally include the
complete path of the directory to
create.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 FTP Make Remote Directory 115
|

Input Item Datatype Description

Timeout integer The amount of time to wait for the FTP
server to respond. This timeout is used
when the FTP server places the FTP
connection used by this activity into a
waiting state.
This overrides the value specified in
the FTP Connection resource. See FTP
Connection on page 93 for more
information.

Output
This activity produces no output.

Error Output
The Error Output tab lists the possible exceptions that can be thrown by this
activity. See TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Error Codes for more information
about error codes and corrective action to take.

Exception Thrown When...

ConnectionErrorException An error occurred when connecting to the
FTP server.

CommandExecutionException An error occurred when executing the

FTP command.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

116
| Chapter 4 FTP Palette

FTP Put
Activity

The FTP Put activity issues an FTP put or mput command to the
specified server. You can use process data as the content of the file to
send to the remote server or you can send files in local disk storage. If
you choose to use process data, you can place only one file on the
remote server (FTP put command). If you use locally stored files, you can place
one or more files on the remote server (FTP mput command).

Configuration
The Configuration tab has the following fields.

Global
Field Description
Var?
Name No The name to appear as the label for the activity
in the process definition.

Description No Short description of the activity.

FTP Connection No Path to the shared configuration resource

containing the user information such as host
name, user name, and password. See FTP
Connection on page 93 for more information.

Quit No When checked, this field specifies that the FTP

(post-command) connection should be closed after completing
this command.
If this field is not checked, the FTP connection
remains open so that all FTP activities that
specify the same FTP session (that is, the same
host, port, username, and password) share the
FTP session until the connection is closed.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 FTP Put 117
|

Field Global Description

Var?
Binary Yes Specifies whether to send the file content in
binary or ASCII mode (checked signifies
binary).
When ASCII mode is used, differences in line
endings between the FTP server and the
machine executing the FTP command are
automatically handled. Also, ASCII mode
implies text data, and that data can be encoded
in a character encoding other than ASCII (such
as UTF-8 or Latin-1).

Timeout (msec) Yes The amount of time to wait (in milliseconds) for
the FTP server to respond. This timeout is used
when the FTP server places the FTP connection
used by this activity into a waiting state.
This overrides the value specified in the FTP
Connection resource. See FTP Connection on
page 93 for more information.

Overwrite Yes When this field is checked, any existing files on

Existing File the FTP server are overwritten if the FTP
command sends files with the same names.
If this field is unchecked, any attempt to send a
file to the remote server with the same name as
an existing file results in an exception.

Append Yes This field is only available when the Overwrite

Existing File field is unchecked.
This field specifies whether to append data to an
existing file. If the specified file exists on the FTP
server, append the data to the file when this
field is checked. If this field is not checked, the
file is overwritten if it exists on the FTP server.

Use Process Data Yes Specifies to use process data as the content of the
file to place on the remote server. If this field is
checked, you can only place one file on the
remote server.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

118
| Chapter 4 FTP Palette

Field Global Description

Var?
Maintain 2.0 No This field is present only for activities migrated
Compatibility from TIBCO BusinessWorks 2.0. If checked, this
field ensures the output schema retains the
elements available in TIBCO BusinessWorks 2.0.

Input
See TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Process Design for more information about
mapping and transforming input data.
The input for the activity is the following.

Input Item Datatype Description

RemoteFilename string The path and name of the file to place
onto the remote server. Wildcards are not
permitted in this field.

LocalFilename string The path and name of the local file to use
in the FTP Put command. This item is
only available if the Use Process Data
field is unchecked.

Data binary or The contents of the file to be transferred

string to the FTP server, if the Use Process Data
(depends field is checked on the Configuration tab.
upon if the
You must map one or more process
Binary
variables to this input item. The most
Configuration
common way to get the data for the
field is
remote file is to read a local file using the
checked)
Read File activity, but you can map other
data to this input item as well.

Host string The name of the FTP server. This

overrides the value specified in the FTP
Connection resource.

Port integer Port number for incoming FTP requests

on the FTP server. This overrides the
value specified in the FTP Connection
resource.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 FTP Put 119
|

Input Item Datatype Description

UserName string Username for logging into the FTP server.
This overrides the value specified in the
FTP Connection resource.

Password string Password for logging into the FTP server.

This overrides the value specified in the
FTP Connection resource.

Encoding string When the file to send is not binary and

the Use Process Data field on the
Configuration tab is checked, this
specifies the character encoding of the file
to send to the FTP server.
If this is not specified, it is assumed that
the encoding of the file is the same
encoding of the machine where the FTP
command is executed. If the encoding of
the local machine and the FTP server are
different, specify the encoding used by
the FTP server in this element and the
activity converts the file into the specified
encoding.

Output
The output for the activity is the following.

Output Item Datatype Description

FilesTransferred string A repeating string element containing a list of
names of files that were transferred.
If an error occurred while transferring files, the
activity output is not available. However, the
Error Output tab lists the successfully
transferred files and the files that failed to be
transferred.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

120
| Chapter 4 FTP Palette

Output Item Datatype Description

Success boolean Only available when Maintain 2.0
compatibility is checked on the Configuration
tab.
True or false depending upon whether the FTP
put command was successfully executed by
the FTP server.

Errormsg string Only available when Maintain 2.0

compatibility is checked on the Configuration
tab.
Any error messages returned from the FTP
server.

Error Output
The Error Output tab lists the possible exceptions that can be thrown by this
activity. See TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Error Codes for more information
about error codes and corrective action to take.

Exception Thrown When...

PutFilesException An error occurred during the FTP put
operation.

ConnectionErrorException An error occurred when connecting to the

FTP server.

CommandExecutionException An error occurred when executing the

FTP command.

ConnectionTimeoutException The connection to the FTP server has

timed out before the command has
completed it execution.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 FTP Quote 121
|

FTP Quote
Activity

The FTP Quote activity sends an arbitrary FTP command to the FTP
server. You can determine which FTP commands are supported by
using the Available Commands button on the FTP Connection shared
configuration resource. FTP commands vary by operating system and
by FTP version and configuration, so you should determine which commands are
available on the remote server before using this activity.

Configuration
The Configuration tab has the following fields.

Global
Field Description
Var?
Name No The name to appear as the label for the activity
in the process definition.

Description No Short description of the activity.

FTP Connection No Path to the shared configuration resource

containing the user information such as host
name, user name, and password. See FTP
Connection on page 93 for more information.

Quit No When checked, this field specifies that the FTP

(post-command) connection should be closed after completing
this command.
If this field is not checked, the FTP connection
remains open so that all FTP activities that
specify the same FTP session (that is, the same
host, port, username, and password) share the
FTP session until the connection is closed.

Has Socket Data No If checked, indicates that data will be sent back
by the FTP server as a result of executing the
command.

Input
See TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Process Design for more information about
mapping and transforming input data.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

122
| Chapter 4 FTP Palette

The input for the activity is the following.

Input Item Datatype Description

Host string The name of the FTP server. This
overrides the value specified in the FTP
Connection resource.

Port integer Port number for incoming FTP requests

on the FTP server. This overrides the
value specified in the FTP Connection
resource.

UserName string Username for logging into the FTP

server. This overrides the value
specified in the FTP Connection
resource.

Password string Password for logging into the FTP

server. This overrides the value
specified in the FTP Connection
resource.

RemoteSiteCommand string Optional, system-specific command to

be executed before the specified
command is executed.

ValidReturnCode string Optional list of valid return codes for

validating the reply. Codes are
three-digit numbers. To specify multiple
codes, separate each code with a comma
or a space.
If the remote server returns a code not
specified in this list, this activity raises
an exception.

RemoteCommand string Command to be executed on the remote

FTP server.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 FTP Quote 123
|

Input Item Datatype Description

Timeout integer The amount of time to wait for the FTP
server to respond. This timeout is used
when the FTP server places the FTP
connection used by this activity into a
waiting state.
This overrides the value specified in the
FTP Connection resource. See FTP
Connection on page 93 for more
information.

Output
The output for the activity is the following.

Output Item Datatype Description

CommandItems string Each element in this repeating
element is a returned value from
the command executed on the
remote server.

Error Output
The Error Output tab lists the possible exceptions that can be thrown by this
activity. See TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Error Codes for more information
about error codes and corrective action to take.

Exception Thrown When...

ConnectionErrorException An error occurred when connecting to the
FTP server.

CommandExecutionException An error occurred when executing the

FTP command.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

124
| Chapter 4 FTP Palette

FTP Remove Remote Directory

Activity

The FTP Remove Remote Directory activity deletes the specified

directory from the remote FTP server.

Configuration
The Configuration tab has the following fields.

Global
Field Var? Description

Name No The name to appear as the label for the activity

in the process definition.

Description No Short description of the activity.

FTP Connection No Path to the shared configuration resource

containing the user information such as host
name, user name, and password. See FTP
Connection on page 93 for more information.

Quit No When checked, this field specifies that the FTP

(post-command) connection should be closed after completing
this command.
If this field is not checked, the FTP connection
remains open so that all FTP activities that
specify the same FTP session (that is, the same
host, port, username, and password) share the
FTP session until the connection is closed.

Input
See TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Process Design for more information about
mapping and transforming input data.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 FTP Remove Remote Directory 125
|

The input for the activity is the following.

Input Item Datatype Description

Host string The name of the FTP server. This
overrides the value specified in the FTP
Connection resource.

Port integer Port number for incoming FTP requests

on the FTP server. This overrides the
value specified in the FTP Connection
resource.

UserName string Username for logging into the FTP

server. This overrides the value
specified in the FTP Connection
resource.

Password string Password for logging into the FTP

server. This overrides the value
specified in the FTP Connection
resource.

ParentRemoteDirectory string Path to the remote directory you want

to remove. This element is
concatenated with the RemoteDirName
element to provide the complete path
to the directory to remove.
This element is optional.

RemoteDirName string Name of the remote directory to

remove. You can optionally include the
complete path of the directory to
remove.

Timeout integer The amount of time to wait for the FTP

server to respond. This timeout is used
when the FTP server places the FTP
connection used by this activity into a
waiting state.
This overrides the value specified in the
FTP Connection resource. See FTP
Connection on page 93 for more
information.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

126
| Chapter 4 FTP Palette

Output
This activity produces no output.

Error Output
The Error Output tab lists the possible exceptions that can be thrown by this
activity. See TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Error Codes for more information
about error codes and corrective action to take.

Exception Thrown When...

ConnectionErrorException An error occurred when connecting to the
FTP server.

CommandExecutionException An error occurred when executing the

FTP command.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 FTP Rename File 127
|

FTP Rename File

Activity

The FTP Rename File activity renames the specified file on the
remote FTP server.

Configuration
The Configuration tab has the following fields.

Global
Field Var? Description

Name No The name to appear as the label for the activity

in the process definition.

Description No Short description of the activity.

FTP Connection No Path to the shared configuration resource

containing the user information such as host
name, user name, and password. See FTP
Connection on page 93 for more information.

Quit No When checked, this field specifies that the FTP

(post-command) connection should be closed after completing
this command.
If this field is not checked, the FTP connection
remains open so that all FTP activities that
specify the same FTP session (that is, the same
host, port, username, and password) share the
FTP session until the connection is closed.

Input
See TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Process Design for more information about
mapping and transforming input data.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

128
| Chapter 4 FTP Palette

The input for the activity is the following.

Input Item Datatype Description

Host string The name of the FTP server. This
overrides the value specified in the FTP
Connection resource.

Port integer Port number for incoming FTP requests

on the FTP server. This overrides the
value specified in the FTP Connection
resource.

UserName string Username for logging into the FTP server.

This overrides the value specified in the
FTP Connection resource.

Password string Password for logging into the FTP server.

This overrides the value specified in the
FTP Connection resource.

OldRemoteDirectory string Path to the remote file you want to

rename. This element is concatenated
with the OldRemoteFileName element to
provide the complete path to the file to
rename.
This element is optional.

OldRemoteFilename string Name of the remote file you want to

rename. You can optionally include the
complete path of the file to rename.

NewRemoteDirectory string New path for the file to rename. This

element is concatenated with the
NewRemoteFileName element to provide
the complete path to the file to rename.
This element is optional.

NewRemoteFilename string New name for the remote file. You can
optionally include the complete path of
the file.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 FTP Rename File 129
|

Input Item Datatype Description

Timeout integer The amount of time to wait for the FTP
server to respond. This timeout is used
when the FTP server places the FTP
connection used by this activity into a
waiting state.
This overrides the value specified in the
FTP Connection resource. See FTP
Connection on page 93 for more
information.

Output
This activity produces no output.

Error Output
The Error Output tab lists the possible exceptions that can be thrown by this
activity. See TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Error Codes for more information
about error codes and corrective action to take.

Exception Thrown When...

ConnectionErrorException An error occurred when connecting to the
FTP server.

CommandExecutionException An error occurred when executing the

FTP command.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

130
| Chapter 4 FTP Palette

FTP Sys Type

Activity

The FTP Sys Type activity retrieves the FTP server’s operating system
type.

Configuration
The Configuration tab has the following fields.

Global
Field Var? Description

Name No The name to appear as the label for the activity in

the process definition.

Description No Short description of the activity.

FTP Connection No Path to the shared configuration resource

containing the user information such as host
name, user name, and password. See FTP
Connection on page 93 for more information.

Quit No When checked, this field specifies that the FTP

(post-command) connection should be closed after completing
this command.
If this field is not checked, the FTP connection
remains open so that all FTP activities that
specify the same FTP session (that is, the same
host, port, username, and password) share the
FTP session until the connection is closed.

Input
See TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Process Design for more information about
mapping and transforming input data.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 FTP Sys Type 131
|

The input for the activity is the following.

Input Item Datatype Description

Host string The name of the FTP server. This overrides the
value specified in the FTP Connection resource.

Port integer Port number for incoming FTP requests on the FTP
server. This overrides the value specified in the FTP
Connection resource.

UserName string Username for logging into the FTP server. This
overrides the value specified in the FTP Connection
resource.

Password string Password for logging into the FTP server. This
overrides the value specified in the FTP Connection
resource.

Timeout integer The amount of time to wait for the FTP server to
respond. This timeout is used when the FTP server
places the FTP connection used by this activity into
a waiting state.
This overrides the value specified in the FTP
Connection resource. See FTP Connection on
page 93 for more information.

Output
The output for the activity is the following.

Output Item Datatype Description

SystemType string The FTP server type. This element can be one
of the following:
• UNIX

• UUNIX

• Windows_NT

• MVS_OS390

• UNKNOWN

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

132
| Chapter 4 FTP Palette

Error Output
The Error Output tab lists the possible exceptions that can be thrown by this
activity. See TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Error Codes for more information
about error codes and corrective action to take.

Exception Thrown When...

ConnectionErrorException An error occurred when connecting to the
FTP server.

CommandExecutionException An error occurred when executing the

FTP command.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 | 133

Chapter 5 General Activities Palette

The General Activities palette contains several general-purpose activities and

process starters. For example, the Timer process starter is used to start a process at
a specific time. This chapter describes the activities contained in the General
Activities palette.

Topics

• Assign, page 135

• Call Process, page 136
• Catch, page 140
• Checkpoint, page 142
• Confirm, page 145
• Engine Command, page 149
• External Command, page 164
• Generate Error, page 170
• Get Shared Variable, page 173
• Inspector, page 174
• Job Shared Variable, page 179
• Label, page 181
• Lock Object, page 183
• Mapper, page 184
• Notify, page 185
• Notify Configuration, page 187
• Null, page 188
• On Event Timeout, page 189
• On Notification Timeout, page 191

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

134
| Chapter 5 General Activities Palette

• On Shutdown, page 193

• On Startup, page 194
• Receive Notification, page 195
• Rethrow, page 198
• Set Shared Variable, page 199
• Shared Variable, page 201
• Sleep, page 204
• Timer, page 205
• Wait, page 208
• Write To Log, page 210
• OnError, page 213

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 Assign 135
|

Assign
Activity

The Assign activity allows you to assign a value to a user-defined

process variable. See Process Definition on page 2 for more information
about creating user-defined process variables.
When the Assign activity is executed, the entire schema for the selected
process variable is replaced with the specified values. Elements that do not have a
value specified in the Input tab are set to null. Therefore, be certain to set all
necessary values when using the Assign activity to set a process variable.

Configuration
The Configuration tab has the following fields.

Field Description
Name The name to appear as the label for the activity in the
process definition.

Description Short description of the activity.

Process Variable to Set A drop down list of the available user-defined process
variables for the process definition. You can select any
user-defined process variable to modify.

Input
See TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Process Design for more information about
mapping and transforming input data.
The input for the activity is the following.

Input Item Datatype Description

<schema> The specified data schema for the
user-defined process variable
selected on the Configuration tab.

Output
This activity produces no output.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

136
| Chapter 5 General Activities Palette

Call Process
Activity

The Call Process activity calls and executes an existing process

definition. The input to the called process is defined in the Start
activity of the called process. The output of the called process is
defined in the End activity of the called process. See the description of
the Start and End activities in TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks
Process Design for more information about specifying the input and output of a
process.

You should only call processes that have Start activities. Do not call processes that
begin with a process starter such as HTTP Receiver or Receive Mail. Providing the
name of a process with a process starter results in an exception at run time.

Configuration
The Configuration tab has the following fields.

Field Description
Name The name to appear as the label for the activity in the
process definition.

Description Short description of the activity.

Process Name The process definition you would like to call. You can
browse the available process definitions.

Process Name An XPath formula specifying the name of the process

Dynamic Override to call. Use this field to dynamically determine which
process to call when the process instance is running.
See Dynamically Determining the Process to Call on
page 137 for more information about this field.

Spawn Specifies whether to spawn a new machine process

for executing the called process. If this option is
checked, the parent process cannot access the called
process’ output. The called process is executed in a
separate process instance.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 Call Process 137
|

Field Description
Custom Id This field is only available when the Spawn field is
checked.
This field can contain an XPath expression that
specifies a custom ID for the spawned process
instance. This ID is displayed in the View Service
dialog of TIBCO Administrator, and it is also
available in the $_processContext process variable
in the spawned process instance.

Custom Icon File File to use for the Call Process activity in the process
definition. This allows you to customize the look of
your process definition with your own images.

Dynamically Determining the Process to Call

You can use the Process Name Dynamic Override field on the Configuration tab
to specify an XPath expression that determines which process to call. This is
useful for calling a different process depending upon the value of the XPath
expression. For example, you have an incoming HTTP request that contains an
attribute named orderAmount. For all incoming orders over $10,000, you want to
call a process that includes activities in the Manual Work palette to obtain the
proper approvals. For orders under $10,000, you want to call a process that
handles the order automatically. You can create the following expression that
resolves to the proper process name for each type of order:
if($IncomingOrder/orderAmount > 10000) then
’/MyProject/manualApproval.process’
else ’/MyProject/processOrder.process’

Use the full path and name of the process file as stored in the project directory.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

138
| Chapter 5 General Activities Palette

When you use the Process Name Dynamic Override field, you must also specify a
process to call in the Process field. The input, output, and error definitions of the
specified process must be the same as any process that the expression in the
Process Name Dynamic Override field can evaluate to.

It may be helpful to create process definitions that act as programmatic interfaces

when using the Process Name Dynamic Override field.
In the example above, you may create a process named orderProcessOrApprove.
The only purpose of this process is for specifying the input, output, and error
schemas. Place this process in the Process field of the Call Process tab. Then,
create the manualApproval and processOrder process definitions as copies of the
orderProcessOrApprove process. The Call Process activity then has the correct
input, output, and error schemas for all processes that can be called.

If you use the Process Name Dynamic Override field, make sure you include all
potentially callable subprocesses when you create your Process Archive for
deployment. TIBCO Designer cannot determine which subprocesses are
potentially callable at design time, and therefore they cannot be automatically
included in a process archive. See TIBCO Designer User’s Guide for more
information about creating process archives.

Input
See TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Process Design for more information about
mapping and transforming input data.
The input for the activity is the following.

Input Item Datatype Description

input varies The input to the called process is defined by the
Output Editor tab in the called process’ Start
activity. See TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks
Process Design for more information.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 Call Process 139
|

Output
The output for the activity is the following.

Output Item Datatype Description

output varies The output of the called process is defined by
the Input Editor tab in the called process’ End
activity. See TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks
Process Design for more information.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

140
| Chapter 5 General Activities Palette

Catch
Activity

The Catch activity receives control of execution when an unhandled

exception occurs. You can select a specific exception type to catch or you
can specify that this activity should catch all unhandled exceptions. You
can have more than one Catch activity in each exception scope, but each
Catch activity must have a unique exception type.
The Catch activity allows you to transition to activities you want to perform to
handle the exception. Transitions are permitted between Catch tracks within an
exception scope, but you cannot transition back to the main execution track from
the Catch track.
If you want to propagate the caught exception to the next highest scope, use the
Rethrow activity.
See the description error handling in TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Process
Design for more information about using the Catch activity.

Configuration
The Configuration tab has the following fields.

Field Description
Name The name to appear as the label for the activity in the
process definition.

Description Short description of the activity.

Catch All Checking this box indicates you want processing to

resume with this activity when any exception is
encountered that is not already handled by an error
transition or another Catch activity.
You can have only one Catch activity within an
exception scope that has this field checked.

Exception to Catch Specifies the exception type to catch. The list of

available exceptions that can be raised in the current
scope is automatically placed in the drop-down list in
this field. This field is not available when the Catch
All field is checked.
Each Catch activity within an exception scope must
specify a different value for this field.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 Catch 141
|

Input
This activity has no Input.

Output
The output for the activity is the following.

Output Item Datatype Description

<exceptionName> varies Contains the schema for the thrown
exception. The contents of this element vary
depending upon the exception that is
encountered.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

142
| Chapter 5 General Activities Palette

Checkpoint
Activity

The Checkpoint activity performs a checkpoint in a running process

instance. A checkpoint saves the current process data and state so that it
can be recovered at a later time in the event of a failure. If a process
engine fails, all process instances can be recovered and resume
execution at the location of their last checkpoint in the process definition. If a
process instance fails due to an unhandled exception or manual termination, it
can optionally be recovered at a later time, if the process engine is configured to
save checkpoint data for failed processes. See TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks
Administration for more information about recovering failed process instances.
Only the most recent state is saved by a checkpoint. If you have multiple
checkpoints in a process, only the state from the last checkpoint is available for
recovering the process.

Configuration
The Configuration tab has the following fields.

Field Description
Name The name to appear as the label for the activity in the
process definition.

Description Short description of the activity.

Input
See TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Process Design for more information about
mapping and transforming input data.
The input for the activity is the following.

Input Item Datatype Description

duplicateKey String A key value that is used to compare to other
process instances to determine whether
another process instance with the same
duplicateKey value already exists.
See TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Process
Design for more information on detecting
duplicate process instances.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 Checkpoint 143
|

Checkpoints and Transactions

A Checkpoint activity cannot be placed in or in parallel to a transaction. You can,
however, specify that an implicit checkpoint should be taken as part of a
transaction by checking the Include Checkpoint field on a transaction group.
For explicit Checkpoints, place the checkpoint activity outside of any transaction
group. Also, make sure that if you have multiple paths in your process definition,
the Checkpoint activity does not occur in parallel with a path that has a
transaction group. Instead, any Checkpoint activities should be placed at points
that are guaranteed to be reached before or after the transaction group is reached.
See TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Process Design for more information about
creating groups for transactions and including an implicit checkpoint in a
transaction.

Called Processes
Checkpoints save the state of the entire process instance. By default when a
process calls another process, the subprocess is executed in the same process
instance as the calling process. If the called process spawns a new machine
process, however, the called process is a new process instance.
When a checkpoint occurs in a called process, the checkpoint saves the state of the
current process instance. If no called processes spawn new process instances, then
a checkpoint in any called process saves the state of the process instance,
including state from the parent process(es) of the current process. In the case of a
called process that spawns a new process instance, only the spawned process
instance is saved.

Recovering After a Crash

If a process engine crashes, all process instances can be recovered up to the point
of their last checkpoint. You must be careful with certain types of process starters
or incoming events when placing your checkpoint in a process definition.
For example, if the process starter is waiting for an incoming HTTP request, and a
checkpoint is taken after the process starts but before the response to the request
is sent, the process cannot respond to the request when the process instance is
restarted. The socket for the HTTP request is closed when the process engine
crashes, therefore the Send HTTP Response activity in the restarted process
returns an error. In this case, place the response activity before the checkpoint so
that any response is sent before a checkpoint is taken.
There are other examples of situations where an incoming event must be handled
before the checkpoint is taken. The following lists some of these circumstances:

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

144
| Chapter 5 General Activities Palette

• An email message is received, then deleted from the email server.

• An HTTP request is received.
You should exercise care in placing checkpoints in your process definitions. Make
certain that the process has all of the data required to continue at the time of the
checkpoint so that in the event of a failure, a restarted process does not attempt to
access resources that no longer exist.

By default, checkpointed process instances are restarted when the engine restarts.
If the engine encounters errors during startup, the restarted process instances
continue to be processed and may eventually be lost depending upon the type of
error at startup. You can specify to shut down the process engine if any errors are
encountered during startup so that checkpointed jobs are not lost in the event of
an error. The custom engine property named Engine.ShutdownOnStartupError
controls this behavior. By default, the value of the property is false. Setting the
property to true shuts the engine down if errors are encountered when the
engine starts.
See TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Administration for more information about
setting custom engine properties.

Checkpoints and the Confirm Activity

In the case of confirmable messages (for example, a confirmable TIBCO
Rendezvous or Adapter message is received), you must consider the
consequences of performing a checkpoint before or after a Confirm activity.
If the checkpoint is taken before the Confirm activity, then a crash occurs after a
checkpoint but before a confirm, the original message is resent. In this case, the
restarted process can no longer send the confirmation. However, a new process is
started to handle the resent message, and you can implement your process to
handle the restarted and new processes appropriately.
If the checkpoint is taken after a Confirm activity, there is potential for a crash to
occur after the Confirm but before the checkpoint. In this case, the message is
confirmed and therefore not redelivered. The process instance is not restarted,
because the crash occurred before the checkpoint.
You must consider the type of processing your process definition performs to
determine when a checkpoint is appropriate if your process definition receives
confirmable messages.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 Confirm 145
|

Confirm
Activity

The Confirm activity confirms any confirmable messages received by

the process instance. For example, if a process is started because of the
receipt of an RVCM message, the Confirm activity can send a
confirmation message to the publisher of the RVCM message.

Configuration
The Configuration tab has the following fields.

Field Description
Name The name to appear as the label for the activity in the
process definition.

Description Short description of the activity.

Confirm Event The message you want to confirm. This is a drop

down list of any process starter or activity that
expects an incoming event in the current process
definition.
You can only confirm messages from confirmable
message sources, for example, RVCM, RVDQ, or JMS
messages. E-mail is also confirmable when received
by the Receive Mail process starter (the e-mail
message is deleted from the server when it is
confirmed). Select only the event that sent the
confirmable message.
If you select an event from the list that does not
correspond to a confirmable message (for example, a
Wait for File Change event) or if you try to confirm
the same message more than once, no message is
confirmed.

See Checkpoints and the Confirm Activity on page 144 for more information
about using the Checkpoint and Confirm activities in a process definition.
It is not recommended to use the Confirm Activity with in the Service Resource
process as this will unblock the TIBCO ActiveMatrix provider thread. The new
message will still flow on that thread eventhough the TIBCO ActiveMatrix
BusinessWorks process execution continues for the previous message.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

146
| Chapter 5 General Activities Palette

In case of the Service Resource operation process, perform Auto-confirm in case

of clientAck after the end Activity which would still work even if you are not
using Confirm Activity in the Operation Process.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 Custom Activity 147
|

Custom Activity
Resource

The Custom Activity resource allows you to create an activity that

references a process definition. This is useful if you want to develop
processes for others to use, but you also want to hide the
implementation details of the process from users. The Custom
Activity behaves like any other TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks activity.
You can also package and distribute custom activities within custom palettes. See
TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Process Design for more information about
creating and packaging custom activities.

Configuration
The Configuration tab has the following fields.

Field Description
Name The name to appear as the label for the custom
activity. This name also becomes the default name of
the activity when it is dragged and dropped into a
process definition.

Description Short description of the activity.

Select Process The process definition that contains the

implementation of the custom activity. You can only
specify process definitions that start with the Start
activity. You cannot specify process definitions that
use any other process starter.
Any resources referenced by the selected process are
automatically included in the custom activity.
Dynamically called subprocesses are not known at
design time, and therefore are not referenced by the
process definition. Therefore, dynamically called
subprocesses cannot be used by a process definition
within a custom activity.
Global variables referenced by the resources in the
custom activity are added to the $_globalVariables
process variable of the process that uses the custom
activity. You should document any required global
variables so that users of the custom activity can
specify appropriate values for the variables.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

148
| Chapter 5 General Activities Palette

Field Description
Custom Icon File The icon you want to display for the custom activity.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 Engine Command 149
|

Engine Command
Activity

The Engine Command activity allows you to retrieve statistics and

information about process definitions, process instances, and
activities in the currently running process engine. This activity also
lets you perform engine maintenance, such as suspending and
resuming process instances and shutting down the engine.
This activity uses TIBCO Hawk to perform the desired command. A direct call is
made to the TIBCO Hawk AMI method (no message is sent).

Before using this activity, the Hawk.Enabled property must be set to either true
or local. Also, some commands require memory and processor overhead for
gathering statistics or for getting information on the current state of the process.
Because of the performance implications, certain instrumentation is disabled by
default. You can enable instrumentation for a specific process or for all processes
with the Instrumentation property.
See TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Administration for more information about
setting custom engine properties.

Configuration
The Configuration tab has the following fields.

Global
Field Var? Description

Name No The name to appear as the label for the activity

in the process definition.

Description No Short description of the activity.

Command to No The command to execute. See Commands on

Execute page 151 for more information about the
commands and their input and output.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

150
| Chapter 5 General Activities Palette

Field Global Description

Var?
Process Definition No Certain commands accept a process definition
Name name. This field allows you to specify the
process definition name that applies to the
selected command. This field only appears
when the one of the following commands is
selected in the Command to Execute field:
• GetActivityStats
• GetProcessInstanceInfo
• ResumeProcessStarter
• SuspendProcessStarter

Input
See TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Process Design for more information about
mapping and transforming input data.
The input for the activity is the following.

Input Item Datatype Description

<commandInput> varies The input for this activity varies depending
upon the command selected in the Command
to Execute field on the Configuration tab. See
Commands on page 151 for more information
about the input for each command.

Output
The output for the activity is the following.

Output Item Datatype Description

<commandOutput> varies The output for this activity varies depending
upon the command selected in the Command
to Execute field on the Configuration tab. See
Commands on page 151 for more information
about the output for each command.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 Engine Command 151
|

Commands
The following are the commands that can be executed by this activity and the
corresponding input and output for each command.

GetActivityStats
Retrieves information about the activities that have been executed for a given
process definition since the engine was started. The activity information is
cumulative. A single activity name represents all executions of that activity.
The ExecutionTime computation for the Call Process Activity includes the sum of
the execution times for all activities in the called process, not just the execution
time for the call process activity itself.

Input Item Datatype Description

ProcessDefinitionName String Name of the process definition.
Specifying a value for this element
overrides the process definition
specified on the Configuration tab.

Output Item Datatype Description

ProcessDefinitionName String Name of the process definition.

ActivityName String Name of the activity.

ActivityClass String Name of the class that implements

the activity.

ExecutionCount integer Number of times the activity has

been executed.

ElapsedTime integer Total clock time (in milliseconds)

used by all executions of this
activity. This includes waiting time
for Sleep, Call Process, and Wait
For... activities.

ExecutionTime integer Total clock time (in milliseconds)

used by all executions of this
activity. This does not include
waiting time for Sleep, Call Process,
and Wait For... activities.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

152
| Chapter 5 General Activities Palette

Output Item Datatype Description

ErrorCount integer Total number of executions of the
activity that have returned an error.

LastReturnCode String Status code returned by most recent

execution of this activity. This can be
either OK, DEAD, or ERROR.

TracingEnabled boolean True if tracing is enabled for this

activity, false if tracing is disabled.

MinElapsedTime integer Elapsed clock time (in milliseconds)

of the activity execution that has
completed in the shortest amount of
elapsed time.

MaxElapsedTime integer Elapsed clock time (in milliseconds)

of the activity execution that has
completed in the longest amount of
elapsed time.

MinExecutionTime integer Execution time (in milliseconds) of

the activity execution that has
completed in the shortest amount of
execution time.

MaxExecutionTime integer Execution time (in milliseconds) of

the activity execution that has
completed in the longest amount of
execution time.

MostRecentElapsedTime integer Elapsed clock time (in milliseconds)

of the most recently completed
activity execution.

MostRecentExecutionTime integer Execution time (in milliseconds) of

the most recently completed activity
execution.

TimeSinceLastUpdate integer Time (in milliseconds) since the

statistics have been updated.

ExecutionCountSinceReset integer A comma-separated list of names of

process definitions called by this
activity.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 Engine Command 153
|

Output Item Datatype Description

CalledProcessDefs String Number of activity executions that
have completed since the last reset
of the statistics.

GetProcessDefinitionStats
Retrieves information about process definitions. I

Output Item Datatype Description

ProcessDefinitionName String Name of the process definition.

ProcessStarterName String Name of the process starter for

the process.

NumberCreated integer Number of process instances

created for this process
definition.

NumberSuspended integer Number of times process

instances have been suspended.

NumberSwappedToDisk integer Number of times process

instances have been swapped to
disk.

NumberQueued integer Number of times process

instances have been queued for
execution.

NumberAborted integer Number of times process

instances have been aborted.

NumberCompleted integer Number of process instances that

have been successfully
completed.

NumberCheckpointed integer Number of times process

instances have executed a
checkpoint.

TotalExecutionTime integer Total execution time (in

milliseconds) for all successfully
completed process instances.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

154
| Chapter 5 General Activities Palette

Output Item Datatype Description

AverageExecutionTime integer Average execution time (in
milliseconds) for all successfully
completed process instances.

TotalElapsedTime integer Total elapsed time (in

milliseconds) for all successfully
completed process instances.

AverageElapsedTime integer Average elapsed clock time (in

milliseconds) for all successfully
completed process instances.

MinElapsedTime integer Elapsed clock time (in

milliseconds) of the process
instance that has completed in
the shortest amount of elapsed
time.

MaxElapsedTime integer Elapsed clock time (in

milliseconds) of the process
instance that has completed in
the longest amount of elapsed
time.

MinExecutionTime integer Execution time (in milliseconds)

of the process instance that has
completed in the shortest
amount of execution time.

MaxExecutionTime integer Execution time (in milliseconds)

of the process instance that has
completed in the longest amount
of execution time.

MostRecentExecutionTime integer Execution time (in milliseconds)

of the most recently completed
process instance.

MostRecentElapsedTime integer Elapsed clock time (in

milliseconds) of the most
recently completed process
instance.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 Engine Command 155
|

Output Item Datatype Description

TimeSinceLastUpdate integer Time (in milliseconds) since the
statistics have been updated.

NumberCompletedSinceReset integer Number of process instances that

have completed since the last
reset of the statistics.

GetProcessInstanceExceptions
Retrieves error information reported by the specified process.

Input Item Datatype Description

ProcessId integer ID for the process instance. If not specified,
or if 0 is specified, exceptions for all process
instances are returned.

Output Item Datatype Description

ExceptionSequenceNumber integer Sequence number of the exception,
with the most recent exception
first.

ProcessId integer ID for the process instance.

ExceptionMessage String Exception message.

StackTrace String Exception stack trace.

ExceptionClass String Exception class name.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

156
| Chapter 5 General Activities Palette

Output Item Datatype Description

ProcessStack String Process stack at exception. This
displays the
[ProcessName/GroupName/Acti
vityName] of the activity issuing
the exception. If the activity is in a
called sub-process, then the calling
activity’s process stack plus a '>'
separator character will be
pre-pended to the normal
information to produce the
process stack of the activity
issuing the exception.

TrackingID integer Tracking ID for the process

instance.

ProcessDefinitionName String Name of the process definition.

State String State of the process.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 Engine Command 157
|

GetProcessInstanceInfo
The values of the input elements for this command specify for which process
instances you want to retrieve information. If you specify more than one input
element, the values are treated as an AND condition. For example, If you specify
the process definition name and the minimum duration, information for process
instances for the specified process definition that meet the minimum duration
time will be returned.

Input Item Datatype Description

ProcessId integer ID for the process instance.

ProcessDefinitionName String Name of the process definition used by

the process instance. Specifying a value
for this element overrides the process
definition specified on the
Configuration tab.

MinimumDuration integer Minimum time (in milliseconds) in

elapsed clock time since the process
instance started. All process instances
with greater elapsed times will be
retrieved.

Output Item Datatype Description

ProcessId integer ID for the process instance.

ProcessInstanceName String Name of the process definition used

by the process instance.

TrackingId String Tracking ID for the process instance.

CustomId String Custom ID for the process instance.

Status String Status of the process.

StartTime integer Time (in milliseconds) when the

process instance started.

ElapsedTimeSinceStarted integer Elapsed clock time (in milliseconds)

since the process instance started.

MainProcessName String Name of the main process definition.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

158
| Chapter 5 General Activities Palette

Output Item Datatype Description

CurrentActivityName String Name of the currently executing
activity in the process instance.

ProcessStarterName String Name of the process starter that

started this process instance.

SubProcessName String Name of the process definition for

the sub-process.

GetProcessStarterStats
Retrieves information about either active or inactive process starters. The
information is cumulative. A single process starter name represents all executions
of that process starter.

Output Item Datatype Description

ProcessDefinitionName String Name of the process definition.

ProcessStarterName String Name of the process starter.

Status String Status of the process starter. The

status can be INACTIVE, ACTIVE,
or READY.

TotalNumberCreated integer Number of process instances created

by this process starter.

NumberCreatedPerHour integer Number of process instances per

hour created by this process starter.

NumberRunning integer Number of process instances

currently executing.

NumberCompleted integer Number of process instances that

have completed.

StartTime String Time (in milliseconds) at which the

process starter was started.

ElapsedTimeSinceStarted integer Elapsed clock time since the process

starter was started.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 Engine Command 159
|

Output Item Datatype Description

RestartedFromCheckpoint boolean True if the process was restarted
from a checkpoint.

TracingEnabled boolean True if tracing is enabled for this

process starter, false if tracing is
disabled.

GetRecoverableProcesses
Retrieves the process instances that can be recovered. See TIBCO ActiveMatrix
BusinessWorks Administration for more information about recoverable process
instances. Use the returned process ID in the RestartRecoverableProcess or
RemoveRecoverableProces commands.

Output Item Datatype Description

ProcessId integer Process ID of the process instance
that can be restarted.

Status string Status of the process instance. Can be

one of the following:
• faulted — this status occurs
when the process instance is
terminated due to an unhandled
exception.
• interrupted — this status occurs
when the process instance is
terminated due to engine failure
(and the instance did not
automatically restart when the
engine restarted) or a manual
termination.

TrackingId string Tracking ID for the process instance.

CustomId string Custom ID for the process instance.

ProcessDefinitionName string Process definition name for this

process instance.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

160
| Chapter 5 General Activities Palette

Output Item Datatype Description

RestartActivityName string Name of the last executed
Checkpoint activity in the process
instance. This is the point at which
the process instance will begin
executing when it is restarted.

KillProcessInstance
Kills the specified process instance. The process instance is stopped immediately
and permanently removed from the engine.

Input Item Datatype Description

ProcessId integer Process ID of the process instance you want to
kill.

ListAllRoles
Returns a list of all roles, along with the current state (enabled or disabled) of each
role.

Output Item Datatype Description

Role string Name of the role.

Enabled boolean True if the role is enabled, false if the role is

disabled.

ListUserRoles
Returns a list of all user roles, along with the current state (enabled or disabled) of
each role.

Output Item Datatype Description

Role string Name of the role.

Enabled boolean True if the role is enabled, false if the role is

disabled.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 Engine Command 161
|

RemoveRecoverableProcess
Removes the specified recoverable process instance from the list of potential
recoverable processes. After executing this command, the checkpoint data of the
specified process instance is removed and the process instance will no longer be
able to be recovered. Obtain the process ID of the recoverable process with
GetRecoverableProcesses the command.

Input Item Datatype Description

ProcessId integer The name or process ID of the process instance
you want to remove.

RestartRecoverableProcess
Restarts the specified recoverable process instance. Obtain the process ID of the
recoverable process with GetRecoverableProcesses the command.

Input Item Datatype Description

ProcessId integer The name or process ID of the process instance
you want to restart.

ResumeProcessInstance
Resumes the specified process instance.

Input Item Datatype Description

ProcessId integer The name or process ID of the process instance
you want to resume. You can retrieve the
process ID for a process instance by using the
GetProcessInstanceInfo command.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

162
| Chapter 5 General Activities Palette

ResumeProcessStarter
Resumes the specified process starter.

Input Item Datatype Description

ProcessDefinitionName string The name of the process definition
whose process starter you want to
resume. Specifying a value for this
element overrides the process
definition specified on the
Configuration tab.

StartStatsCollector
Enables collection of statistics for each executed activity. See TIBCO ActiveMatrix
BusinessWorks Administrationfor more information about collecting activity
statistics.

Output Item Datatype Description

FileName string Name of the file containing the collected data.

StopStatsCollector
Disables collection of statistics for each executed activity. See TIBCO ActiveMatrix
BusinessWorks Administrationfor more information about collecting activity
statistics.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 Engine Command 163
|

Shutdown
Shuts down the process engine. If no input is provided, this command shuts
down the engine immediately. You can optionally specify an amount of time to
delay the shut down of the engine or you can specify that the engine should wait
for any checkpointed process instances to complete before shutting down.

Input Item Datatype Description

MaxDelayInSeconds integer Specifies the amount of time (in seconds)
to wait before shutting down the process
engine.

WaitForCheckpoints boolean When true is specified, the engine waits

for any checkpointed process instances to
complete before shutting down.

SuspendProcessInstance
Suspends the specified process instance.

Input Item Datatype Description

ProcessId integer The name or process ID of the process
instance to suspend. You can retrieve the
process ID for a process instance by using
the GetProcessInstanceInfo command.

SuspendProcessStarter
Suspends the specified process starter.

Input Item Datatype Description

ProcessDefinitionName string The name of the process definition
whose process starter you want to
suspend. Specifying a value for this
element overrides the process
definition specified on the
Configuration tab.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

164
| Chapter 5 General Activities Palette

External Command
Activity

The External Command activity allows you to execute an operating

system command. This activity waits for the command to complete
before transitioning to the next activity. Optionally, the command
output and any errors can be included in this activity’s output
schema, written to a file, or both.

Long-Running Commands
If you want to execute long-running commands (such as daemons), it may not be
practical to execute the command directly. Because the specified command must
terminate before control is passed to the next activity, the process instance must
run until the external command completes. To avoid this problem, you may want
to create a script that runs the desired commands in the background.
The syntax of executing commands as background processes differs by operating
system. For example, on UNIX, to run a command in the background, you
append the ampersand character (&) to the command. On Microsoft Windows,
you use the START command in a batch file to run a command in a different
process.
After creating a script to run commands in the background, specify the script as
the command to run in the External Command activity. The script runs the
desired command and returns the process ID of the process it started. The return
code of the script is stored in the returnCode item of the External Command
activity’s output.
If you want to start a long-running command in the background and then later
terminate the background process, you should store the process ID returned by
the script in a file or database table. Another process instance can then read the
process ID and kill the process with the appropriate operating system command
when necessary.

Configuration
The Configuration tab has the following fields.

Field Global Description

Var?
Name No The name to appear as the label for the activity
in the process definition.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 External Command 165
|

Field Global Description

Var?
Description No Short description of the activity.

Command to Yes The command line to execute. You can also

Execute specify any input and command-line
arguments to the command in this field. You
cannot specify more than one command by
piping output from one command to another
(for example, ls | more is not allowed).
You can specify a global variable for this
configuration field. This allows you to easily
specify different commands on different
operating systems. For example, you may
specify %%EXTERNAL_COMMAND%% as the value
for this field. On MS Windows, the value of the
global variable may be the following:
cmd /c dir

On UNIX, the global variable may have the

following value:
ls

If the command to execute is not located in one

of the directories specified in the PATH
environment variable (on UNIX or Windows),
you can specify the full path for the executable
command or you can use the environment
input element to specify the environment for
the command.

Make Output Yes When checked, this field specifies that the
Available as output sent to standard output and standard
Activity Output error by the command should be available in
the output schema of this activity.
For commands that produce a large amount of
output, it is recommended to uncheck this
field and write the output to a file. This saves
memory and allows you to use other activities,
such as Read File and Parse Data, to handle the
output file more efficiently.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

166
| Chapter 5 General Activities Palette

Field Global Description

Var?
Remove Yes When checked, this field specifies that the
Parameter Quotes quotes surrounding the parameters should be
removed. The quotes will be removed even if
the parameter contains space(s).
By default, the checkbox is not selected.

Output Filename Yes Name and location of the file for storing any
output or errors produced by the command. If
this field is blank, no output file is created.

Output Line Yes Controls whether the command output and

Splitting errors are split into multiple strings. This field
can have the following values:
• None — The activity produces a single
string containing the command’s output or
errors. Line end characters are included in
this string.
• At Operating System Line End — The
activity produces a repeating string
element with one string element per
output line. The lines are split by default
on the carriage return/line feed character,
depending on the operating system. The
line end characters are not included in the
output.
• At Specified Token — The lines are split
wherever the specified token occurs. The
token is specified as an activity input
element, and the token is not included in
the output.

Input
See TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Process Design for more information about
mapping and transforming input data.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 External Command 167
|

The input for the activity is the following.

Input Item Datatype Description

command string The command to execute, including any
input or command-line arguments.
Specifying this input item overrides the
command specified on the Configuration
tab.

input string An input string to supply to the command’s

standard input. This schema item
accomplishes the same goal as entering the
command from a command prompt and
then typing in input without specifying a
carriage return.
For example, on UNIX, typing sed into a
command prompt allows you to enter more
text as input into the sed command.
Use &crlf; in the string for this item to
specify a carriage return (that is, &crlf;
simulates pressing the Enter key).

environment string The environment variable settings used for

running the command. This element is
specified as a comma-separated list of
<name>=<value> pairs where <name> is the
name of the environment variable and
<value> is the value of the environment
variable.
If no value is specified for this element, the
command is run with the environment
variable settings that are specified in the
login scripts for the user account used to
execute the TIBCO ActiveMatrix
BusinessWorks process engine.
If a value is specified, the value of this
element replaces any environment settings
for the user account used to run the TIBCO
ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks process engine.
That is, the user environment is ignored and
this element’s value is used instead.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

168
| Chapter 5 General Activities Palette

Input Item Datatype Description

workingDirectory string The working directory for the command
process.
If workingDirectory is not specified, the
command process inherits its working
directory from the process engine.

token string Command output can be split into multiple

strings based on the token specified in this
element. This field is only available when At
Specified Token is chosen in the Line Split
field on the Configuration tab.
The following escape sequences are
supported in this element:
• \r — newline carriage return character
• \n — newline character
• \t — tab character
• \\ — backslash character
For example, \r\n signifies to split at a
carriage return/linefeed, \\ signifies to split
when a backslash is encountered.

Output
The output for the activity is the following.

Output Item Datatype Description

returnCode integer The numeric return code returned by
the command.
Typically, a value of 0 in this element
signifies the command executed
successfully. A non-zero value usually
indicates termination of the command
due to an error.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 External Command 169
|

Output Item Datatype Description

output string Any output produced by the command
and sent to stdout. This output item is
only available if the Make Output
Available as Activity Output field is
checked on the Configuration tab.
This element can be repeating if the
Line Split configuration setting causes
the command’s output to be split into
several lines.

error string Any errors produced by the command

and sent to stderr. This element is
only available if the "Make Output
Available as Activity Output" field is
checked on the Configuration tab.
This element can be repeating if the
Line Split configuration setting causes
the command’s errors to be split into
several lines.

Error Output
The Error Output tab lists the possible exceptions that can be thrown by this
activity. See TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Error Codes for more information
about error codes and corrective action to take.

Exception Thrown When...

InvalidInputException There is an error in the activity’s
configuration or input mapping that is
preventing the command from being
executed.

CommandExecutionError The command could not be executed.

FileIOError There was an error when attempting to

write the output to a file.
Make sure the user that is running the
TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks
engine has permission to write to the
output file.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

170
| Chapter 5 General Activities Palette

Generate Error
Activity

This activity generates an error and causes an immediate transition to

any error transitions. If there are no error transitions, the process
instance halts execution. This activity is useful in a group or in a
called process. If you would like to catch and raise your own error
conditions, you can use this activity to do so.
For example, for a process that calls a subprocess to check the credit of a customer,
you can use the Generate Error activity to raise an error for any error conditions,
such as the customer does not exist, or the customer has no credit available. In the
called subprocess, create a transition to the Generate Error activity after detecting
the error condition and the called process terminates. Processing continues with
an error in the calling process. An error transition on the Call Process activity can
handle the error.
Figure 9 illustrates the example described above.

Figure 9 Using the Generate Error activity

... ...

CreditCheck Subprocess

See TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Process Design for more information about
handling errors in process definitions.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 Generate Error 171
|

Configuration
The Configuration tab has the following fields.

Field Description
Name The name to appear as the label for the activity in the
process definition.

Description Short description of the activity.

Select Error Schema The process error schema to send to the parent
process. - Default - specifies that the error should be
propagated only in the $_error process variable.
Process error schemas are defined on the Error
Schemas tab of the End activity for the process. The
schema specified in this field is added to the Input
schema for this activity. Data mapped to the error
schema is propagated to the parent process.
See TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Process Design
for more information about specifying process error
schemas.

Input
See TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Process Design for more information about
mapping and transforming input data.
The input for the activity is the following.

Input Item Datatype Description

message string The text of the error message to generate.

messageCode string The error code of the error. This is used as an

identifier for the error so that applications can
test for the error.

data complex The schema specified in the Select Error Schema

field of the Configuration tab is contained in
this input item. Map data from the list of
process variables to this input item to propagate
the data to the parent process.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

172
| Chapter 5 General Activities Palette

Output
This activity produces no output.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 Get Shared Variable 173
|

Get Shared Variable

Activity

The Get Shared Variable activity retrieves the current value of a Shared
Variable or Job Shared Variable resource. If you are using this activity to
retrieve the value of a Shared Variable resource, you may want to use a
critical section group to ensure that no other process instances are
altering the value of the shared variable at the same time.
See TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Process Design for more information about
shared variables and critical section groups.

Configuration
The Configuration tab has the following fields.

Global
Field Description
Var?
Name No The name to appear as the label for the activity in
the process definition.

Description No Short description of the activity.

Variable No The Shared Variable or Job Shared Variable whose

Configuration value you would like to retrieve.

Output
The output for the activity is the following.

Output Item Datatype Description

<schema> varies The value of the shared variable
specified in the Variable Configuration
field of the Configuration tab is the
output for this activity. The schema for
the output is determined by the
schema specified for the shared
variable.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

174
| Chapter 5 General Activities Palette

Inspector
Activity

The Inspector activity is used to write the output of any or all activities
and process variables to a file and/or stdout. This is particularly useful
when debugging process definitions and you want to see the entire
schema instead of mapping specific elements to the Write File activity.
You can use the inspector activity to write the output of any activity or process
variable in the current process. Activities and process variables in a subprocess
are not available to the Inspector activity (but the output of a Call Process activity
can be written using the Inspector activity). If you want to obtain the output from
one or more activities or process variables in a subprocess, place the Inspector
activity in the process definition of the subprocess.

Configuration
The Configuration tab has the following fields.

Field Description
Name The name to appear as the label for the activity in the
process definition.

Description Short description of the activity.

Stdout Specifies whether the output of this activity should be

sent to stdout. When checked, the output is sent to
stdout, when unchecked, the output is not sent to
stdout.

Activity The output of the process variable you want to

output. This is a drop down list of the available items
to output.
You can select All to output all available output. You
can also select global variables, process context, error
variables, or user-defined process variables to output.
Only activities that have output and are executed
prior to the Inspector activity are shown in the drop
down list.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 Inspector 175
|

Field Description
Append to File When checked, specifies that the output should be
appended to the file specified in this activity’s input.
If unchecked, any file that exists with the specified
name is overwritten.

Suppress Job Headers When checked, this suppresses the output of header
information, such as the process instance ID and the
timestamp. If unchecked, header information for the
current process instance is written before the output
of the activity or process variable.

Input
See TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Process Design for more information about
mapping and transforming input data.
The input for the activity is the following.

Input Item Datatype Description

fileName string The absolute path to the file you want to write.
This file will contain the output of the specified
activity or process variable.

Output
The output for the activity is the following.

Output Item Datatype Description

output string The output of the process variable or activity
specified on the Configuration tab in string form.
This can be used if you want to use this output in
subsequent activities, in addition to writing the
output to a file or stdout. For example, you can
use this output as the body of a TIBCO
Rendezvous message.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

176
| Chapter 5 General Activities Palette

JNDI Configuration
Shared Configuration

The JNDI Configuration shared configuration resource provides a

way to specify JNDI connection information that can be shared by
other resources. This resource can be specified in any resource that
permits JNDI connections. For example, JDBC Connection and
JMS Connection can use JNDI connections.

Configuration
The Configuration tab has the following fields.

Global
Field Description
Var?
Name No The name to appear as the label for the resource.

Description No Short description of the shared resource.

JNDI No The initial context factory class for accessing JNDI.

Context (javax.naming.Context.INITIAL_CONTEXT_
Factory FACTORY). You can choose from the drop down list of
supported classes.
See IBM WebSphere and JNDI Context Caching on
page 178 for more information when using IBM
WebSphere.
Note: TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks attempts to
find the class. However, you may need to add the JAR
file supplied by your JNDI service provider to the
CLASSPATH environment variable to use JNDI.

JNDI Yes The URL to the JNDI service provider

Context (javax.naming.Context.PROVIDER_URL). An
URL example URL is provided when one of the supported
JNDI context factory classes is selected.
See your JNDI provider documentation for the syntax
of the URL.

JNDI User Yes User name for logging into the JNDI server
Name (javax.naming.Context.SECURITY_
PRINCIPAL). If the JNDI provider does not require
access control, this field can be empty.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 JNDI Configuration 177
|

Field Global Description

Var?
JNDI Yes Password for logging into the JNDI server
Password (javax.naming.Context.SECURITY_
CREDENTIALS). If the JNDI provider does not require
access control, this field can be empty.

Test Configuration Button

The Test Configuration button allows you to test that the specified configuration
fields result in a valid connection to a JNDI server.

Advanced
The Advanced tab has the following fields.

Global
Field Var? Description

Validate No Some application servers store the security context on

JNDI the thread used to establish the JNDI connection (at the
Security time of this release, only the WebLogic application
Context server does this). In that case, the first activity to use this
resource establishes the security context, then
subsequent activities use the same security context,
unless this field is checked. Checking this field ensures
that each activity that uses this resource examines the
security context to determine if the activity uses the
same security context as the security context established
on the thread. If they are different, the activity’s
configured security context is used.
Checking this field causes additional overhead for
activities that use this resource. Therefore, only check
this field when necessary.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

178
| Chapter 5 General Activities Palette

Field Global Description

Var?
Optional No The table in this field contains optional properties to
JNDI pass to the JNDI server. Use the +, X, and arrow keys to
Properties add, delete, and move properties in the list. Each
property requires the property name, the datatype for
the property, and the value for the property. See the
documentation for your JNDI provider for more
information about properties that can be passed to the
JNDI server.

IBM WebSphere and JNDI Context Caching

The IBM WebSphere application server provides a mechanism for caching the
JNDI context object to improve the performance of JNDI lookup operations.
TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks also caches the JNDI context object when
resources such as EJB activities, JMS activities, JDBC activities, or JTA
UserTransactions use JNDI. BusinessWorks performs best when using its own
caching mechanism. Therefore, you must disable the IBM WebSphere caching
mechanism when using IBM WebSphere with BusinessWorks. See the IBM
WebSphere documentation for a complete description of its caching features.
You can disable the IBM WebSphere JNDI context caching feature by performing
the following procedure:
1. Configure a JNDI Configuration resource.
2. On the Advanced tab, click the + button next to the table in the Optional JNDI
Properties field to add a property.
3. In the Name field of the property, enter
com.ibm.websphere.naming.jndicache.cacheobject.

4. Leave the Type field as the default value of string.

5. In the Value field, enter none.
6. Click Apply to accept the changes.
7. Use the JNDI Configuration resource in an EJB Connection, JMS Connection,
or JTA UserTransaction shared configuration resource.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 Job Shared Variable 179
|

Job Shared Variable

Shared Configuration

A Job Shared Variable shared configuration resource allows you to

store data for use by each process instance. A copy of the variable
is created for each new process instance. This resource is useful for
passing data to and from sub-processes without creating an input
or output schema for the called process.
You can use the Get Shared Variable and Set Shared Variable activities to access
the data instead of mapping data to a called processes input or output schemas.
New process instances receive a copy of the variable, so data cannot be shared
across process instances. Therefore, if a called process has the Spawn
configuration field checked, a new process instance is created and the process
instance receives a new copy of the job shared variable.
See TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Process Design for more information about
shared variables.

Configuration
The Configuration tab has the following fields.

Global
Field Description
Var?
Name No The name to appear as the label for the resource.

Description No Short description of the shared resource.

Schema
The Schema tab allows you to define a custom schema to hold the data of the
variable. You can define your own datatype on this tab, and you can reference
XML schema stored in the project. See Appendix A, Specifying Data Schema, on
page 773 for a description of how to define a schema.

Initial Value
The Initial Value tab allows you to specify an initial value for the variable. You can
choose one of the following:

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

180
| Chapter 5 General Activities Palette

• None — specifies that no initial value is set for the shared variable. You must
use the Set Shared Variable activity to set a value before you can read the
value of the variable with the Get Shared Variable activity.
• Select Value — causes the Select Value field to appear. This field allows you to
choose a stored XML Instance resource containing data that matches the
schema specified on the Schema tab.
• Build Value — causes the Build Value field to appear. The Edit button brings
up a smaller version of the XML Instance configuration. In this dialog you can
construct an XML document that contains the initial value of the shared
variable.
See TIBCO Designer Palette Reference for more information on creating XML
Instance resources.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 Label 181
|

Label
Graphic Tool

The Label resource allows you to create a generic label so that you can
provide documentation and comments in your process definition. The
Label is not an activity, because you cannot draw transitions to or from it,
and it does not perform any action. You use the label to create a
descriptive tag that you can place anywhere in a process definition.
Labels can also be resized to cover an area. You can apply a border to the area by
selecting a value in the Border Type and Border Thickness fields. You can also
apply a background color to the area by selecting a color in the Background color
field. This allows you to annotate your process definition and provide colors and
borders to visually group related activities in your process definition.
The text of the label remains in the top left of the label area, but you can edit the
text either in the design panel or by editing the Description field.

Configuration
The Configuration tab has the following fields.

Field Description
Description Descriptive text that you would like to add to the
label. You can add comments here about the process
diagram. Use this field to provide documentation for
the process.

Label Color Allows you to pick a color for the text and border of
the label. Use the Chose Color button to bring up a
dialog to select a color.

Label Font Allows you to pick a font for the text of the label. Use
the Choose Font button to bring up the Font Panel
dialog.

Background Color Allows you to pick a background color for the area
the label covers. Use the Chose Color button to bring
up a dialog to select a color.

Border Type Allows you to select the type of border (either a

dashed line or a solid line) for the label.

Border Thickness Allows you to specify the thickness of the border line.
0 indicates no border.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

182
| Chapter 5 General Activities Palette

Field Description
Gradient Background Specifies whether the background color changes from
Color lighter to darker. When this checkbox is uncheked, the
background is a solid color.
The following illustrates the difference between a
gradient and solid background color. The top label
uses a gradient background color and the bottom
label uses a solid background color.

By default, the background color is gradient.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 Lock Object 183
|

Lock Object
Shared Configuration

Lock Object shared configuration resources are used by Critical Section

groups to ensure that only one process instance executes the activities in a
critical section group at a time.
The Lock Object resource can be used to synchronize process instances
from more than one process definition in the same process engine, or it can be
used to synchronize process instances across multiple process engines.
See TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Process Design for more information about
Critical Section groups and Lock Object resources.

Configuration
The Configuration tab has the following fields.

Global
Field Description
Var?
Name No The name to appear as the label for the resource.

Description No Short description of the shared resource.

Multi-Engine Yes When checked, this field specifies the resource will
be used to synchronize process instances across
more than one process engine. If you are using this
resource to synchronize shared variable access,
make sure that the Lock Object and Shared
Variable resources have the same setting for this
field.
When synchronization is performed across process
engines, a database transaction is performed to
ensure proper execution order. Therefore, you
must configure your process engine to use a
database for storage, if you want to synchronize
Critical Section groups across process engines. See
TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Administration
for more information about specifying a database
for storing process engine information.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

184
| Chapter 5 General Activities Palette

Mapper
Activity

The Mapper activity adds a new process variable to the process

definition. This variable can be a simple datatype, a TIBCO
ActiveEnterprise schema, an XML schema, or a complex structure. You
can map data values from the current list of process variables to the
elements of the variable added with the Mapper activity.

Input Editor
The Input Editor tab defines the structure of the process variable to add to the
process definition.
You can use a simple datatype, or you can define a group of data elements on this
tab. You can also reference XML schema or ActiveEnterprise classes stored in the
project. Once defined, the data specified on the Input Editor tab becomes the
input and output schema of the Mapper activity. This data then becomes available
to other activities in the process definition.
See Appendix A, Specifying Data Schema, on page 773 for a complete description
of using the Input Editor tab.

Input
See TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Process Design for more information about
mapping and transforming input data.
The input for the activity is defined by the specified data elements on the Input
Editor tab.

Output
The output for the activity is defined by the specified data elements on the Input
Editor tab.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 Notify 185
|

Notify
Activity

The Notify activity allows a process instance to send data to a

corresponding process instance containing a Wait activity or Receive
Notification process starter. The Notify Configuration resource specified
on the Configuration tab and the key specified on the Input tab create the
relationship between the Notify activity and the corresponding Wait or Receive
Notification. The data specified in the Notify’s input is sent to the Wait or Receive
Notification that specifies the same Notify Configuration resource and has the
same value for the key.
The Wait, Receive Notification, and Notify activities allow running process
instances to communicate. See TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Process Design
for more information on inter-process communication.

Configuration
The Configuration tab has the following fields.

Field Description
Name The name to appear as the label for the activity in the
process definition.

Description Short description of the activity.

Shared Configuration The Notify Configuration shared configuration

resource that defines a data schema for this activity.
See Notify Configuration on page 187 for more
information.
The Notify Configuration resource is required, but the
schema can be empty if you do not want to pass data
between processes.

Input
See TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Process Design for more information about
mapping and transforming input data.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

186
| Chapter 5 General Activities Palette

The input for the activity is the following.

Input Item Datatype Description

key string The key that coordinates a Notify activity with
the corresponding Wait or Receive Notification.
For example, in an order handling process, the
order ID might be the key that Wait and Notify
use to determine which Wait activity
corresponds to the Notify activity.
The key can be an XPath expression, but it must
evaluate to a string.
See TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Process
Design for more information and examples of
choosing the key for Wait, Notify, and Receive
Notification.

timeout integer The timeout (number of milliseconds) to keep

the information for this Notify activity. The
activity executes immediately and transitions to
the next activity, but the Notify information is
kept by the engine until a corresponding
Receive Notification or Wait occurs. If the
corresponding activity does not occur before
this timeout is reached, the Notify information is
removed.

schema complex The schema specified by the Shared

Configuration on the Configuration tab. This
schema is used to pass data from the process
instance into the process instance containing a
corresponding Receive Notification or Wait.

Output
This activity produces no output.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 Notify Configuration 187
|

Notify Configuration
Shared Configuration

The Notify Configuration resource specifies a schema to use for

passing data between executing process instances. Corresponding
Receive Notification, Notify, and Wait activities use the same
Notify Configuration resource to define the data for inter-process
communication. The schema can be empty, if you do not want to pass data
between processes. See TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Process Design for more
information about inter-process communication.

Configuration
The Configuration tab has the following fields.

Field Description
Name The name to appear as the label for the resource.

Description Short description of the shared resource.

Local Only When checked, this field specifies that the notification
will be performed in memory only. When unchecked,
a database is used to perform the notification.

Data
The Data tab allows you to define a custom schema. The schema can be empty, if
you do not want to pass data between processes.
You can define your own datatype on this tab, and you can reference XML schema
or ActiveEnterprise classes stored in the project. Once defined, the data specified
on the Data tab appears on the Input or Output tab of the Receive Notification,
Wait, or Notify activity where this shared configuration resource is used.
See Appendix A, Specifying Data Schema, on page 773 for a description of how to
define a schema.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

188
| Chapter 5 General Activities Palette

Null
Activity

The Null activity is an activity with no action performed. This activity

has a name and a description specified on the Configuration tab, but
there is no input or output for the activity.
This activity is useful if you want to join multiple process flows. That is,
when you have multiple transitions out of an activity and each transition takes a
different path in the process definition, you can create a transition from the
activity at the end of each path to a Null activity to resume a single flow of
execution in the process.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 On Event Timeout 189
|

On Event Timeout
Process Starter

The On Event Timeout process starter specifies a process to execute

when a Wait For ... activity discards an incoming event due to a
timeout. A Wait For ... activity’s event timeout is specified by the
Event Timeout field on the Event tab of the activity.
The default behavior for an event timeout is to confirm and then discard the
event. You can override the default behavior by creating a process definition
using the On Event Timeout process starter.
You can specify an On Event Timeout process definition for a specific event source
(that is, a specific Wait For... activity). You can specify one or more On Event
Timeout process definitions for specific event sources, but you should not create
more than one process definition for the same event source. Once a Wait For...
activity experiences a timeout, that timeout can only apply to one On Event
Timeout process definition.
You can also specify that an On Event Timeout process definition applies to any
event source that experiences a timeout. If there is no On Event Timeout specified
for a particular event source, the process engine calls the On Event Timeout
process definition whose Any Event Source field is checked.

Configuration
The Configuration tab has the following fields.

Field Description
Name The name to appear as the label for the resource.

Description Short description of the process starter.

Any Event Source Specifies that this process starter should execute
when any event source experiences an event timeout,
and there is no On Event Timeout process definition
specified for the event source.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

190
| Chapter 5 General Activities Palette

Field Description
Event Source Only appears when the Any Event Source field is
unchecked. This field allows you to specify for which
event source this process should execute when there
there is an event timeout.
Only one On Event Timeout process definition can
correspond to any event timeout. That is, you cannot
create multiple process definitions and use the same
Wait For ... activity the Event Source field.

Output
The output for the activity is the following.

Output Item Datatype Description

originatingProcess string The name of the process definition
containing the activity that had the
event timeout.

originatingActivity string The name of the activity that had an

event timeout.

<event> complex The schema of the discarded event. If

the Any Event Source field is checked
on the Configuration tab, this appears
as an element of type any. If a specific
activity is supplied in the Event Source
field, the output schema of that activity
is provided.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 On Notification Timeout 191
|

On Notification Timeout
Process Starter

The On Notification Timeout process starter specifies a process to

execute when a timeout is reached for storing notification data for a
Notify activity. See Notify on page 185 for more information about
the Notify activity and how to specify a timeout for storing
notification information.
You can specify an On Notify Timeout process definition for a specific Notify
Configuration. The process definition with the On Notification Timeout process
starter executes when a Notify activity with a matching Notify Configuration
experiences a timeout. You can specify one or more On Notify Timeout process
definitions for specific Notify Configurations, but you should not create more
than one process definition for the same Notify Configuration. Once a Notify
activity experiences a timeout of its stored notification information, that timeout
can only apply to one On Notification Timeout process definition.
You can also specify that an On Notification Timeout process definition applies to
any Notify activity that experiences a timeout. If there is no On Notification
Timeout specified for the Notify Configuration of the Notify activity, the process
engine calls the On Notification Timeout process definition that has the Any
Notify Config field checked.

Notify timeouts cause the notify information to be marked for removal, but the
information is removed at regular intervals. The default interval for checking
Notify timeouts is 60 seconds, and therefore, the OnNotificationTimeout process
starter only starts processes after each interval. If you want to reduce the interval,
you can do so by altering the Engine.WaitNotify.SweepInterval custom
engine property to the desired number of seconds. However, as you decrease the
number of seconds in the interval you will incur further engine overhead.

Configuration
The Configuration tab has the following fields.

Field Description
Name The name to appear as the label for the resource.

Description Short description of the process starter.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

192
| Chapter 5 General Activities Palette

Field Description
Any Notify Config Specifies that this process starter should execute
when any Notify activity experiences a timeout, and
there is no On Notify Timeout process definition
specified for the Notify Configuration for the activity.
When this field is checked, the Notify Configuration
field becomes disabled. Uncheck this field when you
want to specify a process definition for a specific
Notify Configuration.

Notify Configuration Only appears when the Any Notify Config field is
unchecked. This field allows you to specify the Notify
Configuration that this process applies to. Only
timeouts for Notify activities with a matching Notify
Configuration will start a process instance.
Only one On Notification Timeout process definition
can correspond to any Notify Configuration. That is,
you cannot create multiple process definitions and
use the same Notify Configuration.

Output
The output for the activity is the following.

Output Item Datatype Description

notificationData Object This element contains the schema
specified in the Notify Configuration of
the Notify activity that has timed out.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 On Shutdown 193
|

On Shutdown
Process Starter

The On Shutdown process starter specifies a process to execute when

the process engine shuts down, after all process instances are
executed.
The On Shutdown process starter can be useful for specifying any
post-processing that must be done before shutting down the engine. For example,
your application may back up a database table then purge the data. Also, you
may want to send email to administrators notifying them that the process engine
is shutting down.
Typically, you create one process definition that uses the On Shutdown process
starter and place all post-processing activities into that process definition.
However, you can have more than one process definition that uses the On
Shutdown process starter. All process definitions with the On Shutdown process
starter execute in no specific order when the process engine shuts down.

Configuration
The Configuration tab has the following fields.

Field Description
Name The name to appear as the label for the resource.

Description Short description of the process starter.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

194
| Chapter 5 General Activities Palette

On Startup
Process Starter

The On Startup process starter specifies a process to execute when the

process engine starts, before any incoming events are processed. In the
event that the process engine is restarting and attempting to recover
checkpointed process instances, the On Startup process definition must
complete its execution before any recovered process instances execute.
The On Startup process starter can be useful to specify any pre-processing that
must be done before regular processing starts. For example, your application may
check that the required database tables exist and create them necessary. Also, you
may want to send email to administrators notifying them that the process engine
is starting.
Typically, you create one process definition that uses the On Startup process
starter and place all pre-processing activities into that process definition.
However, you can have more than one process definition that uses the On Startup
process starter. All process definitions with the On Startup process starter execute
in no specific order when the process engine starts.

All On Startup process definitions must complete successfully before normal

processing can begin.

Configuration
The Configuration tab has the following fields.

Field Description
Name The name to appear as the label for the resource.

Description Short description of the process starter.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 Receive Notification 195
|

Receive Notification
Activity

The Receive Notification process starter starts a process when

another process executes a Notify activity with a matching key
and Notify Configuration resource. The key specified in the Key
field of the Configuration tab creates a relationship between the Receive
Notification process starter and the corresponding Notify activity.
The same Notify Configuration shared configuration resource must be specified
by corresponding Receive Notification and Notify activities so that data can be
passed from the process containing the Notify activity to the process started with
Receive Notification. The schema in the Notify Configuration resource can be
empty, if you do not want to pass data between processes.
The Wait, Receive Notification, and Notify activities allow running process
instances to communicate. See TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Process Design
for more information on inter-process communication.

Configuration
The Configuration tab has the following fields.

Field Description
Name The name to appear as the label for the activity in the
process definition.

Description Short description of the activity.

Shared Configuration The Notify Configuration shared configuration

resource that defines a data schema for this activity.
See Notify Configuration on page 187 for more
information.
The Notify Configuration resource is required, but the
schema can be empty if you do not want to pass data
between processes.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

196
| Chapter 5 General Activities Palette

Field Description
Key The key that coordinates a Receive Notification
process starter with the corresponding Notify activity.
For example, in an order handling process, the order
ID might be the key that Receive Notification uses to
determine which Notify activity corresponds to this
process starter.
The key must be a fixed string. You may use global
variables, but XPath expressions cannot be used.
See TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Process Design
for more information and examples of choosing the
key for Wait, Notify, and Receive Notification.

Misc
The Misc tab contains the following fields:

Field Description
Sequencing Key This field can contain an XPath expression that
specifies which processes should run in order. Process
instances with sequencing keys that evaluate to the
same value will be executed sequentially in the order
the process instance was created.
See TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Process Design
for more information about controlling the execution
order of process instances and about XPath
expressions.

Custom Id This field can contain an XPath expression that

specifies a custom ID for the process instance. This ID
is displayed in the View Service dialog of TIBCO
Administrator, and it is also available in the
$_processContext process variable.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 Receive Notification 197
|

Output
The output for the activity is the following.

Output Item Datatype Description

schema complex The schema specified by the Shared
Configuration field on the Configuration tab.
This schema is used to pass data from the
process instance containing the Notify activity
into this process instance.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

198
| Chapter 5 General Activities Palette

Rethrow
Activity

The Rethrow activity throws the exception caught by the Catch activity
again. Use this activity when you want to propagate the exception to the
next level. See the description of error handling in TIBCO ActiveMatrix
BusinessWorks Process Design for more information about using the
Rethrow activity.

Configuration
The Configuration tab has the following fields.

Field Description
Name The name to appear as the label for the activity in the
process definition.

Description Short description of the activity.

Input
This activity has no Input.

Output
This activity has no Output.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 Set Shared Variable 199
|

Set Shared Variable

Activity

The Set Shared Variable activity allows you to change the value of a
shared variable. If you are using this activity to set the value of a
Shared Variable resource, you may want to use a critical section group
to ensure that no other process instances are altering the value of the
shared variable at the same time.
See TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Process Design for more information about
shared variables and critical section groups.

Configuration
The Configuration tab has the following fields.

Global
Field Description
Var?
Name No The name to appear as the label for the activity
in the process definition.

Description No Short description of the activity.

Variable No The Shared Variable or Job Shared Variable

Configuration whose value you would like to change.

Output New No When checked, the new value of the shared

Value variable is placed into this activity’s output.
The value is then available to subsequent
activities in the process definition.
If not checked, this activity has no output.

Input
See TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Process Design for more information about
mapping and transforming input data.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

200
| Chapter 5 General Activities Palette

The input for the activity is the following.

Input Item Datatype Description

<schema> varies The schema of the shared variable
specified in the Variable
Configuration field on the
Configuration tab is the input
schema for this activity.

Output
The output for the activity is the following.

Output Item Datatype Description

<schema> varies When the Output New Value field on
the Configuration tab is unchecked,
or no output
this activity has no output. When the
field is checked, the new value of the
shared variable is output. The schema
for the output is determined by the
schema specified for the shared
variable.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 Shared Variable 201
|

Shared Variable
Shared Configuration

A Shared Variable resource allows you to share data across process

instances. All process instances can read and update the data stored
in a shared variable.
This resource is useful if you want to marshal data across process
instances or if you want to make a common set of information available to all
process instances. For example, you may have a set of approval codes for
incoming orders that change daily for security purposes. You can create a shared
variable to hold the approval codes and create one process definition for setting
the codes. You can then retrieve the shared variable in all processes that require
the current approval codes.
See TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Process Design for more information about
shared variables.

Configuration
The Configuration tab has the following fields.

Global
Field Description
Var?
Name No The name to appear as the label for the resource.

Description No Short description of the shared resource.

Persistent Yes The current value of the shared variable is stored in

memory for fast access by process instances.
However, if a process engine crashes, the current
state of the shared variable may be lost. To preserve
the current state of a Shared Variable resource, you
can check this field to store the current value of the
shared variable in the process engine’s storage
location.
The current state of the shared variable is only
updated in the process engine’s persistent storage
when the value of the variable changes.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

202
| Chapter 5 General Activities Palette

Field Global Description

Var?
Multi-Engine Yes Checking this field specifies that you want to make
the value of a Shared Variable resource available to
process instances across multiple process engines.
If you choose this option, a database must be used to
store process engine data. Also, only engines that are
in the same deployment and use the same database
to store process information can share variables. See
TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Administration for
more information on specifying a database for
process engine storage during deployment. See
TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Process Design for
more information on specifying a database for
process engine storage during testing.
Because multiple process engines access the shared
variable when this field is checked, the current value
of the variable is not stored in memory. Both
retrieving the current value of the variable and
assigning a new value to the variable requires I/O to
the process engine’s database storage.
If this field is not checked, each process engine
operates on its own set of shared variable resources.
Process instances on one engine cannot retrieve the
value of the shared variable set by a different process
engine, when this field is unchecked.

Schema
The Schema tab allows you to define a custom schema to hold the data of the
shared variable. You can define your own datatype on this tab, and you can
reference an XML schema stored in the project. See Appendix A, Specifying Data
Schema, on page 773 for a description of how to define a schema.

Initial Value
The Initial Value tab allows you to specify an initial value for the shared variable.
You can choose one of the following:

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 Shared Variable 203
|

• None — specifies that no initial value is set for the shared variable. You must
use the Set Shared Variable activity to set a value before you can read the
value of the variable with the Get Shared Variable activity.
• Select Value — causes the Select Value field to appear. This field allows you to
choose a stored XML Instance resource containing data that matches the
schema specified on the Schema tab.
• Build Value — causes the Build Value field to appear. The Edit button brings
up a smaller version of the XML Instance configuration. In this dialog you can
construct an XML document that contains the initial value of the shared
variable.
See TIBCO Designer Palette Reference for more information on creating XML
Instance resources.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

204
| Chapter 5 General Activities Palette

Sleep
Activity

The Sleep activity suspends the process on the current transition for the
given amount of time. If you have multiple control flows in your
process, only the current execution branch of the process is suspended.

Configuration
The Configuration tab has the following fields.

Field Description
Name The name to appear as the label for the activity in the
process definition.

Description Short description of the activity.

Input
See TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Process Design for more information about
mapping and transforming input data.
The input for the activity is the following.

Input Item Datatype Description

IntervalInMillisec integer The amount of time, in
milliseconds, to suspend the
current branch of the process.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 Timer 205
|

Timer
Process Starter

The Timer process starter starts a process at a specific time. You can also
specify that processes are to be started periodically.

Configuration
The Configuration tab has the following fields.

Global
Field Var? Description

Name No The name to appear as the label for the activity in

the process definition.

Description No Short description of the activity.

Start Time Yes The day and time to start the process. If the
process is to be run periodically, then the start
time indicates the first time to run the process.
The local machine’s time zone is used to
determine when the process should start. If the
project is run on machines in different time zones,
the time zone of the machine where the project
was saved is used. Use a global variable in this
field to supply start times relative to the time zone
where the project is deployed.
If you supply a global variable for this field, the
format of the specified time must be the following:
yyyy MMM dd HH:mm:ss z

For example, "2004 Apr 28 20:35:11 EST". The

z at the end of the date format is the name of the
time zone. See Time Zone Names on page 374 for
a list of time zone names.

Run once No Indicates this process should be run only once at

the day and time indicated by the Start Time field.
If unchecked, the Time Interval and Interval Unit
fields appear to allow you to specify the frequency
of the process.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

206
| Chapter 5 General Activities Palette

Field Global Description

Var?
Time Interval Yes Integer indicating the number of units specified in
the Interval Unit field. For example, if a value of 1
is specified and the Interval Unit field is specified
as Hour, a new process is started every hour
beginning at the time specified in the Start Time
field.
If a value of 2 is specified and the Interval Unit
field is specified as Month, a process is started
every other month, beginning at the time specified
in the Start Time field.
If the value specified is less than one second (1000
milliseconds), the timer ignores the specified
interval and is triggered once every second.
Note: If you use a global variable for this field, the
global variable specifies the time interval in
milliseconds and the Interval Unit field is not
displayed.

Interval Unit No Unit of time to use with the Time Interval field to
determine how often to start a new process. The
units can be: Millisecond, Second, Minute, Hour,
Day, Week, Month, Year.

Misc
The Misc tab contains the following fields:

Field Description
Sequencing Key This field can contain an XPath expression that
specifies which processes should run in order. Process
instances with sequencing keys that evaluate to the
same value will be executed sequentially in the order
the process instance was created.
See TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Process Design
for more information about controlling the execution
order of process instances and about XPath
expressions.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 Timer 207
|

Field Description
Custom Id This field can contain an XPath expression that
specifies a custom ID for the process instance. This ID
is displayed in the View Service dialog of TIBCO
Administrator, and it is also available in the
$_processContext process variable.

Output
The output for the activity is the following.

Output Item Datatype Description

TimerOutputSchema The time the process instance started.
The time is represented by several
items in the output schema indicating
the hour, minute, second, and so on.
Each item uses the appropriate
datatype.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

208
| Chapter 5 General Activities Palette

Wait
Activity

The Wait activity suspends execution of the process instance and waits for
a Notify activity with a matching key to be executed in another process
instance. The key specified in the Notify Configuration resource specified
on the Configuration tab and the Key field of the Input tab creates a relationship
between the Wait activity and the corresponding Notify activity.
The same Notify Configuration shared configuration resource must be specified
by corresponding Wait and Notify activities so that data can be passed from the
process instance containing the Notify activity to this process instance. The
schema in the Notify Configuration resource can be empty, if you do not want to
pass data between processes.
The Wait, Receive Notification, and Notify activities allow running process
instances to communicate. See TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Process Design
for more information on inter-process communication.

Configuration
The Configuration tab has the following fields.

Field Description
Name The name to appear as the label for the activity in the
process definition.

Description Short description of the activity.

Shared Configuration The Notify Configuration shared configuration

resource that defines a data schema for this activity.
See Notify Configuration on page 187 for more
information.
The Notify Configuration resource is required, but the
schema can be empty if you do not want to pass data
between processes.

Input
See TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Process Design for more information about
mapping and transforming input data.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 Wait 209
|

The input for the activity is the following.

Input Item Datatype Description

key string The key that coordinates a Wait activity with the
corresponding Notify. For example, in an order
handling process, the order ID might be the key
that Wait and Notify use to determine which Wait
activity corresponds to the Notify activity.
The key can be an XPath expression, but it must
evaluate to a string.
See TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Process
Design for more information and examples of
choosing the key for Wait, Notify, and Receive.

timeout integer The timeout (number of milliseconds) for this

Wait activity. If a Notify activity that has a
matching key is not executed in this specified
number of seconds, the Wait times out and
transitions to the next activity.
If no value or if zero is specified in this field, this
activity waits indefinitely.

Output
The output for the activity is the following.

Output Item Datatype Description

schema complex The schema specified by the Shared
Configuration on the Configuration tab. This
schema is used to pass data from the process
instance containing the Notify into this process
instance.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

210
| Chapter 5 General Activities Palette

Write To Log
Activity

This activity writes a message to the log. There is one log file for each
process engine.
Depending upon whether you are using a process engine in testing mode
or a deployed process engine, the logs are stored in different locations.
During test mode, the logs are stored in the TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks
working directory under the logs subdirectory. See TIBCO Designer User’s Guide
for more information about specifying the working directory. For deployed
process engines, the log location is specified by custom engine properties. See
TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Administration for more information about
custom engine properties.

Configuration
The Configuration tab has the following fields.

Field Description
Name The name to appear as the label for the activity in the
process definition.

Description Short description of the activity.

Role The user-defined role name for this log entry.

Roles can be used to filter the log entries when
displaying them. For example, if you set the role as
Debug, you can choose to view or not view all log
entries that have the role set to Debug.
You can enable or disable system or user-defined roles
using custom engine properties at deployment time.
See Custom Properties for the Write To Log Activity
on page 211 for more information.

Suppress Job Info If checked, no additional information is added to the

log entry.
If unchecked, each log message has the Job number,
process definition name, and activity name
prepended to the message text.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 Write To Log 211
|

Input
See TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Process Design for more information about
mapping and transforming input data.
The input for the activity is the following.

Input Item Datatype Description

message string The message that you would like to appear in the
log.
Logs are stored in the TIBCO ActiveMatrix
BusinessWorks installation directory under the logs
subdirectory.
Note: When the message contains non-ASCII data,
the default encoding of the Java Virtual Machine
used by the TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks
process engine is used to encode the text when
writing to the log file.

msgCode string The error code of the message. This is used as an

identifier for the message so that applications can
scan the log for the message.

Output
This activity produces no output.

Custom Properties for the Write To Log Activity

In some situations, you may want to specify which messages are sent to the log
file. You can use custom engine properties to specify which roles are enabled or
disabled for log messages. You may configure the following properties:
• Trace.<roleName>.Log — Setting this property to false disables writting
messages for the specified role name to the log.
• Trace.<roleName>.* — Setting this property to false disables all messages for
the specified role. The specified role can be one of the following system roles:
ERROR, WARN, DEBUG, or INFO.
• Trace.Role.<roleName> — Setting this property to false disables all messages
for the specified user-defined role. Setting Trace.Role.* to false disables all
messages to all user-defined roles.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

212
| Chapter 5 General Activities Palette

• Trace.Role.* — Setting this property to false disables all messages for all
user-defined roles.
You can also specify the character encoding of the log file by using the
log.file.encoding property.
See TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Administration for more information about
setting custom engine properties.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 OnError 213
|

OnError
Activity

This activity provides error handling mechanism for all the errors
that happen outside the job boundaries of all processes associated
with the service resource.
You are recommended to create only one process definition with this
event source for the whole project. If you create multiple processes,
then all of them will be triggered and may not be in sequence.
Whenever an error occurs for messages triggered through Service Resource
outside of Job boundaries, the Error handler process gets triggered with the
appropriate data.
This error handler process can be used only for Logging purposes. The actual
Service MEP will not be affected.

The Error handler handles the failure in Pre-process, Post-process (failure while
sending the response), and Fault Sending scenarios. It does not catch the error
during the execution process.

Configuration
The Configuration tab has the following fields.

Field Description
Name The name to appear as the label for the activity in the
process definition.

Description Short description of the activity.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

214
| Chapter 5 General Activities Palette

Misc
The Misc tab has the following fields.

Field Description
Sequencing Key This field can contain an XPath expression that
specifies which processes should run in order. Process
instances with sequencing keys that evaluate to the
same value will be executed sequentially in the order
the process instance was created.
See TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Process Design
Guide for more information about controlling the
execution order of process instances and about XPath
expressions.

Custom ID This field can contain an XPath expression that

specifies a custom ID for the process instance. This ID
is displayed in the View Service dialog of TIBCO
Administrator, and it is also available in the
$_processContext process variable.

Output
The Output-tab of the onError event source contains the following schema:
• errorCode - Contains the error code useful for filtering the errors.
• errorDesc - Contains description of errors.
• errorStack (optional) - Contains stack of error logs.
• msgData - Contains the Soap-Envelope of the message.
• MessageHeaders (optional) - Contains either JMS or HTTP transport headers.
This depends on the transport for which the error is captured.
• mimeEnvelopeElement (optional) - Contains mime data.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 | 215

Chapter 6 HTTP Palette

The HTTP palette allows you to send and receive HTTP requests.

Topics

• HTTP Connection, page 216

• HTTP Receiver, page 225
• Proxy Configuration, page 237
• Send HTTP Request, page 238
• Send HTTP Response, page 261
• Wait for HTTP Request, page 268

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

216
| Chapter 6 HTTP Palette

HTTP Connection
Shared Configuration

The HTTP Connection resource describes the characteristics of the

connection used to receive incoming HTTP requests. This resource is
used when TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks expects to receive
an HTTP request on a specific port where a process engine is
running. For example, the process starters HTTP Receiver and SOAP Event
Source and the signal-in activity Wait for HTTP Request receive HTTP requests.

There can be at most one process with an HTTP Receiver or Wait for HTTP
Request that uses the same HTTP Connection resource. This restriction allows the
HTTP server listening for incoming requests to dispatch the request to the correct
process.
There can be more than one SOAP Event Source that uses the same HTTP
Connection.
Also, SOAP Event Source and HTTP activities can use the same HTTP Connection
resource and the HTTP server correctly dispatches the incoming request to the
correct process.

Two types of servers are available for the HTTP Connection resource: Tomcat and
HTTPComponent.
Tomcat has a synchronous request response paradigm and can be used in
scenarios where high throughput is important. To achieve a good throughput
with Tomcat, the maxprocessor value should be almost equal to the number of
concurrent requests the server can handle. Note that increasing the maxprocessor
count also increases the memory footprint.
HTTPComponent is a light-weight and scalable server based on NIO which can
be useful in scenarios where handling thousands of requests in a resource efficient
manner is more important than the throughput. HTTPComponent server gives a
consistent throughput for any number of concurrent requests with little or no
increase in its worker thread (maxprocessor thread).

You can choose the server type at runtime by setting the global property
bw.plugin.http.server.serverType in the file bwengine.tra. Using this
property, you can use the HTTPComponent server at run-time for older projects
without having to modify the server type at design-time. The value set for this
property in the bwengine.tra file overrides the value that is set in design-time.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 HTTP Connection 217
|

The HTTP Connection resource can specify that the HTTPS (secure sockets layer
or SSL) protocol must be used by clients. If this is enabled, you can configure the
SSL parameters for the HTTP server using the Configure SSL Button. See
Configure SSL Button on page 219 for more information.

If you have multiple HTTP Connection resources specified by multiple HTTP

Receiver process starters, the HTTP servers require that all of the connections
must be valid to initialize all HTTP Receivers. Therefore, make certain that all
HTTP Connection resources have valid configurations before testing or deploying
the project.

Configuration
The Configuration tab has the following fields.

Global
Field Var? Description

Name No The name to appear as the label for the resource.

Description No Short description of the shared resource.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

218
| Chapter 6 HTTP Palette

Field Global Description

Var?
Host Yes Specifies the name of the host that accepts the
incoming requests. For machines that have only one
network card, the default value localhost specifies
the current machine. For machines that have more
than one network card, this field specifies the host
name of the card that will be used to accept
incoming HTTP requests.
If there is more than one network card on the
machine, and you specify localhost in this field,
all network cards on the machine will listen for
incoming HTTP requests on the specified port.
Note: Only one HTTP server can be started on each
port. Therefore, if you have a machine with
multiple network cards, make certain that all HTTP
Connection resources that use the same host name
specify different port numbers.
Note: When the hostname is localhost, TIBCO
ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks considers the machine
as a non multi home environment. Hence it is not
required to set the
bw.plugin.http.server.defaultHost property in
bwengine.tra file.

However, when the hostname is anything other

than the localhost, then TIBCO Activematrix
BusinessWorks considers the machine as a multi
home environment. Set the
bw.plugin.http.server.defaultHost property in
bwengine.tra file to the same value as has been set
in the host field of HTTP Shared Connection for
default host.

Port Yes Port number on which to listen for incoming HTTP

requests.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 HTTP Connection 219
|

Field Global Description

Var?
SSL No Specifies whether incoming requests must use the
HTTPS (secure socket layer or SSL) protocol. This
protocol authenticates the server to the client, and
optionally authenticates the client to the server.
Enabling this field allows you to specify SSL
parameters with the Configure SSL button (see
Configure SSL Button on page 219).

Server Type No Specifies the server type to be used. The drop-down

lists the available options: Tomcat and
HTTPComponent.

Configure SSL Button

The Configure SSL button allows you to specify the SSL parameters for the HTTP
connection. The following are the fields in the SSL Configuration for HTTPS
Connections dialog:

The HTTPComponent server type does not support Entrust based SSL. Set
property java.property.TIBCO_SECURITY_VENDOR to j2se in the
bwengine.tra file for HTTP SSL to work with HTTPComponent server type.

Field Description
Requires Client Checking this field requires clients to present their
Authentication digital certificate before connecting to the HTTP server.
When this field is checked, the Trusted Certificates
Folder becomes enabled so that you can specify a
location containing the list of trusted certificate
authorities.

Trusted Certificates This field is only applicable when the Requires Client
Folder Authentication field is checked.
This field specifies a folder in the project containing
one or more certificates from trusted certificate
authorities. This folder is checked when a client
connects to ensure that the client is trusted. This
prevents connections from rogue clients.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

220
| Chapter 6 HTTP Palette

Field Description
Identity This is an Identity resource that contains the HTTP
server’s digital certificate and private key.
See TIBCO Designer Palette Reference for more
information.

Strong Cipher Suites When checked, this field specifies that the minimum
Only strength of the cipher suites used can be specified with
the
bw.plugin.security.strongcipher.minstrength
custom engine property. See TIBCO ActiveMatrix
BusinessWorks Administration for more information
about this property. The default value of the property
disables cipher suites with an effective key length
below 128 bits.
When this field is unchecked, only cipher suites with
an effective key length of up to 128 bits can be used.

Advanced
The Advanced tab has the following fields

Field Global Description

Var?
Enable DNS No Checking this field enables a Domain Name System
Lookups (DNS) lookup for HTTP clients so that the IP
address is resolved to a DNS name. This can
adversely affect throughput. Uncheck this field by
default and check this field only when required.

Connection Properties

maxPostSize Yes This property is available when the Server Type

Tomcat is selected.
Specifies the maximum size in bytes of the POST
that the container FORM URL parameter parsing
can handle.
By default, the value of this field is set to 2M or
2097152 bytes. Setting the value less than or equal to
zero disables the limit for maxPostSize.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 HTTP Connection 221
|

Field Global Description

Var?
maxSavePost Yes This property is available when the Server Type
Size Tomcat is selected.
Specifies the maximum size in bytes of the POST
that the container can save/buffer during FORM or
CLIENT-CERT authentication.
During FORM authentication, the request message
is saved while the user is redirected to the login
page. It is retained until the user authentication
succeeds or the session associated with the
authentication request expires.
During CLIENT-CERT authentication, the request
message is buffered for the entire duration of the
SSL handshake. Once the request is processed, the
buffer is emptied.
However, in both the cases the buffering happens
before the user is authenticated.
By default, the value of this field is set to 4K or 4096
bytes. Setting the value to -1 disables the limit for
this field.

URI Encoding Yes Specifies the character encoding used to decode the
URI bytes.
If you do not set any value for uriEncoding, the
default encoding set in HTTP Receiver is used.
Specifying this property automatically sets the
Tomcat property useBodyEncodingForURI to false.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

222
| Chapter 6 HTTP Palette

Field Global Description

Var?
acceptCount Yes This property is available when the Server Type
Tomcat is selected.
Specifies the maximum number of incoming
connection requests that can be accepted when all
HTTP processors are in use.
The default value for acceptCount is 100. Incoming
requests received after the acceptCount limit is
reached are rejected.
If the value is not set in TIBCO Designer, you can
set the value for either design-time or run-time.
• Specify the value in a .config file. Provide the
file name and location while starting TIBCO
Designer to set the value of acceptCount in
design-time.
• Specify the value in bwengine.tra to set the
value in run-time.

compressable Yes Specifies the list of MIME types for which HTTP
MimeType compression may be used. The default value for this
comma separated list is text/html, text/xml,
text/plain.

compression Yes Specifies if the output of the HTTP Connection is

compressed using HTTP/1.1 GZIP compression.
The acceptable values for this field are -
off: By default, the compression is disabled.
on: Allows compression for text data.
force: Forces compression in all cases.
Note that if the content length is not known and
compression is enabled, the output will still be
compressed.
any numerical integer value: Any numerical value
equivalent to "on", and specifies the minimum
amount of data before the output can be
compressed.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 HTTP Connection 223
|

Field Global Description

Var?
connectionTi Yes Specifies the number of milliseconds that the
meOut Connector waits for the request URI line to be
presented after the connection is accepted.
The default value is 60000 i.e., 60 seconds.

Custom Properties for the HTTP Palette

In some situations, you may want to alter the configuration of the HTTP server
that receives incoming HTTP requests for TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks.
You can configure the following custom properties:
• bw.plugin.http.server.minProcessors : the minimum number of threads
available for incoming HTTP requests. The HTTP server creates the number of
threads specified by this paramter when it starts up. The default value of this
property is 10.
• bw.plugin.http.server.maxProcessors : the maximum number of threads
available for incoming HTTP requests. The HTTP server will not create more
than the number of threads specified by this parameter. The default value of
this property is 75.
• bw.plugin.http.server.maxSpareProcessors : the maximum number of
unused request processing threads that can exist until the thread pool starts
stopping the unnecessary threads. The default maximum number of spare
threads is 50.
• bw.plugin.http.server.acceptCount : the maximum queue size for
incoming requests. Incoming requests that are not handled by available
threads are placed on the queue until they can be processed. If the queue is
full, new incoming requests are refused with an error. The default value of this
property is 100.
• bw.plugin.http.server.restrictIPAddresses : a comma-separated list
of regular expression patterns that is compared with the remote client’s IP
address before accepting or rejecting requests from the client. The remote IP
address of the client must not match for any request from this client to be
accepted.

If the same IP address is allowed and restricted, the restriction overrides the
allowance and the IP address will be restricted.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

224
| Chapter 6 HTTP Palette

• bw.plugin.http.server.serverType : the type of server to be used for the

HTTP connection resource. Two server types are available: Tomcat and HTTP
Component. The default value of this property is Tomcat.
• bw.plugin.http.server.httpcomponents.workerThread : the maximum
number of web server threads available to handle HTTP requests for the
HTTPComponents server type. The default value of this property is 50.
• bw.plugin.http.server.restrictHttpMethods : specific HTTP methods
can be disabled. By default, none of the HTTP methods are restricted by the
server. You can specify a comma-separated list of methods that are to be
restricted. These restrictions are then applicable to all resources accessed on
this server, for all roles. You cannot disable methods selectively for a
particular service or for a particular server.
If you have a large number of incoming requests, you may want to change the
values of these properties to handle more incoming requests concurrently.
See TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Administration for more information about
setting custom engine properties.

When a client sends a request that cannot be processed because no threads are
available, TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks returns a ConnectionRefused
exception to the client.
The HTTP Receiver uses the minProcessors/maxProcessors properties to control
the flow of incoming HTTP requests. If you set the Flow Limit deployment
property for a process definition with the HTTP Receiver process starter,
maxProcessors is set to <flowLimitValue> - 1 and minProcessors is set to
<maxProcessorValue>/2. Therefore, the Flow Limit value will never be reached
because the maxProcessors property will prevent new requests from being
accepted before the Flow Limit value is reached.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 HTTP Receiver 225
|

HTTP Receiver
Process Starter

Starts a process based on the receipt of a HTTP request.

Configuration
The Configuration tab has the following fields.

Global
Field Var? Description

Name No The name to appear as the label for the activity

in the process definition.

Description No Short description of the activity.

HTTP No The HTTP Connection resource describes the

Connection characteristics of the connection used to receive
incoming HTTP requests.
See HTTP Connection on page 216 for more
information about specifying shared resources.

Output Style No Type of output. Can be either String or Binary.

Parse Post No Specifies to parse the message body of the HTTP

Method Data request into a schema for the activity’s output.
When this checkbox is checked, the parameters
specified in the Parameters field are used to
validate the incoming request and parse it into
the output schema.
Note: In the case of an incoming GET request,
there is no message body, so this field has no
effect on incoming GET requests.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

226
| Chapter 6 HTTP Palette

Field Global Description

Var?
Parameters No The parameters of the incoming HTTP request.
Specifying parameters in this table allows the
incoming request to be parsed and represented
as a schema in this activity’s output. For each
parameter, you must provide a name, datatype,
and whether the field is required, optional, or
repeating.
Use the + and x buttons to the right of the
parameter table to add and remove parameters.
Use the up and down arrows to move
parameters to new positions in the table.
Note: Specifying parameters in this field parses
the query string of the request into the output
schema, regardless of whether the Parse Post
Method Data field is checked. Checking the
Parse Post Method Data field and specifying
parameters here is required to parse the message
body along with the query string of the request.

HTTP No Specifies that the client sending the HTTP

Authentication request must be authenticated. The user name
and password specified in the incoming request
must exist in the domain. Users are created and
managed in the domain using TIBCO
Administrator.

Expose Security No Places the information from the user’s security

Context context (either authentication or SSL certificate
information) into the Context/SecurityContext
output element.
This is a fairly expensive operation and SSL
certificates can consume memory resources, so
check this option only if you require information
from the user’s security context for later use in
your process definition.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 HTTP Receiver 227
|

Field Global Description

Var?
Default Yes Specifies the encoding to use if no charset is
Encoding specified in the Content-Type header of the
message. This encoding is used for the message
body and URL.
However, when URIEncoding is specified in the
HTTP Connection shared resource, the Default
Encoding parameter specified here applies to the
contentType alone and not to the URIEncoding
property.

Upgrade No This field is available only when projects created

Configuration in BusinessWorks 5.2.x or earlier versions are
migrated to a higher version.
Selecting the checkbox upgrades the schema in
the input/output tab for the activity. You can
revert back to the old schema by clearing the
checkbox.
However, if you create new processes in the
older projects, the activities will always show
the new schema in their input/output tabs. In
this case, it is not possible to revert to the old
schema.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

228
| Chapter 6 HTTP Palette

Advanced
The Advanced tab contains the following fields:

Global
Field Description
Var?
Write to File No Checking this field specifies to write incoming
requests that exceed the specified threshold size to
a file instead of storing the request in memory. This
allows you to accept large incoming requests
without consuming a great deal of memory. When
this field is checked, the Directory and Threshold
Size fields appear.
Note: This option is not intended to be used with
the Parse Post Method Data option on the
Configuration tab. When Write to File is specified,
the PostData output element becomes a choice
element containing either the output FileName or
the PostData depending upon whether the data
exceeds the size specified in the Threshold Size
field. It is recommended to use either the Write to
File option or the Parse Post Method data option,
but not both at the same time.
Leaving this field unchecked specifies to keep
incoming requests in memory.
Note: Once written, the files created by using this
option are not deleted automatically. You must
manage the storage used by these files and delete
them when they are no longer used.

Directory Yes Create Non-Existing Directories

Threshold Yes The maximum size (in bytes) of an incoming

Size (bytes) request that can be kept in memory. Requests larger
than the specified size are written to a file in the
specified directory. The file’s name is output so that
subsequent activities in the process definition can
access the file and read its contents.
Specifying zero (0) in this field causes all incoming
requests to be saved to a file.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 HTTP Receiver 229
|

Misc
The Misc tab contains the following fields:

Field Description
Sequencing Key This field can contain an XPath expression that
specifies which processes should run in order. Process
instances with sequencing keys that evaluate to the
same value will be executed sequentially in the order
the process instance was created.
See TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Process Design
for more information about controlling the execution
order of process instances and about XPath
expressions.

Custom Id This field can contain an XPath expression that

specifies a custom ID for the process instance. This ID
is displayed in the View Service dialog of TIBCO
Administrator, and it is also available in the
$_processContext process variable.

Special Characters in HTTP Requests

Depending upon the content type of the data for the request, the request can
contain URL-encoded data and the server is expected to decode the data. For
example, an incoming request may have the following message body:
name=John%20Smith&address=500%201%2F2%20Main%20Street

If the message body is not parsed (Parse Post Method Data is unchecked on the
Configuration tab), the body of the message remains URL-encoded in the
PostData output element. If the message body is parsed, the data is decoded
before being placed into the PostData output element, and that element would
appear as follows:
name=John Smith&address=500 1/2 Main Street

The order of the parameters may not be the same in the PostData output element
as the order in the original HTTP request sent by the client when the message
body is parsed.

Because the PostData output element can contain different data and be a different
length depending upon whether the message body is parsed, it is recommended
that you obtain data from the parameters output element when the message body
is parsed.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

230
| Chapter 6 HTTP Palette

See http://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/rfc1738.txt for more information about the

URL specification.

Output Headers
The Output Headers tab describes the data structure for the headers of the HTTP
request. You can use the default structure, or you can alter the structure, if the
incoming request has a specific data structure for the header of the request. This
tab uses the mechanism described in Appendix A, Specifying Data Schema, on
page 773 to specify the data structure for the headers. See that appendix for more
information about creating a customized data structure.
Header structure is defined by the HTTP protocol. See the HTTP Protocol
specification for more information about the fields and content of the header of a
HTTP request. You can obtain this specification at www.w3.org.
The default header fields are the following.

Header Datatype Description

Accept string This field specifies media types that are
acceptable for response messages for the
incoming request. For example,
text/*,text/html. Media types are
described in the HTTP specification.
If no Accept header field is present, then it is
assumed that the client accepts all media
types.

Accept-Charset string This field specifies the character sets that are
acceptable for response messages for the
incoming request. For example,
iso-8859-5, unicode-1-1. Character sets
are described in the HTTP specification.
If no Accept-Charset header is present, then
it is assumed that the client accepts any
character set.

Accept-Encoding string This field specifies the content-coding values

that are acceptable for response messages.
For example, compress, gzip. See the HTTP
specification for more information about this
header field.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 HTTP Receiver 231
|

Header Datatype Description

Content-Type string This field indicates the media type of the
entity body sent to the receiver. For example,
text/html; charset=ISO-8850-4. Media
types are described in the HTTP
specification.

Content-Length string This field indicates the size of the entity body
(in decimal number of OCTETs) sent to the
receiver.
This field takes into account the encoding of
the message body. See Special Characters in
HTTP Requests on page 229 for more
information on when the message body is
URL encoded.

Connection string This field allows the requestor to specify

options desired for this connection. For
example, the option close specifies that the
requestor would like the connection to be
closed when the request is complete.

Cookie string See the HTTP specification for more

information about this field.
If you want to receive more than one cookie,
set the Cardinality for this field to Repeating
(*).

Pragma string This field is used to include

implementation-specific directives that might
apply to the receiver. See the HTTP
specification for more information about
using this field.

Output
The output for the activity is the following.

Output Item Datatype Description

Method string The method specified in the request. For
example, GET or POST.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

232
| Chapter 6 HTTP Palette

Output Item Datatype Description

RequestURI string The address portion of the request. This is
the portion before the question mark (?).

HTTPVersion string Version field of the HTTP request.

PostData or string The message body of the HTTP request. The

BinaryContent or content of this element depends upon
FileName whether the message body is parsed. Parsing
behavior is controlled by the Parse Post
Method Data field on the Configuration tab.
See Special Characters in HTTP Requests on
page 229 for more information.
If the Write to File field is checked on the
Advanced tab, this field can also contain the
file name of the file containing the message,
if the incoming message exceeds the
specified threshold size.

Command string Command portion of the HTTP request.

QueryString string The query string portion of the request. This

is the portion after the question mark (?).

Header string The header of the HTTP request.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 HTTP Receiver 233
|

Output Item Datatype Description

DynamicHeaders complex The dynamic header is an additional header
parameter to add runtime headers to the
Outgoing Http Messages. This element is
specified in the Input tab. Dynamic header
consists of the following information:
• Name — name of the header.
• Value — value of the header.
The following overriding conditions can be
considered:
• Overrides the value of HeaderName with
the value found in DynamicHeaders if it
is a non-repeating header. If more than
one occurrence of this header is found
under DynamicHeaders, it throws the
following exception:
"The header [ headerName ] is
defined as non-Repeating Header in
Input Headers. This header cannot
have multiple occurences in
DynamicHeaders."

• If it is repeating element, add the

respective name value pairs under
dynamic headers, which will be added to
the existing list maintained for this
element.
• For a repeating element, if the new
header name is not found under Headers
section declared via TIBCO Designer,
following is added into the HTTP
Headers.
— Shows only one value, if found once
in DynamicHeaders.
— Shows array of values, if found
repeating in DynamicHeaders.

Protocol string Can be either HTTP or HTTPS depending

upon the protocol used by the request.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

234
| Chapter 6 HTTP Palette

Output Item Datatype Description

Port string Port number on which the request was
received. This is the port number configured
in the HTTP Connection resource.

mimeEnvelope complex This element contains the message

Element attachments. This element contains a
repeating element named mimePart that
contains each mime attachment.

mimeHeaders complex This element contains the mime header for

each mimePart. Mime headers can contain
the following information:
• content-disposition — To suggest a
filename for an attachment, use
"*;filename=<filename>" in this element.
Note: HTTP servers may alter or choose
to ignore the suggested name.
• content-type
• content-transfer-encoding
• content-id
• other mime header information
See http://www.faqs.org/rfcs/rfc2045.html
for more information about MIME headers
and their syntax.
Note: When the content type is specified as
"text/*" (for example, "text/xml"), the
attachment content is expected to be in either
the textContent input element or the file
name storing the attachment is expected to
be in the fileName input element. When the
content type is anything other than "text/*",
the attachment content is expected to be in
either the binaryContent input element or
the file name storing the attachment is
expected to be in the fileName input
element.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 HTTP Receiver 235
|

Output Item Datatype Description

binaryContent | choice This element contains the mime attachment.
textContent | The element can be one of the following:
fileName
• binaryContent — content of the
attachment when the attachment is
binary data.
• textContent — content of the attachment
when the attachment is text data.
• fileName — the file name of the
attachment written to the disk.

Headers complex The fields of the header specified on the

Output Headers tab. See the description of
the Output Headers tab for more information
about these items.

parameters complex Parameters for the incoming request. These

parameters are configured in the Parameters
field on the Configuration tab.
When the Parse Post Method Data field on
the Configuration tab is checked, the
parameters include the parameters in the
query string and message body of the
incoming HTTP request.
When the Parse Post Method Data field is
unchecked, the parameters only include the
query string of the incoming request.

Context complex Contains information about the client’s

environment. See the description of the
following elements contained in the Context
element for more information.

RemoteAddress String The IP address of the client that submitted

the HTTP request.

Context complex This element holds the optional

SecurityContext element and the
RemoteAddress and RemoteHost elements
described below.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

236
| Chapter 6 HTTP Palette

Output Item Datatype Description

SecurityContext complex This output element is only available when
the Expose Security Context field is checked
on the Configuration tab. This element
contains information about the requestor’s
authentication or certificate information,
depending upon the security scheme used.
See the description of the following elements
contained in the SecurityContext element for
more information.

Username complex The username and password of the HTTP

PasswordToken client that made the request. The elements in
this element are populated only when the
client uses HTTP authentication.

CertificateToken complex This element contains the SSL certificate and

certain useful information taken from the
certificate, such as the CipherSuite, the
certificate issuer, and so on.
If the client has more than one certificate in a
certificate chain, all certificates are contained
in the repeating Certificate element.

RemoteAddress String IP address of the remote host that sent the

HTTP request.

RemoteHost String Host name of the remote host that sent the
HTTP request. This element is only available
when the Enable DNS Lookups field is
checked on the Advanced tab of the HTTP
Connection used by this activity.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 Proxy Configuration 237
|

Proxy Configuration
Shared Configuration

The Proxy Configuration resource is used to specify a proxy HTTP

server when HTTP requests are sent outside of a firewall.

Configuration
The Configuration tab has the following fields.

Global
Field Var? Description

Name No The name to appear as the label for the resource.

Description No Short description of the shared resource.

Proxy Host Yes Host name or IP address of the proxy server.

Proxy Port Yes Port number of the proxy host.

Proxy No Specifies what authentication should be used . An

Authentication Authentication can be of the following three types:
• NONE - is default.
• BASIC - to continue with the current
implementation of using Username Password
credentials.The Identity field appears when
this field is selected.
• NTLM - Identity and Domain fields appear
when NTLM is selected. Identity is a reference
of the Username and Password combination.

Identity No This is an Identity resource that contains the

username and password for connecting to the
proxy server.
See TIBCO Designer Palette Reference for more
information.

Domain No Specifies the domain to be used for

Authentication. The user name and password
specified in the Identity field must exist in the
domain.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

238
| Chapter 6 HTTP Palette

Send HTTP Request

Activity

The Send HTTP Request activity sends a HTTP request to a web

server.
This activity can send a request to a server that complies with
either the HTTP 1.0 or 1.1 specification. You do not need to
specify the HTTP version of the server you are sending the request to. TIBCO
ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks automatically sends the request using the correct
version based on the version supported by the HTTP server.

Configuration
The Configuration tab has the following fields.

Field Description
Name The name to appear as the label for the activity in the
process definition.

Description Short description of the activity.

Host The host machine name or IP address to send the

request to. For example, www.tibco.com.

Port The port on the host machine to send the request to.
The default port is 80.

Use Proxy Setting Specifies to use a proxy server to gain access outside
of a firewall. The Proxy Configuration shared
configuration resource specifies the configuration of
the proxy server. See Proxy Configuration on
page 237 for more information.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 Send HTTP Request 239
|

Field Description
Accept Redirects Checking this field indicates that the request should
be automatically redirected when the HTTP server
sends the redirection status code (302) in response to
this request and the remote host redirects the request
to the same host and port. If the remote host redirects
the request to a different host or a different port on the
same host, the request is not automatically redirected.
The maximum number of redirections is 100.
When this field is unchecked, the request is not
redirected.

Parameters The parameters of the HTTP request. For each

parameter, you must provide a name, datatype (must
be type string), and whether the parameter is
required, optional, or repeating.
These parameters are specified in the parameters
element on the Input tab.
See Sending Data in the HTTP Request on page 240
for more information about this field.

HTTP Authentication Specifies what authentication should be used . An

authentication can be of the following three types:
• NONE - is default.
• BASIC - to continue with the current
implementation of using username and password
credentials. The Identity field appears when this
field is enabled.
• NTLM - Identity and Domain fields appear when
NTLM is selected. Identity is a reference of the
Username and Password combination.

Identity This is an Identity resource that contains the client’s

username and password. This identity is used to
perform only Basic and NTLM authentication.
See TIBCO Designer Palette Reference for more
information.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

240
| Chapter 6 HTTP Palette

Field Description
Domain Specifies the domain to be used for Authentication.
The username and password specified in the Identity
must exist in the domain.

SSL When the Use SSL? checkbox is checked, this specifies

to use the HTTPS (secure socket layer, or SSL) for the
request. This protocol authenticates the server to the
client, and optionally, the server can require that the
client authenticate itself to the server.
The Configure SSL button becomes enabled when this
field is checked. See Configure SSL Button on
page 242 for more information.

Upgrade This field is visible only when projects created in

Configuration BusinessWorks 5.2.x or earlier versions are migrated
to a higher version.
Selecting the checkbox upgrades the schema in the
input/output tab for the activity. You can revert back
to the old schema by clearing the checkbox.
However, if you create new processes in the older
projects, the activities will always show the new
schema in their input/output tabs. In this case, it is
not possible to revert to the old schema.

Sending Data in the HTTP Request

There are several HTTP methods that can be used in an HTTP request. Each
method sends data in the request in a different manner. For example, the GET
method uses the query string of the request URI to pass parameter/value pairs.
Other methods use the HTTP message body to send data in the request.
The Send HTTP Request activity has three input elements for sending data in a
request:
• PostData — corresponds to the body of the HTTP message. All methods
except the GET method accept data in this element.
• QueryString — corresponds to the query string of the request URI. You can
use this input element to dynamically construct the query string using an
XPath expression when you do not know the names or number of input
parameters for the request until the activity executes.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 Send HTTP Request 241
|

• Parameters — corresponds to parameters defined in the Parameters field on

the Configuration tab. This is useful if you have a fixed set of parameters that
you send with the request. For requests that use the GET method, these
parameters are passed as the query string of the request URI. For requests that
use the POST method, these parameters are usually sent as the body of the
HTTP message, but they can also be included in the query string.
For some methods, these input elements are mutually exclusive. For example, for
POST requests, you can specify parameters on the Configuration tab and in the
parameters input element or you can specify a PostData input element. However,
you should not specify both input elements. In the case of a POST request, the
PostData input element is ignored when parameters are specified on the
Configuration tab.
For GET requests, you can specify parameters on the Configuration tab and in the
parameters input element or you can specify a QueryString input element.
Typically, if you know the list of parameters for the request, you should configure
the parameters on the Configuration tab. If the list of parameters is not known
until the activity executes, you should use the QueryString element. However,
when all parameters on the Configuration tab are specified as Optional, you can
use the QueryString input element instead of the parameters input element (but if
any elements in the parameters element contain an expression, the QueryString
element is ignored).

Special Characters in HTTP Requests

Depending upon the content type of the data for the request, the request can
contain URL-encoded data and the server is expected to decode the data. If this is
the case and you want to send special characters such as +, /, or = in your HTTP
request, your data string must be URL-encoded if you send the data using the
PostData or QueryString input elements. If you send the data using the
parameters specified on the Configuration tab, encoding is done automatically.
For example, you want to specify the following PostData:
name=John Smith&address=500 1/2 Main Street

Your PostData input element should result in the following string:

name=John%20Smith&address=500%201%2F2%20Main%20Street

See http://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/rfc1738.txt for more information about the

URL specification.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

242
| Chapter 6 HTTP Palette

Configure SSL Button

The Configure SSL button allows you to specify the SSL parameters for the HTTP
request. The following are the fields in the SSL Configuration for HTTPS Client
Requests dialog:

Field Description
Trusted Certificates Folder in the project containing one or more certificates
Folder from trusted certificate authorities. This folder is
checked when a client connects to the HTTP server to
ensure that the server is trusted. This prevents
connections to rogue servers.

Identity This is an Identity resource that contains the client’s

digital certificate and private key.
See TIBCO Designer Palette Reference for more
information.

Verify Host Name This field specifies to check the host name of the HTTP
server against the host name listed in the server’s
digital certificate. This provides additional verification
that the host name you believe you are connecting to is
in fact the desired host.
If the host name specified in the Host field on the
Configuration tab is not an exact match to the host
name specified in the server’s digital certificate, the
connection is refused.
Note: If you specify an equivalent hostname (for
example, an IP address) in the Host field, but the name
is not an exact match of the hostname in the host’s
digital certificate, the connection is refused.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 Send HTTP Request 243
|

Field Description
Strong Cipher Suites When checked, this field specifies that the minimum
Only strength of the cipher suites used can be specified with
the
bw.plugin.security.strongcipher.minstrength
custom engine property. See TIBCO ActiveMatrix
BusinessWorks Administration for more information
about this property. The default value of the property
disables cipher suites with an effective key length
below 128 bits.
When this field is unchecked, only cipher suites with
an effective key length of up to 128 bits can be used.

Server Name Indication (SNI) is available only when the security provider is J2SE
and is enabled by default with this provider.
Set the property jsse.enableSNIExtension to false to disable the SNI
extension.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

244
| Chapter 6 HTTP Palette

Advanced
The Advanced tab contains the following fields:

Global
Field Description
Var?
Write to File No Checking this field specifies to write incoming
requests that exceed the specified threshold size to
a file instead of storing the request in memory. This
allows you to accept large incoming requests
without consuming a great deal of memory. When
this field is checked, the Directory and Threshold
Size fields appear.
Note: This option is not intended to be used with
the Parse Post Method Data option on the
Configuration tab. When Write to File is specified,
the PostData output element becomes a choice
element containing either the output FileName or
the PostData depending upon whether the data
exceeds the size specified in the Threshold Size
field. It is recommended to use either the Write to
File option or the Parse Post Method data option,
but not both at the same time.
Leaving this field unchecked specifies to keep
incoming requests in memory.
Note: Once written, the files created by using this
option are not deleted automatically. You must
manage the storage used by these files and delete
them when they are no longer used.

Directory Yes Create Non-Existing Directories

Threshold Yes The maximum size (in bytes) of an incoming

Size (bytes) request that can be kept in memory. Requests larger
than the specified size are written to a file in the
specified directory. The file’s name is output so that
subsequent activities in the process definition can
access the file and read its contents.
Specifying zero (0) in this field causes all incoming
requests to be saved to a file.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 Send HTTP Request 245
|

Input Headers/Output Headers

The Input Headers and Output Headers tabs describe the data structure for the
headers of the HTTP request and the HTTP reply message. You can use the
default structure, or you can alter the structure, if the outgoing request or the
reply to the request has a specific data structure for the header. This tab uses the
same mechanism described Appendix A, Specifying Data Schema, on page 773 to
specify the data structure for the headers. See that section for more information
about creating a customized data structure.
Header structure is defined by the HTTP protocol. See the HTTP Protocol
specification for more information about the fields and content of the header of a
HTTP request. You can obtain this specification at www.w3.org.
The default header fields are the following.

Header Datatype Description

Accept (input string This field specifies media types that are
header) acceptable for response messages for the
request. For example, text/*,text/html.
Media types are described in the HTTP
specification.
If no Accept header field is specified, then
the server assumes that all media types are
acceptable.

Accept-Charset string This field specifies the character sets that are
(input header) acceptable for response messages for the
request. For example, iso-8859-5,
unicode-1-1. Character sets are described in
the HTTP specification.
If no Accept-Charset header is specified, then
the server assumes that any character set is
acceptable.

Accept-Encoding string This field specifies the content-coding values

(input header) that are acceptable for response messages.
For example, compress, gzip. See the HTTP
specification for more information about this
header field.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

246
| Chapter 6 HTTP Palette

Header Datatype Description

Content-Type string This field indicates the media type of the
(input/output entity body for the outgoing message and the
header) incoming response. Media types are
described in the HTTP specification. An
example of the media type is text/html;
charset=ISO-8850-4.

Content-Length string This field indicates the size of the entity body
(output header) (in decimal number of OCTETs) of the
response message.

Content-Encoding string This field is used as a modifier to the

(output header) content-type. When present, its value
indicates what additional content encodings
have been applied to the entity-body, and
thus what decoding mechanisms must be
applied in order to obtain the media-type
referenced by the Content-Type header field.
Content-Encoding is primarily used to allow
a document to be compressed without losing
the identity of its underlying media type. See
the HTTP specification for more information
about this field.

Date (output string The date and time when the response
header) message was sent.

Server (output string The server sending the original response

header) message.

Location (output string This field is used to redirect the receiver to a

header) location other than the Request-URI for
completion of the request or for
identification of a new resource.

Connection string This field allows the requestor to specify

options desired for this connection. For
example, the option close specifies that the
requestor would like the connection to be
closed when the request is complete.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 Send HTTP Request 247
|

Header Datatype Description

Set-Cookie string See the HTTP specification for more
(output header) information about this field.
If you want to receive more than one cookie,
set the Cardinality for this field to Repeating
(*).

Cookie (input string A name/value pair (also known as a cookie)

header) containing information that the HTTP server
may be expecting.
You can set the Cardinality field for this
element to Repeating (*) to specify more than
one cookie. You can also specify multiple
name/value pairs in a single non-repeating
element by separating each pair with a
comma (for example, "name1=value1,
name2=value2").
If you set the custom engine property
bw.plugin.http.protocol.single-cooki
e-header to true, multiple name/value pairs
are sent as a single header element. See
TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks
Administration for more information about
custom engine properties.

Pragma string This field is used to include

(input/output implementation-specific directives that
header) might apply to the receiver. See the HTTP
specification for more information about
using this field.

Input
See TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Process Design for more information about
mapping and transforming input data.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

248
| Chapter 6 HTTP Palette

The input for the activity is the following.

Input Item Datatype Description

Host string The HTTP host you want to connect to.
Specifying a value for this input item
overrides any value specified on the
Configuration tab.

Port integer The port number that the HTTP server uses
for incoming requests. Specifying a value for
this input item overrides any value specified
on the Configuration tab.

Method string The HTTP method to use for the request. All
HTTP 1.1 methods are supported, but the
CONNECT method is unnecessary because
TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks
automatically uses the connect method when
connecting by way of a proxy server.
If no method is specified in this element, the
GET method is used by default.

RequestURI string The address portion of the request. This is the

portion of the URI before the question mark
(?).

PostData string The message body of the HTTP request. Do

not specify this element when the method of
the request is GET.
See Sending Data in the HTTP Request on
page 240 for more information about this
input element.

QueryString string The query string portion of the request. This

is the portion after the question mark (?).
See Sending Data in the HTTP Request on
page 240 for more information about this
input element.

Timeout integer The amount of time (in milliseconds) to wait

for a response from the HTTP server.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 Send HTTP Request 249
|

Input Item Datatype Description

Headers complex The header fields to send for the request. This
element is specified on the Input Headers tab,
and you can use this input item to supply
values for the header when sending the
request.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

250
| Chapter 6 HTTP Palette

Input Item Datatype Description

DynamicHeaders complex The dynamic header is an additional header
parameter to add runtime headers to the
Outgoing Http Messages. This element is
specified in the Input tab. Dynamic header
consists of the following information:
• Name — name of the header.
• Value — value of the header.
The following overriding conditions can be
considered:
• Overrides the value of HeaderName with
the value found in DynamicHeaders if it
is a non-repeating header. If more than
one occurrence of this header is found
under DynamicHeaders, it throws the
following exception:
"The header [ headerName ] is
defined as non-Repeating Header in
Input Headers. This header cannot
have multiple occurences in
DynamicHeaders."

• If it is repeating element, add the

respective name value pairs under
dynamic headers, which will be added to
the existing list maintained for this
element.
• For a repeating element, if the new header
name is not found under Headers section
declared via TIBCO Designer, following
is added into the HTTP Headers.
— Shows only one value, if found once in
DynamicHeaders.
— Shows array of values, if found
repeating in DynamicHeaders.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 Send HTTP Request 251
|

Input Item Datatype Description

parameters complex Parameters for the incoming request. These
parameters are configured in the Parameters
field on the Configuration tab. This element is
only available when there are items specified
in the Parameters field.
See Sending Data in the HTTP Request on
page 240 for more information about this
input element.

mimeEnvelope complex This element contains the message

Element attachments. This element contains a
repeating element named mimePart that
contains each mime attachment.
Note: Only HTTP POST method can send
messages with attachments.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

252
| Chapter 6 HTTP Palette

Input Item Datatype Description

mimeHeaders complex This element contains the mime header for
each mimePart. Mime headers can contain
the following information:
• content-disposition — To suggest a
filename for an attachment, use
"*;filename=<filename>" in this element.
Note: HTTP servers may alter or choose
to ignore the suggested name.
• content-type
• content-transfer-encoding
• content-id
• other mime header information
See http://www.faqs.org/rfcs/rfc2045.html
for more information about MIME headers
and their syntax.
Note: When the content type is specified as
"text/*" (for example, "text/xml"), the
attachment content is expected to be in either
the textContent input element or the file
name storing the attachment is expected to be
in the fileName input element. When the
content type is anything other than "text/*",
the attachment content is expected to be in
either the binaryContent input element or the
file name storing the attachment is expected
to be in the fileName input element.

binaryContent | choice This element contains the mime attachment.

textContent | The element can be one of the following:
fileName
• binaryContent — content of the
attachment when the attachment is binary
data.
• textConetnt — content of the attachment
when the attachment is text data.
• fileName — the file name of the
attachment written to the disk.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 Send HTTP Request 253
|

Output
The output for the activity is the following.

Output Item Datatype Description

Header string The header of the HTTP request.

statusLine complex This field is the first line of the response

message. This consists of the protocol
version, a numeric status code, and the
text phrase explaining the status code.
See the HTTP specification for more
information about status codes in
HTTP responses.

binaryContent binary The binary content of the response to

the request from the HTTP server.

asciiContent string The ASCII content of the response to

the request from the HTTP server.

Headers complex The header fields of the reply. The

structure of this output item is specified
on the Output Headers tab.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

254
| Chapter 6 HTTP Palette

Output Item Datatype Description

DynamicHeaders complex The dynamic header is an additional
header parameter to add runtime
headers to the Outgoing Http
Messages. This element is specified in
the Input tab. Dynamic header consists
of the following information:
• Name — name of the header.
• Value — value of the header.
The following overriding conditions
can be considered:
• Overrides the value of
HeaderName with the value found
in DynamicHeaders if it is a
non-repeating header. If more than
one occurrence of this header is
found under DynamicHeaders, it
throws the following exception:
"The header [ headerName ] is
defined as non-Repeating
Header in Input Headers. This
header cannot have multiple
occurences in
DynamicHeaders."

• If it is repeating element, add the

respective name value pairs under
dynamic headers, which will be
added to the existing list
maintained for this element.
• For a repeating element, if the new
header name is not found under
Headers section declared via
TIBCO Designer, following is
added into the HTTP Headers.
— Shows only one value, if found
once in DynamicHeaders.
— Shows array of values, if found
repeating in DynamicHeaders.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 Send HTTP Request 255
|

Output Item Datatype Description

mimeEnvelope complex This element contains the message
Element attachments. This element contains a
repeating element named mimePart
that contains each mime attachment.

mimeHeaders complex This element contains the mime header

for each mimePart. Mime headers can
contain the following information:
• content-disposition — To suggest a
filename for an attachment, use
"*;filename=<filename>" in this
element. Note: HTTP servers may
alter or choose to ignore the
suggested name.
• content-type
• content-transfer-encoding
• content-id
• other mime header information
See
http://www.faqs.org/rfcs/rfc2045.ht
ml for more information about MIME
headers and their syntax.
Note: When the content type is
specified as "text/*" (for example,
"text/xml"), the attachment content is
expected to be in either the textContent
input element or the file name storing
the attachment is expected to be in the
fileName input element. When the
content type is anything other than
"text/*", the attachment content is
expected to be in either the
binaryContent input element or the file
name storing the attachment is
expected to be in the fileName input
element.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

256
| Chapter 6 HTTP Palette

Output Item Datatype Description

binaryContent | choice This element contains the mime
textContent | fileName attachment. The element can be one of
the following:
• binaryContent — content of the
attachment when the attachment is
binary data.
• textConetnt — content of the
attachment when the attachment is
text data.
• fileName — the file name of the
attachment.

Persistent Connections
A Send HTTP Request activity requires a connection to the HTTP server. The
activity exclusively uses the connection until the HTTP server sends the response
message. If you have many process instances connecting to a HTTP server, each
Send HTTP Request opens a connection, holds the connection, and then closes the
connection when the activity completes. Opening and closing a large number of
connections causes a significant overhead. Persistent connections play a major
role here. Persistent connections maintain a pool of connections that can be reused
by Send HTTP Request activities so that each activity does not need to open and
close the connection. Once the connection is released by the process instance, it is
returned to the pool maintained.

Not all HTTP servers support the use of persistent connections. To determine if
the HTTP Server supports the use of persistent connections, read the
documentation of that HTTP Server.

Figure 10 illustrates the persistent connection pool.

Persistent Connection Manager allows you to specify the total number of
connections as well as the maximum number of connections per HTTP Server.
The total number of connections is a total of connections to all HTTP Servers
handled by that connection pool.
For each SSL configuration, a different Persistent Connection pool is created and
maintained. All connections using the same SSL Configuration, irrespective of the
HTTPS Server they are connecting to, is maintained by this pool.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 Send HTTP Request 257
|

When a Send HTTP Request activity requires a connection, the pool is requested
for a connection that corresponds to the HTTP server. If an idle connection for that
HTTP Server is found, it is used. If no idle connection is found, the pool tries to
create one depending on whether the maximum connections limit for that HTTP
Server has been reached. If the maximum connections limit is reached, the request
waits for a connection to be released back to the pool. If the maximum
connections limit is not reached, the pool creates a connection to use.

Figure 10 Persistent HTTP Connection Pool

Persistent Connection Pool

Connections for HTTP Server A

HTTP Server A

Process Instance Connections for

HTTP Server B HTTP Server B

Persistent Connection Pool

Connections for HTTPS Server A

HTTPS Server A

Process Instance

Connections for
HTTPS Server B
HTTPS Server B

Persistent Connection Pool

Pool for HTTPS Server A Pool for HTTPS Server B
 Trusted Certificates A  Trusted Certificates A
 Identity A  Identity A
 Verify Host Name (Selected)  Verify Host Name (Not Selected)
 String Cipher Suites Selected  String Cipher Suites Selected

Persistent connections are managed by custom engine properties. See TIBCO

ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Administration for more information about setting
custom engine properties.
The following section describe the engine properties that control persistent
connections.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

258
| Chapter 6 HTTP Palette

bw.plugin.http.client.usePersistentConnectionManager
This property specifies that a pool of HTTP connections to each HTTP server must
be created for the connections to be reused by the Send HTTP Request activities.
This property enables persistent connections for all non-SSL Send HTTP Request
in that ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks engine.
When this property is set to true, a pool of connections is created for each HTTP
server that Send HTTP Request connects to. The total number of connections in
the pool is limited by the bw.plugin.http.client.maxTotalConnections
property. The number of connections for each host (each HTTP server) is limited
by the bw.plugin.http.client.maxConnectionsPerHost property.
The default value of this property is false.

bw.plugin.http.client.usePersistentConnectionManagerForSSL
This property specifies that a pool of HTTPS connections to each HTTP server
must be created for connections to be reused by the Send HTTP Request activities.
This property enables persistent connections for all SSL Send HTTP Request in
that ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks engine.
When this property is set to true, a pool of connections is created for each HTTPS
server that Send HTTP Request connects to. The total number of connections in
the pool is limited by the bw.plugin.http.client.maxTotalConnections
property. The number of connections for each host is limited by the
bw.plugin.http.client.maxConnectionsPerHost property.

The default value of this property is false.

SSL Configuration - consists of Trusted Certificates folder, Identity,

verifyHostName flag, and strongCipherSuites flag.

NTLM Authentication Configuration - consists of Identity and domainName.

Different connections pools get created for the following combinations:
• HTTP
• HTTP and NTLM
• HTTPS (using SSL) and NTLM
• HTTPS (using SSL)
All persistent connection properties like maxTotalConnections,
maxConnectionsPerHost, idle connections check, and timeout value are applied
on each connection pool.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 Send HTTP Request 259
|

To enable Persistent Connections for both HTTP and HTTPS, set

bw.plugin.http.client.usePersistentConnectionManager and
bw.plugin.http.client.usePersistentConnectionManagerForSSL
properties to true.

Define the engine property

bw.plugin.http.client.authentication.preemptive to False, if you don’t
need the preemptive authentication applied for the HTTP Requests. The default
value of this property is True.

bw.plugin.http.client.connectionTimeout
The value of this property is ignored unless the
bw.plugin.http.client.usePersistentConnectionManager or
bw.plugin.http.client.usePersistentConnectionManagerForSSL property
is set to true. This property specifies that the timeout period (in milliseconds) for
which persistent connections should be alive to each remote HTTP server.
The default value of this property is 3000 ms.

bw.plugin.http.client.maxConnectionsPerHost
The value of this property is ignored unless the
bw.plugin.http.client.usePersistentConnectionManager or
bw.plugin.http.client.usePersistentConnectionManagerForSSL property
is set to true. This property specifies the maximum number of persistent
connections to each remote HTTP server.
The default value of this property is 20.

bw.plugin.http.client.maxTotalConnections
The value of this property is ignored unless the
bw.plugin.http.client.usePersistentConnectionManager or
bw.plugin.http.client.usePersistentConnectionManagerForSSL property
is set to true. This property specifies the maximum number of persistent
connections for all HTTP servers.
The default value of this property is 200.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

260
| Chapter 6 HTTP Palette

bw.plugin.http.client.checkForStaleConnections
The value of this property is ignored unless the
bw.plugin.http.client.usePersistentConnectionManager or
bw.plugin.http.client.usePersistentConnectionManagerForSSL property
is set to true. When using persistent connections, a connection can become stale.
When this property is set to true, a persistent connection is checked to determine
if it is stale before it is used by a Send HTTP Request activity. Checking for the
stale connections adds significant processing overhead, but it improves reliability.
The default value of this property is false.

Error Output
The Error Output tab lists the possible exceptions that can be thrown by this
activity. See TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Error Codes for more information
about error codes and corrective actions to take.

Exception Thrown When...

HttpClientException The HTTP server replied with a message
that has the 4XX status code.

HttpServerException The HTTP server replied with a message

that has the 5XX status code.

HttpCommunicationException An HTTP exception occurred when

trying to execute the specified method, or
when trying to read the response.

ActivityTimedOutException A timeout has been reached.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 Send HTTP Response 261
|

Send HTTP Response

Activity

Sends a response to a previously received HTTP request. This

activity is used in conjunction with the HTTP Receiver process
starter or the Wait for HTTP Request activity.
The default status line returned by this activity is "200 OK".

Configuration
The Configuration tab has the following fields.

Field Description
Name The name to appear as the label for the activity in the
process definition.

Description Short description of the activity.

Reply For The Wait for HTTP Request activity or HTTP Receiver
process starter that received the request. This is a
selection list of available activities that can receive
HTTP requests.

Flush Response Allows you to specify if the response is to be flushed

after each Send HTTP Response activity.
By default, this property is not checked.
This field is useful when there are a large number of
Send HTTP Response activities in a job. In such cases,
the Close Connection field is checked in the last
activity to indicate the response is complete.
However, checking the Flush Response field
overrides this behavior and causes the response to be
flushed after each Send HTTP Response activity.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

262
| Chapter 6 HTTP Palette

Field Description
Close Connection Specifies that this activity contains the last part of an
HTTP response. This field is used when you have
more than one Send HTTP Response activity in a
process definition, each activity sending a portion of
the response to the client. All Send HTTP Response
activities in a process definition should have this field
unchecked, except the last Send HTTP Response
activity. This field should be checked in the last Send
HTTP Response activity to indicate the response is
complete.
If the entire response is sent by only one Send HTTP
Response activity in the process definition, this field
should be checked.

Input Headers
The Input Headers tab describes the data structure for the headers of the HTTP
response. You can use the default structure, or you can alter the structure, if the
outgoing response has a specific data structure for the header of the request. This
tab uses the same mechanism described Appendix A, Specifying Data Schema, on
page 773 to specify the data structure for the headers. See that appendix for more
information about creating a customized data structure.
Header structure is defined by the HTTP protocol. See the HTTP Protocol
specification for more information about the fields and content of the header of a
HTTP request. You can obtain this specification at www.w3.org.
The default header fields are the following.

Header Datatype Description

StatusLine string This field is the first line of a response
message. This consists of the protocol version,
a numeric status code, and the text phrase
explaining the status code. See the HTTP
specification for more information about
status codes in HTTP responses.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 Send HTTP Response 263
|

Header Datatype Description

Content-Type string This field indicates the media type of the entity
body sent to the receiver. Media types are
described in the HTTP specification. An
example of the media type is text/html;
charset=ISO-8850-4.

By default this item is set to text/html. If you

are using this activity and the Retrieve
Resources activity to retrieve a WSDL file, you
should set the type to text/xml when
specifying values on the Input tab.

Set-Cookie string See the HTTP specification for more

information about this field.

Pragma string This field is used to include

implementation-specific directives that might
apply to the receiver. See the HTTP
specification for more information about using
this field.

Location string This field is used to redirect the receiver to a

location other than the Request-URI for
completion of the request or for identification
of a new resource.

Input
See TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Process Design for more information about
mapping and transforming input data.
The input for the activity is the following.

Input Item Datatype Description

binaryContent binary The binary content of the response to the
request.

asciiContent string The ASCII content of the response to the

request.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

264
| Chapter 6 HTTP Palette

Input Item Datatype Description

Headers complex The fields of the header specified on the Input
Headers tab. See the description of the Input
Headers tab for more information about these
items.
Note: Only the first Send HTTP Response
activity in a process definition can set the
Headers element. If your process definition
contains multiple Send HTTP Response
activities, the headers are set by the first
activity and this element is ignored for all
subsequent activities.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 Send HTTP Response 265
|

Input Item Datatype Description

DynamicHeaders complex The dynamic header is an additional header
parameter to add runtime headers to the
Outgoing Http Messages. This element is
specified in the Input tab. Dynamic header
consists of the following information:
• Name — name of the header.
• Value — value of the header.
Consider the following overriding
conditions:
• Overrides the value of the HeaderName
with the value found in DynamicHeaders
if it is a non-repeating header. If more
than one occurrence of this header is
found under DynamicHeaders, it throws
the following exception:
"The header [ headerName ] is
defined as non-Repeating Header in
Input Headers. This header cannot
have multiple occurences in
DynamicHeaders."

• If it is repeating element, add the

respective name value pairs under
dynamic headers, which will be added to
the existing list maintained for this
element.
• For a repeating element, if the new header
name is not found under Headers section
declared via TIBCO Designer, following
is added into the HTTP Headers.
— Shows only one value, if found once in
DynamicHeaders.
— Shows array of values, if found
repeating in DynamicHeaders.

mimeEnvelope complex This element contains the message

Element attachments. This element contains a
repeating element named mimePart that
contains each mime attachment.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

266
| Chapter 6 HTTP Palette

Input Item Datatype Description

mimeHeaders complex This element contains the mime header for
each mimePart. Mime headers can contain
the following information:
• content-disposition — To suggest a
filename for an attachment, use
"*;filename=<filename>" in this element.
Note: HTTP servers may alter or choose
to ignore the suggested name.
• content-type
• content-transfer-encoding
• content-id
• other mime header information
See http://www.faqs.org/rfcs/rfc2045.html
for more information about MIME headers
and their syntax.
Note: When the content type is specified as
"text/*" (for example, "text/xml"), the
attachment content is expected to be in either
the textContent input element or the file
name storing the attachment is expected to be
in the fileName input element. When the
content type is anything other than "text/*",
the attachment content is expected to be in
either the binaryContent input element or the
file name storing the attachment is expected
to be in the fileName input element.

binaryContent | choice This element contains the mime attachment.

textContent | The element can be one of the following:
fileName
• binaryContent — content of the
attachment when the attachment is binary
data.
• textContent — content of the attachment
when the attachment is text data.
• fileName — the file name of the
attachment written to the disk.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 Send HTTP Response 267
|

Error Output
The Error Output tab lists the possible exceptions that can be thrown by this
activity. See TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Error Codes for more information
about error codes and corrective action to take.

Exception Thrown When...

HttpCommunicationException An HTTP exception occurred when
trying to send the response.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

268
| Chapter 6 HTTP Palette

Wait for HTTP Request

Activity

Waits for an incoming HTTP request in a process definition. The

process instance suspends until the incoming HTTP request is
received.
See Scalability With Incoming Events on page 226 in TIBCO
ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Process Design Guide for information on
running the "Wait for..." activities in a multi-engine mode.

Configuration
The Configuration tab has the following fields.

Field Description
Name The name to appear as the label for the activity in the
process definition.

Description Short description of the activity.

HTTP Connection The HTTP Connection shared resource that describes the
host name and the port number on which the process
waits for the incoming message.
See HTTP Connection on page 216 for more information
about specifying shared resources.

Parse Post Specifies that the message body of the HTTP request
Method Data should be parsed into a schema for the activity’s output.
When this checkbox is checked, the parameters specified
in the Parameters field are used to validate the incoming
request and parse it into the output schema.
Note: In the case of an incoming GET request, there is no
message body, so this field has no effect on incoming GET
requests.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 Wait for HTTP Request 269
|

Field Description
Parameters The parameters of the incoming HTTP request. Specifying
parameters in this table allows the incoming request to be
parsed and represented as a schema in this activity’s
output. For each parameter, you must provide a name,
datatype, and whether the field is required, optional, or
repeating.
Use the + and x buttons to the right of the parameter table
to add and remove parameters. Use the up and down
arrows to move parameters to new positions in the table.
Note: Specifying parameters in this field parses the query
string of the request into the output schema, regardless of
whether the Parse Post Method Data field is checked.
Checking the Parse Post Method Data field and specifying
parameters here is required to parse the message body
along with the query string of the request.

HTTP Specifies that the client sending the HTTP request must be
Authentication authenticated. The user name and password specified in
the incoming request must exist in the domain. Users are
created and managed in the domain using TIBCO
Administrator.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

270
| Chapter 6 HTTP Palette

Event
The Event tab has the following fields.

Field Description
Candidate Event Key Expression built from the data of the incoming file
change event. This expression should evaluate to a
string and it is compared to the "key" field of the
activity’s input. If the Candidate Event Key and the
activity’s key match, then the process accepts the
incoming message.
For example, you may have sent an HTTP request
earlier in the process, and you may be waiting for a
response from the HTTP server. You may specify a
requestID as an attribute of the HTTP request and
responseTo attribute on the Wait for HTTP request
activity. The HTTP server presumably will set the
responseTo attribute of its response to the same
value as the requestID attribute of the request. You
would then specify the responseTo attribute as the
Candidate Event Key and the requestID attribute
of the HTTP request as the "key" in the Input tab.
This expression is specified in XPath, and only data
from the incoming event is available for use in this
XPath expression. See TIBCO ActiveMatrix
BusinessWorks Process Design for more information
about XPath expressions.

Event Timeout (msec) A message may arrive before this activity is

executed. This field specifies the amount of time (in
milliseconds) a message waits if it is received before
this activity is executed. If the event timeout expires,
an error is logged and the event is discarded.
If no value is specified in this field, the message
waits indefinitely. If zero is specified, the event is
discarded immediately, unless this activity has
already been reached.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 Wait for HTTP Request 271
|

When building an expression in the Candidate Event Key field, only data from
the incoming event is available. This is because you want to place an expression
containing incoming event data in the Candidate Event Key field. When the
results of this expression match the results of the expression in the "key" item on
the Input tab, the Wait For HTTP Request activity proceeds.

Output Headers
The Output Headers tab describes the data structure for the headers of the HTTP
request. You can use the default structure, or you can alter the structure, if the
incoming request has a specific data structure for the header of the request. This
tab uses the same mechanism described Appendix A, Specifying Data Schema, on
page 773 in to specify the data structure for the headers. See that section for more
information about creating a customized data structure.
Header structure is defined by the HTTP protocol. See the HTTP Protocol
specification for more information about the fields and content of the header of a
HTTP request. You can obtain this specification at www.w3.org.
The default header fields are the following.

Header Datatype Description

Accept string This field specifies media types that are
acceptable for response messages for the
incoming request. For example,
text/*,text/html. Media types are
described in the HTTP specification.
If no Accept header field is present, then it is
assumed that the client accepts all media
types.

Accept-Charset string This field specifies the character sets that are
acceptable for response messages for the
incoming request. For example,
iso-8859-5, unicode-1-1. Character sets
are described in the HTTP specification.
If no Accept-Charset header is present, then
it is assumed that the client accepts any
character set.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

272
| Chapter 6 HTTP Palette

Header Datatype Description

Accept-Encoding string This field specifies the content-coding values
that are acceptable for response messages.
For example, compress, gzip. See the
HTTP specification for more information
about this header field.

Content-Type string This field indicates the media type of the

entity body sent to the receiver. Media types
are described in the HTTP specification. An
example of the media type is text/html;
charset=ISO-8850-4.

Content-Length string This field indicates the size of the entity body
(in decimal number of OCTETs) sent to the
receiver.
This field takes into account the encoding of
the message body, see Special Characters in
HTTP Requests on page 229 for more
information on when the message body is
URL encoded.

Connection string This field allows the requestor to specify

options desired for this connection. For
example, the option close specifies that the
requestor would like the connection to be
closed when the request is complete.

Cookie string See the HTTP specification for more

information about this field.

Pragma string This field is used to include

implementation-specific directives that
might apply to the receiver. See the HTTP
specification for more information about
using this field.

Input
See TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Process Design for more information about
mapping and transforming input data.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 Wait for HTTP Request 273
|

The input for the activity is the following.

Input Item Datatype Description

key string The value that is compared to the
Candidate Event Key field of the
Event tab to determine if this
message applies to this process. See
Event on page 270 for an example
of using the Candidate Event Key
field with the key input item.

processTimeout integer The time (in milliseconds) to wait

for the incoming message. An error
is returned if the message is not
received in this time limit.

Output
The output for the activity is the following.

Output Item Datatype Description

Method string The HTTP method to use for the request. All
HTTP 1.1 methods are supported.

RequestURI string The address portion of the request. This is the

portion before the question mark (?).

HTTPVersion string Version field of the HTTP request.

PostData or string The message body of the HTTP request. The

BinaryContent content of this element depends upon
whether the message body is parsed. Parsing
behavior is controlled by the Parse Post
Method Data field on the Configuration tab).
See Special Characters in HTTP Requests on
page 229 for more information.

Command string Command portion of the HTTP request.

QueryString string The query string portion of the request. This

is the portion after the question mark (?).

Header string The header of the HTTP request.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

274
| Chapter 6 HTTP Palette

Output Item Datatype Description

DynamicHeaders complex The dynamic header is an additional header
parameter to add runtime headers to the
Outgoing Http Messages. This element is
specified in the Input tab. Dynamic header
consists of the following information:
• Name — name of the header.
• Value — value of the header.
The following overriding conditions can be
considered:
• Overrides the value of HeaderName with
the value found in DynamicHeaders if it
is a non-repeating header. If more than
one occurrence of this header is found
under DynamicHeaders, it throws the
following exception:
"The header [ headerName ] is
defined as non-Repeating Header in
Input Headers. This header cannot
have multiple occurences in
DynamicHeaders."

• If it is repeating element, add the

respective name value pairs under
dynamic headers, which will be added to
the existing list maintained for this
element.
• For a repeating element, if the new header
name is not found under Headers section
declared via TIBCO Designer, following
is added into the HTTP Headers.
— Shows only one value, if found once in
DynamicHeaders.
— Shows array of values, if found
repeating in DynamicHeaders.

Protocol string Can be either HTTP or HTTPS depending

upon the protocol used by the request.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 Wait for HTTP Request 275
|

Output Item Datatype Description

Port string Port number on which the request was
received. This is the port number configured
in the HTTP Connection resource.

mimeEnvelope complex This element contains the message

Element attachments. This element contains a
repeating element named mimePart that
contains each mime attachment.

mimeHeaders complex This element contains the mime header for

each mimePart. Mime headers can contain the
following information:
• content-disposition — To suggest a
filename for an attachment, use
"*;filename=<filename>" in this element.
Note: HTTP servers may alter or choose to
ignore the suggested name.
• content-type
• content-transfer-encoding
• content-id
• other mime header information
See http://www.faqs.org/rfcs/rfc2045.html
for more information about MIME headers
and their syntax.
Note: When the content type is specified as
"text/*" (for example, "text/xml"), the
attachment content is expected to be in either
the textContent input element or the file name
storing the attachment is expected to be in the
fileName input element. When the content
type is anything other than "text/*", the
attachment content is expected to be in either
the binaryContent input element or the file
name storing the attachment is expected to be
in the fileName input element.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

276
| Chapter 6 HTTP Palette

Output Item Datatype Description

binaryContent | choice This element contains the mime attachment.
textContent | The element can be one of the following:
fileName
• binaryContent — content of the
attachment when the attachment is binary
data.
• textConetnt — content of the attachment
when the attachment is text data.
• fileName — the file name of the
attachment when the attachment is stored
in the file system.

Headers complex The fields of the header specified on the

Headers tab. See the description of the
Headers tab for more information about these
items.

parameters complex Parameters for the incoming request. These

parameters are configured in the Parameters
field on the Configuration tab.
When the Parse Post Method Data field on the
Configuration tab is checked, the parameters
include the parameters in the query string
and message body of the incoming HTTP
request.
When the Parse Post Method Data field is
unchecked, the parameters only include the
query string of the incoming request.

Error Output
The Error Output tab lists the possible exceptions that can be thrown by this
activity. See TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Error Codes for more information
about error codes and corrective action to take.

Exception Thrown When...

ActivityTimedOutException A timeout has been reached.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 | 277

Chapter 7 Java Palette

The Java palette has activities and shared configuration resources for executing
Java code as well as converting between Java objects and XML documents.

Topics

• Show Class Browser, page 278

• Common Features of Java Code and Java Method, page 280
• Java Code, page 282
• Java Custom Function, page 289
• Java Event Source, page 294
• Java Global Instance, page 302
• Java Method, page 305
• Java Schema, page 313
• Java To XML, page 315
• XML To Java, page 321

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

278
| Chapter 7 Java Palette

Show Class Browser

Button

The Choose a Class or Choose a Class and Method dialog appears when you click
the Show Class Browser button. This dialog allows you to pick a Java class (and
method of that class for the Java Method activity) from a list of archives available
in the TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks classpath. The Show Class Browser
button is used in the following resources:
• EJB Home
• Java Method
• Java Schema
• Java To XML
• XML To Java
Figure 11 illustrates selecting a class in the Choose a Class dialog. First you select
the archive, then you select the class. Packages that contain classes are displayed
as folders and the contained classes are nested below the package folder.

Figure 11 Selecting a class with the Choose a Class dialog

The Java Method and EJB Home activities allow you to select a class and a
method in that class to execute. The Show Class Browser button brings up the
Choose a Class and Method dialog. Figure 12 illustrates this dialog.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 Show Class Browser 279
|

Figure 12 Selecting a method in a class from the Choose a Class and Method dialog

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

280
| Chapter 7 Java Palette

Common Features of Java Code and Java Method

The Java Code and Java Method activities both execute Java. Therefore, there are
some features that both activities share. This section describes some of the
common features between the two activities.

Accessing TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Global Variables and Java

System Properties
You can use the com.tibco.pe.plugin.PluginProperties.getProperty()
method to retrieve any Java system property or global variables defined in your
project.
Global variables are contained in Java System properties that are prefixed with
tibco.clientVar. For example, if you define a global variable named myVar, you
can access the value of the global variable with the following Java code:
String var1 =
com.tibco.pe.plugin.PluginProperties.getProperty(
"tibco.clientVar.myVar");

You must specify the full path for global variables contained in variable groups to
access the variable’s value. Use the slash character (/) to separate each element in
the path. For example, if you have a global variable named item1 contained in a
group named myGroup, you can access the value of the global variable with the
following Java code:
String var1 =
com.tibco.pe.plugin.PluginProperties.getProperty(
"tibco.clientVar.myGroup/item1");

Any Java System property can also be accessed with the

PluginsProperties.getProperty() method. Supply a string containing the
property name as the input parameter to the method to obtain the property’s
value.

The com.tibco.pe.plugin.PluginProperties class is contained in the

lib/engine.jar file within the TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks installation
directory. This directory is in the TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks classpath,
and therefore Java Code activities can compile code referencing this class. If you
compile your code outside of TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks, you must
ensure your development environment has access to theengine.jar file.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 Common Features of Java Code and Java Method 281
|

Sending Messages to The TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks log4j File

The standard log4j logging service is available for components of TIBCO
ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks. See TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Process
Design for more information about using the BusinessWorks log4j properties file.
Code in the Java Code or Java Method activities can send messages to the log4j
file by using the bw.logger class. For example, the following code obtains the
bw.logger class and uses the class to send a message to the log file.

org.apache.log4j.Logger logger =
org.apache.log4j.Logger.getLogger("bw.logger");
logger.warn("This is a warning message from the either a
Java Code or Java Method activity");

If you use your own logger class, you can configure the BusinessWorks log4j
properties file to include your logger. This involves adding log4j.logger and
log4j.appender properties to the properties file. See the log4j documentation for
more information about log4j properties. Once the properties for your custom
logger class are added to the BusinessWorks log4j file, you can obtain your logger
class and write messages to the log file in your Java Code and Java Method
activities.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

282
| Chapter 7 Java Palette

Java Code
Activity

You can add custom code to your process definition with the Java Code
activity. This activity allows you to write standard Java code that can
manipulate any of the process data or perform any action you choose.
The Java Code activity automatically creates an invoke() method in which you
place the code you want to execute. This method is called when the engine
processes the Java Code activity.
When you specify input and output parameters for the Java Code activity, get/set
method code is automatically generated for the activity. You can use the get/set
methods in your Java code, and you can display the code for the get/set methods
when you select the Full Class radio button on the Code tab.

Use Edit>Preferences>Other to specify the Java editor you want to use to edit
source code.
If you do not specify an editor, a simple popup editing window is provided.

See Common Features of Java Code and Java Method on page 280 for more
information about features available in the Java Code activity.

Configuration
The Configuration tab has the following fields.

Global
Field Var? Description

Name No The name to appear as the label for the activity in the
process definition.

Description No Short description of the activity.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 Java Code 283
|

Field Global Description

Var?
Input No The input parameters for the Java Code activity.
Parameters These parameters appear on the Input tab after they
are specified. Each input parameter has three fields:
• Field Name — Name of the parameter.
• Type — Datatype of the parameter. Specify one of
the supplied Java primitive types, or specify
Object Reference if you are accepting a Java object
from another Java Code activity as input. See
Passing Java Objects Between Java Code
Activities on page 286 for more information about
passing Java objects between Java Code activities.
• Occurrence — Whether the parameter is required,
optional, or repeating.

Output No The output parameters for the Java Code activity.

Parameters These parameters appear on the Output tab after they
are specified. Each output parameter has three fields:
• Field Name — Name of the parameter.
• Type — Datatype of the parameter. Specify one of
the supplied Java primitive types, or specify
Object Reference if you are passing a Java object
to another Java Code activity as output. See
Passing Java Objects Between Java Code
Activities on page 286 for more information about
passing Java objects between Java Code activities.
• Occurrence — Whether the parameter is required,
optional, or repeating.

Code
You can choose to display the full Java class or display only the invoke() method
body of the class. Choose the appropriate option at the top of the Code tab for the
code you want to display.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

284
| Chapter 7 Java Palette

The code tab has the following fields/buttons.

Field/Button Description
Java Code The source code of the Java class.
Specify the code you want to execute in the
automatically generated invoke() method. The get/set
methods for the input and output parameters are
automatically generated and displayed when you
choose the Full Class option above the code window.
When the Java code is run by the engine, the
automatically generated get/set methods are called,
then the invoke() method in the Java class is called.

Compile Button Compiles the current source code. When the code in the
activity needs compilation (for example, the input or
output parameters change or the code changes), a yellow
warning icon appears on this button.
The code will either compile successfully or the View
Errors dialog will appear to display any errors in the
code.
After compilation, the source and compiled java code
are placed into the lib/palettes/javaCode directory
in the TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks installation
directory.

View Errors Button Displays the errors encountered when the code was
compiled.

Edit Class Button Displays the source code in the editor specified with the
TIBCO Designer preferences. If no editor is specified, a
simple popup editing window is used.
Use Edit>Preferences>Other to specify the Java editor
you want to use to edit source code.
Note: On MS Windows platforms, a temporary file is
created to hold the Java code when you edit your code
with this button. This file is located in either C:\temp or
C:\tmp or your working directory. If your working
directory contains a space (for example C:\Documents
and Settings\...), there may be problems opening the
temporary file. Make certain either the C:\temp or
C:\tmp directory exists to avoid this issue.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 Java Code 285
|

Compiling Java Code

You can compile each Java Code activity individually with the Compile button on
the Code tab, or you can compile all Java Code activities in your project at once
with the Tools > Java Code > Compile All Code menu item.
When you use the Compile All Code menu item, the Compile All Code dialog
appears. Figure 13 illustrates this dialog.

Figure 13 Compile All Code dialog

All process definitions containing Java Code activities that do not compile
successfully are listed in the Activities area. Each Java Code activity is listed
under the process definition in which it is located. You can select any Java Code
activity in the Activities area to display the compilation errors for that activity.
The dialog has the following buttons:
• Start/Cancel Compile — Click Start Compile to begin compiling all Java Code
activities in your project. When the code is compiling, this button is renamed
Cancel Compile to allow you to cancel the compile all operation.
• Go To Resource —You can select any process definition or Java Code activity,
then click the Go To Resource button to display that resource in the design and
configuration panels.
• Close — Closes the Compile All Code dialog.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

286
| Chapter 7 Java Palette

Passing Java Objects Between Java Code Activities

You may create instances of Java objects in your Java code or by using the Java
Method or XML To Java activities. You can pass these Java objects using an output
parameter to another activity later in the process definition. The Java Code
activity receiving a Java object accepts the object into an input parameter and you
must map the output Java object to the input object of the receiving Java Code
object.

Any Java objects passed by input and output parameters between activities must
be serializable.

Figure 14 illustrates two Java code activities. The CreateObject activity creates a
Java object and passes a reference to the object in the output parameter named
out_object. The UseObject activity defines an input parameter named
in_object of type ObjectReference and maps the CreateObject activity’s
output object reference to its input parameter of type ObjectReference.

Figure 14 Passing objects between Java Code activities

The UseObject activity can invoke methods on the input object as it would for any
other object. For example, if you want to call a method named getInteger() that
returns an integer, you would use the following code in the UseObject activity:
MyClass myObject = (MyClass) in_object;
int var = 0;
if (myObject != null) {
var = myObject.getInteger();
}

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 Java Code 287
|

Input
See TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Process Design for more information about
mapping and transforming input data.
The input for the activity is the following.

Input Item Datatype Description

parameters varies The Input tab lists all input parameters specified
on the Configuration tab.

Output
The output for the activity is the following.

Output Item Datatype Description

parameters varies The Output tab lists all output parameters
specified on the Configuration tab.

Error Output
The Error Output tab lists the exceptions that can be thrown by the Java Code
activity. Because the activity can return any Java exception, all potential
exceptions cannot be listed here. However, the error schema for all errors is the
same. The following describes the schema for exceptions returned by the Java
Code activity.

Error Schema Element Datatype Description

msg string The TIBCO ActiveMatrix
BusinessWorks error message. See
TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks
Error Codes for more information.

msgCode string The TIBCO ActiveMatrix

BusinessWorks error code. See TIBCO
ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Error
Codes for more information.

methodName string The name of the Java method that

raised the exception.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

288
| Chapter 7 Java Palette

Error Schema Element Datatype Description

exceptionClassName string The Java exception class name. The
value of this element is obtained by
calling the
<exception>.getClass().getName()
method.

exceptionMessage string The Java exception message. The

value of this element is obtained by
calling the <exception>.getMessage()
method.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 Java Custom Function 289
|

Java Custom Function

Shared Configuration

The Java Custom Function resource allows you to create custom

functions to use when mapping data in an activity’s input tab.
These functions are also displayed when using the XPath Editor
to build an XPath expression.
To create a custom function, you must write the function as a method of a Java
class and compile the code into a Java class file. You then load that class file into
the project using this resource.
When the class is loaded using this resource, TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks
inspects the contents of the class and only the class methods that meet the
following restrictions are made available in XPath:
• Only methods declared as public and static are loaded.
• The input parameters and return values must be of one of the types described
in Table 3.
• The return value of the function cannot be void.
• The method cannot be a constructor.
• The method cannot explicitly throw an exception. Runtime exceptions are
allowed, however.
• Method names cannot be overloaded in a class or any imported classes in a
single Java Custom Function resource. You can load methods of the same
name into separate classes in separate Java Custom Function resources and
use the Prefix field to differentiate between the methods.
• If you make references to any imported class files, these classes must be
available in the classpath configured for TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks.
The easiest way to make the imported classes available is to place them in the
TIBCO/bw/2.0/lib directory.

• Inner classes are not supported.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks provides detailed online help for each XPath
function. To provide online help for Java Custom Functions, create a
two-dimensional array named HELP_STRINGS in your class. The element
containing a string matching the function name is used as the help for that
function. See Example Java Function on page 292 for an example of creating the
HELP_STRINGS array.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

290
| Chapter 7 Java Palette

Table 3 Datatypes allows for Java custom functions

Datatypes Allowed for Input Parameters and Return

Type of Data Types
Strings and String char
Characters

Boolean Boolean boolean

Numbers int Integer

float Float
double Double
short Short
long Long

Static variables are not supported in Java custom functions. Do not write custom
functions that use static variables.

If there are different classes that have methods with the same names, the Prefix
field allows you to specify a prefix for qualifying which method you want to use
in an XPath function. See the description of the Prefix field below for more
information.
See TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Process Design for more information about
building XPath expressions and using the XPath editor.

Configuration
The Configuration tab has the following fields.

Field Description
Name The name to appear as the label for the resource.

Description Short description of the shared resource.

The method signature plus the description supplied in this
field appear as the documentation of the function in the
XPath editor. You can use simple HTML markup to format
the text of this field, if you desire.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 Java Custom Function 291
|

Field Description
Suggested Prefix A folder with the name you specify in this field appears in
the Functions tab in the XPath editor. You can drag and
drop methods from the loaded class into your XPath
expression, just as you would with any standard XPath
function.
Use this name as a prefix for function names in this class, if
multiple classes are loaded and function names are not
unique among the classes.
For example, if you have class1.method1 and
class2.method1, you will need to specify class1 in the
Suggested Prefix field when you load class1 into a Java
Custom Resource. You would specify class2 in the
Suggested Prefix field when loading class2. When using
method1 in XPath expressions, you must qualify which
method1 you are using by specifying class1:method1 or
class2:method1 in the XPath expression.

The value of this field must be unique across all loaded

Java Custom Function resources, and the value must be a
valid XPath identifier. Also, you cannot use global
variables (that is, %variable%) in this field.

Class Location The location of the class file you want to load. Use the
Browse button to locate the class file.
Note: This field is used to locate the file initially, but the file
is actually loaded and stored in the repository. Once the file
is loaded, it can be removed from its original location in the
file system. If you want to change the file stored in the
repository, you can use this field to reload a changed file or
load a new file for this resource.

Class Data The size of the class in bytes. Use the Load button after a
class is selected in the Class Location field to load the class
and determine its size.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

292
| Chapter 7 Java Palette

Example Java Function

The following Java code implements custom Java functions. The example
illustrates which methods of the class meet the restrictions and are therefore
available as custom functions in XPath. The example also illustrates methods
which do not meet the restrictions, and therefore are not available as custom
functions.
package com.tibco;

public class Sample

{
protected int mInternalValue;

/**
* The following method will not be available because it is
* a constructor.
*/
public Sample(int value)
{
mInternalValue = value;
}

/**
* This method is used to concat two strings together. It
* must be declared as public static to be made available in
* TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks.
*/
public static String stringConcat(String s1, String s2)
{
return s1 + s2;
}

/**
* This method is used to add two ints together. Note, that
* it takes both an int type and an Integer object.
*/
public static int intAdd(int lhs, Integer rhs)
{
return lhs + rhs.intValue();
}

/**
* The following method will not be available because it
* throws an exception.
*/
public static int badAdd(int lhs, int rhs)
throws Exception
{
long result = lhs + rhs;
if (result > Integer.MAX_VALUE) {
throw new ArithmeticException();
}
return new Long(result).intValue();
}

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 Java Custom Function 293
|

/**
* The following method will not be availabe because it
* returns nothing: its void.
*/
public static void returnsNothing(String s)
{
System.out.println(s);
}

/**
* The following method will not be available because it
* is not static.
*/
public int add(int rhs)
{
return mInternalValue + rhs;
}

/**
* The following method will not be available becauses it
* is not public.
*/
protected static int protectedAdd(int lhs, int rhs)
{
return lhs + rhs;
}
/**
* The following is a two-dimensional array that provides the
* online help for functions in this class. Declare an array
* named HELP_STRINGS.
*/
public static final String[][] HELP_STRINGS ={
{"stringConcat", "Joins two strings.",
"Example", "stringConcat(\"test/testDict\",
$input/key)"},
{"intAdd", "Adds two integers.",
"Example", "intAdd(5, $input/myInt)"},
}

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

294
| Chapter 7 Java Palette

Java Event Source

Process Starter

The Java Event Source allows you to create a custom process

starter written in Java. For example, you may want to start a
TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks process when an application
inserts a row into a database table. Your custom process starter
would observe the database for insert events, then call the onEvent() method
with the desired data as input when an insert occurs. The Java Event Source
process starter creates a process when the onEvent() method is invoked and the
object passed to the method is passed to the process definition.
This process starter uses an abstract class to define the interface. You can either
write and compile your custom Java code in your own code editor and upload the
class to TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks, or you can use the Code tab to add
your implementation code to the appropriate methods. See JavaProcessStarter
Abstract Class on page 295 for more information about the methods required by
this class.

If you want to use the Edit Class button on the Code tab, select
Edit>Preferences>Other to specify the Java editor you want to use to edit source
code.
If you do not specify an editor, a simple popup editing window is provided.

Configuration
The Configuration tab has the following fields.

Global
Field Var? Description

Name No The name to appear as the label for the activity in the
process definition.

Description No Short description of the activity.

Use No When this field is checked, the Code tab is disabled,

External and you must load the class using the Class Library
Class and Class fields. When this field is unchecked, you
must add your code to the appropriate methods on
the Code tab.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 Java Event Source 295
|

Field Global Description

Var?
Java No This field contains the Class Library, Class, and Init
Method fields that allow you to specify which class
and method to use.

Class No Use this field to specify an AliasLibrary resource that

Library is used to locate the Java class files. See TIBCO
Designer Palette Reference for more information about
AliasLibrary resources.

Class No The compiled Java class that implements the

JavaProcessStarter abstract class. Use the Show Class
Browser button to select the class from the specified
Class Library.

Init Method No The init() method for the class. This field is
automatically populated when you use the Show
Class Browser button. See JavaProcessStarter
Abstract Class on page 295 for more information
about the init() method.
You can use the drop down list to select a different
method in the selected Java class, if desired.
Note: You can hover the cursor over this field to
display the signature of the selected method.

Init Method No This table allows you to specify default values for the
Parameters input parameters of the init() method. Each input
parameter has three fields:
• Parameter Name — Name of the parameter.
• Parameter Type — Datatype of the parameter.
• Parameter Value — Specify a default value for the
parameter.

JavaProcessStarter Abstract Class

The JavaProcessStarter abstract class defines the interface of your Java Process
Starter with the TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks process engine. You must
define an implementation for the following methods:
• init() — this method is called when the process engine starts up. This
method should initialize any resource connections. You could also specify a

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

296
| Chapter 7 Java Palette

Java Global Instance on the Advanced tab that initializes resource

connections. Java Global Instances are also loaded and initalized during
process engine start up. You can call this.getJavaGlobalInstance() to
obtain the Java Global Instance resource in your process starter code.
• onStart() — this method is called by the process engine to activate the
process starter. This method should activate any event notifier or resource
observer code. The notifier or observer code can then call the onEvent()
method to start a process instance.
• onStop() — this method is called by the process engine to deactivate the
process starter. This method should deactivate any event notifier or resource
observer code.
• onShutdown() — this method is called by the process engine when the engine
shuts down. This method should release any resources and resource
connections and perform any required clean up operations.
The following methods are already implemented and can be used in your code:
• onEvent(Object object) — this method is called when a listener or
resource observer catches a new event. The input to this method is a Java
object containing the event data.
• getGlobalInstance() — this method returns an object reference to the Java
Global Resource specified on the Advanced tab of the process starter. This is
useful if you want to place initialization code or other shared information in a
Java Global Resource instead of in the init() method of this class.
• onError() — this method throws the exception specified in the input
parameter. Use this method to propagate an error to the TIBCO ActiveMatrix
BusinessWorks process instance when a listener or resource observer fails to
generate an event.

Code
This tab is only enabled if the Use External Class field is unchecked. This tab
allows you to add implementation code to the appropriate methods of the
JavaProcessStarter class. You can choose to display the full Java class or display a
particular method by selecting the appropriate value in the Show field at the top
right of the Code tab.
The code tab has the following fields/buttons.

Field/Button Description
Source Code The source code of the JavaProcessStarter
implementation class.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 Java Event Source 297
|

Field/Button Description
Show Displays the selected method or the entire class. The
following are valid options to select:
• init
• onStart
• onStop
• onShutdown
• Entire Class

Compile Button Compiles the current source code. When the code in the
activity needs compilation (for example, the code
changes), a yellow warning icon appears on this button.
The code will either compile successfully or the View
Errors dialog will appear to display any errors in the
code.
After compilation, the source and compiled java code
are placed into the lib/palettes/javaCode directory
in the TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks installation
directory.

View Errors Button Displays the errors encountered when the code was
compiled.

Edit Class Button Displays the source code in the editor specified with the
TIBCO Designer preferences. If no editor is specified, a
simple popup editing window is used.
Use Edit>Preferences>Other to specify the Java editor
you want to use to edit source code.
Note: On MS Windows platforms, a temporary file is
created to hold the Java code when you edit your code
with this button. This file is located in either C:\temp or
C:\tmp or your working directory. If your working
directory contains a space (for example C:\Documents
and Settings\...), there may be problems opening the
temporary file. Make certain either the C:\temp or
C:\tmp directory exists to avoid this issue.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

298
| Chapter 7 Java Palette

Compiling Java Code

You can compile each Java Code activity and Java Process Starter resource
individually with the Compile button on the Code tab, or you can compile all Java
Code and Java Process Starter resources in your project at once with the Tools >
Java Code > Compile All Code menu item.
When you use the Compile All Code menu item, the Compile All Code dialog
appears. Figure 13 illustrates this dialog.

Figure 15 Compile All Code dialog

All process definitions containing Java Code activities and Java Process Staters
that do not compile successfully are listed in the Activities area. Each Java Code
activity or Java Process Starter is listed under the process definition in which it is
located. You can select any Java Code activity or Java Process Starter in the
Activities area to display the compilation errors for that activity.
The dialog has the following buttons:
• Start/Cancel Compile — Click Start Compile to begin compiling all Java Code
activities and Java Process Starters in your project. When the code is
compiling, this button is renamed Cancel Compile to allow you to cancel the
compile all operation.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 Java Event Source 299
|

• Go To Resource —You can select any process definition, Java Process Starter,
or Java Code activity, then click the Go To Resource button to display that
resource in the design and configuration panels.
• Close — Closes the Compile All Code dialog.

Advanced
The Advanced tab has the following fields:.

Global
Field Description
Var?
Java Global No A Java Global Instance resource. Specify a value
Instance in this field if you want to reference a Java Global
Instance resource in your JavaProcessStarter
implementation class. You can use the
getGlobalInstance() method to obtain a reference
to the Java Global Instance resource.
See Java Global Instance on page 302 for more
information about Java Global Instance
resources.

Convert Output No When this field is unchecked, the object passed to

Object To XML the onEvent() method is output by this process
starter as a Java object reference. You can use the
Java To XML activity to render the Java object as
an XML tree, if desired.
Check this field if you want the data of the input
object to the onEvent() method to be converted
to an XML tree in this process starter’s output.
For the output to be returned as an XML tree, the
output object type must be specified. To achieve
this, you must add the getOutputObjectType()
class to your implemenntation class. For
example, the output can be a string:
public Class getOutputObjectType() {
return String.class;
}

Then, the object you pass into the input

parameter of the onEvent() method must be a
String.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

300
| Chapter 7 Java Palette

Misc
The Misc tab contains the following fields:

Field Description
Sequencing Key This field can contain an XPath expression that
specifies which processes should run in order. Process
instances with sequencing keys that evaluate to the
same value will be executed sequentially in the order
the process instance was created.
See TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Process Design
for more information about controlling the execution
order of process instances and about XPath
expressions.

Custom Id This field can contain an XPath expression that

specifies a custom ID for the process instance. This ID
is displayed in the View Service dialog of TIBCO
Administrator, and it is also available in the
$_processContext process variable.

Output
The output for the activity is the following.

Output Item Datatype Description

javaObject or varies The Java object that was passed to the
onEvent() method. By default, this element is a
Object
Java object reference. If the Convert Output
Object to XML field is checked on the Advanced
tab and the output class is specified in your
implementation class, the output is represented
as an XML tree.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 Java Event Source 301
|

Error Output
The Error Output tab lists the exceptions that can be thrown by the Java Event
Source resource. Because the resource can return any Java exception, all potential
exceptions cannot be listed here. However, the error schema for all errors is the
same. The following describes the schema for exceptions returned by the Java
Event Source resource.

Error Schema Element Datatype Description

msg string The TIBCO ActiveMatrix
BusinessWorks error message. See
TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks
Error Codes for more information.

msgCode string The TIBCO ActiveMatrix

BusinessWorks error code. See TIBCO
ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Error
Codes for more information.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

302
| Chapter 7 Java Palette

Java Global Instance

Shared Configuration

The Java Global Instance shared configuration resource allows you to

specify a Java object that can be shared across all process instances in a
Java Virtual Machine (JVM). When the process engine is started, an
instance of the specified Java class is constructed. When the process
engine is shut down, if specified, a cleanup method is invoked on the
object and the object is released before the engine shuts down. Any Java Method
activity can be configured to access the shared Java Global Instance when the
process engine runs. Any Java Code activity can access the shared Java Global
Instance by invoking the static methods of the configured Java class.
If multiple process instances access the shared Java Global Instance, you may
want to ensure that only one process instance can access the object at a time. You
can accomplish this by either declaring the methods of the configured class as
synchronous or by using a critical section group. See TIBCO ActiveMatrix
BusinessWorks Process Design for more information about using critical section
groups.

Java class files or archives referenced by this resource must be available to the
Java VM in which TIBCO Designer and the TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks
process engine are running. This is done either by adding the correct path to the
classpath in the designer.tra and bwengine.tra files (see the comments in the
.tra files for more information about modifying the classpath) or by using an
Alias Library resource. If you add the path to the classpath, the system class
loader loads the class into the Java VM. If you use an Alias Library resource, the
TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks application class loader loads the class into
the Java VM. If both techniques are used, the class loaded by the system class
loader takes precedence.
Objects created from classes loaded by different class loaders are not able to
interact. For example, an Alias Library resource points to the location of Java
ClassA and a Java Method activity references ClassA. Java class ClassB is placed
in the classpath and referenced by a Java Code activity. The Java Method activity
can pass the ClassA object to the Java Code activity, but the ClassB object in the
Java Code activity may not be able to interact with the ClassA object. If you want
objects to interact correctly, ensure that the activities use the same class loader.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 Java Global Instance 303
|

Configuration
The Configuration tab has the following fields.

Global
Field Description
Var?
Name No The name to appear as the label for the shared
configuration resource.

Description No Short description of the resource.

Java No This field contains the Library, Class, and

Method fields that specify the Java object to
create.

Library No Use this field to specify an AliasLibrary

resource that is used to locate the Java class
files. See TIBCO Designer Palette Reference for
more information about AliasLibrary
resources.

Class No Use the Show Class Browser button to locate

the class you want to use.

Method No Select a constructor from the drop down list of

constructors available for this class. This will
be used to construct the class when the engine
is started.
This field displays only the default constructor
(that is, the constructor with no parameters) or
constructors that have only parameters of Java
primitive types. You cannot create an object
using a constructor that requires an object,
array, or non-primitive type for a parameter.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

304
| Chapter 7 Java Palette

Field Global Description

Var?
Parameters Input No The input parameters for the constructor
selected in the Method field. Each input
parameter has three fields:
• Parameter — Name of the parameter.
• Type — Datatype of the parameter.
• Value — Supply a value for the parameter
in this field. Note: When string is the
datatype for the parameter, do not use
quotes around the string when entering the
value.

Advanced
The Advanced tab has the following fields:.

Field Global Description

Var?
Invoke Cleanup No When checked, this specifies that you want to
Method invoke a method on the object before the object is
released from memory when the process engine
terminates. This allows you to perform cleanup
activities, such as closing connections, releasing
resources, and so on.
When this field is checked, the Cleanup Method
field appears.

Cleanup Method No This field is only available when the Invoke

Cleanup Method field is checked.
This field allows you to specify the name of the
method to invoke before the object in memory is
released. The method selected cannot contain
any parameters, therefore only methods without
parameters are listed in this field. Any values
returned by the selected method are ignored, but
exceptions raised by the selected method are sent
to the log.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 Java Method 305
|

Java Method
Activity

The Java Method activity allows you to invoke a method contained in

a Java class. You can construct an instance of the specified Java class, if
you choose to invoke the constructor for the class.
The Java class file must be located in the classpath for TIBCO Designer and the
TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks process engine. Update the designer.tra
and bwengine.tra file to contain the directory where your Java class files are
located.
See Common Features of Java Code and Java Method on page 280 for more
information about features available in the Java Code activity.

Configuration
The Configuration tab has the following fields:

Global
Field Description
Var?
Name No The name to appear as the label for the activity in the
process definition.

Description No Short description of the activity.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

306
| Chapter 7 Java Palette

Field Global Description

Var?
Java Global No You can execute methods on shared Java objects
Instance created by Java Global Instance resources by specifying
the resource in this field. See Java Global Instance on
page 302 for more information about the shared Java
objects created by Java Global Instance resources.
When a resource is specified in this field, the Library
and the Class fields are automatically populated with
the correct values from the Java Global Instance
resource, and the fields on the Advanced tab become
unavailable. You can select the method to execute in
the drop down list in the Method field.
Note: If the configuration of the Java Global Instance
resource changes, you must select and view any Java
Method activities in your process definitions that
reference the Java Global Instance to automatically
propagate the changes. An exception is raised if you
attempt to test your process definitions before
refreshing the reference to the Java Global Instance.
You may need to manually update the mappings of
any input or output if you select a new method with a
different signature in the Java Global Instance resource.

Java No This field contains the Library, Class, and Method

fields that allow you to specify which class and method
to execute.

Library No Use this field to specify an AliasLibrary resource that is

used to locate the Java class files. See TIBCO Designer
Palette Reference for more information about
AliasLibrary resources.

Class No The declared Java class whose method you want to

execute. Use the Show Class Browser button to select
the class and method, or use the Java Global Instance
field to specify a shared Java object.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 Java Method 307
|

Field Global Description

Var?
Method No The method in the selected Java class you want to
execute. This field is automatically populated when
you use the Show Class Browser button.
You can use the drop down list to select a different
method in the selected Java class, if desired.
Note: You can hover the cursor over this field to
display the signature of the selected method.

Advanced
The Advanced tab has the following fields:.

Field Global Description

Var?
Construct No This field controls whether the declaring class
Declared Class must be constructed when the activity is
executed or whether an object reference must be
supplied in the activity’s input schema.
When this field is checked, the declaring class is
constructed using the default constructor when
the activity executes. In this case, the declaring
class is not included in the activity’s input
schema.
When this field is unchecked, you must supply
an object reference for the Java class specified on
the Configuration tab. The object must be created
and contained in the output schema of a
previously executed activity, such as a Java Code
activity, another Java Method activity, a RMI
Server process starter, or an XML To Java activity.
In this case, the declaring class is included in the
activity’s input schema.
This field is not available when a static method is
selected.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

308
| Chapter 7 Java Palette

Field Global Description

Var?
Cache No This field is only available when the Construct
Constructed Declared Class is checked.
Class
When checked, this specifies that all instances of
this Java Method activity will share the instance
of the constructed declaring class. If the
constructed object is cached, it is kept in memory
until the process engine terminates.
If this field is unchecked, each instance of this
Java Method activity creates its own copy of the
declaring class.
See Caching the Java Class on page 309 for more
information about caching the declared class.

Invoke Cleanup No This field is only available when the Cache

Method Constructed Class field is checked.
When checked, this specifies that you want to
invoke a method on the cached object before the
object is released from memory when the process
engine terminates. This allows you to perform
cleanup activities, such as closing connections,
updating database tables, and so on.
When this field is checked, the Cleanup Method
field appears.

Cleanup Method No This field is only available when the Invoke

Cleanup Method field is checked.
This field allows you to specify the name of the
method to invoke before the cached class in
memory is released. The selected method cannot
contain any parameters, therefore only methods
with no parameters are listed in this field. Any
values returned by the selected method are
ignored, but any exceptions raised are sent to the
log.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 Java Method 309
|

Caching the Java Class

When the Cache Constructed Class checkbox is checked on the Advanced tab, all
instances of the same Java method activity share the same Java object. For
example, each process instance that executes this Java Method activity will share
the same instance of the class.
Also, if this activity is executed multiple times in a loop, each execution of this
activity uses the same cached instance of the object. Figure 16 illustrates multiple
processes and Java Methods in a group all sharing the same Java class.

If you choose to cache the constructed instance of the class, the same Java object is
shared by Java Method activities that invoke methods on the class. Therefore, be
aware of potential concurrency issues, if your class or its methods are not
threadsafe.

Figure 16 Sharing a cached class

payroll Object

However, different instances of a Java Method activity that invoke methods on

the same class do not share the instance of the object. For example, Figure 17
illustrates two Java Method activities in the same process definition, each
executing different methods on the same Java object. However, each of these Java
Method activities operate on their own instances of the inv class, if they both
select the Cache Constructed Class checkbox.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

310
| Chapter 7 Java Palette

Figure 17 Different Java Method activities in the same process do not share the class

inv Object inv Object

In the process definition illustrated in Figure 17, for each process instance that is
created, each time the inv.CheckInventory activity executes, it shares one
instance of the inv object that has been cached. Similarly, each time the
inv.DecreaseInv activity executes, it shares the instance of the inv object that
the activity has cached. However, the inv.CheckInventory and
inv.DecreaseInv activities do not share their cached Java objects with each
other.

Input
See TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Process Design for more information about
mapping and transforming input data.
The input for the activity is the following.

Input Item Datatype Description

<declaringClass> Java An object reference to the Java
Object Class specified on the
Configuration tab. This element is
not shown when the method you
want to invoke it static.
Also, this element is only available
when the Construct Declared Class
field on the Advanced tab is
unchecked.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 Java Method 311
|

Input Item Datatype Description

MethodParameters varies This element contains a list of input
parameters that are required for the
Java method selected on the
Configuration tab.
This element is not available when
the selected method has no
parameters.

Output
The output for the activity is the following.

Output Item Datatype Description

MethodReturnValue varies The Output tab will have the return
value specified for the Java method
selected on the Configuration tab.
This element is not available for
methods that return void.

Error Output
The Error Output tab lists the exceptions that can be thrown by the invoked
method. Once a method to invoke is selected, the exceptions that the method can
throw are listed on the Error Output tab. Because a method can return any Java
exception, the potential exceptions cannot be listed here.
While all potential errors cannot be known, the error schema for all errors is the
same. The following describes the schema for exceptions returned by the Java
Method activity.

Error Schema Element Datatype Description

<exceptionName> complex The fully-qualified name of the
exception, including the Java package
name. This is a container for the other
elements.

<exceptionName> Java The Java exception object.

Object

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

312
| Chapter 7 Java Palette

Error Schema Element Datatype Description

exceptionClassName string The exception class name. The value of
this element is obtained by calling the
<exception>.getClass().getName()
method.

exceptionMessage string The exception message. The value of

this element is obtained by calling the
<exception>.getMessage() method.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 Java Schema 313
|

Java Schema
Shared Configuration

The Java Schema shared configuration resource allows you to specify

a Java class that is used to configure a Java To XML or XML To Java
activity.
The Java class is converted to an XML schema using the following rules:
• Only the public data members of the Java class are mapped to XML elements.
Private and protected members are not included.
• The Java class member public variable name is mapped to an XML element
with the same name. For example, a Java class member variable declared as
public int ZipCode is mapped to an XML element named ZipCode.

• Java Bean accessors and modifiers are mapped to appropriate XML element
names. For example, a Java class method public int getBalance() or
public void setBalance(int Balance) are mapped to an XML element
named Balance.
• Only one XML element is created regardless of how many members of the
Java class share the same name. For example, there may be an attribute named
MySalary and accessors named getMySalary() and setMySalary(). This
translates to one element named MySalary in the resulting XML document.
• Conversion is case-sensitive. For example, if you have a data member
declared as public int zipCode and an accessor method declared public
void setZipCode(int NewZipCode), there will be two elements in the
resulting XML schema, zipCode (for the data member) and ZipCode (for the
accessor). You must make sure to use the correct element when using the
resulting XML in input mappings of subsequent activities.
• All Java primitive types are supported. Datatypes that extend
java.util.Collections are also supported (for example, List, ArrayList,
andVectors). Arrays (for example, int[] and string[]) are also supported.

• The datatype java.util.Map or any types that extend java.util.Map are

not supported. For example, HashMap is not supported.

Configuration
The Configuration tab has the following fields.

Field Description
Name The name to appear as the label for the resource.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

314
| Chapter 7 Java Palette

Field Description
Description Short description of the shared resource.

Java This field contains the Library and Class fields that
allow you to specify the Java class for this resource.

Library Use this field to specify an AliasLibrary resource

that is used to locate the Java class files. See TIBCO
Designer Palette Reference for more information
about AliasLibrary resources.

Class The Java class that specifies the data of the schema.
This class must implement or be a subtype of a
class that implements the Serializable interface.
You can use the Show Class Browser button to
browse Java classes in the TIBCO ActiveMatrix
BusinessWorks classpath.

Schema Namespace The namespace to use for the schema when

converting to or from XML.

Schema Text
The Schema Text tab displays the resulting XML schema from the Java class
selected on the Configuration tab.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 Java To XML 315
|

Java To XML
Activity

The Java To XML activity allows you to convert a Java object’s data
members into an XML document. See Java Schema on page 313 for the
conversion rules.

If the class does not have a public data member and only has a Java bean modifier
that sets the data, the input schema contains an element for the modifier, but the
resulting XML document has no value set for the corresponding element.
For example, the Java object has a method declared as public int setID(), but
there is no method for getting the ID, and the data member ID is not public. In this
case, there is an element named ID in this activity’s output schema, but that
element has no value because there is no public mechanism for getting the data.

Enumeration
Java enum type elements can be mapped to a simple type schema with
enumeration facets. You can use the following annotations in your Java classes to
use Java enums :
• javax.xml.bind.annotation.XmlEnum
• javax.xml.bind.annotation.XmlEnumValue

XmlEnumand XmlEnumValue together provide a mapping of type enum to the

XML representation.
For more details and for the usage of these annotations, see,
https://jaxb.java.net/nonav/2.2.4/docs/api/javax/xml/bind/annotation/XmlEnum.html

and
https://jaxb.java.net/nonav/2.2.4/docs/api/javax/xml/bind/annotation/XmlEnumValue.html

Table 4 Java to Schema Data Type Binding

Field Description
xsd:string java.lang.String

xsd:boolean java.lang.Boolean

xsd.byte java.lang.Byte

xsd:short java.lang.Boolean

xsd:int java.lang.Integer

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

316
| Chapter 7 Java Palette

Table 4 Java to Schema Data Type Binding

Field Description
xsd:long java.lang.Long

Example 1
@XmlEnum(String.class)
public enum Card { CLUBS, DIAMONDS, HEARTS, SPADES }
<xs:simpleType name="Card">
<xs:restriction base="xs:string"/>
<xs:enumeration value="CLUBS"/>
<xs:enumeration value="DIAMONDS"/>
<xs:enumeration value="HEARTS"/>
<xs:enumeration value="SPADES"/>
</xs:simpleType>

Example 2
@XmlEnum(Integer.class)
public enum Coin {
@XmlEnumValue("1") PENNY(1),
@XmlEnumValue("5") NICKEL(5),
@XmlEnumValue("10") DIME(10),
@XmlEnumValue("25") QUARTER(25) }

<!-- Example: XML Schema fragment -->

<xs:simpleType name="Coin">
<xs:restriction base="xs:int">
<xs:enumeration value="1"/>
<xs:enumeration value="5"/>
<xs:enumeration value="10"/>
<xs:enumeration value="25"/>
</xs:restriction>
</xs:simpleType>

Sequenced Elements
For a Java schema to generate the schema of complex type element having a
sequence order indicator in the right sequence, use XMLType annotations in the
Java classes.
This change in behavior is enabled by a system property
java.property.com.tibco.xml.conversion.SequencingViaAnnotation=tru
e.

BusinessWorks tries to get the order of the element through annotations when the
property is set to true. The default value is false.
Use the following annotation:
javax.xml.bind.annotation.XmlType

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 Java To XML 317
|

Properties and fields mapped to elements are mapped to a content model within a
complex type.
The annotation element propOrder() can be used to customize content model to
xs:sequence. This is used to specify the order of the XML elements in
xs:sequence.

For example, map a class to a complex type element with xs:sequence with a
customized ordering of JavaBean properties.

@XmlType(propOrder={"street", "city" , "state", "zip", "name" })

public class USAddress {
private String name;
private String street;
private String city;
private String state;
private long zip;

public String getName() {..};

public void setName(String) {..};

public String getStreet() {..};

public void setStreet(String) {..};

public String getCity() {..};

public void setCity(String) {..};

public String getState() {..};

public void setState(String) {..};

public long getZip() {..};

public void setZip(long zip) {..};
}

<!-- XML Schema mapping for USAddress -->

<xs:complexType name="USAddress">
<xs:sequence>
<xs:element name="street" type="xs:string"/>
<xs:element name="city" type="xs:string"/>
<xs:element name="state" type="xs:string"/>
<xs:element name="zip" type="xs:decimal"/>
<xs:element name="name" type="xs:string"/>
</xs:sequence>
</xs:complexType>

An exception is thrown if any of the following conditions are true:

a. All the field members are not specified in the proporder element. Or,
b. proporder contains the name of a field member that does not exist.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

318
| Chapter 7 Java Palette

Configuration
The Configuration tab has the following fields.

XML Schema Global

Java Data Type
Type Var?
Name No The name to appear as the label for the resource.

Description No Short description of the activity.

Use Java Schema Specifies whether you want to use a Java Schema
shared configuration resource to configure this
activity or whether you want to specify a Java
class file.
When unchecked, the Java Class field appears.
When checked, the Java Schema: and Class:
fields appear.

Java Schema: No Only available when the Use Java Schema field is
checked. This field specifies a Java Schema
shared configuration resource. This resource is
used to specify the schema used to convert the
Java object to the XML schema.

Java Class: When Use Java Schema is checked, this is the

class in the Java Schema to use.
Use the Show Class Browser button to bring up
the dialog to choose th Java class.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 Java To XML 319
|

Advanced
The Advanced tab has the following fields:.

Global
Field Description
Var?
Construct No This field controls whether the declaring class
Declared Class must be constructed when the activity is
executed or whether an object reference must be
supplied in the activity’s input schema.
When this field is checked, the declaring class is
constructed using the default constructor when
the activity executes. In this case, the declaring
class is not included in the activity’s input
schema.
When this field is unchecked, you must supply
an object reference for the Java Class specified on
the Configuration tab. The object must be created
and contained in the output schema of a
previously executed activity, such as a Java Code
activity, Java Method, or an XML To Java activity.
In this case, the declaring class is included in the
activity’s input schema.

Cache No This field is only available when Construct

Constructed Declared Class is checked.
Class
When checked, this specifies that all instances of
this Java To XML activity share the instance of
the constructed declaring class. If the constructed
object is cached, it is kept in memory until the
process engine terminates.
If this field is unchecked, each instance of this
Java To XML activity creates its own copy of the
declaring class.
See Caching the Java Class on page 309 for more
information about caching the declared class.

Input
See TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Process Design for more information about
mapping and transforming input data.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

320
| Chapter 7 Java Palette

The input for the activity is the following.

Input Item Datatype Description

<declaringClass> Java An object reference to the Java
Object Class specified on the
Configuration tab. This element is
only available when the Construct
Declared Class field on the
Advanced tab is unchecked.

Output
The output for the activity is the following.

Output Item Datatype Description

XML Schema varies The XML schema from the
converted Java object is output.
The elements appear in the schema
in alphabetical order.

Error Output
The Error Output tab lists the possible exceptions that can be thrown by this
activity. See TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Error Codes for more information
about error codes and corrective action to take.

Exception Thrown When...

JavaToXMLConversionException An error occurred when converting the
Java object to XML.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 XML To Java 321
|

XML To Java
Activity

The XML to Java activity allows you to create an instance of a Java

object based on data from an XML document. The XML schema for
providing input to the Java object is created from the Java object or
Java Schema specified on the Configuration tab of this activity. The
specified Java class must meet the following requirements:
• The Java class must have a public default constructor (that is, a constructor
with no arguments).
• The Java class must be serializable (that is, the class must implement or be a
subclass of a class that implements java.io.Serializable).
See Java Schema on page 313 for a description of the conversion rules.

If the class does not have a public data member and only has a Java bean accessor
that retrieves the data, the input schema contains an element for the accessor, but
the resulting Java object has no value set for the member.
For example, the object has a method declared as public int getID(), but there
is no method for setting the ID and the data member ID is not public. In this case,
there is an element named ID in this activity’s input schema, but mapping a value
to the element does not result in setting the ID member of the output Java object
because there is no public mechanism for setting the data.

Sequenced elements and mapping of enumeration to simple type schemas is

supported in the XML to Java activity.
For more information, see , Sequenced Elements, on page 316 and , Enumeration,
on page 315.

Configuration
The Configuration tab has the following fields.

Field Global Description

Var?
Name No The name to appear as the label for the resource.

Description No Short description of the activity.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

322
| Chapter 7 Java Palette

Field Global Description

Var?
Use Java Schema No Specifies whether you want to use a Java
Schema shared configuration resource to
configure this activity or whether you want to
specify a Java class file.
When unchecked the Java Class field appears.
When checked, the Java Schema: and Class:
fields appear.

Java Schema: No Only available when the Use Java Schema field
is checked. This field specifies a Java Schema
shared configuration resource. This resource is
used to specify the schema used to convert the
XML schema to the Java object.

Java Class: No When Use Java Schema is checked, this is the

class in the Java Schema to use.
Use the Show Class Browser button to bring up
the dialog to choose the Java class.

Input
See TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Process Design for more information about
mapping and transforming input data.
The input for the activity is the following.

Input Item Datatype Description

XML Schema varies The XML schema that you want to convert to
a Java object. The content of this schema
depends upon the Java class or Java Schema
defined on the Configuration tab.
The elements appear in the schema in
alphabetical order.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 XML To Java 323
|

Output
The output for the activity is the following.

Output Item Datatype Description

<declaringClass> Java A Java object that is created out of
Object the XML schema.

Error Output
The Error Output tab lists the possible exceptions that can be thrown by this
activity. See TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Error Codes for more information
about error codes and corrective action to take.

Exception Thrown When...

XMLToJavaConversionException An error occurred when converting the
XML schema to a Java object.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

324
| Chapter 7 Java Palette

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 | 325

Chapter 8 JDBC Palette

The JDBC palette contains activities and shared configuration resources for
querying, updating, or calling stored procedures in a database.

Topics

• JDBC Call Procedure, page 326

• JDBC Connection, page 333
• JDBC Get Connection, page 340
• JDBC Query, page 345
• JDBC Update, page 355
• Query Designer, page 362
• SQL Direct, page 367

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

326
| Chapter 8 JDBC Palette

JDBC Call Procedure

Activity

The JDBC Call Procedure activity calls a database procedure using the
specified JDBC connection.
If this activity is not part of a transaction group, the SQL statement is
committed after the activity completes. If this activity is part of a
transaction group, the SQL statement is committed or rolled back with the other
JDBC activities in the group at the end of the transaction. See TIBCO ActiveMatrix
BusinessWorks Process Design for more information about creating groups for
transactions.
If you want to override the default behavior of transaction groups for certain
JDBC activities in a transaction group, you can check the Override Transaction
Behavior field on the Advanced tab. This specifies that the activity is outside of
the transaction and the SQL statement is committed when the activity completes,
even if the activity is in a transaction group.
The Refresh button on this activity allows you to synchronize the activity with the
contents of the database. This is useful if you make a change to the database while
you are editing a process definition containing this activity in TIBCO
ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks.

When using the jConn or Data Direct 3.3 driver and connecting to a Sybase
database, stored procedures that are supposed to return multiple result sets do
not return any data. To avoid this problem, you can either use the
sun.jdbc.odbc.JdbcOdbcDriver instead or you can add set nocount on to
your stored procedure definition.

Configuration
The Configuration tab has the following fields.

Global
Field Var? Description

Name No The name to appear as the label for the activity

in the process definition.

Description No Short description of the activity.

JDBC Yes Path to the shared configuration resource

Connection containing the JDBC connection information.
See JDBC Connection on page 333 for more
information about JDBC resources.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 JDBC Call Procedure 327
|

Field Global Description

Var?
Schema Yes The schema in which the procedure resides.
This name is used to resolve naming conflicts if
more than one schema in the database has the
selected procedure with the same name.
The Select Schema button allows you to choose
a schema from the database using the specified
JDBC Connection.

Catalog/Package Yes The catalog or package in which the procedure

resides. This name is used to resolve naming
conflicts if more than one catalog or package in
the database has the selected procedure with
the same name.
This field is only applicable to databases that
have more than one catalog and package. See
your database documentation for more
information about catalogs and packages.
The Select Catalog/Package button allows you
to choose a catalog or package from the
database using the specified JDBC Connection.
If a schema is specified in the Schema field, only
catalogs or packages in the specified schema are
listed.

Procedure/ Yes Name of the database procedure or

Function Name user-defined function to call. You can use the
Select Procedure/Function button to query the
database for available procedures or functions
once the JDBC Connection field is specified.
The list of available procedures and functions
will be limited by the values supplied in the
Schema and Catalog/Package fields.
Note: The input parameters and output
parameters are displayed when you use the
Select Procedure/Function button. TIBCO
Designer retrieves the signature of each stored
procedure/function from the database once. If
you change the signature while editing your
project, you must click the Refresh button to
retrieve the changes from the database.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

328
| Chapter 8 JDBC Palette

Field Global Description

Var?
Timeout (sec) Yes Time to wait for the procedure call to complete.
If the call does not complete in the given time
limit, an error is returned.

Maximum Rows Yes The maximum number of rows to retrieve. To

retrieve all rows, specify 0.

Parameter Types No This field displays the parameters for the

procedure and allows you to override the
parameter type (IN, OUT, INOUT) for each
parameter.

Advanced
The Advanced tab has the following fields.

Global
Field Description
Var?
Override Yes Overrides the default behavior of a transaction
Transaction group. If this activity is in a transaction group,
Behavior the activity is normally committed or rolled
back with the other transactional activities.
If this checkbox is checked, this activity is not
part of the transaction group and is committed
when it completes. Checking this option uses a
separate database connection to perform the
activity and commit the SQL statement.

Interpret Empty No Specifies how empty strings in the activity’s

String as Null input elements should be handled. When the
field is checked, nulls are sent to the database
where empty strings are supplied. When the
field is unchecked, empty strings are treated as
zero-length strings. Whether you use this field
or not, you can still use XPath to set input
elements explicitly to null.
Note: Many databases treat empty strings and
nulls as the same, so this field will not affect
how the database interprets empty strings.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 JDBC Call Procedure 329
|

Field Global Description

Var?
Resultsets Use No Specifies that the design-time must try to fetch
Schema the schema when a resultset is expected from a
stored procedure call.
When selected, designer tries to invoke the
stored procedure with default values and get
the metadata for the resultset.
If the checkbox is not selected, or if designer
does not get any metadata, the results will be
displayed as ’unknown resultsets’.

Input
The input for this activity is dependent upon the input parameters of the database
procedure.

Input Item Datatype Description

ServerTimeZone string Specifies the time zone for the database server.
See Time Zone Construction on page 373 for
more information about how time zones are
constructed using this field.
You can use the Constants tab in the XPath
Formula Builder to supply a valid time zone
name. The list of time zone names is
generated from
java.util.TimeZone.getAvailableIDs().
See Time Zone Names on page 374 for the list
of valid time zone names.

inputSet complex The input parameters of the database

procedure. The datatype contained in this
element varies depending upon the
parameters specified for the database
procedure.

timeout number Time (in seconds) to wait for the procedure

call to complete. If the call does not complete
in the given time limit, an error is returned.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

330
| Chapter 8 JDBC Palette

Input Item Datatype Description

maxRows number The maximum number of rows to retrieve. To
retrieve all rows, specify 0.

Output
The output for the activity is dependent upon the output parameters of the
database procedure.

Output Item Datatype Description

outputSet complex The output of the database procedure.
The datatype contained in this element
varies depending upon what the
database procedure returns.

unknownResultSets complex The output of the database procedure

may return other result sets. These result
sets are returned in this output item as
an XML string. Create a Schema resource
to describe these result sets, then use the
Parse XML activity to parse the XML
based on the schema. You can then use
the parsed output in subsequent
activities.
See TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks
Release Notes for a more detailed
description of this procedure.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 JDBC Call Procedure 331
|

Output Item Datatype Description

Elapsed Time long This field displays the time taken for the
execution of the activity in milliseconds.
This is an optional element that appears
only when the property
java.property.bw.activity.output.
stats.elapsedTime.JDBCCallActivit
y is set to true in designer.tra. For
run-time, set the property to true in the
bwengine.tra file. By default, the
property is set to false.
If set in the design-time, this property
must be carried forward to the run-time;
else it can cause run-time errors.
Enabling this property causes additional
performance overhead. Hence, it is
recommended that you use this property
only when this information is to be
consumed by some other ActiveMatrix
BusinessWorks activity. Also, it is
recommended that this property be used
only in a non-production environment as
a diagnostic tool and the property be
turned off at run-time.
You can turn off the property and not
calculate the elapsed time at run-time by
setting the property
java.property.bw.activity.output.
stats.elapsedTime.turnoff in the
bwengine.tra file. However, note that
setting this property will turn off the
calculation of elapsed time at run-time
for all the JDBC activities.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

332
| Chapter 8 JDBC Palette

Error Output
The Error Output tab lists the possible exceptions that can be thrown by this
activity. See TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Error Codes for more information
about error codes and corrective action to take.

Exception Thrown When...

JDBCDriverLoadingException An error occurred when loading the
specified JDBC driver.

JDBCConnectionNotFoundException An error occurred when attempting to

connect to the specified database.

InvalidTimeZoneException An invalid timezone was specified.

See Time Zone Names on page 374 for
a list of valid timezones.

JDBCSQLException A SQL error occurred.

JDBCTimedOutException The operation has timed out.

LoginTimedOutException A timeout has occurred while

attempting to connect to the database.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 JDBC Connection 333
|

JDBC Connection
Shared Configuration

The JDBC Connection resource describes a JDBC connection. JDBC

connections are used when specifying activities from the JDBC
palette.

Configuration
The Configuration tab has the following fields.

Global
Field Description
Var?
Name No The name to appear as the label for the resource.

Description No Short description of the shared resource.

Connection No Specifies the kind of JDBC connection you want to

Type create. The connection type can be one of the
following:
• JDBC
• JNDI
• XA
The type of connection determines the other
configuration fields that appear.

JDBC Connection Type Configuration Fields

JDBC Driver Yes The name of the JDBC driver class. You can select
from a list of supported drivers.
If you select a supported driver, the Database URL
field is populated with a template for the URL of
the driver.
See Database Drivers on page 337 for more
information about database drivers.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

334
| Chapter 8 JDBC Palette

Field Global Description

Var?
Database URL Yes The URL to use to connect to the database. A
template of the URL is supplied for the selected
JDBC driver. You must supply the portions of the
URL that are in angle brackets (<>). For example,
if you select the
tibcosoftwareinc.jdbc.oracle.OracleDrive
r, the following appears in the Database URL
field:
jdbc:tibcosoftwareinc:oracle://
<host>:<port#>:<db_instancename>

You must supply the host, port number, and

database instance name in the URL.

Maximum No The maximum number of database connections to

Connections allocate. The default maximum is 10. The
minimum value that can be specified is 1.
See Connection Pooling on page 338 for more
information about this field.

User Name Yes User name to use when connecting to the

database.

Password Yes Password to use when connecting to the database.

Login Timeout Yes Time (in seconds) to wait for a successful database
connection. Only JDBC drivers that support
connection timeouts can use this configuration
field. If the JDBC driver does not support
connection timeouts, the value of this field is
ignored. Most JDBC drivers support connection
timeouts.
You can also set this timeout with the
Config.JDBC.Connection.SetLoginTimeout
custom engine property. The value of the property
in the configuration file overrides the value of this
field. See TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks
Administration for more information about setting
custom engine properties.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 JDBC Connection 335
|

Field Global Description

Var?
JNDI Connection Type Configuration Fields

Use Shared No When this field is checked, the JNDI

JNDI Configuration field appears, allowing you to
Configuration choose a JNDI Configuration shared configuration
resource.
When this field is unchecked, the JNDI Context
Factory, JNDI Context URL, JNDI User Name, and
JNDI Password fields appear.

JNDI No This field only appears when the Use Shared JNDI
Configuration Configuration field is checked. This field allows
you to choose a JNDI Configuration shared
configuration object that specifies the JNDI
connection information.

JNDI Context No This field only appears when the Use Shared JNDI
Factory Configuration field is unchecked. The initial
context factory class for accessing JNDI.
(javax.naming.Context.INITIAL_CONTEXT_
FACTORY). You can choose from the drop down list
of supported classes, or you can type in a different
InitialContextFactory class name.
When using IBM WebSphere, you should use the
JNDI Configuration resource instead of specifying
the JNDI configuration on this resource. See IBM
WebSphere and JNDI Context Caching on
page 178 for more information.
Note: TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks
attempts to find the class. However, you may need
to add the Java file supplied by your JNDI service
provider to the CLASSPATH environment
variable to use JNDI.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

336
| Chapter 8 JDBC Palette

Field Global Description

Var?
JNDI Context Yes This field only appears when the Use Shared JNDI
URL Configuration field is unchecked. This is the URL
to the JNDI service provider
(javax.naming.Context.PROVIDER_URL). An
example URL is provided when one of the
supported JNDI context factory classes is selected.
See your JNDI provider documentation for the
syntax of the URL.

JNDI User Yes This field only appears when the Use Shared JNDI
Name Configuration field is unchecked. Specify the user
name to use when logging into the JNDI server
(javax.naming.Context.SECURITY_
PRINCIPAL). If the JNDI provider does not require
access control, this field can be empty.

JNDI Yes This field only appears when the Use Shared JNDI
Password Configuration field is unchecked. Specify the
password for logging into the JNDI server
(javax.naming.Context.SECURITY_
CREDENTIALS). If the JNDI provider does not
require access control, this field can be empty.

JNDI Yes The JNDI name specified for the DataSource.

DataSource
Name

XA Connection Type Configuration Fields

XA No The XA DataSource class.

DataSource
Note: TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks
Class
attempts to find the class. However, you may need
to add the location of the class to the CLASSPATH
environment variable.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 JDBC Connection 337
|

Field Global Description

Var?
Database URL Yes The URL to use to connect to the database. A
template of the URL is supplied for the selected
XA DataSource class. You must supply the
portions of the URL that are in angle brackets (<>).
For example, if you select the
tibcosoftwareinc.jdbcx.oracle.OracleData
Source, the following appears in the Database
URL field:
jdbc:tibcosoftwareinc:oracle://<host>:
<port#>;SID=<db_instancename>

You must supply the host, port number, and

database instance name in the URL.

Maximum Yes The maximum number of database connections to

Connections allocate. The default maximum is 10. The
minimum value that can be specified is 1.
See Connection Pooling on page 338 for more
information about this field.

User Name Yes User name to use when connecting to the

database.

Password Yes Password to use when connecting to the database.

Database Drivers
The following drivers are supported, but you must obtain, install, and configure
these from the appropriate vendor:
• oracle.JDBC.driver.OracleDriver (oci)
• oracle.JDBC.driver.OracleDriver (thin)
• com.sybase.jdbc2.jdbc.SybDriver
• com.timesten.jdbc.TimesTenDriver
• com.ibm.db2.jcc.DB2Driver
• com.mysql.jdbc.Driver

The following drivers are JDBC 2.0-compliant and should work correctly, but they
are not officially supported with BusinessWorks. You must obtain, install, and
configure the driver from the appropriate vendor:
• sun.jdbc.odbc.JdbcOdbcDriver

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

338
| Chapter 8 JDBC Palette

• weblogic.jdbc.mssqlserver4.Driver

You can download, install, and use other JDBC drivers, but TIBCO does not
guarantee the drivers will function properly with TIBCO ActiveMatrix
BusinessWorks. To use an unsupported driver, perform the following:
1. Download the JDBC driver and copy the required JAR files to a location in the
classpath of the TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Engine. For example,
you can copy the files to the following location:
TIBCO_HOME/tpcl/<version>/jdbc.
2. In the JDBC Connection resource, choose Select Driver from the drop-down
list in the JDBC Driver field and type in the name of the driver class in the text
box within that field. Then, type in the correct URL in the Database URL field
and specify the other fields in the resource.
See TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Release Notes for more information on the
supported and tested versions of databases and database drivers.

Connection Pooling
TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks creates a pool of JDBC connections for every
JDBC Connection shared resource that uses the JDBC connection type. The
maximum size of this pool is specified by the Maximum Connections
configuration field.
Activities that use this JDBC Connection resource are given a connection from the
pool. Once the maximum number of connections is reached, activities requesting
a connection cannot proceed. Once a connection is freed by an activity, the
connection is returned to the pool.
Connections that are left open will eventually time out and be closed. These
connections can be reopened at a later time, until the maximum number of
connections specified in this field is reached. If you want to configure a timeout
value for these connections, you can set the Engine.DBConnection.idleTimeout
property. See TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Process Design for more
information.
If an activity detects a connection in the pool is invalid (for example, the database
is restarted), the activity that uses the JDBC connection resource attempts to
reestablish the connection.
All activities that are part of the same transaction will use the same connection in
the connection pool. The first activity in a transaction attempts to reestablish an
invalid connection. If a connection becomes invalid during a transaction, the
transaction is rolled back and must be retried, if necessary.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 JDBC Connection 339
|

Test Connection Button

The Test Connection button allows you to test that the specified configuration
fields result in a valid connection to a database.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

340
| Chapter 8 JDBC Palette

JDBC Get Connection

Activity

The JDBC Get Connection activity retrieves an object reference to a

JavaConnectionAccessor object for the specified JDBC Connection from
the connection pool. This allows you to use the optimized TIBCO
ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks database connection pool instead of
specifying database configuration information in your Java code. This
database connection can then be used within Java activities to access the specified
database.
See Using The JDBC Connection in Java on page 343 for more information on
using the JDBC Get Connection activity.

Configuration
The Configuration tab has the following fields.

Global
Field Description
Var?
Name No The name to appear as the label for the activity
in the process definition.

Description No Short description of the activity.

JDBC Yes Path to the shared configuration resource

Connection containing the JDBC connection information.
See JDBC Connection on page 333 for more
information about JDBC resources.

Override No Overrides the default behavior of a transaction

Transaction group. If the activity that uses this JDBC
Behavior connection is in a transaction group, the activity
is normally committed or rolled back with the
other transactional activities.
If this checkbox is checked, the database
connection is in auto commit mode, where each
operation is committed as it is performed. You
can disable the auto commit mode, if desired,
and your code is then responsible for
performing the commit or rollback operation
before releasing the connection.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 JDBC Get Connection 341
|

Input
This activity has no input.

Output
The output for the activity is dependent upon the output parameters of the
database procedure.

Output Item Datatype Description

JavaConnectionAccessor Java A Java object reference to a
Object JavaConnectionAccessor object. This
object can be passed as input to a
Java activity where custom Java code
can use the connection to perform
database operations.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

342
| Chapter 8 JDBC Palette

Output Item Datatype Description

Elapsed Time long This field displays the time taken for
the execution of the activity in
milliseconds.
This is an optional element that
appears only when the property
java.property.bw.activity.outp
ut.stats.elapsedTime.JDBCGetCo
nnectionActivity is set to true in
designer.tra. For run-time, set the
property to true in the
bwengine.tra file. By default, the
property is set to false.
If set in the design-time, this
property must be carried forward to
the run-time; else it can cause
run-time errors.
Enabling this property causes
additional performance overhead.
Hence, it is recommended that you
use this property only when this
information is to be consumed by
some other ActiveMatrix
BusinessWorks activity. Also, it is
recommended that this property be
used only in a non-production
environment as a diagnostic tool and
the property be turned off at
run-time.
You can turn off the property and not
calculate the elapsed time at
run-time by setting the property
java.property.bw.activity.outp
ut.stats.elapsedTime.turnoff in
the bwengine.tra file. However,
note that setting this property will
turn off the calculation of elapsed
time at run-time for all the JDBC
activities.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 JDBC Get Connection 343
|

Error Output
The Error Output tab lists the possible exceptions that can be thrown by this
activity. See TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Error Codes for more information
about error codes and corrective action to take.

Exception Thrown When...

JDBCSQLException A SQL error occurred.

LoginTimedOutException A timeout has occurred while

attempting to connect to the database.

Using The JDBC Connection in Java

The database connection obtained with the JDBC Get Connection activity has the
following restrictions:
• Checkpoints should not be taken after a JDBC Get Connection activity
completes.
• Do not pass the JavaConnectionAccessor object reference to a subprocess that
spawns a new process.
The JDBC Get Connection activity creates a JavaConnectionAccessor object
reference that can be passed to an input parameter of a Java Code or Java Method
activity. See Passing Java Objects Between Java Code Activities on page 286 for
details on how to pass Java object references between activities.
JavaConnectionAccessor has the following methods:
• java.sql.Connection getDBConnection(); — retrieves a database
connection from the connection pool.
• void releaseConnection(); — releases a database connection so that it can
return to the connection pool.
• boolean isTransactional(); — returns true if the activity using the JDBC
connection is in a transaction group and the Override Transaction Behavior on
the Configuration tab of the JDBC Get Connection activity is unchecked.
• void releaseConnection(SQLException ex) — releases the connection
obtained by way of the getDBConnection() method. Use this method instead
of the standard releaseConnection method because this method detects if
the SQL Exception passed as input is due to a connection problem. If the
connection is no longer usable, it is destroyed and it is not returned to the
connection pool.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

344
| Chapter 8 JDBC Palette

When the connection is part of a transaction, the JavaConnectionAccessor object

prevents you from committing or rolling back the transaction. The transaction
will complete when the transaction group either commits or rolls back. If the
connection is part of an XA transaction group, the enlist and delist operations are
performed by the getDBConnection and releaseConnection methods.
When the connection is not part of a transaction, the database connection is in
auto commit mode, where each operation is committed as it is performed. You
can disable the auto commit mode, if desired, and your code is then responsible
for performing the commit or rollback operation before releasing the connection.

If your Java code does not release the connection, the connection is automatically
released when the process instance terminates. This could have undesirable
consequences.

Your code should check for SQL Exceptions returned when executing JDBC
statements. If you encounter an unexpected SQL Exception, you can use the
releaseConnection(SQLException ex) method to release the connection. This
allows you to check if the connection is no longer valid. If the connection is no
longer valid, your Java code should return an appropriate exception for
subsequent activities so that transactions can be rolled back, if necessary.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 JDBC Query 345
|

JDBC Query
Activity

The JDBC Query activity performs the specified SQL SELECT

statement.
If this activity is not part of a transaction group, the SQL statement is
committed after the activity completes. If this activity is part of a
transaction group, the SQL statement is committed or rolled back with the other
JDBC activities in the group at the end of the transaction. See TIBCO ActiveMatrix
BusinessWorks Process Design for more information about creating groups for
transactions.
If you want to override the default behavior of transaction groups for certain
JDBC activities in a transaction group, you can check the Override Transaction
Behavior field on the Advanced tab. This specifies that the activity is outside of
the transaction and the SQL statement is committed when the activity completes,
even if the activity is in a transaction group.

Configuration
The Configuration tab has the following fields.

Global
Field Description
Var?
Name No The name to appear as the label for the activity in
the process definition.

Description No Short description of the activity.

JDBC Yes Path to the shared configuration resource

Connection containing the JDBC connection information. See
JDBC Connection on page 333 for more
information about JDBC resources.

SQL Statement Yes The SQL SELECT statement to perform in the

database. You can use a wizard to build the query
for the desired database. See Query Designer on
page 362 for more information about using the
Query Designer wizard.

Timeout (sec) Yes Time (in seconds) to wait for the query to
complete. If the query does not complete in the
given time limit, an error is returned.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

346
| Chapter 8 JDBC Palette

Field Global Description

Var?
Maximum Yes The maximum number of rows to retrieve. To
Rows retrieve all rows, specify 0.

Prepared No See Prepared Parameters on page 346 for a

Parameters description of this field.

Fetch Button
The Fetch button on this activity allows you to synchronize the activity with the
contents of the database.
When you first configure a JDBC activity, you must click the Fetch button to
retrieve the schema for the output result set before attempting to apply your
changes with the Apply button or by saving your project. If you do not click the
Fetch button before applying your changes, TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks
displays an error dialog prompting you to first fetch the output schema.
After you have configured your activity, the Fetch button is useful when you
make a change to the database while editing a process definition containing this
activity in TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks. The Fetch button synchronizes
with the database and changes the output schema, if necessary.

Prepared Parameters
If you want to replace static names in the SQL statement with process variables,
you must edit the SQL Statement field and replace the variable items with a
question mark (?). For example, if you want to specify a variable for the first
column returned, you would specify the following SQL statement:
SELECT DEMO.ITEM.ITEM_ID FROM DEMO.ITEM
WHERE DEMO.ITEM.ITEM_ID = ?

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 JDBC Query 347
|

The ? replaces the value in the WHERE clause, and you can then provide input to
the SQL statement from process data on the Input tab.

Editing the SQL statement disables the Design tab of the Query Designer wizard.
Make sure you have designed the query you need before editing it and inserting
question marks for process variables. If your question marks are in the WHERE
clause, you can put those conditions into the Design tab in the Where fields of
each column. This will allow you to keep the Design tab available and still have
process variables in your query.
Keep in mind, ? is not valid SQL syntax, so checking the syntax of a query that
contains question marks will return an invalid character error in the Query
Designer wizard.

When you add or remove question marks in SQL statements, a warning appears
to the right of the Prepared Parameters field ("SQL/ Prepared Parameter Count
Mismatch") to alert you to add or remove corresponding prepared parameters.
Each prepared parameter corresponds to the question mark in the same position
in the SQL statement. That is, the first prepared parameter in the list corresponds
to the first question mark, the second prepared parameter in the list corresponds
to the second question mark, and so on. The warning is for informational
purposes only, you must make sure the parameters in this field correctly
correspond to the SQL statement.
You can optionally specify names for each prepared parameter. By default, the
prepared parameters are named Prepared_Param_1, Prepared_Param_2, and so
on.
You must supply the datatype of each parameter to the SQL statement, and this
datatype is used in the input schema for the statement. You can use the up or
down arrow keys to move a specified datatype to the previous or next parameter.
You can also select a contiguous set of parameters to move them up or down, or
delete them with the delete button.
At run time, any parameters you place in the SQL statement are replaced with the
mapped values for those parameters on the Input tab.

Any mappings or expressions you create on the Input tab are not updated when
you move or delete prepared parameters. You must manually update the Input
tab after changing the prepared parameter field.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

348
| Chapter 8 JDBC Palette

Advanced
The Advanced tab has the following fields.

Global
Field Description
Var?
Override Yes Overrides the default behavior of a transaction
Transaction group. If this activity is in a transaction group, the
Behavior activity is normally committed or rolled back with
the other transactional activities.
If this checkbox is checked, this activity is not part
of the transaction group and is committed when it
completes. Checking this option uses a separate
database connection to perform the activity and
commit the SQL statement.

Use Nil No Specifies whether NULLs are represented as

optional schema elements or whether each item
that can contain a NULL has sub-items.
For example, in the following schema, the NAME
column can contain NULLs. If Use Nil is
unchecked, the NAME element appears with a ?
indicating it is optional (and if the column is
NULL, the schema element is not included for that
row). If Use Nil is checked, the NAME element is not
optional, and it has two sub-elements, @nil and
text(). The @nil element indicates whether the
column value for the row is NULL, the text()
element contains the column value when the
column is not NULL.
Use Nil Unchecked Use Nil Checked

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 JDBC Query 349
|

Field Global Description

Var?
Interpret No Specifies how empty strings in the activity’s input
Empty String elements should be handled. When the field is
as Null checked, nulls are sent to the database where
empty strings are supplied. When the field is
unchecked, empty strings are treated as
zero-length strings. Whether you use this field or
not, you can still use XPath to set input elements
explicitly to null.
Note: Many databases treat empty strings and
nulls as the same, so this field will not affect how
the database interprets empty strings.

Process In No Checking this field specifies that you would like to

Subsets process the result set in smaller batches rather than
processing the entire result set at once. When this
field is checked, the subsetSize input element
appears to allow you to specify the size of each
batch of records you want to process. Also, the
lastSubset output element appears and is set to
true when the last batch of records is being
processed.
When this field is unchecked, the entire result set
is returned.
See Fetching Subsets of the Result Set on page 351
for more information.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

350
| Chapter 8 JDBC Palette

Input
The input for the activity is the following.

Input Item Datatype Description

ServerTimeZone string Specifies the time zone for the database
server. See Time Zone Construction on
page 373 for more information about how
time zones are constructed using this
field.
You can use the Constants tab in the XPath
Formula Builder to supply a valid time
zone name. The list of time zone names is
generated from
java.util.TimeZone.getAvailableIDs
(). See Time Zone Names on page 374 for
the list of valid time zone names.

Prepared_Param_* varies The list of prepared parameters supplied

in the SQL statement. Prepared
(name corresponds
parameters allow you to substitute
to name specified in
process data for items in the SQL
the Prepared
statement. See the description of the
Parameters field on
Prepared parameters field on the
the Configuration
Configuration tab.
tab)

subsetSize integer This element is only available when the

Process In Subsets field on the Advanced
tab is checked. When that field is checked,
records are processed in batches and this
element specifies the number of records to
process in each batch.
This allows you to process smaller batches
of rows instead of retrieving one large
result set. This element must be used in
conjunction with a Repeat Until True loop
group for processing the result sets. See
Fetching Subsets of the Result Set on
page 351 for more information.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 JDBC Query 351
|

Input Item Datatype Description

timeout number Time (in seconds) to wait for the query to
complete. If the query does not complete
in the given time limit, an error is
returned.

maxRows number The maximum number of rows to retrieve.

To retrieve all rows, specify 0.

Fetching Subsets of the Result Set

When the result set of a query is very large, you can retrieve subsets of the result
set and iterate until the entire result set is processed. To retrieve subsets, you must
use a Repeat Until True loop group to iterate until the entire result set is
processed. Use the following procedure as a guideline for creating your Repeat
Until True loop group.
1. Create a JDBC Query activity.
2. Specify the fields on the Configuration tab and create a query that returns
multiple rows.
3. Check the Process In Subsets field on the Advanced tab.
4. Set the subsetSize input item for the JDBC Query activity to the number of
records you want to process for each execution of the loop. You could specify
a constant, or you could use a global variable to store the value. Using a global
variable has the advantage that you can change the value of the variable at
deployment time. For example, create a global variable named BATCH_SIZE,
then specify the chunkSize input element as
$_globalVariables/pfx:GlobalVariables/BATCH_SIZE.

5. Select the JDBC Query activity and click the group icon on the toolbar to
create a group containing the activity. See TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks
Process Design for more information about working with groups.
6. Select Repeat Until True as the Group action, and specify an index name (for
example, i).
7. The loop should exit when the entire result set has been consumed. The
output element lasSubset is a boolean that is set to true when the last subset
of records is being processes. For example, the condition for the loop could be
set to the following:

$JDBCQuery/resultSet/lastSubset = "true"

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

352
| Chapter 8 JDBC Palette

The procedure above is a general guideline for creating a loop group for
processing a large set of records. You may want to modify the procedure to
include additional processing of the records, or you may want to change the
XPath expressions to suit your business process.
See the examples included in the TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks installation
directory for an example of processing subsets of a larger result set.

Output
The output for the activity is the following.

Output
Datatype Description
Item
resultSet complex The root class for the output of the JDBC Query
activity. This class contains all output items for the
activity.

Record complex The result of the database query. The contents of

the Record element depends upon the columns
returned by the query.

lastSubset boolean This element only appears when the Process In

Subsets field on the Advanced tab is checked. This
field is set to true when the current subset of
records being processed is the last subset of
records. You can use this element to create an
XPath expression to determine when a Repeat
Until True loop that is processing records in
batches should stop processing. For example:
$JDBCQuery/resultSet/lastSubset = "true"

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 JDBC Query 353
|

Output Datatype Description

Item
Elapsed long This field displays the time taken for the execution
Time of the activity in milliseconds.
This is an optional element that appears only when
the property
java.property.bw.activity.output.stats.el
apsedTime.JDBCQueryActivity is set to true in
designer.tra. For run-time, set the property to
true in the bwengine.tra file. By default, the
property is set to false.
If set in the design-time, this property must be
carried forward to the run-time; else it can cause
run-time errors.
Enabling this property causes additional
performance overhead. Hence, it is recommended
that you use this property only when this
information is to be consumed by some other
ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks activity. Also, it is
recommended that this property be used only in a
non-production environment as a diagnostic tool
and the property be turned off at run-time.
You can turn off the property and not calculate the
elapsed time at run-time by setting the property
java.property.bw.activity.output.stats.el
apsedTime.turnoff in the bwengine.tra file.
However, note that setting this property will turn
off the calculation of elapsed time at run-time for
all the JDBC activities.

Error Output
The Error Output tab lists the possible exceptions that can be thrown by this
activity. See TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Error Codes for more information
about error codes and corrective action to take.

Exception Thrown When...

JDBCDriverLoadingException An error occurred when loading the
specified JDBC driver.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

354
| Chapter 8 JDBC Palette

Exception Thrown When...

InvalidSQLTypeException A parameter’s datatype does not
match the datatype of the table
column.

JDBCConnectionNotFoundException An error occurred when attempting to

connect to the specified database.

DuplicatedFieldNameException A duplicate field name was specified.

InvalidTimeZoneException An invalid timezone was specified.

See Time Zone Names on page 374 for
a list of valid timezones.

JDBCSQLException A SQL error occurred.

JDBCTimedOutException The operation has timed out.

LoginTimedOutException A timeout has occurred while

attempting to connect to the database.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 JDBC Update 355
|

JDBC Update
Activity

The JDBC Update activity performs the specified SQL INSERT,

UPDATE, or DELETE statement.
If this activity is not part of a transaction group, the SQL statement is
committed after the activity completes. If this activity is part of a
transaction group, the SQL statement is committed or rolled back with the other
JDBC activities in the group at the end of the transaction. See TIBCO ActiveMatrix
BusinessWorks Process Design for more information about creating groups for
transactions.
If you want to override the default behavior of transaction groups for certain
JDBC activities in a transaction group, you can check the Override Transaction
Behavior field on the Advanced tab. This specifies that the activity is outside of
the transaction and the SQL statement is committed when the activity completes,
even if the activity is in a transaction group.

Configuration
The Configuration tab has the following fields:

Global
Field Description
Var?
Name No The name to appear as the label for this field in
the process definition.

Description No Short description of the activity.

JDBC Connection Yes Path to the shared configuration resource

containing the JDBC connection information.
See JDBC Connection on page 333 for more
information.

SQL Statement Yes The SQL INSERT, UPDATE, or DELETE

statement to perform.

Timeout (sec) Yes The time to wait for the statement to complete.

Prepared No See Prepared Parameters on page 356 for a

Parameters description of this field.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

356
| Chapter 8 JDBC Palette

Prepared Parameters
If you want to replace static names in the SQL statement with process variables,
you must edit the SQL statement field and replace the variable items with a
question mark (?). For example, you might specify the following statement:
UPDATE emp SET ename = ?, phone = ?
WHERE id = ?

The ? replaces the value, and you can then provide input to the SQL statement
from process data on the input tab.
When you add or remove question marks in SQL statements, a warning appears
to the right of the Prepared Parameters field ("SQL/ Prepared Parameter Count
Mismatch") to alert you to add or remove corresponding prepared parameters.
Each prepared parameter corresponds to the question mark in the same position
in the SQL statement. That is, the first prepared parameter in the list corresponds
to the first question mark, the second prepared parameter in the list corresponds
to the second question mark, and so on. The warning is for informational
purposes only, you must make sure the parameters in this field correctly
correspond to the SQL statement.
You can optionally specify names for each prepared parameter. By default, the
prepared parameters are named Prepared_Param_1, Prepared_Param_2, and so
on.
You must supply the datatype of each parameter to the SQL statement, and this
datatype is used in the input schema for the statement. You can use the up or
down arrow keys to move a specified datatype to the previous or next parameter.
You can also select a contiguous set of parameters to move them up or down, or
delete them with the delete button.
At run time, any parameters you place in the SQL statement are replaced with the
mapped values for those parameters.

Any mappings or expressions you create on the Input tab are not updated when
you move or delete prepared parameters. You must manually update the Input
tab after changing the prepared parameter field.

For INSERT and DELETE statements, all prepared parameters appear as required
items in the Input tab. For UPDATE statements, all prepared parameters appear
as optional in the Input tab, but you must supply a value for at least one column
in the statement or a runtime error occurs.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 JDBC Update 357
|

Advanced
The Advanced tab has the following fields:

Global
Field Description
Var?
Override Yes Overrides the default behavior of a transaction
Transaction group. If this activity is in a transaction group,
Behavior the activity is normally committed or rolled back
with the other transactional activities.
If this checkbox is checked, this activity is not
part of the transaction group and is committed
when it completes. Checking this option uses a
separate database connection to perform the
activity and commit the SQL statement.

Interpret Empty No Specifies how empty strings in the activity’s

String as Null input elements should be handled. When the
field is checked, nulls are sent to the database
where empty strings are supplied. When the
field is unchecked, empty strings are treated as
zero-length strings. Whether you use this field
or not, you can still use XPath to set input
elements explicitly to null.
Note: Many databases treat empty strings and
nulls as the same, so this field will not affect how
the database interprets empty strings.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

358
| Chapter 8 JDBC Palette

Field Global Description

Var?
Batch Update No Checking this field signifies you want to
perform multiple statements by supplying an
array of records as input to the activity where
each record matches the prepared parameters
for the statement. The statements are performed
in one batch at the end of the activity’s
execution.
This field is only meaningful if there are
prepared parameters in the SQL statement (see
Prepared Parameters on page 356).
If this field is not checked, the expected input is
the list of prepared parameters for the statement
(no array of records).
Some database drivers may not support batch
updates. A JDBCSQLException is thrown if the
database driver does not support batch updates.

Input
The input for the activity is the following:

Input Item Datatype Description

Record repeating When batch updates are performed, the
list of prepared parameters are
contained in a repeating element. When
only one update is performed, the list of
prepared parameters appears as
individual input elements. See the
description of the Batch Update field on
the Advanced tab for more information
about batch updates.

Prepared_Param_* varies The list of the prepared parameters

supplied in the SQL statement. Prepared
(name corresponds to
parameters allow you to substitute
name specified in the
process data for items in the SQL
Prepared Parameters
statement. See the description of the
field on the
Prepared Parameters field on the
Configuration tab)
Configuration tab.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 JDBC Update 359
|

Input Item Datatype Description

ServerTimeZone string Specifies the time zone for the database
server. See Time Zone Construction on
page 373 for more information about
how time zones are constructed using
this field.
You can use the Constants tab in the
XPath Formula Builder to supply a valid
time zone name. The list of time zone
names is generated from
java.util.TimeZone.getAvailableID
s(). See Time Zone Names on page 374
for the list of valid time zone names.

timeout number Time (in seconds) to wait for the

statement to complete.

Output
The output for the activity is the following:

Output Item Datatype Description

noOfUpdates integer The number of updates performed by the
statement specified on the Configuration tab.
This element can also return -2 that indicates, in
the event of a batch update, that the updates
were successful, but it is unknown how many
updates were performed.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

360
| Chapter 8 JDBC Palette

Output Item Datatype Description

Elapsed Time long This field displays the time taken for the
execution of the activity in milliseconds.
This is an optional element that appears only
when the property
java.property.bw.activity.output.stats.
elapsedTime.JDBCUpdateActivity is set to
true in designer.tra. For run-time, set the
property to true in the bwengine.tra file. By
default, the property is set to false.
If set in the design-time, this property must be
carried forward to the run-time; else it can cause
run-time errors.
Enabling this property causes additional
performance overhead. Hence, it is
recommended that you use this property only
when this information is to be consumed by
some other ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks activity.
Also, it is recommended that this property be
used only in a non-production environment as a
diagnostic tool and the property be turned off at
run-time.
You can turn off the property and not calculate
the elapsed time at run-time by setting the
property
java.property.bw.activity.output.stats.
elapsedTime.turnoff in the bwengine.tra file.
However, note that setting this property will
turn off the calculation of elapsed time at
run-time for all the JDBC activities.

Error Output
The Error Output tab lists the possible exceptions that can be thrown by this
activity. See TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Error Codes for more information
about error codes and corrective action to take.

Exception Thrown When...

JDBCDriverLoadingException An error occurred when loading the
specified JDBC driver.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 JDBC Update 361
|

Exception Thrown When...

InvalidSQLTypeException A parameter’s datatype does not
match the datatype of the table
column.

JDBCConnectionNotFoundException An error occurred when attempting to

connect to the specified database.

InvalidTimeZoneException An invalid timezone was specified.

See Time Zone Names on page 374 for
a list of valid timezones.

JDBCSQLException A SQL error occurred.

JDBCTimedOutException The operation has timed out.

LoginTimedOutException A timeout has occurred while

attempting to connect to the database.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

362
| Chapter 8 JDBC Palette

Query Designer
Wizard

The Query Designer is a GUI tool for building SQL queries, testing syntax, and
previewing results before running the process. You can use the Query Designer in
one of the following ways:
• to automatically generate SQL queries
• to manually edit and check the syntax of existing queries
In the JDBC Query activity, you must first specify a JDBC Connection shared
configuration resource to connect to a database. Once the database connection is
specified in the JDBC Query activity, you can click the Build Using Wizard button
to create a query using the Query Designer wizard. Figure 18 illustrates the Query
Designer.

Figure 18 The Query Designer wizard

The Query Designer window has the following elements:

• a Database Schema panel, where schema information for the specified
database and user is displayed in a tree structure.
• a Table Diagram panel, where you can drag and drop tables from the Schema
panel to build a SQL query.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 Query Designer 363
|

• a SQL panel, where you can design, refine, view, and test the query. This panel
has three tabs for designing, editing, and testing your queries.

Prepared parameters in BusinessWorks are inserted into a query by using the

question mark (?) character. This is not valid SQL syntax, but BusinessWorks uses
this syntax for inserting process data into the query at runtime. Because this is not
valid SQL syntax, an error is returned if you attempt to check the syntax of a
query that has prepared parameters.
You should design and test the syntax of your query before inserting prepared
parameters.

You can use the Design tab of the Query Designer to automatically generate
queries. You can then click on the SQL tab of the Query Designer to manually edit
the query, if you want. To manually edit the query, click the Customize checkbox
on the SQL tab. On the SQL tab, you can drag and drop columns into the
statement.

After you customize a query on the SQL tab, returning to the design tab without
checking the Customize checkbox eliminates your changes. First, create a query
using the Design, then click the Customize checkbox on the SQL tab to further
customize it as needed.

To use the Query Designer to generate a query, perform this procedure:

1. Drag tables to include in the query from the Database Schema panel to the
Table Diagram panel. Any joins defined between primary keys in the database
are displayed.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

364
| Chapter 8 JDBC Palette

For example:

This example demonstrates building a query that retrieves names of

customers that also have placed orders. After dragging the CUSTOMER and
SALES_ORDER tables from the Database Schema panel to the Table Diagram
panel, a join is automatically displayed between the CUSTOMER_ID column
in each table. You can also manually add joins by dragging the cursor from
one join column to the other.
Clicking the SQL tab in the SQL panel shows the automatically generated
syntax:
SELECT *
FROM DEMO.CUSTOMER, DEMO.SALES_ORDER
WHERE (DEMO.CUSTOMER.CUSTOMER_ID = DEMO.SALES_ORDER.CUSTOMER_ID)

By default, all table columns are included in the query. To constrain query
syntax, click the Design tab in the SQL panel. You can drag individual
columns from the Table Diagram panel to the Add Column area of this tab to
refine the query. The Add Column entry is a placeholder only, and does not
affect the output. It is meant to be the area where you can drag columns from
the tables to add to the query.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 Query Designer 365
|

The following example shows the results of dragging the CUSTOMER_ID,

NAME, TOTAL, and SALESPERSON_ID columns to the SQL tab:

Clicking the SQL tab to view the modified syntax shows the query now selects
only from the set of columns:
SELECT DEMO.CUSTOMER.CUSTOMER_ID, DEMO.CUSTOMER.NAME,
DEMO.CUSTOMER.SALESPERSON_ID, DEMO.SALES_ORDER.TOTAL
FROM DEMO.CUSTOMER, DEMO.SALES_ORDER
WHERE (DEMO.CUSTOMER.CUSTOMER_ID =
DEMO.SALES_ORDER.CUSTOMER_ID)

2. To group sales by customer and show sales totals, perform the following:
— For the TOTAL column, click in the Total field and select Sum from the list.
The other columns are automatically updated to select the Group By value
required for this function.
— For the CUSTOMER_ID column, click the Show checkbox to deselect it.
This column is necessary for the query, but can be hidden in the output.
Clicking the SQL tab to view the syntax shows the SUM function and GROUP BY
clause has been added to the SQL:
SELECT DEMO.CUSTOMER.NAME, DEMO.CUSTOMER.SALESPERSON_ID,
SUM(DEMO.SALES_ORDER.TOTAL)
FROM DEMO.CUSTOMER, DEMO.SALES_ORDER
WHERE (DEMO.CUSTOMER.CUSTOMER_ID =
GROUP BY DEMO.CUSTOMER.CUSTOMER_ID, DEMO.CUSTOMER.NAME,
DEMO.CUSTOMER.SALESPERSON_ID

Other criteria can be applied using the Sort, Criteria, and Or fields.
3. To check the SQL syntax, click the Check Syntax button.
A dialog displays either a success message, or a database error code and
message.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

366
| Chapter 8 JDBC Palette

4. After checking the syntax, click the Execute button on the Test tab to preview
the query results:

A representative number of rows, specified by the Maximum Rows value, is

returned.
5. When the query returns the desired result set, click OK.
The SQL syntax is automatically entered in the SQL Statement field of the
Database task.

The following usage restrictions apply to the Query Designer:

• You can build, modify, and test SQL queries only, not UPDATE statements or
stored procedures.
• Only queries that are automatically generated can be manipulated and
regenerated using the Design tab features. Query syntax that was manually
typed in the SQL Statement field can be modified by typing or dropping
column names on the SQL tab. The syntax checking and preview results
features can also be used.
• After manually editing an automatically generated query on the SQL tab,
your changes are lost if you uncheck the Customize box on the SQL tab and
return to the Design tab.
• If you want to select columns with the same name from different tables, you
must specify column aliases for the columns that have the same name. In SQL,
you may select columns with the same name from different tables in the same
SQL statement, however, TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks requires that all
names in an input or output schema are unique. Therefore, you must specify
column aliases to ensure that all items in the output schema for a query are
unique.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 SQL Direct 367
|

SQL Direct
Activity

The SQL Direct activity executes a SQL statement that you provide. This
activity allows you to build a SQL statement dynamically (using other
activities), then pass the SQL statement into this activity’s input. This
activity also allows you to execute SQL statements that are not supported by other
activities in the JDBC palette. For example, DDL commands (for example, CREATE
TABLE) are not available using any other activity.

If this activity is not part of a transaction group, the SQL statement is committed
after the activity completes. If this activity is part of a transaction group, the SQL
statement is committed or rolled back with the other JDBC activities in the group
at the end of the transaction. See TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Process Design
for more information about creating groups for transactions.
If you want to override the default behavior of transaction groups for certain
JDBC activities in a transaction group, you can check the Override Transaction
Behavior field on the Advanced tab. This specifies that the activity is outside of
the transaction and the SQL statement is committed when the activity completes,
even if the activity is in a transaction group.

Configuration
The Configuration tab has the following fields.

Global
Field Description
Var?
Name No The name to appear as the label for the activity in
the process definition.

Description No Short description of the activity.

JDBC Yes Path to the shared configuration resource

Connection containing the JDBC connection information. See
JDBC Connection on page 333 for more
information about JDBC resources.

Timeout (sec) Yes Time (in seconds) to wait for the statement to
complete. If the statement does not complete in
the given time limit, an error is returned.

Maximum Yes The maximum number of rows to retrieve. To

Rows retrieve all rows, specify 0.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

368
| Chapter 8 JDBC Palette

Advanced
The Advanced tab has the following fields.

Global
Field Description
Var?
Override Yes Overrides the default behavior of a transaction
Transaction group. If this activity is in a transaction group, the
Behavior activity is normally committed or rolled back with
the other transactional activities.
If this checkbox is checked, this activity is not part
of the transaction group and is committed when it
completes. Checking this option uses a separate
database connection to perform the activity and
commit the SQL statement.

Input
The input for the activity is the following.

Input Item Datatype Description

ServerTimeZone string Specifies the time zone for the database
server. See Time Zone Construction on
page 373 for more information about how
time zones are constructed using this field.
You can use the Constants tab in the XPath
Formula Builder to supply a valid time zone
name. The list of time zone names is
generated from
java.util.TimeZone.getAvailableIDs().
See Time Zone Names on page 374 for the list
of valid time zone names.

statement string The SQL statement you want to execute. You

can use any process variables to build the
statement dynamically, if desired.

timeout number Time (in seconds) to wait for the statement to

complete. If the statement does not complete
in the given time limit, an error is returned.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 SQL Direct 369
|

Input Item Datatype Description

maxRows number The maximum number of rows to retrieve. To
retrieve all rows, specify 0.

Output
The output for the activity is the following.

Output Item Datatype Description

noOfUpdates integer The number of updates performed by the
statement.
There could be more than one statement
performed (for example, if a stored
procedure is executed). Because of this, this
item is a list of integers. Each item in the list
corresponds to the number of updates
performed by each statement. The first
integer in the list is the number of updates
performed by the first statement executed
by this activity. The second integer is the
number of updates performed by the
second statement, and so on.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

370
| Chapter 8 JDBC Palette

Output Item Datatype Description

unknownResultSet complex The result of the database statement. The
result element depends upon what is
returned by the statement.
The result set is a list of zero or more rows
with zero or more columns. Each column
contains a name and a value element. You
can use XPath expressions to retrieve the
desired row and column from the result set.
There could be multiple result sets returned
by the statements executed by this activity.
Because of this, this output item is a
repeatable list of result sets. The first item
in the list of result sets corresponds to the
result set returned by the first statement
executed by this activity. The second item
in the list of result sets corresponds to the
result set returned by the second statement
executed by this activity, and so on.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 SQL Direct 371
|

Output Item Datatype Description

Elapsed Time long This field displays the time taken for the
execution of the activity in milliseconds.
This is an optional element that appears
only when the property
java.property.bw.activity.output.st
ats.elapsedTime.JDBCGeneralActivity
is set to true in designer.tra. For
run-time, set the property to true in the
bwengine.tra file. By default, the property
is set to false.
If set in the design-time, this property must
be carried forward to the run-time; else it
can cause run-time errors.
Enabling this property causes additional
performance overhead. Hence, it is
recommended that you use this property
only when this information is to be
consumed by some other ActiveMatrix
BusinessWorks activity. Also, it is
recommended that this property be used
only in a non-production environment as a
diagnostic tool and the property be turned
off at run-time.
You can turn off the property and not
calculate the elapsed time at run-time by
setting the property
java.property.bw.activity.output.st
ats.elapsedTime.turnoff in the
bwengine.tra file. However, note that
setting this property will turn off the
calculation of elapsed time at run-time for
all the JDBC activities.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

372
| Chapter 8 JDBC Palette

Error Output
The Error Output tab lists the possible exceptions that can be thrown by this
activity. See TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Error Codes for more information
about error codes and corrective action to take.

Exception Thrown When...

JDBCDriverLoadingException An error occurred when loading the
specified JDBC driver.

JDBCConnectionNotFoundException An error occurred when attempting to

connect to the specified database.

InvalidTimeZoneException An invalid timezone was specified.

See Time Zone Names on page 374 for
a list of valid timezones.

JDBCSQLException A SQL error occurred.

JDBCTimedOutException The operation has timed out.

LoginTimedOutException A timeout has occurred while

attempting to connect to the database.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 Time Zone Construction 373
|

Time Zone Construction

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks constructs any date and time data returned
from the database with the time zone specified in the ServerTimeZone input
element. Constructed DateTime data is in a UTC-normalized form, and daylight
savings adjustments are also automatically applied.
If an invalid time zone name is specified, an InvalidTimeZoneException is
thrown. If no value is specified in this input item, it is assumed that the database
server is in the same time zone as the local machine.
All activities that retrieve and modify data to be later updated in a database
should specify the same time zone for the database server or potentially incorrect
values will be stored in the database.

Examples

Date in
Database serverTimeZone Constructed DateTime

Dec/5/1972 no value 1972-12-05T00:00:00-08:00

Jun/2/2003 no value 2003-06-02T00:00:00-07:00

Dec/5/1972 America/Los_Angeles 1972-12-05T00:00:00-08:00

Jun/2/2003 America/Los_Angeles 2003-06-02T00:00:00-07:00

Dec/5/1972 EST 1972-12-05T00:00:00-05:00

Jun/2/2003 EST 2003-06-02T00:00:00-04:00

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

374
| Chapter 8 JDBC Palette

Time Zone Names

The ServerTimeZone input item in JDBC activities allows you to specify the name
of the time zone where the database server is located. Table 5 lists the names of
the time zones that you can specify. You can also retrieve these time zone names
on the Constants tab of the XPath Formula Builder.

Table 5 Time zone names for the ServerTimeZone input item

Time Zone Name Time Zone Name Time Zone Name

MIT Africa/Casablanca Asia/Tehran

Pacific/Apia Africa/Conakry MET

Pacific/Niue Africa/Dakar Asia/Aqtau

Pacific/Pago_Pago Africa/Freetown Asia/Baku

America/Adak Africa/Lome Asia/Dubai

HST Africa/Monrovia Asia/Muscat

Pacific/Fakaofo Africa/Nouakchott Asia/Tbilisi

Pacific/Honolulu Africa/Ouagadougou Asia/Yerevan

Pacific/Rarotonga Africa/Sao_Tome Europe/Samara

Pacific/Tahiti Africa/Timbuktu Indian/Mahe

Pacific/Marquesas Atlantic/Canary Indian/Mauritius

AST Atlantic/Faeroe Indian/Reunion

America/Anchorage Atlantic/Reykjavik NET

Pacific/Gambier Atlantic/St_Helena Asia/Kabul

America/Los_Angeles Europe/Dublin Asia/Aqtobe

America/Tijuana Europe/Lisbon Asia/Ashgabat

America/Vancouver Europe/London Asia/Ashkhabad

PST GMT Asia/Bishkek

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 Time Zone Names 375
|

Table 5 Time zone names for the ServerTimeZone input item

Time Zone Name Time Zone Name Time Zone Name

Pacific/Pitcairn UTC Asia/Dushanbe

America/Dawson_Creek WET Asia/Karachi

America/Denver Africa/Algiers Asia/Tashkent

America/Edmonton Africa/Bangui Asia/Yekaterinburg

America/Mazatlan Africa/Douala Indian/Chagos

America/Phoenix Africa/Kinshasa Indian/Kerguelen

MST Africa/Lagos Indian/Maldives

PNT Africa/Libreville PLT

America/Belize Africa/Luanda Asia/Calcutta

America/Chicago Africa/Malabo IST

America/Costa_Rica Africa/Ndjamena Asia/Katmandu

America/El_Salvador Africa/Niamey Antarctica/Mawson

America/Guatemala Africa/Porto-Novo Asia/Almaty

America/Managua Africa/Tunis Asia/Colombo

America/Mexico_City Africa/Windhoek Asia/Dacca

America/Regina ECT Asia/Dhaka

America/Tegucigalpa Europe/Amsterdam Asia/Novosibirsk

America/Winnipeg Europe/Andorra Asia/Thimbu

CST Europe/Belgrade Asia/Thimphu

Pacific/Easter Europe/Berlin BST

Pacific/Galapagos Europe/Brussels Asia/Rangoon

America/Bogota Europe/Budapest Indian/Cocos

America/Cayman Europe/Copenhagen Asia/Bangkok

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

376
| Chapter 8 JDBC Palette

Table 5 Time zone names for the ServerTimeZone input item

Time Zone Name Time Zone Name Time Zone Name

America/Grand_Turk Europe/Gibraltar Asia/Jakarta

America/Guayaquil Europe/Luxembourg Asia/Krasnoyarsk

America/Havana Europe/Madrid Asia/Phnom_Penh

America/Indianapolis Europe/Malta Asia/Saigon

America/Jamaica Europe/Monaco Asia/Vientiane

America/Lima Europe/Oslo Indian/Christmas

America/Montreal Europe/Paris VST

America/Nassau Europe/Prague Antarctica/Casey

America/New_York Europe/Rome Asia/Brunei

America/Panama Europe/Stockholm Asia/Hong_Kong

America/Port-au-Prince Europe/Tirane Asia/Irkutsk

America/Porto_Acre Europe/Vaduz Asia/Kuala_Lumpur

America/Rio_Branco Europe/Vienna Asia/Macao

EST Europe/Warsaw Asia/Manila

IET Europe/Zurich Asia/Shanghai

America/Anguilla ART Asia/Singapore

America/Antigua Africa/Blantyre Asia/Taipei

America/Aruba Africa/Bujumbura Asia/Ujung_Pandang

America/Asuncion Africa/Cairo Asia/Ulaanbaatar

America/Barbados Africa/Gaborone Asia/Ulan_Bator

America/Caracas Africa/Harare Australia/Perth

America/Cuiaba Africa/Johannesburg CTT

America/Curacao Africa/Kigali Asia/Jayapura

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 Time Zone Names 377
|

Table 5 Time zone names for the ServerTimeZone input item

Time Zone Name Time Zone Name Time Zone Name

America/Dominica Africa/Lubumbashi Asia/Pyongyang

America/Grenada Africa/Lusaka Asia/Seoul

America/Guadeloupe Africa/Maputo Asia/Tokyo

America/Guyana Africa/Maseru Asia/Yakutsk

America/Halifax Africa/Mbabane JST

America/La_Paz Africa/Tripoli Pacific/Palau

America/Manaus Asia/Amman ACT

America/Martinique Asia/Beirut Australia/Adelaide

America/Montserrat Asia/Damascus Australia/Broken_Hill

America/Port_of_Spain Asia/Jerusalem Australia/Darwin

America/Puerto_Rico Asia/Nicosia AET

America/Santiago CAT Antarctica/DumontDUrville

America/Santo_Domingo EET Asia/Vladivostok

America/St_Kitts Europe/Athens Australia/Brisbane

America/St_Lucia Europe/Bucharest Australia/Hobart

America/St_Thomas Europe/Chisinau Australia/Sydney

America/St_Vincent Europe/Helsinki Pacific/Guam

America/Thule Europe/Istanbul Pacific/Port_Moresby

America/Tortola Europe/Kaliningrad Pacific/Saipan

Antarctica/Palmer Europe/Kiev Pacific/Truk

Atlantic/Bermuda Europe/Minsk Australia/Lord_Howe

Atlantic/Stanley Europe/Riga Asia/Magadan

PRT Europe/Simferopol Pacific/Efate

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

378
| Chapter 8 JDBC Palette

Table 5 Time zone names for the ServerTimeZone input item

Time Zone Name Time Zone Name Time Zone Name

America/St_Johns Europe/Sofia Pacific/Guadalcanal

CNT Europe/Tallinn Pacific/Kosrae

AGT Europe/Vilnius Pacific/Noumea

America/Buenos_Aires Africa/Addis_Ababa Pacific/Ponape

America/Cayenne Africa/Asmera SST

America/Fortaleza Africa/Dar_es_Salaam Pacific/Norfolk

America/Godthab Africa/Djibouti Antarctica/McMurdo

America/Miquelon Africa/Kampala Asia/Anadyr

America/Montevideo Africa/Khartoum Asia/Kamchatka

America/Paramaribo Africa/Mogadishu NST

America/Sao_Paulo Africa/Nairobi Pacific/Auckland

BET Asia/Aden Pacific/Fiji

America/Noronha Asia/Baghdad Pacific/Funafuti

Atlantic/South_Georgia Asia/Bahrain Pacific/Majuro

America/Scoresbysund Asia/Kuwait Pacific/Nauru

Atlantic/Azores Asia/Qatar Pacific/Tarawa

Atlantic/Cape_Verde Asia/Riyadh Pacific/Wake

Atlantic/Jan_Mayen EAT Pacific/Wallis

Africa/Abidjan Europe/Moscow Pacific/Chatham

Africa/Accra Indian/Antananarivo Pacific/Enderbury

Africa/Banjul Indian/Comoro Pacific/Tongatapu

Africa/Bissau Indian/Mayotte Pacific/Kiritimati

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 | 379

Chapter 9 JMS Palette

Java Message Service (JMS) is a specification for how messages are sent and
received between applications in a Java environment.
The JMS palette is used to send and receive JMS messages in a process definition.
Both the JMS point-to-point (queues) and publish/subscribe (topics) models are
supported.
Refer to the documentation of your JMS provider or the JMS specification for
more information about JMS and its message models.
See TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Release Notes for more information about
specific support for JMS providers.

Topics

• Enabling JMS in TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks, page 381

• Get JMS Queue Message, page 382
• JMS Application Properties, page 391
• JMS Connection, page 392
• JMS Properties, page 402
• JMS Queue Receiver, page 406
• JMS Queue Requestor, page 415
• JMS Queue Sender, page 424
• JMS Topic Publisher, page 432
• JMS Topic Requestor, page 439
• JMS Topic Subscriber, page 449
• Reply To JMS Message, page 458
• Wait for JMS Queue Message, page 466
• Wait for JMS Topic Message, page 475
• JMS Topic Publisher, page 432

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

380
| Chapter 9 JMS Palette

• Reconnecting to JMS Servers, page 485

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 Enabling JMS in TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks 381
|

Enabling JMS in TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks acts as a JMS client when sending messages

to or receiving messages from a JMS provider. Because of this, you must place the
appropriate JMS client files supplied by the JMS provider in the proper location.
Typically, this includes placing JAR files into a directory that is included on the
client’s CLASSPATH.
See the documentation for your JMS provider for more information about which
files are needed and the location to place them to enable client access to the JMS
server.
Once you have located the appropriate files, you can place them in the
<TIBCO_HOME>/bw/<version>/lib directory. This directory is in the TIBCO
ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks CLASSPATH, and placing the JMS client files in that
directory allows you to design and test TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks
process definitions that include JMS Palette activities.
When deploying your project, the machine where the process engine is deployed
must also have the appropriate JMS client files. You should also place the JMS
client files in the <TIBCO_HOME>/bw/<version>/lib directory of the machines
where your process engines are deployed.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

382
| Chapter 9 JMS Palette

Get JMS Queue Message

Activity

The Get JMS Queue Message activity retrieves a message from the
specified queue. This activity allows you to perform a receive
operation on the queue as opposed to waiting for a queue message to
be delivered to the Wait for JMS Queue Message activity or the JMS
Queue Receiver process starter.
You can use the Message Selector field on the Advanced tab to retrieve a specific
queue message from the queue.
The Get JMS Queue Message activity is different from the Wait for JMS Queue
Message activity in the following ways:
• Unlike the Wait for activity, which starts listening for messages from the time
the BusinessWorks engine starts, this activity starts listening for incoming
messages on the specified queue from the time the activity is triggered.
• This activity can receive only one message from the specified queue at a time,
when the Message Selector is not used.
• Once triggered, this activity can either gets a message from the specified
destination queue name before timeout and proceeds or it throws a timeout
error and exits.

Configuration
The Configuration tab has the following fields.

Global
Field Description
Var?
Name No The name to appear as the label for the activity in
the process definition.

Description No Short description of the activity.

JMS No The JMS connection. See JMS Connection on

Connection page 392 for more information about creating a
JMS connection.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 Get JMS Queue Message 383
|

Field Global Description

Var?
Destination Yes Name of the queue from which to retrieve the
Queue message.
The syntax of the queue name is specific to the
JMS provider you are using. See your JMS
provider documentation for more information
about queue names.
Note: If you are using TIBCO Enterprise Message
Service as your JMS provider, you can use the
Browse button next to this field after specifying a
valid connection in the JMS Connection field. The
Browse button displays a list of configured
destinations in the JMS server that are appropriate
for this activity.

Message Type No The type of the message. This can be one of the
following:
• Simple — A message with no body portion.
• Bytes — A stream of bytes.
• Map — A set of name or value pairs. The
names are strings, and the values are simple
data types (JAVA primitives), an array of bytes
(use the Binary datatype when mapping this
data), or a string. Each item can be accessed
sequentially or by its name.
• Object — A serializable Java object.
• Object Ref — An object reference to a Java
object.
• Stream — A stream of Java primitives, strings,
or arrays of bytes. Each value must be read
sequentially.
• Text — The message is a java.lang.String.
• XML Text — The message is XML text.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

384
| Chapter 9 JMS Palette

Field Global Description

Var?
Acknowledge Yes The acknowledge mode for incoming messages. It
Mode can be one of the following:
• Auto — the message is automatically
acknowledged when it is received.
• Client — the message will be acknowledged at
a later point by using the Confirm activity. If
the message is not confirmed before the
process instance ends, the message is
redelivered and a new process instance is
created to handle the new incoming message.
Ensure that your process definition confirms
the message when using this acknowledge
mode.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 Get JMS Queue Message 385
|

Field Global Description

Var?
Acknowledge • TIBCO EMS Explicit — (only available for
Mode TIBCO Enterprise Message Service) a message
which is not acknowledged using the Confirm
activity before the process instance ends, will
be redelivered instead of all messages in the
session. The session is not blocked and one
session handles all incoming messages for
each process instance.
Note — In the TIBCO ActiveMatrix
BusinessWorks 5.10 release, there is a change
in the behavior of this feature. Now only the
messages that are not confirmed, would be
redelivered.
• TIBCO EMS Explicit Dups OK — (only
available for TIBCO Enterprise Message
Service) a message which is not acknowledged
using the Confirm activity before the process
instance ends, will be redelivered instead of all
messages in the session. The session is not
blocked and one session handles all the
incoming messages for each process instance.
However, the messages would be lazily
acknowledged.
• TIBCO EMS No Acknowledge — the message
is not acknowledged when it is received.
• Dups OK — the message is acknowledged
automatically when it is received. JMS
provides this mode for lazy
acknowledgement, but TIBCO ActiveMatrix
BusinessWorks acknowledges messages upon
receipt.
• Transactional — this mode is used when a
transaction that can process JMS messages is
included in the process definition. The
message is acknowledged when the
transaction commits. See TIBCO ActiveMatrix
BusinessWorks Process Design for more
information about creating transactions that
JMS activities can participate in.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

386
| Chapter 9 JMS Palette

Advanced
The Advanced tab has the following fields.

Global
Field Description
Var?
Message Yes A string to determine whether a message should
Selector be received. The syntax of the message selector is
determined by the JMS provider, but it is usually
a subset of SQL92 (where message properties are
used instead of table column names).
See your JMS provider documentation for more
information and syntax for a message selector
string.

JMS No Any application-specific message properties that

Application will be part of the message. This is specified by
Properties the JMS Application Properties shared
configuration resource.
Once specified, these properties appear on the
Output tab as "OtherProperties".

Input
See TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Process Design for more information about
mapping and transforming input data.
The input for the activity is the following.

Input Item Datatype Description

destinationQueue string The queue to which to send the request. This
input item overrides the Destination Queue
field on the Configuration tab.

timeout integer Specifies how long the message can remain

active (in seconds). If set to 0, the message
does not expire.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 Get JMS Queue Message 387
|

Input Item Datatype Description

selector string A string to determine whether a message
should be received. The value of this element
overrides any value specified in the Message
Selector field of the Advanced tab. The
syntax of the message selector is determined
by the JMS provider, but it is usually a subset
of SQL92 (where message properties are
used instead of table column names).
See your JMS provider documentation for
more information and syntax for a message
selector string.

Output Editor
The Output Editor tab defines the schema to use for messages of type Map,
Stream, or XML Text. Map messages are name/value pairs, and the schema
allows you to define the structure of the retrieved queue message. The schema
defined on the Output Editor tab becomes the body of the message on the Output
tab.
See Appendix A, Specifying Data Schema, on page 773 for a complete description
of using the Output Editor tab.

Output
The output for the activity is the following.

Output Item Datatype Description

JMSHeaders complex The message header fields for the message.
See JMS Properties on page 402 for more
information about message header fields.
Only properties applicable to this type of
message are displayed.

JMSProperties complex The message properties for the message.

See JMS Properties on page 402 for more
information about message properties.
Only properties applicable to this type of
message are displayed.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

388
| Chapter 9 JMS Palette

Output Item Datatype Description

OtherProperties complex If the JMS Application Properties field is
specified on the Advanced tab, the
OtherProperties group lists the
application-specific properties in the
selected JMS Application Properties shared
configuration resource.

Body depends The body of the message.

upon
message
type

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 Get JMS Queue Message 389
|

Output Item Datatype Description

DynamicProperties complex The dynamic properties is an additional
parameter to add runtime property to the
Outgoing JMS Messages which is specified
in the Input tab. This is an optional
element with only one instance. Dynamic
property can have multiple property
elements.
Each property element denotes a single
dynamic property and can contain the
following elements:
Name — Required. Name of the property
with one instance.
Value — Required. Value of the property
with one instance.
Type — Optional. Type of the property. If
not provided, it will be considered as
string.
Following Types are supported:
• string
• boolean
• short
• integer
• long
• float
• double
• byte
Note: The DynamicProperty will overwrite
the value of a property (with the same
name) added using the JMS Application
Property.
The DynamicProperties will be also added
to the outgoing message.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

390
| Chapter 9 JMS Palette

Error Output
The Error Output tab lists the possible exceptions that can be thrown by this
activity. See TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Error Codes for more information
about error codes and corrective action to take.

Exception Thrown When...

JMSInvalidInputException Input to the activity is not valid.

JMSSessionCreateException The JMS session could not be created.

JMSReceiveException The JMS receive operation failed.

ActivityTimedOutException The specified timeout has been reached

and the activity has not completed its
execution.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 JMS Application Properties 391
|

JMS Application Properties

Shared Configuration

The JMS Application Properties resource describes any JMS

message properties that a JMS application expects. These properties
can then be added to a JMS message on the Advanced tab of a JMS
activity. These properties appear in the OtherProperties element on
the Input or Output tab of the activity.

Configuration
The Configuration tab has the following fields.

Global
Field Description
Var?
Name No The name to appear as the label for the resource.

Description No Short description of the shared resource.

Properties No A table listing any application-specific properties.

Use the + and x buttons to the right of the table to
add and delete properties. Use the up and down
arrow buttons to move selected properties to the
desired location in the table.
Specify the name of the property by typing the
name in the PropertyName column.
Specify the datatype of the property by double
clicking the cell of the Type column for the desired
property. This causes a drop down list of valid JMS
datatypes to appear.
Specify whether the property is optional or
required by double clicking on the cell of the
Cardinality column for the desired property. Select
either optional or required in the drop down list
that appears.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

392
| Chapter 9 JMS Palette

JMS Connection
Shared Configuration

The JMS Connection resource describes a JMS connection. This

resource is used to specify activities on the JMS palette.

Configuration
The Configuration tab has the following fields.

Field Global Description

Var?
Name No This name appears as the label for the resource.

Description No Short description of the shared resource.

User Name Yes User name to use when logging into the JMS server.
If the JMS provider does not require access control,
this field can be empty.
Not all JMS servers require user names and
passwords. Refer to your JMS provider
documentation and consult your system
administrator to determine if your JMS server
requires a user name and password.

Password Yes Password to use when logging into the JMS server.
If the JMS provider does not require access control,
this field can be empty.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 JMS Connection 393
|

Field Global Description

Var?
Auto-Gene Yes Checking this field specifies that you want to
rate Client automatically generate the client ID if no client ID is
ID specified or if the specified ID is already in use.
When this field is checked, if a value is specified in
the Client ID field, an attempt is made to use the
specified value. However, if the specified value is
already in use, a new client ID is generated.
When an automatically generated client ID is
required, the following format is used for the client
ID:
BW-<projectName>-<topic or
queue>-<engineName>-<timestamp>

If this field is not checked, then the value specified

in the Client ID field is used. If no value is specified
in the Client ID field, then no client ID is set. If the
value specified in the Client ID field is already in
use, an exception is thrown.

Client ID Yes Client ID for the connection. Typically JMS

providers have a provider-specific format for client
IDs. See your JMS provider’s documentation for
more information about client IDs. Each connection
must use a unique Client ID. If you do not specify a
value in this field, TIBCO ActiveMatrix
BusinessWorks ensures the uniqueness of the client
ID for each connection.

SSL No Specifies whether you want to use SSL for the

connection to the JMS server. SSL is used when the
Use SSL? checkbox is checked. Click the Configure
SSL button to configure the SSL connection
parameters.
Note: SSL is supported only when using TIBCO
Enterprise Message Service.
See SSL Configuration on page 399 for more
information.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

394
| Chapter 9 JMS Palette

Field Global Description

Var?
Use JNDI Yes Specifies whether JNDI should be used to look up
for the ConnectionFactory object. If this field is
Connection unchecked, the Provider URL and Use XA
Factory Connection Factory fields appear. If this field is
checked, JNDI configuration fields appear.

Provider Yes This field is only available when the Use JNDI for
URL Connection Factory field is unchecked.
This is the URL to use to connect to the JMS server.

Use XA No When checked, this field specifies that an XA

Connection connection factory is to be used. This is useful if you
Factory want activities that use this connection to participate
in an XA transaction.
Note: This field appears only when the Use JNDI for
Connection Factory field is unchecked.
See TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Process Design
for more information about transactions.
Note: If this field is selected, the "Use UFO
Connection Factory" field cannot be used.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 JMS Connection 395
|

Field Global Description

Var?
Use UFO Yes Use this checkbox when using EMS Unshared State
Connection Failover factories. Refer to TIBCO Enterprise Message
Factory Service User’s Guide for details on Unshared State
Failover.
This field appears only when the Use JNDI for
Connection Factory field is unchecked.
Note: If this field is selected, the Use XA Connection
Factory field cannot be used.
When using Unshared Failover setup, if a
connection loss is detected to server (A), TIBCO
ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks will try to connect to
server (B) as defined in the connection factory
configuration. For more information on Unshared
Failover, refer to TIBCO Enterprise Message Service
User’s Guide.
After enabling this checkbox you can pass the
provider URL in the form of UFO. For example:
"tcp://serverA:7222+tcp://serverB:7222"
where serverA and serverB are two EMS servers
configured for the Unshared State Failover.
Unsupported Features and Activities
• JMS Palette
— JMS Queue Requestor
— JMS Topic Requestor
— Any other Requestor activity
• SOAP Palette
— All activities
• Service Palette
— All activities
• AE Adaptor
— All activities

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

396
| Chapter 9 JMS Palette

Field Global Description

Var?
Looking up factories using JNDI is not supported
because:
• UFO factories cannot be retrieved through JNDI
directly.

Use Shared No When this field is checked, the JNDI Configuration

JNDI field appears that allows you to choose a JNDI
Configurati Configuration shared configuration resource.
on
When this field is unchecked, the JNDI Context
Factory, JNDI Context URL, JNDI User Name, and
JNDI Password fields appear.

JNDI No This field only appears when the Use Shared JNDI
Configurati Configuration field is checked.
on
This field allows you to choose a JNDI
Configuration shared configuration object that
specifies the JNDI connection information. See JNDI
Configuration on page 176 for more information.

JNDI Yes This field appears only when the Use Shared JNDI
Context Configuration field is unchecked. It is the initial
Factory context factory class for accessing JNDI.
(javax.naming.Context.INITIAL_CONTEXT_
FACTORY). You can choose from the drop-down list
of supported classes, or you can type in a different
InitialContextFactory class name.
When using IBM WebSphere, you should use the
JNDI Configuration resource instead of specifying
the JNDI configuration on this resource. See IBM
WebSphere and JNDI Context Caching on page 178
for more information.
Note: TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks attempts
to find the class. However, you may need to add the
Java file supplied by your JNDI service provider to
the CLASSPATH environment variable to use JNDI.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 JMS Connection 397
|

Field Global Description

Var?
JNDI Yes This field only appears when the Use Shared JNDI
Context Configuration field is unchecked. This is the URL to
URL the JNDI service provider
(javax.naming.Context.PROVIDER_URL). An
example URL is provided when one of the
supported JNDI context factory classes is selected.
See your JNDI provider documentation for the
syntax of the URL.

JNDI User Yes This field only appears when the Use Shared JNDI
Name Configuration field is unchecked. User name to use
when logging into the JNDI server
(javax.naming.Context.SECURITY_
PRINCIPAL). If the JNDI provider does not require
access control, this field can be empty.

JNDI Yes This field only appears when the Use Shared JNDI
Password Configuration field is unchecked. Password to use
when logging into the JNDI server
(javax.naming.Context.SECURITY_
CREDENTIALS). If the JNDI provider does not require
access control, this field can be empty.

Connection Yes This field is only available when the SSL and the Use
Factory SSL JNDI for Connection Factory fields are checked and
Password the Use Shared JNDI Configuration field is
unchecked.
The SSL configuration is specified in the
ConnectionFactory object, except for the client SSL
password.
You can specify your client SSL password in this
field, or you can leave this field empty. If your
password is not specified, the private key password
is used.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

398
| Chapter 9 JMS Palette

Test Connection Button

Allows you to test the connection specified in the configuration of this resource.
This button is only enabled if JNDI is not used (that is, the Use JNDI for
Connection Factory field is unchecked) or if the required JNDI fields on the
Configuration and Advanced tab are supplied when JNDI is used.

Advanced
The Advanced tab has the following fields.

Field Global Description

Var?
Topic Yes This field is only available when the Use JNDI for
Connection Connection Factory field on the Configuration tab
Factory is checked.
The TopicConnectionFactory object stored in
JNDI. This object is used to create a topic
connection with a JMS application.
See your JNDI provider documentation for more
information about creating and storing
TopicConnectionFactory objects.

Queue Yes This field is only available when the Use JNDI for
Connection Connection Factory field on the Configuration tab
Factory is checked.
The QueueConnectionFactory object stored in
JNDI. This object is used to create a queue
connection with a JMS application.
See your JNDI provider documentation for more
information about creating and storing
QueueConnectionFactory objects.

JNDI No Any additional properties to supply for the

Properties connection. You specify a name, datatype, and
value for each property.
These properties are typically vendor-specific. See
your JNDI provider documentation for more
information about the available properties.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 JMS Connection 399
|

SSL Configuration
The SSL Configuration button allows you to configure the SSL connection
parameters. The SSL Configuration dialog specifies the basic and advanced SSL
parameters you can set for the JMS server you are connecting to.

When using JNDI to lookup the JMS Connection factory, the parameters
ssl_identity and ssl_verify_host must be specified in the factories.conf
file of the Enterprise Message Service server.

The following sections describe the SSL Configuration dialog.

Basic
The Basic tab of the SSL Configuration dialog allows you to specify the simplest
required SSL configuration parameters for the connection.

Field Description
Trusted Certificates Location of the trusted certificates on this
Folder machine. The trusted certificates are a collection of
certificates from servers to whom you will
establish connections. If the server you want to
establish a connection presents a certificate that
does not match one of your trusted certificates,
the connection is refused.
This prevents connections to unauthorized
servers.
Trusted certificates must be imported into a folder,
and then you can select the folder in this field.

Identity The location of the client certificate. This is a

resource contained in the General palette.
Specify the client certificate and Identity field
when the JMS server requires client
authentication.
See TIBCO Designer Palette Reference for more
information.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

400
| Chapter 9 JMS Palette

Advanced
The Advanced tab of the SSL Configuration dialog allows you to specify more
advanced SSL configuration parameters for the connection.

Field Description
Trace Specifies whether SSL tracing should be enabled
during the connection. If checked, the SSL connection
messages are logged and sent to the console.

Debug Trace Specifies whether SSL debug tracing should be

enabled during the connection. Debug tracing
provides more detailed messages than standard
tracing.

Verify Host Name Specifies whether you want to verify that the host
you are connecting to is the expected host. The host
name in the host’s digital certificate is compared
against the value you supply in the Expected Host
Name field. If the host name does not match the
expected host name, the connection is refused.
Note: The default context factories for TIBCO
Enterprise Message Service automatically determine
if host name verification is necessary. If you are using
a custom implementation of the context factories,
your custom implementation must explicitly set the
verify host property to the correct value. For
example:
com.tibco.tibjms.TibjmsSSL.setVerifyHost(fa
lse)

Expected Host Name Specifies the name of the host you are expecting to
connect to. This field is only relevant if the Verify
Host Name field is also checked.
If the name of the host in the host’s digital certificate
does not match the value specified in this field, the
connection is refused.
This prevents hosts from attempting to impersonate
the host you are expecting to connect to.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 JMS Connection 401
|

Field Description
Strong Cipher Suites When checked, this field specifies that the minimum
Only strength of the cipher suites used can be specified
with the
bw.plugin.security.strongcipher.minstrength
custom engine property. See TIBCO ActiveMatrix
BusinessWorks Administration for more information
about this property. The default value of the property
disables cipher suites with an effective key length
below 128 bits.
When this field is unchecked, only cipher suites with
an effective key length of up to 128 bits can be used.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

402
| Chapter 9 JMS Palette

JMS Properties

Table 6 table describes message headers and message properties used in JMS
messages. MessageHeader properties are set by the JMS application sending the
message and are available to view once the message is received.
MessageProperties can be set on outgoing messages using the Input tab of the
activity that sends the message.

Table 6 Properties for JMS Messages

Property Datatype Description

MessageHeaders

JMSDestination string Destination where a message is sent.

JMSReplyTo string The JMS application where the reply

message should be sent.

JMSDeliveryMode string The delivery mode of the message. Can be

one of the following:
• Persistent signifies the messages are
stored and forwarded.
• Non-Persistent messages are not
stored and may be lost due to failures
in transmission.
• When using TIBCO Enterprise
Message Service, the
JMSDeliveryMode header can be
TIBCO EMS Reliable. See the TIBCO
Enterprise Message Service
documentation for more information
about this mode.

JMSMessageID string The unique ID of the message.

JMSTimestamp long The time a message was handed off to a

JMS provider to be sent. The time is
expressed as the amount of time, in
milliseconds, since midnight, January 1,
1970, UTC.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 JMS Properties 403
|

Table 6 Properties for JMS Messages

Property Datatype Description

JMSExpiration long The expiration time of the message. The
time is expressed as the amount of time, in
milliseconds since midnight, January 1,
1970, UTC. If set to 0, the message does
not expire.
For outgoing messages, this is set by
specifying the JMSExpiration field on the
activity’s Advanced tab.

JMSRedelivered boolean Typically this item is set when the JMS

provider has delivered the message at
least once before.

JMSPriority integer The priority of the message. Priority is a

value from 0-9. Higher numbers signify a
higher priority (that is, 9 is a higher
priority than 8).
For outgoing messages, the default
priority is 4. This is set on the activity’s
Advanced tab.

JMSCorrelationID string This ID is used to link a response message

with its related request message. This is
usually the message ID of a request
message when this field is found in a
reply message.
See the following topics for more
information about JMSCorrelationID:
• JMS Queue Requestor on page 415
• JMS Queue Sender on page 424
• JMS Topic Publisher on page 432
• JMS Topic Requestor on page 439
• Reply To JMS Message on page 458

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

404
| Chapter 9 JMS Palette

Table 6 Properties for JMS Messages

Property Datatype Description

JMSType string The JMS provider-supplied string to
describe the type of the message. Some
JMS providers use this property to define
messages in the provider’s repository. See
your JMS provider documentation for
more information about the use of this
field.

MessageProperties

JMSXUserID string The ID of the user sending the message.

This property is optionally set on
incoming messages by the JMS
application. This property is not set on
outgoing messages.

JMSXAppID string The ID of the application sending the

message.
This property is optionally set on
incoming messages by the JMS
application. This property is not set on
outgoing messages.

JMSXProducerTIXID string The transaction identifier of the

transaction where this message was
produced.
This property is optionally set on
incoming messages by the JMS
application. This property is not set on
outgoing messages.

JMSXConsumerTXID string The transaction identifier of the

transaction where this message was
consumed.
This property is optionally set on
incoming messages by the JMS
application. This property is not set on
outgoing messages.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 JMS Properties 405
|

Table 6 Properties for JMS Messages

Property Datatype Description

JMSXRcvTimestamp integer The time the JMS server delivered the
message to the consumer. The time is
expressed as the amount of time, in
milliseconds since midnight, January 1,
1970, UTC.
This property is optionally set on
incoming messages by the JMS server.
This property is not set on outgoing
messages.

JMSXDeliveryCount integer The number of delivery attempts for this

message.

JMSXGroupID string The identity of the message group this

message is a part of.
You can set this property on outgoing
messages to group messages into a
numbered sequence.

JMSXGroupSeq integer The sequence number of this message in

its group.
You can set this property on outgoing
messages to group messages into a
numbered sequence.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

406
| Chapter 9 JMS Palette

JMS Queue Receiver

Process Starter

Starts a process based on the receipt of a message for the specified

JMS queue.

Configuration
The Configuration tab has the following fields.

Globa
Field l Var? Description

Name No The name to appear as the label for the activity in

the process definition.

Description No Short description of the activity.

JMS No The JMS connection. See JMS Connection on

Connection page 392 for more information about creating a
JMS connection.

Destination Yes Name of the queue of the incoming message.

Queue
The syntax of the queue name is specific to the
JMS provider you are using. See your JMS
provider documentation for more information
about queue names.
Note: If you are using TIBCO Enterprise Message
Service as your JMS provider, you can use the
Browse button next to this field after specifying a
valid connection in the JMS Connection field. The
Browse button displays a list of configured
destinations in the JMS server that are
appropriate for this activity.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 JMS Queue Receiver 407
|

Field Globa Description

l Var?
Message Type No The type of the message. This can be one of the
following:
• Simple — A message with no body portion.
• Bytes — A stream of bytes.
• Map — A set of name/value pairs. The names
are strings, and the values are simple data
types (Java primitives), an array of bytes (use
the Binary datatype when mapping this data),
or a string. Each item can be accessed
sequentially or by its name.
• Object — A serializable Java object.
• Object Ref — An object reference to a Java
object.
• Stream — A stream of Java primitives, strings,
or arrays of bytes. Each value must be read
sequentially.
• Text — The message is a java.lang.String.
• XML Text — The message is XML text.

Acknowledge Yes The acknowledge mode for incoming messages. It

Mode can be one of the following:
• Auto — the message is automatically
acknowledged when it is received.
• Client — the message will be acknowledged
at a later point by using the Confirm activity.
If the message is not confirmed before the
process instance ends, the message is
redelivered and a new process instance is
created to handle the new incoming message.
Ensure that your process definition confirms
the message when using this acknowledge
mode.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

408
| Chapter 9 JMS Palette

Field Globa Description

l Var?
• TIBCO EMS Explicit — (only available for
TIBCO Enterprise Message Service) a message
which is not acknowledged using the Confirm
activity before the process instance ends, will
be redelivered instead of all messages in the
session. The session is not blocked and one
session handles all incoming messages for
each process instance.
Note — In the TIBCO ActiveMatrix
BusinessWorks 5.10 release, there is a change
in the behavior of this feature. Now only the
messages that are not confirmed, will be
redelivered.
• TIBCO EMS Explicit Dups OK — (only
available for TIBCO Enterprise Message
Service) a message which is not
acknowledged using the Confirm activity
before the process instance ends, will be
redelivered instead of all messages in the
session. The session is not blocked and one
session handles all the incoming messages for
each process instance. The messages however,
would be lazily acknowledged.
• TIBCO EMS No Acknowledge — the message
is not acknowledged when it is received.
• Dups OK — the message is acknowledged
automatically when it is received. JMS
provides this mode for lazy
acknowledgement, but TIBCO ActiveMatrix
BusinessWorks acknowledges messages upon
receipt.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 JMS Queue Receiver 409
|

Field Globa Description

l Var?
• Transactional — this mode is used when a
transaction that can process JMS messages is
included in the process definition. The
message is acknowledged when the
transaction commits. See TIBCO ActiveMatrix
BusinessWorks Process Design for more
information about creating transactions that
JMS activities can participate in.
• Local Transactional — this mode is used when
a transaction involves only JMS messages. See
TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Process
Design for more information about creating
transactions that JMS activities can participate
in.

Max Sessions Yes When the Acknowledge Mode field is set to

Client, Transactional and Local Transactional, this
field appears for specifying the maximum
number of JMS sessions to create for incoming
messages.
When a JMS queue message is received, the
session is blocked until the message is
acknowledged. Because the acknowledgement
can come at a later time with the Confirm activity,
this field allows you to specify a maximum
number of new sessions to create to handle
incoming messages.
After reaching a maximum number of sessions,
no new incoming messages can be processed. The
total number of active sessions is decreased and
another incoming message can be processed after
confirming an incoming message.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

410
| Chapter 9 JMS Palette

Misc
The Misc tab contains the following fields:

Field Description
Sequencing Key This field can contain an XPath expression that
specifies which processes should run in order. Process
instances with sequencing keys that evaluate to the
same value will be executed sequentially in the order
the process instance was created.
See TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Process Design
for more information about controlling the execution
order of process instances and about XPath
expressions.

Custom Id This field can contain an XPath expression that

specifies a custom ID for the process instance. This ID
is displayed in the View Service dialog of TIBCO
Administrator, and it is also available in the
$_processContext process variable.

Load-Balancing of Incoming Messages

One common application of a JMS queue is to distribute queue messages across
multiple receivers, thus balancing the processing of the messages on the queue. To
achieve this goal, both the JMS server and TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks
must be properly configured. The JMS server must allow the queue messages to
be distributed across multiple receivers. For example, in TIBCO Enterprise
Message Service, the exclusive property on the queue controls whether
messages can be delivered across receivers or not. In TIBCO ActiveMatrix
BusinessWorks, the process definition containing the JMS Queue Receiver must
be deployed across multiple process engines. This creates multiple queue
receivers for the same queue.
When balancing incoming messages across TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks
engines, you should ensure that one engine does not attempt to accept and
confirm a large number of incoming messages before other engines can receive
the messages. In general, most JMS servers balance the load by distributing
messages in a round-robin fashion to all queue receivers. However, there are
situations that can cause an uneven distribution of messages across queue
receivers. If you set the Acknowledge Mode field to "Auto" on the Configuration
tab of the JMS Queue Receiver, the process starter confirms messages as it receives

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 JMS Queue Receiver 411
|

them. When process engines are started at different times, this can lead to one
process engine receiving all queue messages and paging them to disk, depending
upon how the engine’s Max Jobs and Activation Limit properties are set when the
engine is deployed.
If you are using TIBCO Enterprise Messaging Service, you can avoid this problem
by setting the acknowledge mode to TIBCO EMS Explicit and then use the Flow
Limit property in the deployment configuration to control the number of process
instances created by the process starter.
If you are not using TIBCO Enterprise Messaging Service, set the Acknowledge
Mode field to "Client". In this mode, a process engine can only receive as many
messages as it has sessions specified in the Max Sessions field. Once a process
engine reaches the maximum number of sessions, another process engine can
begin to accept incoming messages. A process engine cannot receive more
messages until the messages have been acknowledged by using the Confirm
activity. Once the message is acknowledged, the session is released and the
process engine can accept a new message.

If the Sequencing Key field is set to preserve the order of incoming messages, to
confirm the messages sequentially you must either set the Acknowledge mode to
TIBCO EMS Explicit Client Acknowledge mode or set the Acknowledge mode to
Client and Max Sessions to 1. Setting Max Sessions to 1 can limit the system's
throughput, so using TIBCO Enterprise Message Service and TIBCO EMS Explicit
Client Acknowledge is a better choice.

Advanced
The Advanced tab has the following fields.

Field Global Description

Var?
Message Yes A string to determine whether a message should be
Selector received. The syntax of the message selector is
determined by the JMS provider, but it is usually a
subset of SQL92 (where message properties are
used instead of table column names).
See your JMS provider documentation for more
information and syntax for a message selector
string.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

412
| Chapter 9 JMS Palette

Field Global Description

Var?
JMS Yes Any application-specific message properties that
Application will be part of the message. This is specified by the
Properties JMS Application Properties shared configuration
object.
Once specified, these properties appear on the
Output tab as "OtherProperties".

Receiver No Specifies the polling interval to check for new

Timeout messages. This default interval is set by the custom
(seconds) engine property
bw.plugin.jms.receiverTimeout. If no value is
specified for the property, the default polling
interval is one second.
Set a value in this field to specify the polling
interval (in seconds) for this activity. The value in
this field overrides the default polling interval.

Precreate No When selected, this field specifies that the

Transactions transaction is created before a message arrives at
the JMS receiver. This field is available when
Acknowledge Mode is set to Transactional.
Note: The Precreate Transactions feature should be
used only with IBM MQ Websphere.

XA No Specifies the XA Transaction Manager

Transaction Configuration used to create the XA transaction.
Manager This field is available when Precreate Transactions
Reference field is checked. This configuration overrides the
Transaction Manager associated with the group the
Event Source is tied to.

Output Editor
The Output Editor tab defines the schema to use for incoming messages whose
message type is Map, Stream, or XML Text. Map messages are name/value pairs,
and the schema allows you to define the structure of the incoming message. Once
defined, the schema on the Output Editor tab becomes the structure used for the
body of the message displayed on the Output tab.
See Appendix A, Specifying Data Schema, on page 773 for a complete description
of using the Output Editor tab.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 JMS Queue Receiver 413
|

Output
The output for the activity is the following.

Output Item Datatype Description

JMSHeaders complex The message header fields for the message.
See JMS Properties on page 402 for more
information about message header fields.
Only properties applicable to this type of
message are displayed.

JMSProperties complex The message properties for the message. See

JMS Properties on page 402 for more
information about message properties.
Only properties applicable to this type of
message are displayed.

OtherProperties complex If the JMS Application Properties field is

specified on the Advanced tab, the
OtherProperties group lists the
application-specific properties in the
selected JMS Application Properties shared
configuration resource.

Body depends The body of the message.

upon the
message
type

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

414
| Chapter 9 JMS Palette

Output Item Datatype Description

DynamicProperties complex The dynamic properties is an additional
parameter to add runtime property to the
Outgoing JMS Messages which is specified
in the Input tab. This is an optional element
with only one instance. Dynamic property
can have multiple property elements.
Each property element denotes a single
dynamic property and can contain the
following elements:
Name — Required. Name of the property
with one instance.
Value — Required. Value of the property
with one instance.
Type — Optional. Type of the property. If
not provided, it will be considered as string.
Following Types are supported:
• string
• boolean
• short
• integer
• long
• float
• double
• byte
Note: The DynamicProperty will overwrite
the value of a property (with the same
name) added using the JMS Application
Property.
The DynamicProperties will be also added
to the outgoing message.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 JMS Queue Requestor 415
|

JMS Queue Requestor

Activity

The JMS Queue Requestor activity is used to send a request to a JMS

queue name and receive a response back from the JMS client.

This activity uses temporary destinations to ensure that reply messages are
received only by the process that sent the request.

Configuration
The Configuration tab has the following fields.

Field Global Description

Var?
Name No The name to appear as the label for the activity in
the process definition.

Description No Short description of the activity.

JMS No The JMS connection. See JMS Connection on

Connection page 392 for more information about creating a JMS
connection.

Destination Yes Name of the queue of the outgoing message.

Queue
The syntax of the queue name is specific to the JMS
provider you are using. See your JMS provider
documentation for more information about queue
names.
Note: If you are using TIBCO Enterprise Message
Service as your JMS provider, you can use the
Browse button next to this field after specifying a
valid connection in the JMS Connection field. The
Browse button displays a list of configured
destinations in the JMS server that are appropriate
for this activity.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

416
| Chapter 9 JMS Palette

Field Global Description

Var?
Message No The type of the message. This can be one of the
Type following:
• Simple — A message with no body portion.
• Bytes — A stream of bytes.
• Map — A set of name/value pairs. The names
are strings, and the values are simple data types
(Java primitives), an array of bytes (use the
Binary datatype when mapping this data), or a
string. Each item can be accessed sequentially or
by its name.
• Object — A serializable Java object.
• Object Ref — An object reference to a Java object.
• Stream — A stream of Java primitives, strings, or
arrays of bytes. Each value must be read
sequentially.
• Text — The message is a java.lang.String.
• XML Text — The message is XML text.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 JMS Queue Requestor 417
|

Advanced
The Advanced tab has the following fields.

Global
Field Description
Var?
Delivery mode Yes The delivery mode of the message. Can be one of
the following:
• PERSISTENT: signifies the messages are
stored and forwarded.
• NON_PERSISTENT: messages are not stored
and may be lost due to failures in
transmission.
• TIBCO EMS Reliable: this mode is only
available when using TIBCO Enterprise
Message Service. See the TIBCO Enterprise
Message Service documentation for more
information about this mode.

JMSExpiration Yes Corresponds to JMSExpiration property that

(secs) specifies how long the message can remain active
(in seconds).
If set to 0, the message does not expire.
This field is set in seconds, but the JMSExpiration
property is displayed in milliseconds.

Priority Yes Priority of the message. You may set the priority
to a value from 0-9. The default value is 4.

Type Yes The value to supply to the JMSType header

property.

JMS No Any application-specific message properties that

Application will be part of the message. This is specified by
Properties the JMS Application Properties shared
configuration resource.
Once specified, these properties appear on the
Output tab as OtherProperties.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

418
| Chapter 9 JMS Palette

Input Editor/Output Editor

The Input Editor/Output Editor tabs define the schema to use for messages of
type Map, Stream, or XML Text. Map messages are name/value pairs, and the
schema allows you to define the structure of the outgoing request and the
incoming reply. The schema defined on the Input Editor tab becomes the body of
the message on the Input tab. The schema defined on the Output Editor tab
becomes the body of the message on the Output tab.
See Appendix A, Specifying Data Schema, on page 773 for a complete description
of using the Input/Output Editor tabs.

Input
See TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Process Design for more information about
mapping and transforming input data.
The input for the activity is the following.

Input Item Datatype Description

destinationQueue string The queue to which to send the request. This
input item overrides the Destination Queue
field on the Configuration tab.

JMSExpiration integer Specifies how long the message can remain

active (in seconds). If set to 0, the message
does not expire.

JMSPriority string The priority of the message. This item

overrides the priority set on the Advanced
tab.

JMSCorrelationID string This ID is used to link a response message

with its related request message. This is
usually the message ID of a request message
when this field is found in a reply message,
but you can set this element to any value.

JMSType string The type of the message. This item overrides

the value specified on the Advanced tab.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 JMS Queue Requestor 419
|

Input Item Datatype Description

requestTimeout integer The time to wait (in seconds) for the
synchronous request-reply operation to
complete. An error is returned if the
operation does not complete in this time
limit.

replyToDestination string The destination to use for replies for this

activity.
Note: If more than one job has the same
replyToDestination (for example, you
specify a constant in this field), then the
correct reply may not be received by each
job. Make certain that you specify an
expression in this field that assigns a
different replyToDestination to each process
instance.

JMSProperties complex The message properties for the message. See

JMS Properties on page 402 for more
information about message properties.
Only properties applicable to this type of
message are displayed.

OtherProperties complex If the JMS Application Properties field is

specified on the Advanced tab, the
OtherProperties group lists the
application-specific properties in the
selected JMS Application Properties shared
configuration resource.

Body depends The body of the message.

upon
message
type

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

420
| Chapter 9 JMS Palette

Input Item Datatype Description

DynamicProperties complex The dynamic properties is an additional
parameter to add runtime property to the
Outgoing JMS Messages which is specified
in the Input tab. This is an optional element
with only one instance. Dynamic property
can have multiple property elements.
Each property element denotes a single
dynamic property and can contain the
following elements:
Name — Required. Name of the property
with one instance.
Value — Required. Value of the property
with one instance.
Type — Optional. Type of the property. If
not provided, it will be considered as string.
Following Types are supported:
• string
• boolean
• short
• integer
• long
• float
• double
• byte
Note: The DynamicProperty will overwrite
the value of a property (with the same
name) added using the JMS Application
Property.
Also, DynamicProperties will be added to
the outgoing message.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 JMS Queue Requestor 421
|

Output
The output for the activity is the following.

Output Item Datatype Description

JMSHeaders complex The message header fields for the
message. See JMS Properties on page 402
for more information about message
header fields.
Only properties applicable to this type of
message are displayed.

JMSProperties complex The message properties for the message.

See JMS Properties on page 402 for more
information about message properties.
Only properties applicable to this type of
message are displayed.

OtherProperties complex If the JMS Application Properties field is

specified on the Advanced tab, the
OtherProperties group lists the
application-specific properties in the
selected JMS Application Properties
shared configuration resource.

Body depends The body of the message.

upon
message
type

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

422
| Chapter 9 JMS Palette

Output Item Datatype Description

DynamicProperties complex The dynamic properties is an additional
parameter to add runtime property to the
Outgoing JMS Messages which is specified
in the Input tab. This is an optional
element with only one instance. Dynamic
property can have multiple property
elements.
Each property element denotes a single
dynamic property and can contain the
following elements:
Name — Required. Name of the property
with one instance.
Value — Required. Value of the property
with one instance.
Type — Optional. Type of the property. If
not provided, it will be considered as
string.
Following Types are supported:
• string
• boolean
• short
• integer
• long
• float
• double
• byte
Note: The DynamicProperty will
overwrite the value of a property (with the
same name) added using the JMS
Application Property.
The DynamicProperties will be also added
to the outgoing message.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 JMS Queue Requestor 423
|

Error Output
The Error Output tab lists the possible exceptions that can be thrown by this
activity. See TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Error Codes for more information
about error codes and corrective action to take.

Exception Thrown When...

JMSInvalidInputException Input to the activity is not valid.

JMSMessageCreateException The JMS message could not be created.

JMSSessionCreateException The JMS session could not be created.

JMSSendException The JMS send operation failed.

JMSReceiveException The JMS receive operation failed.

JMSActivityException This activity fails.

ActivityTimedOutException This activity has reached the specified

time out and the response has not been
received.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

424
| Chapter 9 JMS Palette

JMS Queue Sender

Activity

The JMS Queue Sender activity sends a message to the specified

JMS queue.

Configuration
The Configuration tab has the following fields.

Global
Field Var? Description

Name No The name to appear as the label for the activity

in the process definition.

Description No Short description of the activity.

JMS Connection No The JMS connection. See JMS Connection on

page 392 for more information about creating a
JMS connection.

Destination Yes Name of the queue of the outgoing message.

Queue
The syntax of the queue name is specific to the
JMS provider you are using. See your JMS
provider documentation for more information
about queue names.
Note: If you are using TIBCO Enterprise
Message Service as your JMS provider, you can
use the Browse button next to this field after
specifying a valid connection in the JMS
Connection field. The Browse button displays a
list of configured destinations in the JMS server
that are appropriate for this activity.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 JMS Queue Sender 425
|

Field Global Description

Var?
Message Type No The type of the message. This can be one of the
following:
• Simple — A message with no body portion.
• Bytes — A stream of bytes.
• Map — A set of name/value pairs. The
names are strings, and the values are simple
data types (Java primitives), an array of
bytes (use the Binary datatype when
mapping this data), or a string. Each item
can be accessed sequentially or by its name.
• Object — A serializable Java object.
• Object Ref — An object reference to a Java
object.
• Stream — A stream of Java primitives,
strings, or arrays of bytes. Each value must
be read sequentially.
• Text — The message is a
java.lang.String

• XML Text — The message is XML text.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

426
| Chapter 9 JMS Palette

Advanced
The Advanced tab has the following fields.

Global
Field Description
Var?
Reply-to Queue Yes The name of the queue where replies should be
sent. This field is optional, and replies are sent to
the queue specified on the Configuration tab by
default.
Note: If you are using TIBCO Enterprise Message
Service as your JMS provider, you can use the
Browse button next to this field after specifying a
valid connection in the JMS Connection field. The
Browse button displays a list of configured
destinations in the JMS server that are appropriate
for this activity.

Delivery mode Yes The delivery mode of the message. It can be one of
the following:
• Persistent: signifies the messages are stored
and forwarded.
• Non-Persistent: messages are not stored and
may be lost due to failures in transmission.
• TIBCO EMS Reliable: is mode is only available
when using TIBCO Enterprise Message
Service. See the TIBCO Enterprise Message
Service documentation for more information
about this mode.

JMSExpiration Yes Corresponds to JMSExpiration property that

(secs) specifies how long the message can remain active
(in seconds).
If set to 0, the message does not expire.
This field is set in seconds, but the JMSExpiration
property is displayed in milliseconds.

Priority Yes Priority of the message. You may set the priority
to a value from 0-9. The default value is 4.

Type Yes The value to supply to the JMSType header

property.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 JMS Queue Sender 427
|

Field Global Description

Var?
JMS No Any application-specific message properties that
Application will be part of the message. This is specified by the
Properties JMS Application Properties shared configuration
resource.
Once specified, these properties appear on the
Output tab as OtherProperties.

Override Yes Overrides the default behavior of a transaction

Transaction group. If this activity is in a transaction group, the
Behavior JMS message is normally committed or rolled
back with the other participants in the transaction.
If this checkbox is checked, the JMS message does
not participate in the transaction.

Input Editor
The Input Editor tab defines the schema to use for outgoing messages whose
message type is Map, Stream, or XML Text. Map messages are name/value pairs,
and the schema allows you to define the structure of the outgoing message. Once
defined, the schema on the Input Editor tab becomes the structure used for the
body of the message displayed on the Input tab.
See Appendix A, Specifying Data Schema, on page 773 for a complete description
of using the Input Editor tab.

Input
See TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Process Design for more information about
mapping and transforming input data.
The input for the activity is the following.

Input Item Datatype Description

destinationQueue string The queue to which to send the request.
This input item overrides the Destination
Queue field on the Configuration tab.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

428
| Chapter 9 JMS Palette

Input Item Datatype Description

replyToQueue string The queue where replies should be sent for
this request. This input item overrides the
reply-to destination specified on the
Advanced tab.

JMSExpiration integer Specifies how long the message can remain

active (in seconds). If set to 0, the message
does not expire.

JMSPriority string The priority of the message. This item

overrides the priority set on the Advanced
tab.

JMSDeliveryMode string The delivery mode of the message. Can be

one of the following:
• Persistent: signifies the messages are
stored and forwarded.
• Non-Persistent: messages are not stored
and may be lost due to failures in
transmission.
• When using TIBCO Enterprise Message
Service, the JMSDeliveryMode header
can be TIBCO EMS Reliable. See the
TIBCO Enterprise Message Service
documentation for more information
about this mode.

JMSCorrelationID string This ID is used to link a response message

with its related request message. This is
usually the message ID of a request
message when this field exists in a reply
message.

JMSType string The type of the message. This item

overrides the value specified on the
Advanced tab.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 JMS Queue Sender 429
|

Input Item Datatype Description

JMSProperties complex The message properties. See JMS Properties
on page 402 for more information about
message properties.
Only properties applicable to this type of
message are displayed.

OtherProperties complex If the JMS Application Properties field is

specified on the Advanced tab, the
OtherProperties group lists the
application-specific properties in the
selected JMS Application Properties shared
configuration resource.

Body depends The body of the message.

upon
message
type

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

430
| Chapter 9 JMS Palette

Input Item Datatype Description

DynamicProperties complex The dynamic properties is an additional
parameter to add runtime property to the
Outgoing JMS Messages which is specified
in the Input tab. This is an optional element
with only one instance. Dynamic property
can have multiple property elements.
Each property element denotes a single
dynamic property and can contain the
following elements:
Name — Required. Name of the property
with one instance.
Value — Required. Value of the property
with one instance.
Type — Optional. Type of the property. If
not provided, it will be considered as string.
Following Types are supported:
• string
• boolean
• short
• integer
• long
• float
• double
• byte
Note: The DynamicProperty will overwrite
the value of a property (with the same
name) added using the JMS Application
Property.
Also, DynamicProperties will be added to
the outgoing message.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 JMS Queue Sender 431
|

Output
The output for the activity is the following.

Output Item Datatype Description

MessageID string The unique identifier of the
message.

Error Output
The Error Output tab lists the possible exceptions that can be thrown by this
activity. See TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Error Codes for more information
about error codes and corrective action to take.

Exception Thrown When...

JMSInvalidInputException Input to the activity is not valid.

JMSMessageCreateException The JMS message could not be created.

JMSSessionCreateException The JMS session could not be created.

JMSSendException The JMS send operation failed.

JMSActivityException This activity fails.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

432
| Chapter 9 JMS Palette

JMS Topic Publisher

Activity

The JMS Topic Publisher sends a message to the specified JMS topic.

Configuration
The Configuration tab has the following fields.

Global
Field Var? Description

Name No The name to appear as the label for the activity in

the process definition.

Description No Short description of the activity.

JMS No The JMS connection. See JMS Connection on

Connection page 392 for more information about creating a JMS
connection.

Destination Yes Name of the topic of the outgoing message.

Topic
The syntax of the topic name is specific to the JMS
provider you are using. See your JMS provider
documentation for more information about topic
names.
Note: If you are using TIBCO Enterprise Message
Service as your JMS provider, you can use the
Browse button next to this field after specifying a
valid connection in the JMS Connection field. The
Browse button displays a list of configured
destinations in the JMS server that are appropriate
for this activity.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 JMS Topic Publisher 433
|

Field Global Description

Var?
Message No The type of the message. This can be one of the
Type following:
• Simple — A message with no body portion.
• Bytes — A stream of bytes.
• Map — A set of name/value pairs. The names
are strings, and the values are simple data types
(Java primitives), an array of bytes (use the
Binary datatype to map this data), or a string.
Each item can be accessed sequentially or by its
name.
• Object — A serializable Java object.
• Object Ref — An object reference to a Java object.
• Stream — A stream of Java primitives, strings,
or arrays of bytes. Each value must be read
sequentially.
• Text — The message is a java.lang.String.
• XML Text — The message is XML text.

Advanced
The Advanced tab has the following fields.

Global
Field Description
Var?
Reply-to Topic Yes The name of the topic to which replies should be
sent. This field is optional, and replies are sent to
the topic specified on the Configuration tab by
default.
Note: If you are using TIBCO Enterprise Message
Service as your JMS provider, you can use the
Browse button next to this field after specifying a
valid connection in the JMS Connection field. The
Browse button displays a list of configured
destinations in the JMS server that are appropriate
for this activity.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

434
| Chapter 9 JMS Palette

Field Global Description

Var?
Delivery Mode Yes The delivery mode of the message. Can be one of
the following:
• Persistent : signifies the messages are stored
and forwarded.
• Non-Persistent: messages are not stored and
may be lost due to failures in transmission.
• TIBCO EMS Reliable: this mode is only
available when using TIBCO Enterprise
Message Service. See the TIBCO Enterprise
Message Service documentation for more
information about this mode.

JMSExpiration Yes Corresponds to JMSExpiration property that

(secs) specifies how long the message can remain active
(in seconds).
If set to 0, the message does not expire.
This field is set in seconds, but the JMSExpiration
property is displayed in milliseconds.

Priority Yes Priority of the message. You may set the priority
to a value from 0-9. The default value is 4.

Type Yes The value to supply to the JMSType header

property.

JMS No Any application-specific message properties to

Application include in the message. This is specified by the
Properties JMS Application Properties shared configuration
resource.
Once specified, these properties appear on the
Output tab as OtherProperties.

Override Yes Overrides the default behavior of a transaction

Transaction group. If this activity is in a transaction group, the
Behavior JMS message is normally committed or rolled
back with the other participants in the transaction.
If this checkbox is checked, the JMS message does
not participate in the transaction.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 JMS Topic Publisher 435
|

Input Editor
The Input Editor tab defines the schema to use for outgoing messages whose
message type is Map, Stream, or XML Text. Map messages are name/value pairs,
and the schema allows you to define the structure of the outgoing message. Once
defined, the schema on the Input Editor tab becomes the structure used for the
body of the message displayed on the Input tab.
See Appendix A, Specifying Data Schema, on page 773 for a complete description
of using the Input Editor tab.

Input
See TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Process Design for more information about
mapping and transforming input data.
The input for the activity is the following.

Input Item Datatype Description

destinationTopic string The topic to which to send the request. This
input item overrides the Destination Topic
field on the Configuration tab.

replyToTopic string The topic to which replies should be sent for

this request. This input item overrides the
Reply-to destination on the Advanced tab.

JMSExpiration integer Specifies how long the message can remain

active (in seconds). If set to 0, the message
does not expire.

JMSPriority string The priority of the message. This item

overrides the priority set on the Advanced
tab.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

436
| Chapter 9 JMS Palette

Input Item Datatype Description

JMSDeliveryMode string The delivery mode of the message. Can be
one of the following:
• Persistent: signifies the messages are
stored and forwarded.
• Non-Persistent: messages are not stored
and may be lost due to failures in
transmission.
• When using TIBCO Enterprise Message
Service, the JMSDeliveryMode header
can be TIBCO EMS Reliable. See the
TIBCO Enterprise Message Service
documentation for more information
about this mode.

JMSCorrelationID string This ID is used to link a response message

with its related request message. This is
usually the message ID of a request
message when this field is found in a reply
message.

JMSType string The type of the message. This item

overrides the value specified on the
Advanced tab.

JMSProperties complex The message properties for the message. See

JMS Properties on page 402 for more
information about message properties.
Only properties applicable to this type of
message are displayed.

OtherProperties complex If the JMS Application Properties field is

specified on the Advanced tab, the
OtherProperties group lists the
application-specific properties in the
selected JMS Application Properties shared
configuration resource.

Body depends The body of the message.

upon
message
type

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 JMS Topic Publisher 437
|

Input Item Datatype Description

DynamicProperties complex The dynamic properties is an additional
parameter to add runtime property to the
Outgoing JMS Messages which is specified
in the Input tab. This is an optional element
with only one instance. Dynamic property
can have multiple property elements.
Each property element denotes a single
dynamic property and can contain the
following elements:
Name — Required. Name of the property
with one instance.
Value — Required. Value of the property
with one instance.
Type — Optional. Type of the property. If
not provided, it will be considered as string.
Following Types are supported:
• string
• boolean
• short
• integer
• long
• float
• double
• byte
Note: The DynamicProperty will overwrite
the value of a property (with the same
name) added using the JMS Application
Property.
Also, DynamicProperties will be added to
the outgoing message.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

438
| Chapter 9 JMS Palette

Output
The output for the activity is the following.

Output Item Datatype Description

MessageID string The unique identifier of the
message.

Error Output
The Error Output tab lists the possible exceptions that can be thrown by this
activity. See TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Error Codes for more information
about error codes and corrective action to take.

Exception Thrown When...

JMSInvalidInputException Input to the activity is not valid.

JMSMessageCreateException The JMS message could not be created.

JMSSessionCreateException The JMS session could not be created.

JMSSendException The JMS send operation failed.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 JMS Topic Requestor 439
|

JMS Topic Requestor

Activity

The JMS Topic Requestor activity is used to communicate with a JMS

application’s request-response service. This service invokes an
operation with input and output. The request is sent to a JMS topic and
the JMS application returns the response to the request.

This activity uses temporary destinations to ensure that reply messages are
received only by the process that sent the request.

Configuration
The Configuration tab has the following fields.

Field Global Description

Var?
Name No The name to appear as the label for the activity
in the process definition.

Description No Short description of the activity.

JMS Connection No The JMS connection. See JMS Connection on

page 392 for more information about creating a
JMS connection.

Destination Yes Name of the topic of the outgoing message.

Topic
The syntax of the topic name is specific to the
JMS provider you are using. See your JMS
provider documentation for more information
about topic names.
Note: If you are using TIBCO Enterprise
Message Service as your JMS provider, you can
use the Browse button next to this field after
specifying a valid connection in the JMS
Connection field. The Browse button displays a
list of configured destinations in the JMS server
that are appropriate for this activity.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

440
| Chapter 9 JMS Palette

Field Global Description

Var?
Message Type No The type of the message. This can be one of the
following:
• Simple — A message with no body portion.
• Bytes — A stream of bytes.
• Map — A set of name/value pairs. The
names are strings, and the values are simple
data types (Java primitives), an array of
bytes (use the Binary datatype to map this
data), or a string. Each item can be accessed
sequentially or by its name.
• Object — A serializable Java object.
• Object Ref — An object reference to a Java
object.
• Stream — A stream of Java primitives,
strings, or arrays of bytes. Each value must
be read sequentially.
• Text — The message is a
java.lang.String.

• XML Text — The message is XML text.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 JMS Topic Requestor 441
|

Advanced
The Advanced tab has the following fields.

Global
Field Description
Var?
Delivery Mode Yes The delivery mode of the message. Can be one of
the following:
• Persistent: signifies the messages are stored
and forwarded.
• Non-Persistent: messages are not stored and
may be lost due to failures in transmission.
• When using TIBCO Enterprise Message
Service, the JMSDeliveryMode header can be
TIBCO EMS Reliable. See the TIBCO
Enterprise Message Service documentation for
more information about this mode.

JMSExpiration Yes Corresponds to JMSExpiration property that

(secs) specifies how long the message can remain active
(in seconds).
If set to 0, the message does not expire.
This field is set in seconds, but the JMSExpiration
property is displayed in milliseconds.

Priority Yes Priority of the message. You may set the priority
to a value from 0-9. The default value is 4.

Type Yes The value to supply to the JMSType header

property.

JMS No Any application-specific message properties to

Application include in the message. This is specified by the
Properties JMS Application Properties shared configuration
resource.
Once specified, these properties appear on the
Output tab as OtherProperties.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

442
| Chapter 9 JMS Palette

Input Editor/Output Editor

The Input Editor/Output Editor tabs define the schema to use for messages of
type Map, Stream, or XML Text. Map messages are name/value pairs, and the
schema allows you to define the structure of the outgoing request and the
incoming reply. The schema defined on the Input Editor tab becomes the body of
the message on the Input tab. The schema defined on the Output Editor tab
becomes the body of the message on the Output tab.
See Appendix A, Specifying Data Schema, on page 773 for a complete description
of using the Input/Output Edtior tab.

Input
See TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Process Design for more information about
mapping and transforming input data.
The input for the activity is the following.

Input Item Datatype Description

destinationTopic string The topic to which to send the request. This
input item overrides the Destination Topic
field on the Configuration tab.

JMSExpiration integer Specifies how long the message can remain

active (in seconds). If set to 0, the message
does not expire.

JMSPriority string The priority of the message. This item

overrides the priority set on the Advanced
tab.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 JMS Topic Requestor 443
|

Input Item Datatype Description

JMSDeliveryMode string The delivery mode of the message. Can be
one of the following:
• Persistent: signifies the messages are
stored and forwarded.
• Non-Persistent: messages are not stored
and may be lost due to failures in
transmission.
• When using TIBCO Enterprise Message
Service, the JMSDeliveryMode header
can be TIBCO EMS Reliable.
See the TIBCO Enterprise Message
Service documentation for more
information about this mode.

JMSCorrelationID string This ID is used to link a response message

with its related request message. This is
usually the message ID of a request message
when this field exists in a reply message, but
you can set this element to any value.

JMSType string The type of the message. This item overrides

the value specified on the Advanced tab.

requestTimeout integer The time to wait (in seconds) for the

synchronous request-reply operation to
complete. An error is returned if the
operation does not complete in this time
limit.

replyToTopic string The destination to use for replies for this

activity.
Note: If more than one job has the same
replyToDestination (for example, you
specify a constant in this field), then the
correct reply may not be received by each
job. Make certain that you specify an
expression in this field that assigns a
different replyToDestination to each process
instance.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

444
| Chapter 9 JMS Palette

Input Item Datatype Description

JMSProperties complex The message properties. See JMS Properties
on page 402 for more information about
message properties.
Only properties applicable to this type of
message are displayed.

OtherProperties complex If the JMS Application Properties field is

specified on the Advanced tab, the
OtherProperties group lists the
application-specific properties in the
selected JMS Application Properties shared
configuration resource.

Body depends The body of the message.

upon
message
type

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 JMS Topic Requestor 445
|

Input Item Datatype Description

DynamicProperties complex The dynamic properties is an additional
parameter to add runtime property to the
Outgoing JMS Messages which is specified
in the Input tab. This is an optional element
with only one instance. Dynamic property
can have multiple property elements.
Each property element denotes a single
dynamic property and can contain the
following elements:
Name — Required. Name of the property
with one instance.
Value — Required. Value of the property
with one instance.
Type — Optional. Type of the property. If
not provided, it will be considered as string.
Following Types are supported:
• string
• boolean
• short
• integer
• long
• float
• double
• byte
Note: The DynamicProperty will overwrite
the value of a property (with the same
name) added using the JMS Application
Property.
Also, DynamicProperties will be added to
the outgoing message.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

446
| Chapter 9 JMS Palette

Output
The output for the activity is the following.

Output Item Datatype Description

JMSHeaders complex The message header fields for the
message. See JMS Properties on page 402
for more information about message
header fields.
Only properties applicable to this type of
message are displayed.

JMSProperties complex The message properties for the message.

See JMS Properties on page 402 for more
information about message properties.
Only properties applicable to this type of
message are displayed.

OtherProperties complex If the JMS Application Properties field is

specified on the Advanced tab, the
OtherProperties group lists the
application-specific properties in the
selected JMS Application Properties
shared configuration resource.

Body depends The body of the message.

upon
message
type

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 JMS Topic Requestor 447
|

Output Item Datatype Description

DynamicProperties complex The dynamic properties is an additional
parameter to add runtime property to the
Outgoing JMS Messages which is
specified in the Input tab. This is an
optional element with only one instance.
Dynamic property can have multiple
property elements.
Each property element denotes a single
dynamic property and can contain the
following elements:
Name — Required. Name of the property
with one instance.
Value — Required. Value of the property
with one instance.
Type — Optional. Type of the property. If
not provided, it will be considered as
string.
Following Types are supported:
• string
• boolean
• short
• integer
• long
• float
• double
• byte
Note: The DynamicProperty will
overwrite the value of a property (with
the same name) added using the JMS
Application Property.
The DynamicProperties will be also
added to the outgoing message.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

448
| Chapter 9 JMS Palette

Error Output
The Error Output tab lists the possible exceptions that can be thrown by this
activity. See TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Error Codes for more information
about error codes and corrective action to take.

Exception Thrown When...

JMSInvalidInputException Input to the activity is not valid.

JMSMessageCreateException The JMS message could not be created.

JMSSessionCreateException The JMS session could not be created.

JMSSendException The JMS send operation failed.

JMSReceiveException The JMS receive operation failed.

ActivityTimedOutException This activity has reached the specified

time out and the response has not been
received.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 JMS Topic Subscriber 449
|

JMS Topic Subscriber

Process Starter

Starts a process based on the receipt of a message for the specified JMS
topic.

Configuration
The Configuration tab has the following fields.

Global
Field Description
Var?
Name No The name to appear as the label for the activity in
the process definition.

Description No Short description of the activity.

JMS No The JMS connection. See JMS Connection on

Connection page 392 for more information about creating a JMS
connection.

Destination Yes Name of the topic of the incoming message.

Topic
The syntax of the topic name is specific to the JMS
provider you are using. See your JMS provider
documentation for more information about topic
names.
Note: If you are using TIBCO Enterprise Message
Service as your JMS provider, you can use the
Browse button next to this field after specifying a
valid connection in the JMS Connection field. The
Browse button displays a list of configured
destinations in the JMS server that are appropriate
for this activity.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

450
| Chapter 9 JMS Palette

Field Global Description

Var?
Message Type The type of the message. This can be one of the
following:
• Simple — A message with no body portion.
• Bytes — A stream of bytes.
• Map — A set of name/value pairs. The names
are strings, and the values are simple data types
(Java primitives), an array of bytes (use the
Binary datatype to map this data), or a string.
Each item can be accessed sequentially or by its
name.
• Object — A serializable Java object.
• Object Ref — An object reference to a Java
object.
• Stream — A stream of Java primitives, strings,
or arrays of bytes. Each value must be read
sequentially.
• Text — The message is a java.lang.String.
• XML Text — The message is XML text.

Durable Yes Specifies a durable subscription.

Subscription
You must specify a name in the Subscription name
field that is registered with the JMS application as
the durable subscription name.

Subscription Yes The subscription name registered with the JMS

Name application for durable subscriptions. This field is
only available when the Durable Subscription field
is checked.
Once a durable subscription is created, it can only
be removed by accessing the administration tool of
the JMS provider. See the documentation of your
JMS provider for more information about managing
durable subscriptions.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 JMS Topic Subscriber 451
|

Field Global Description

Var?
Suppress Yes Specifies to not receive messages on the specified
Local topic name when the message origin is the JMS
Messages application on the same connection as the process
engine.
If your process definition publishes and subscribes
to messages with the same topic name, this option is
useful if you want to specify whether to receive
messages sent by the same JMS application that
published the message.
Checking this field prevents the process from
receiving messages sent by the same connection.
Unchecking this option specifies messages sent by
the same connection should be received.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

452
| Chapter 9 JMS Palette

Field Global Description

Var?
Acknowledge Yes This field is available when a JMS transport is
Mode selected.
This field specifies the acknowledgement mode to
be used for incoming messages. It can be one of the
following:
• Auto : the message is automatically
acknowledged when it is received.
• Client: the message is acknowledged when the
process implementing the operation ends
successfully.
• Dups OK : the message is acknowledged
automatically when it is received. JMS provides
this mode for lazy acknowledgement, but
TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks
acknowledges messages upon receipt.
• TIBCO EMS Explicit : (only available for TIBCO
Enterprise Message Service) a message which is
not acknowledged using the Confirm activity
before the process instance ends, are redelivered
instead of all messages in the session. The
session is not blocked and one session handles
all incoming messages for each process instance.
Note — In the TIBCO ActiveMatrix
BusinessWorks 5.10 release, a change occurs in
the behavior of this feature. Now only the
messages that are not confirmed, are
redelivered.
• TIBCO EMS Explicit Dups OK : (only available
for TIBCO Enterprise Message Service) a
message which is not acknowledged using the
Confirm activity before the process instance
ends, are redelivered instead of all messages in
the session. The session is not blocked and one
session handles all the incoming messages for
each process instance. The messages however,
would be lazily acknowledged.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 JMS Topic Subscriber 453
|

Field Global Description

Var?
Acknowledge Yes • Dups OK — the message is acknowledged
Mode automatically when it is received. JMS provides
this mode for lazy acknowledgement, but
TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks
acknowledges messages upon receipt.
• Transactional — this mode is used when a
transaction that can process JMS messages is
included in the process definition. The message
is acknowledged when the transaction commits.
See TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Process
Design for more information about creating
transactions that JMS activities can participate
in.
• Local Transactional — this mode is used when a
transaction involves only JMS messages. See
TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Process
Design for more information about creating
transactions that JMS activities can participate
in.

Max Sessions No When the Acknowledge Mode field is set to

(Read Only) "Client", "Transactional" or "Local Transactional",
this read-only field appears to notify you that only
one session can receive incoming topic messages
until the message is confirmed.
When a JMS topic message is received, the session is
blocked until the message is acknowledged.
Because all sessions subscribed to JMS topics
receive the same messages, only one session can
actively listen for new messages until each message
is confirmed.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

454
| Chapter 9 JMS Palette

Advanced
The Advanced tab has the following fields.

Global
Field Description
Var?
Message Selector Yes A string to determine whether a message should be received. The
syntax of the message selector is determined by the JMS provider,
but it is usually a subset of SQL92 (where message properties are
used instead of table column names).
See your JMS provider documentation for more information and
syntax for a message selector string.

JMS Application No Any application-specific message properties to include in the

Properties message. This is specified by the JMS Application Properties shared
configuration resource.
Once specified, these properties appear on the Output tab as
OtherProperties.

Receiver Timeout No Specifies the polling interval to check for new messages. This
(seconds) default interval is set by the custom engine property
bw.plugin.jms.receiverTimeout. If no value is specified for the
property, the default polling interval is one second.
Set a value in this field to specify the polling interval (in seconds)
for this activity. The value in this field overrides the default polling
interval.

Precreate No When checked, this field specifies that the transaction is created
Transactions before a message arrives at the JMS receiver.
Note: The Precreate Transactions feature should be used only with
IBM MQ Websphere.

XA Transaction No Specifies the XA Transaction Manager Configuration used to create

Manager the XA transaction. This field is available when Precreate
Reference Transactions field is checked.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 JMS Topic Subscriber 455
|

Misc
The Misc tab contains the following fields:

Field Description
Sequencing Key This field can contain an XPath expression that
specifies which processes should run in order. Process
instances with sequencing keys that evaluate to the
same value are executed sequentially in the order the
process instances were created.
See TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Process Design
for more information about controlling the execution
order of process instances and about XPath
expressions.

Custom Id This field can contain an XPath expression that

specifies a custom ID for the process instance. This ID
is displayed in the View Service dialog of TIBCO
Administrator, and it is also available in the
$_processContext process variable.

Output Editor
The Output Editor tab defines the schema to use for incoming messages whose
message type is Map, Stream, or XML Text. Map messages are name/value pairs,
and the schema allows you to define the structure of the incoming message. Once
defined, the schema on the Output Editor tab becomes the structure used for the
body of the message displayed on the Output tab.
See Appendix A, Specifying Data Schema, on page 773 for a complete description
of using the Output Editor tab.

Output
The output for the activity is the following.

Output Item Datatype Description

JMSHeaders complex The message header fields for the message.
See JMS Properties on page 402 for more
information about message header fields.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

456
| Chapter 9 JMS Palette

Output Item Datatype Description

JMSProperties complex The message properties for the message. See
JMS Properties on page 402 for more
information about message properties.

OtherProperties complex If the JMS Application Properties field is

specified on the Advanced tab, the
OtherProperties group lists the
application-specific properties in the
selected JMS Application Properties shared
configuration resource.

Body depends The body of the message.

upon the
message
type

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 JMS Topic Subscriber 457
|

Output Item Datatype Description

DynamicProperties complex The dynamic properties is an additional
parameter to add runtime property to the
Outgoing JMS Messages which is specified
in the Input tab. This is an optional element
with only one instance. Dynamic property
can have multiple property elements.
Each property element denotes a single
dynamic property and can contain the
following elements:
Name — Required. Name of the property
with one instance.
Value — Required. Value of the property
with one instance.
Type — Optional. Type of the property. If
not provided, it will be considered as string.
Following Types are supported:
• string
• boolean
• short
• integer
• long
• float
• double
• byte
Note: The DynamicProperty will overwrite
the value of a property (with the same
name) added using the JMS Application
Property.
The DynamicProperties will be also added
to the outgoing message.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

458
| Chapter 9 JMS Palette

Reply To JMS Message

Activity

The Reply To JMS Message activity sends a reply to a previously

received JMS queue or topic message. Activities that can receive JMS
messages are listed on the Configuration tab. The activity that you
select determines which message the reply message is in response to.

Configuration
The Configuration tab has the following fields.

Global
Field Var? Description

Name No The name to appear as the label for the activity in

the process definition.

Description No Short description of the activity.

Reply To No A drop-down list of activities that can receive

JMS queue or topic messages. The activity you
select determines the message this activity
replies to. The reply-to queue or topic name from
the message in the selected activity is used to
send the reply message.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 Reply To JMS Message 459
|

Field Global Description

Var?
Message Type No The type of the message. This can be one of the
following:
• Simple — A message with no body portion.
• Bytes — A stream of bytes.
• Map — A set of name/value pairs. The
names are strings, and the values are simple
data types (Java primitives), an array of bytes
(use the Binary datatype to map this data), or
a string. Each item can be accessed
sequentially or by its name.
• Object — A serializable Java object.
• Object Ref — An object reference to a Java
object.
• Stream — A stream of Java primitives,
strings, or arrays of bytes. Each value must
be read sequentially.
• Text — The message is a java.lang.String.
• XML Text — The message is XML text.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

460
| Chapter 9 JMS Palette

Advanced
The Advanced tab has the following fields.

Global
Field Description
Var?
Delivery Mode Yes The delivery mode of the message. It can be one of
the following:
• Persistent: signifies the messages are stored
and forwarded.
• Non-Persistent messages are not stored and
may be lost due to failures in transmission.
• TIBCO EMS Reliable: this mode is only
available when using TIBCO Enterprise
Message Service. See the TIBCO Enterprise
Message Service documentation for more
information about this mode.

JMSExpiration Yes Corresponds to JMSExpiration property that

(secs) specifies how long the message can remain active
(in seconds).
If set to 0, the message does not expire.
This field is set in seconds, but the JMSExpiration
property is displayed in milliseconds.

Priority Yes Priority of the message. You may set the priority
to a value from 0-9. The default value is 4.

Type Yes The value to supply to the JMSType header

property.

JMS No Any application-specific message properties that

Application will be part of the message. This is specified by
Properties the JMS Application Properties shared
configuration resource.
Once specified, these properties appear on the
Output tab as "OtherProperties".

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 Reply To JMS Message 461
|

Input Editor
The Input Editor tab defines the schema to use for outgoing replies where the
message type is Map, Stream, or XML Text. Map messages are name/value pairs,
and the schema allows you to define the structure of the outgoing message. Once
defined, the schema on the Input Editor tab becomes the structure used for the
body of the message displayed on the Input tab.
See Appendix A, Specifying Data Schema, on page 773 for a complete description
of using the Input Editor tab.

Input
See TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Process Design for more information about
mapping and transforming input data.
The input for the activity is the following.

Input Item Datatype Description

Delivery mode Long The delivery mode of the message. Can be
one of the following:
• Persistent : signifies the messages are
stored and forwarded.
• Non-Persistent : messages are not stored
and may be lost due to failures in
transmission.
• TIBCO EMS Reliable: this mode is only
available when using TIBCO Enterprise
Message Service. See the TIBCO Enterprise
Message Service documentation for more
information about this mode.

JMSExpiration String Corresponds to JMSExpiration property

(secs) that specifies how long the message can
remain active (in seconds).
If set to 0, the message does not expire.
This field is set in seconds, but the
JMSExpiration property is displayed in
milliseconds.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

462
| Chapter 9 JMS Palette

Input Item Datatype Description

JMSPriority string Priority of the message. You may set the
priority to a value from 0-9. This item
overrides the value specified on the
Configuration tab.

JMSCorrelationID string This ID is used to link a response message

with its related request message. This
property is usually set to the message ID of
the message you are replying to, but any
value can be used. For example, you may
use another field in the body of the
message (such as orderID) to correlate
request and reply messages.
The JMSCorrelationID of the reply message
is set in this input element. If this element is
not set, the correlation ID is set as follows:
• If the JMSCorrelationID input element
is not set, the value of the
JMSCorrelationID property in the
message you are replying to is used.
• If neither this input element nor the
JMSCorrelationID of the message you
are replying to are set, the message ID
of the message you are replying to is
used.
• If none of the above values are set, the
JMSCorrelationID of the reply message
is set to null.

JMSType string The type of the message. This item

overrides the value specified on the
Advanced tab.

JMSProperties complex The message properties for the message.

See JMS Properties on page 402 for more
information about message properties.
Only properties applicable to this type of
message are displayed.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 Reply To JMS Message 463
|

Input Item Datatype Description

OtherProperties complex If the JMS Application Properties field is
specified on the Advanced tab, the
OtherProperties group lists the
application-specific properties in the
selected JMS Application Properties shared
configuration object.

Body depends The body of the message.

upon
message
type

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

464
| Chapter 9 JMS Palette

Input Item Datatype Description

DynamicProperties complex The dynamic properties is an additional
parameter to add runtime property to the
Outgoing JMS Messages which is specified
in the Input tab. This is an optional element
with only one instance. Dynamic property
can have multiple property elements.
Each property element denotes a single
dynamic property and can contain the
following elements:
Name — Required. Name of the property
with one instance.
Value — Required. Value of the property
with one instance.
Type — Optional. Type of the property. If
not provided, it will be considered as
string.
Following Types are supported:
• string
• boolean
• shortx
• integer
• long
• float
• double
• byte
Note: The DynamicProperty will overwrite
the value of a property (with the same
name) added using the JMS Application
Property.
Also, DynamicProperties will be added to
the outgoing message.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 Reply To JMS Message 465
|

Output
The activity has no output.

Error Output
The Error Output tab lists the possible exceptions that can be thrown by this
activity. See TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Error Codes for more information
about error codes and corrective action to take.

Exception Thrown When...

JMSInvalidInputException Input to the activity is not valid.

JMSMessageCreateException The JMS message could not be created.

JMSSessionCreateException The JMS session could not be created.

JMSSendException The JMS send operation failed.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

466
| Chapter 9 JMS Palette

Wait for JMS Queue Message

Activity

The Wait for JMS Queue Message waits for the receipt of a
message for the specified JMS queue.
See Scalability With Incoming Events on page 226 in TIBCO
ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Process Design Guide for information
on running the "Wait for..." activities in a multi-engine mode. See Using Wait for
JMS Queue Message Activity in Multi-Engine Design on page 481 for more details
on using the activity in a multi-engine design.

Configuration
The Configuration tab has the following fields.
Global
Field Var? Description

Name No The name to appear as the label for the activity in the process
definition.

Description No Short description of the activity.

JMS Connection No The JMS connection. See JMS Connection on page 392 for more
information about creating a JMS connection.

Destination Yes Name of the queue of the incoming message.

Queue
The syntax of the queue name is specific to the JMS provider you
are using. See your JMS provider documentation for more
information about queue names.
Note: If you are using TIBCO Enterprise Message Service as your
JMS provider, you can use the Browse button next to this field
after specifying a valid connection in the JMS Connection field.
The Browse button displays a list of configured destinations in
the JMS server that are appropriate for this activity.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 Wait for JMS Queue Message 467
|

Field Global Description

Var?
Message Type The type of the message. This can be one of the following:
• Simple — A message with no body portion.
• Bytes — A stream of bytes.
• Map — A set of name/value pairs. The names are strings, and
the values are simple data types (Java primitives), an array of
bytes (use the Binary datatype to map this data), or a string.
Each item can be accessed sequentially or by its name.
• Object — A serializable Java object.
• Object Ref — An object reference to a Java object.
• Stream — A stream of Java primitives, strings, or arrays of
bytes. Each value must be read sequentially.
• Text — The message is a java.lang.String.
• XML Text — The message is XML text.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

468
| Chapter 9 JMS Palette

Field Global Description

Var?
Acknowledge Yes The acknowledge mode for the incoming messages. It can be one
Mode of the following:
• Auto : the message is automatically acknowledged when it is
received.
• Client : the message will be acknowledged at a later point by
using the Confirm activity. If the message is not confirmed
before the process instance ends, the message is redelivered.
Ensure that your process definition confirms the message
when using this acknowledge mode.
• TIBCO EMS Explicit :(only available for TIBCO Enterprise
Message Service) a message which is not acknowledged using
the Confirm activity before the process instance ends, will be
redelivered instead of all messages in the session. The session
is not blocked and one session handles all incoming messages
for each process instance.
Note — In the TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks 5.10
release, there is a change in the behavior of this feature. Now
only the messages that are not confirmed, would be
redelivered.
• TIBCO EMS Explicit Dups OK :(only available for TIBCO
Enterprise Message Service) a message which is not
acknowledged using the Confirm activity before the process
instance ends, will be redelivered instead of all messages in
the session. The session is not blocked and one session
handles all the incoming messages for each process instance.
The messages however, would be lazily acknowledged.
• TIBCO EMS No Acknowledge: the message is not
acknowledged when it is received.
• Dups OK : the message is acknowledged automatically when
it is received. JMS provides this mode for lazy
acknowledgement, but TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks
acknowledges messages upon receipt.
• Transactional : this mode is used when a transaction that can
process JMS messages is included in the process definition.
The message is acknowledged when the transaction commits.
See TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Process Design for more
information about creating transactions that JMS activities can
participate in.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 Wait for JMS Queue Message 469
|

Advanced
The Advanced tab has the following fields.

Global
Field Description
Var?
Message Selector Yes A string to determine whether a message
should be received. The syntax of the message
selector is determined by the JMS provider, but
it is usually a subset of SQL92 (where message
properties are used instead of table column
names).
See your JMS provider documentation for
more information and syntax for a message
selector string.

JMS Application No Any application-specific message properties

Properties that will be part of the message. This is
specified by the JMS Application Properties
shared configuration resource.
Once specified, these properties appear on the
Output tab as "OtherProperties".

Receiver No Specifies the polling interval to check for new

Timeout messages. This default interval is set by the
(seconds) custom engine property
bw.plugin.jms.receiverTimeout. If no
value is specified for the property, the default
polling interval is one second.
Set a value in this field to specify the polling
interval (in seconds) for this activity. The value
in this field overrides the default polling
interval.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

470
| Chapter 9 JMS Palette

Message Event
The Event tab has the following fields.

Field Description
Candidate Event Key Expression built from the data of the incoming file
change event. This expression must evaluate to a
string and it is compared to the "key" field of the
activity’s input. If the Candidate Event Key and the
activity key match, then the process accepts the
incoming message.
For example, you may have JMS Queue Sender
activity earlier in the process diagram and you are
expecting a message in response to the sent
message. Place the JMSCorrelationID from the
header of the incoming message into the Candidate
Event Key field, then place the JMSMessageID from
the header of the sent message in the "key" field on
the input tab.
This expression is specified in XPath, and only data
from the incoming event is available for use in this
XPath expression. See TIBCO ActiveMatrix
BusinessWorks Process Design for more information
about XPath expressions.

Event Timeout (msec) A message may arrive before this activity is

executed. This field specifies the amount of time (in
milliseconds) a message waits if it is received before
this activity is executed. If the event timeout expires,
an error is logged and the event is discarded.
If no value is specified in this field, the message
waits indefinitely. If zero is specified, the event is
discarded immediately, unless this activity has
already been executed.

When building an expression in the Candidate Event Key field, only data from
the incoming event is available. This is because you want to place an expression
containing incoming event data in the Candidate Event Key field. When the
results of this expression match the results of the expression in the "key" item on
the Input tab, the Wait For JMS Queue Message activity proceeds.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 Wait for JMS Queue Message 471
|

Input
See TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Process Design for more information about
mapping and transforming input data.
The input for the activity is the following.

Input Item Datatype Description

key string The value that is compared to the
Candidate Event Key field of the
Event tab to determine if this
message applies to this process. See
Message Event on page 470 for an
example of using the Candidate
Event Key field with the key input
item.

processTimeout integer The time (in milliseconds) to wait

for the incoming message. An error
is returned if the message is not
received in this time limit.

Output Editor
The Output Editor tab defines the schema to use for incoming messages whose
message type is Map, Stream, or XML Text. Map messages are name/value pairs,
and the schema allows you to define the structure of the incoming message. Once
defined, the schema on the Output Editor tab becomes the structure used for the
body of the message displayed on the Output tab.
See Appendix A, Specifying Data Schema, on page 773 for a complete description
of using the Output Editor tab.

Output
The output for the activity is the following.

Output Item Datatype Description

JMSHeaders complex The message header fields for the
message. See JMS Properties on
page 402 for more information
about message header fields.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

472
| Chapter 9 JMS Palette

Output Item Datatype Description

JMSProperties complex The message properties for the
message. See JMS Properties on
page 402 for more information
about message properties.

OtherProperties complex If the JMS Application Properties

field is specified on the Advanced
tab, the OtherProperties group lists
the application-specific properties
in the selected JMS Application
Properties shared configuration
resource.

Body depends The body of the message.

upon the
message
type

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 Wait for JMS Queue Message 473
|

Output Item Datatype Description

DynamicProperties complex The dynamic properties is an
additional parameter to add
runtime property to the Outgoing
JMS Messages which is specified in
the Input tab. This is an optional
element with only one instance.
Dynamic property can have
multiple property elements.
Each property element denotes a
single dynamic property and can
contain the following elements:
Name — Required. Name of the
property with one instance.
Value — Required. Value of the
property with one instance.
Type — Optional. Type of the
property. If not provided, it will be
considered as string.
Following Types are supported:
• string
• boolean
• short
• integer
• long
• float
• double
• byte
Note: The DynamicProperty will
overwrite the value of a property
(with the same name) added using
the JMS Application Property.
The DynamicProperties will be also
added to the outgoing message.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

474
| Chapter 9 JMS Palette

Error Output
The Error Output tab lists the possible exceptions that can be thrown by this
activity. See TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Error Codes for more information
about error codes and corrective action to take.

Exception Thrown When...

ActivityTimedOutException The activity has reached the event or
process timeout.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 Wait for JMS Topic Message 475
|

Wait for JMS Topic Message

Activity

The Wait for JMS Topic Message waits for the receipt of a message
for the specified JMS topic.
See Scalability With Incoming Events on page 226 in TIBCO
ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Process Design Guide for information on
running the "Wait for..." activities in a multi-engine mode.

Configuration
The Configuration tab has the following fields.

Global
Field Description
Var?
Name No The name to appear as the label for the activity
in the process definition.

Description No Short description of the activity.

JMS Connection No The JMS connection. See JMS Connection on

page 392 for more information about creating a
JMS connection.

Destination Topic Yes Name of the topic of the outgoing message.

The syntax of the topic name is specific to the
JMS provider you are using. See your JMS
provider documentation for more information
about topic names.
Note: If you are using TIBCO Enterprise
Message Service as your JMS provider, you can
use the Browse button next to this field after
specifying a valid connection in the JMS
Connection field. The Browse button displays
a list of configured destinations in the JMS
server that are appropriate for this activity.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

476
| Chapter 9 JMS Palette

Field Global Description

Var?
Message Type No The type of the message. This can be one of the
following:
• Simple — A message with no body
portion.
• Bytes — A stream of bytes.
• Map — A set of name/value pairs. The
names are strings, and the values are
simple data types (Java primitives), an
array of bytes (use the Binary datatype to
map this data), or a string. Each item can
be accessed sequentially or by its name.
• Object — A serializable Java object.
• Object Ref — An object reference to a Java
object.
• Stream — A stream of Java primitives,
strings, or arrays of bytes. Each value must
be read sequentially.
• Text — The message is a
java.lang.String.

• XML Text — The message is XML text.

Durable Yes Specifies a durable subscription.

Subscription
You must specify a name in the Subscription
name field that is registered with the JMS
application as the durable subscription name.

Subscription Yes The subscription name registered with the JMS

Name application for durable subscriptions. This
field is only available when the Durable
subscription field is checked.
Once a durable subscription is created, it can
only be removed by accessing the
administration tool of the JMS provider. See
the documentation of your JMS provider for
more information about managing durable
subscriptions.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 Wait for JMS Topic Message 477
|

Field Global Description

Var?
Suppress Local No Specifies to not receive messages on the
Messages specified topic name when the message origin
is the JMS application on the same connection
as the process engine.
If your process definition publishes and
subscribes to messages with the same topic
name, this option is useful if you want to
specify whether to receive messages sent by
the same JMS application that published the
message.
Checking this field prevents the process from
receiving messages sent by the same
connection. Unchecking this option specifies
messages sent by the same connection should
be received.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

478
| Chapter 9 JMS Palette

Field Global Description

Var?
Acknowledge Yes The acknowledge mode for the incoming
Mode messages. It can be one of the following:
• Auto : the message is automatically
acknowledged when it is received.
• TIBCO EMS Explicit : (only available for
TIBCO Enterprise Message Service) a
message which is not acknowledged using
the Confirm activity before the process
instance ends, will be redelivered instead
of all messages in the session. The session
is not blocked and one session handles all
incoming messages for each process
instance.
Note — In the TIBCO ActiveMatrix
BusinessWorks 5.10 release, there is a
change in the behavior of this feature. Now
only the messages that are not confirmed,
would be redelivered.
• TIBCO EMS Explicit Dups OK :(only
available for TIBCO Enterprise Message
Service) a message which is not
acknowledged using the Confirm activity
before the process instance ends, will be
redelivered instead of all messages in the
session. The session is not blocked and one
session handles all the incoming messages
for each process instance. The messages
however, would be lazily acknowledged.
• Dups OK :the message is acknowledged
automatically when it is received. JMS
provides this mode for lazy
acknowledgement, but TIBCO
ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks
acknowledges messages upon receipt.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 Wait for JMS Topic Message 479
|

Advanced
The Advanced tab has the following fields.

Global
Field Description
Var?
Message Yes A string to determine whether a message should
Selector be received. The syntax of the message selector
is determined by the JMS provider, but it is
usually a subset of SQL92 (where message
properties are used instead of table column
names).
See your JMS provider documentation for more
information and syntax for a message selector
string.

JMS No Any application-specific message properties to

Application include in the message. This is specified by the
Properties JMS Application Properties shared configuration
resource.
Once specified, these properties appear on the
Output tab as OtherProperties.

Receiver No Specifies the polling interval to check for new

Timeout messages. This default interval is set by the
(seconds) custom engine property
bw.plugin.jms.receiverTimeout. If no value
is specified for the property, the default polling
interval is one second.
Set a value in this field to specify the polling
interval (in seconds) for this activity. The value
in this field overrides the default polling
interval.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

480
| Chapter 9 JMS Palette

Message Event
The Event tab has the following fields.

Field Description
Candidate Event Key Expression built from the data of the incoming file
change event. This expression should evaluate to a
string and it is compared to the "key" field of the
activity’s input. If the Candidate Event Key and the
activity’s key match, then the process accepts the
incoming message.
For example, you may have JMS Topic Publisher
activity earlier in the process diagram and you are
expecting a message in response to the sent
message. You would place the JMSCorrelationID
from the header of the incoming message into the
Candidate Event Key field. You would then place
the JMSMessageID from the header of the outgoing
message earlier in the process in the "key" field on
the input tab.
This expression is specified in XPath, and only data
from the incoming event is available for use in this
XPath expression. See TIBCO ActiveMatrix
BusinessWorks Process Design for more information
about XPath expressions.

Event Timeout (msec) A message may arrive before this activity is

executed. This field specifies the amount of time (in
milliseconds) a message waits if it is received before
this activity is executed. If the event timeout expires,
an error is logged and the event is discarded.
If no value is specified in this field, the message
waits indefinitely. If zero is specified, the event is
discarded immediately, unless this activity has
already been reached.

When building an expression in the Candidate Event Key field, only data from
the incoming event is available. This is because you want to place an expression
containing incoming event data in the Candidate Event Key field. When the
results of this expression match the results of the expression in the "key" item on
the Input tab, the Wait For JMS Topic Message activity proceeds.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 Wait for JMS Topic Message 481
|

Using Wait for JMS Queue Message Activity in Multi-Engine Design

All "Wait for ..." activities start listening from the time the bwengine loads and
can be configured to filter static data. These activities cannot filter dynamic data.
The activity pulls all the messages that are in the queue upon startup and
processes them according to the Event key. Any messages that were picked up but
do not match the key are discarded. A Wait for JMS Queue Message Activity
cannot be used with the Candidate Event key as the key is applied after receiving
the message from the queue.
In a multi-engine environment, when new messages arrive on the queue, the
messages are dispatched among all active listeners in a round-robin fashion. Thus
an engine may potentially pick up the message which was intended for some
other engine, and later discard the message because of a mismatch in the Event
key.
It is recommended that you use the Wait for JMS Queue Message activity with the
Message Selector in a multi-engine mode. The Message Selector is applied while
browsing the queue before picking up the messages.

Input
See TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Process Design for more information about
mapping and transforming input data.
The input for the activity is the following.

Input Item Datatype Description

key string The value that is compared to the
Candidate Event Key field of the
Event tab to determine if this
message applies to this process. See
Message Event on page 480 for an
example of using the Candidate
Event Key field with the key input
item.

processTimeout integer The time (in milliseconds) to wait

for the incoming message. An error
is returned if the message is not
received in this time limit.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

482
| Chapter 9 JMS Palette

Output Editor
The Output Editor tab defines the schema to use for incoming messages whose
message type is Map, Stream, or XML Text. Map messages are name/value pairs,
and the schema allows you to define the structure of the incoming message. Once
defined, the schema on the Output Editor tab becomes the structure used for the
body of the message displayed on the Output tab.
See Appendix A, Specifying Data Schema, on page 773 for a complete description
of using the Output Editor tab.

Output
The output for the activity is the following.

Output Item Datatype Description

JMSHeaders complex The message header fields for the
message. See JMS Properties on
page 402 for more information
about message header fields.

JMSProperties complex The message properties for the

message. See JMS Properties on
page 402 for more information
about message properties.

OtherProperties complex If the JMS Application Properties

field is specified on the Advanced
tab, the OtherProperties group lists
the application-specific properties
in the selected JMS Application
Properties shared configuration
resource.

Body depends The body of the message.

upon the
message
type

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 Wait for JMS Topic Message 483
|

Output Item Datatype Description

DynamicProperties complex The dynamic properties is an
additional parameter to add
runtime property to the Outgoing
JMS Messages which is specified in
the Input tab. This is an optional
element with only one instance.
Dynamic property can have
multiple property elements.
Each property element denotes a
single dynamic property and can
contain the following elements:
Name — Required. Name of the
property with one instance.
Value — Required. Value of the
property with one instance.
Type — Optional. Type of the
property. If not provided, it will be
considered as string.
Following Types are supported:
• string
• boolean
• short
• integer
• long
• float
• double
• byte
Note: The DynamicProperty will
overwrite the value of a property
(with the same name) added using
the JMS Application Property.
The DynamicProperties will be also
added to the outgoing message.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

484
| Chapter 9 JMS Palette

Error Output
The Error Output tab lists the possible exceptions that can be thrown by this
activity. See TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Error Codes for more information
about error codes and corrective action to take.

Exception Thrown When...

ActivityTimedOutException The activity has reached the event or
process timeout.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 Reconnecting to JMS Servers 485
|

Reconnecting to JMS Servers

ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks supports some exceptions, where the

BusinessWorks engine tries to reconnect to the JMS Server if the connection is
interrupted.
The property "bw.plugin.jms.list.of.exception.for.reconnection"
provides a configurable way to specify a comma separated list of exceptions. The
JMS Client tries to reconnect to these servers if there are any interruptions in the
connections and receives the exception listed against the property. Provide the
fully qualified name of the exception.
The value for the property is a comma separated list of the exceptions.
This is applicable to all the JMS Clients, namely,
• JMS Queue Requestor, page 415
• JMS Queue Sender, page 424
• JMS Topic Publisher, page 432
• JMS Topic Requestor, page 439
• SOAP Request Reply, page 675

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

486
| Chapter 9 JMS Palette

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 | 487

Chapter 10 Mail Palette

The Mail palette is used to receive incoming email or send outgoing email.

Topics

• Receive Mail, page 488

• Send Mail, page 497

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

488
| Chapter 10 Mail Palette

Receive Mail
Process Starter

The Receive Mail process starter polls a POP3 mail server for new
mail. When new mail is detected and retrieved, the Receive Mail
process starter starts a new process for the process definition it
resides in and passes the mail data to the next activity in the process
flow.

Configuration
The Configuration tab has the following fields.

Global
Field Description
Var?
Name No The name to appear as the label for the
activity in the process definition.

Description No Short description of the activity.

Host Yes Host name or IP address for the mail

server.
The default port (110) is used to connect to
POP3 the server. If your server is
configured to use a different port, you can
specify it in this field using the syntax:
<hostName>:<portNumber>

For example,
myMailServer.myCo.com:76

User Name Yes User name to use when logging into the
POP3 server.

Password Yes Password to use when logging into the

POP3 server.

Polling Interval (sec) Yes Polling interval (in seconds) to check for
new mail. The default, if no polling
interval is specified, is 5 seconds.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 Receive Mail 489
|

Field Global Description

Var?
Delete Mail Yes If checked, mail will be deleted from the
POP3 server once the process starter has
retrieved it.
Note: If you choose to delete mail, you
should place a Checkpoint activity
immediately after the Receive Mail process
starter to ensure the message is not lost in
the event of machine failure.
Alternatively, you can choose to leave this
field unchecked, and then later in the
process definition perform a checkpoint
then use the Confirm activity to confirm
the message. The Confirm activity will
delete the message from the mail server.

SSL Yes The Use SSL checkbox specifies that a

Secure Sockets Layer (SSL) should be used
to specify client SSL configuration. When
this field is checked, the Configure SSL
button is enabled.

Upgrade No This field only appears in Mail palette

Configuration resources placed into process definitions
prior to release 5.2.0. In previous releases,
attachments were lists in the input of the
activity. In release 5.2.0 or later, a new
schema is used to handle MIME
attachments.
If you have a Mail palette resource created
prior to release 5.2.0, this field should be
unchecked to maintain backward
compatibility. This field does not appear
for new resources created in release 5.2.0
or later. Unchecking this field disables the
Advanced and Output Headers tab and
changes the output schema.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

490
| Chapter 10 Mail Palette

Configure SSL Button

The Configure SSL button allows you to configure the SSL parameters when the
transport supports SSL. Check SSL to display Configre SSl dialog. Provide values
in the following fields to configure SSL.

Field Description
Trusted Certificates Specifies a folder in the project containing one or more
Folder certificates from the trusted certificate authorities. This
folder is checked when a client connects to ensure that
the server’s certificate is from a trusted certificate
authority. This prevents connections from rogue
servers.

Identity An Identity resource that contains the HTTP server’s

digital certificate and private key.
See TIBCO Designer Palette Reference for more
information.

Verify Host Name Specifies whether to verify that the host you are
connecting to is the expected host. The host name in
the host's digital certificate is compared against the
value you specify in the Expected Host Name field. If
the host name does not match the expected host name,
the connection is refused.

Strong Cipher Suites Specifies that only cipher suites with strong encryption
Only should be used, if they are available on the host you are
connecting to.

Test Connection Button

The Test Connection button tests the connection to the specified mail server. You
can use this button to ensure that your Receive Mail activity is properly
configured to receive mail from the specified mail server. This button is only
enabled when the Host, Username, and Password fields on the Configuration tab
are populated.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 Receive Mail 491
|

Advanced
The Advanced tab contains the following fields:

Field Description
Provide Raw When checked, this field specifies that the whole message is to
Message be provided in binary form. The output schema changes to
include an element named rawMessage that contains the
message instead of bodyText and mimeEnvelopeElements.
The Receive Mail process starter uses the javax.mail API.
This API assumes that the content type of the message is
multipart/mixed. When the multipart subtype is not mixed
(such as multipart/signed or multipart/alternative) or
when another content type is used (for example
application/*), the javax.mail API may not correctly parse
the message. Checking this field allows you to send the raw
message to a Java Code activity that uses the Java Activation
framework to implement the appropriate handlers to process
the message. For more information on how the Java Activation
framework can be used for this purpose, please consult the
API documentation for javax.activation and javax.mail.
You can also feed the binary message to the
javax.mail.MimeMessage constructor in the form of a
java.io.InputStream to construct a MimeMessage object. In
that case, the default javax.mail API handler is used.

Write to File Checking this field specifies that incoming messages whose
body and attachments (or raw message size if the Provide Raw
Message field is checked) exceed the specified threshold size
should be written to a file instead of stored in memory. This
allows you to accept large incoming messages without
consuming a great deal of memory. When this field is checked,
the Directory and Threshold Size fields appear.
Leaving this field unchecked specifies that incoming messages
should be kept in memory.
Note: Once written, the files created by using this option are
not deleted automatically. You must manage the storage used
by these files and delete them when they are no longer used.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

492
| Chapter 10 Mail Palette

Field Description
Directory The directory to write messages that are above the specified
threshold. The process engine does not attempt to create the
directory if the specified directory does not exist. Therefore,
create the directory before starting the process engine.

Create When checked, all directories in the path specified in the

Non-Existing Directory field are created, if they do not already exist.
Directories
If this field is unchecked and there are one or more directories
in the specified path in the Directory field that do not exist, an
exception is raised.

Threshold The maximum size (in bytes) of an incoming message that can
Message Data be kept in memory. Messages larger than the specified size are
Size written to a file in the specified directory. The file’s name is
output so that subsequent activities in the process definition
can access the file and read its contents.
Specifying zero (0) in this field causes all incoming messages
to be saved to a file.

Output Headers
Incoming messages may have custom headers. The Output Headers tab allows
you to define a custom schema for the headers of the incoming mail messages.
You can specify any standard header supported by the javax.mail package. For
example, X-Mailer or X-Priority. Values of headers in the incoming message will
populate the corresponding output headers of the same name that you have
defined.
See Appendix A, Specifying Data Schema, on page 773 for a complete description
of using the Output Headers tab.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 Receive Mail 493
|

Misc
The Misc tab contains the following fields:

Field Description
Sequencing Key This field can contain an XPath expression that
specifies which processes should run in order. Process
instances with sequencing keys that evaluate to the
same value will be executed sequentially in the order
the process instance was created.
See TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Process Design
for more information about controlling the execution
order of process instances and about XPath
expressions.

Custom Id This field can contain an XPath expression that

specifies a custom ID for the process instance. This ID
is displayed in the View Service dialog of TIBCO
Administrator, and it is also available in the
$_processContext process variable.

Output
The output for the activity is the following.

Output Item Datatype Description

from string The email address of the sender of the
email.

to string The recipient list of the email.

cc string The cc (carbon copy) list of the email.

replyTo string The reply to list of the email.

subject string The subject of the email.

sentdate string The date the email was sent.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

494
| Chapter 10 Mail Palette

Output Item Datatype Description

Fields available when the Upgrade Configuration field is checked

Headers complex This element contains the schema you

defined on the Output Headers tab. You
can specify custom headers that can be
included in incoming mail messages.
You can specify any standard header
supported by the javax.mail package.
For example, X-Mailer or X-Priority.
Values of headers in the incoming
message will populate the
corresponding output headers of the
same name that you have defined.

rawMessage binary The content of the message in binary

form. This element is only available
when the Provide Raw Message field on
the Advanced tab is checked.

bodyText string The text of the email message. The

Provide Raw Message field on the
Advanced tab must be unchecked for
this field to appear.

mimeEnvelopeElement complex This element contains the message

attachments. This element contains a
repeating element named mimePart
that contains each mime attachment.
The Provide Raw Message field on the
Advanced tab must be unchecked for
this field to appear.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 Receive Mail 495
|

Output Item Datatype Description

mimeHeaders complex This element contains the mime header
for each mimePart. Mime headers can
contain the following information:
• content-disposition
• content-type
• content-transfer-encoding
• content-id
• other mime header information
See
http://www.faqs.org/rfcs/rfc2045.htm
l for more information about MIME
headers and their syntax.
Note: When the content type is
specified as "text/*" (for example,
"text/xml"), the attachment content is
expected to be in either the textContent
output element or the file name storing
the attachment is expected to be in the
fileName output element. When the
content type is anything other than
"text/*", the attachment content is
expected to be in either the
binaryContent output element or the
file name storing the attachment is
expected to be in the fileName output
element.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

496
| Chapter 10 Mail Palette

Output Item Datatype Description

binaryContent | choice This element contains the mime
textContent | fileName attachment. The element can be one of
the following:
• binaryContent — content of the
attachment when the attachment is
binary data.
• textContent — content of the
attachment when the attachment is
text data.
• fileName — the file name of the
attachment when the attachment is
stored in the file system (see
Advanced tab for more
information).

Fields available when the Upgrade Configuration field is unchecked

bodyText string The text of the email message.

attachmentNames string A list of names for each attachment to

the message. These names are typically
the file names of the attachments.
Note: The attachmentNames and
attachmentData elements are
corresponding lists. That is, for each
item in the attachmentName element,
there must be a corresponding item in
the same position in the
attachmentData list. For example, if
there are three attachments, both
elements must contain three items and
item in the attachmentNames element
corresponds to the element in the same
position in the attachmentData list.

attachmentData binary A list of attachments to the message.

contentType string The MIME content type specified in the

message.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 Send Mail 497
|

Send Mail
Activity

The Send Mail activity sends an email by way of a SMTP server.

Configuration
The Configuration tab has the following fields.

Global
Field Var? Description

Name No The name to appear as the label for the activity in

the process definition.

Description No Short description of the activity.

Host Yes Host name for the SMTP server.

The default port (25) is used to connect to the SMTP
server. If your server is configured to use a different
port, you can specify it in this field using the
syntax:
<hostName>:<portNumber>

For example, myMailServer.myCo.com:37

SSL No The Use SSL checkbox specifies that Secure Sockets

Layer (SSL) should be used to specify a client SSL
configuration. When this field is checked, the
Configure SSL button is enabled.

Authenticate No Specifies whether you want to supply a user name

and password to authenticate to the mail server.
When checked, the User Name and Password fields
appear.
Note: The mail server must be configured to require
authentication for sending mail. If the mail server is
not configured to require authentication, the user
name and password are ignored.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

498
| Chapter 10 Mail Palette

Field Global Description

Var?
User Name Yes User name to use when authenticating to the mail
server.

Password Yes Password to use when authenticating to the mail

server. Passwords entered in this field will be
encrypted when stored in the project.

Upgrade No This field only appears in Mail palette resources

Configuration placed into process definitions prior to release 5.2.0.
In previous releases, attachments were lists in the
input of the activity. In release 5.2.0 or later, a new
schema is used to handle MIME attachments.
If you have a Mail palette resource created prior to
release 5.2.0, this field should be unchecked to
maintain backward compatibility. This field does
not appear for new resources created in release 5.2.0
or later. Unchecking this field disables the Input
Headers tab and changes the input schema.

Configure SSL Button

The Configure SSL button allows you to configure the SSL parameters when the
transport supports SSL. Check SSL to display Configre SSl dialog. Provide values
in the following fields to configure SSL.

Global
Field Description
Var?
Trusted No Folder in the project containing one or more
Certificates certificates from trusted certificate authorities.
Folder This folder is checked when an invocation is
made to the partner service to ensure that the
server is trusted. This prevents connections to
rogue servers.

Identity No This is an identity resource that contains the

client's digital certificate and private key.
See TIBCO Designer Palette Reference for more
information.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 Send Mail 499
|

Field Global Description

Var?
Verify Host Name No Specifies whether to verify that the host you
are connecting to is the expected host. The host
name in the host's digital certificate is
compared against the value you specify in the
Expected Host Name field. If the host name
does not match the expected host name, the
connection is refused.

Strong Cipher No Specifies that only cipher suites with strong

Suites Only encryption should be used, if they are available
on the host you are connecting to.

Support for STARTTLS

Some Mail servers (such as Microsoft Exchange 2010 ) support SMTP over SSL
using the STARTTLS feature. TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks supports this
using the property, "bw.plugin.mail.enableStartTLS," which is set to default
as "false". Select the 'Use SSL' check box when using such servers and provide
the Trusted Certificates folder.
When not using such servers, provide this engine property for SMTP with value
as "false".

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

500
| Chapter 10 Mail Palette

Advanced
The Advanced tab has the following fields.

Global
Field Description
Var?
Allow No By default, email IDs specified in the to, from, cc,
Non-Standard bcc, or replyTo input elements must conform to
Email IDs the RFC 822 standard for email addresses.
Checking this box allows you to specify email IDs
that do not conform to the RFC 822 standard. This
is useful if you want to send mail to a server that
has extensions for sending email to devices such
as a fax machine.
For more information about email address syntax,
see http://www.faqs.org/rfcs/rfc822.html.
Note: When this field is unchecked, not all of the
RFC 822 syntax rules are enforced. For example,
addresses composed of simple names (with no
"@domain" part) are allowed. For more
information on enforcing RFC 822, see the
description of the strict flag of the parse
method of
javax.mail.internet.InternetAddress at
http://java.sun.com/products/javamail/javadoc
s/javax/mail/internet/InternetAddress.html.

Input Headers
You may want to add custom headers to outgoing mail messages. The Input
Headers tab allows you to define a custom schema for the headers of the outgoing
mail message. You can specify any standard header supported by the javax.mail
package. For example, X-Mailer or X-Priority.
See Appendix A, Specifying Data Schema, on page 773 for a complete description
of using the Input Headers tab.

Input
See TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Process Design for more information about
mapping and transforming input data.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 Send Mail 501
|

The input for the activity is the following.

Input Item Datatype Description

username string Username to use when authenticating to the
mail server.
Note: The mail server must be configured to
require authentication for sending mail. If
the mail server is not configured to require
authentication, the username and password
elements are ignored.

password string Password to use when authenticating to the

mail server.

from string The email address of the sender.

to string The recipient list for the email. This is a

repeatable element, so that you can send mail
to more than one recipient.
You can also supply a list of recipients in a
single string by using either a comma or a
semicolon (but not both in the same string) to
separate the recipients.

cc string The cc (carbon copy) list for the email. This is

a repeatable element, so that you can place
more than one recipient on the CC list.
You can also supply a list of CC recipients in
a single string by using either a comma or a
semicolon (but not both in the same string) to
separate the CC recipients.

bcc string The bcc (blind carbon copy) list for the email.
This is a repeatable element, so that you can
place more than one recipient on the BCC
list.
You can also supply a list of BCC recipients
in a single string by using either a comma or
a semicolon (but not both in the same string)
to separate the BCC recipients.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

502
| Chapter 10 Mail Palette

Input Item Datatype Description

replyTo string The reply to list for the email. This is a
repeatable element, so that you can place
more than one recipient on the reply to list.
You can also supply a reply to list in a single
string by using either a comma or a
semicolon (but not both in the same string) to
separate the addresses in the list.

subject string The subject of the email.

sentdate string The date stamp for the email.

Note: The email server supplies the actual
date stamp for the email, so this input item is
ignored. This item is deprecated and may be
removed in a future release. Do not attempt
to place a value in this input item.

Fields available when the Upgrade Configuration field is checked

bodyElement complex This element contains a choice element. You

can either supply the bodyText element or
the fileName element.
The bodyText element is a string containing
the body of the message. The fileName
element is the path and name of a file
containing the body of the message.

Headers complex This element contains the schema you

defined on the Input Headers tab. You can
specify custom headers for outgoing mail
messages.
You can specify any standard header
supported by the javax.mail package. For
example, X-Mailer or X-Priority.
If you want to use attachments, make sure
the Content-Type header is specified as
multipart/* (where * is a valid subtype of
multipart).

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 Send Mail 503
|

Input Item Datatype Description

mimeEnvelope complex This element contains the message
Element attachments. This element contains a
repeating element named mimePart that
contains each mime attachment.

mimeHeaders complex This element contains the mime header for

each mimePart. Mime headers can contain
the following information:
• content-disposition — To suggest a
filename for an attachment, use
"*;filename=<filename>" in this element.
Note: E-mail servers may alter or choose
to ignore the suggested name.
• content-type
• content-transfer-encoding
• content-id
• other mime header information
See http://www.faqs.org/rfcs/rfc2045.html
for more information about MIME headers
and their syntax.
Note: When the content type is specified as
"text/*" (for example, "text/xml"), the
attachment content is expected to be in either
the textContent input element or the file
name storing the attachment is expected to
be in the fileName input element. When the
content type is anything other than "text/*",
the attachment content is expected to be in
either the binaryContent input element or
the file name storing the attachment is
expected to be in the fileName input element.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

504
| Chapter 10 Mail Palette

Input Item Datatype Description

binaryContent | choice This element contains the mime attachment.
textContent | The element can be one of the following:
fileName
• binaryContent — content of the
attachment when the attachment is
binary data.
• textConetnt — content of the attachment
when the attachment is text data.
• fileName — the file name of the
attachment written to the disk.

Fields available when the Upgrade Configuration field is unchecked

bodyText string The text of the email message.

attachmentNames string A list of names for each attachment to the

message. These names are typically the file
names of the attachments.
Note: The attachmentNames and
attachmentData elements are corresponding
lists. That is, for each item in the
attachmentName element, there must be a
corresponding item in the same position in
the attachementData list. For example, if
there are three attachments, both elements
must contain three items and item in the
attachmentNames element corresponds to
the element in the same position in the
attachmentData list.

attachmentData binary A list of attachments to the message.

contentType string The MIME content type for the message. You
can specify a character encoding in this
element for the encoding of the body of the
message.

Output
This activity produces no output.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 Send Mail 505
|

Error Output
The Error Output tab lists the possible exceptions that can be thrown by this
activity. See TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Error Codes for more information
about error codes and corrective action to take.

Exception Thrown When...

InvalidInputException Input is not valid.

UnknownHostException Mail server host name could not be resolved.

The exception contains the mail server host
name.

SendFailedException The send operation failed for any reason.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

506
| Chapter 10 Mail Palette

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 | 507

Chapter 11 Parse Palette

The Parse palette provides shared configuration resources and activities for
parsing and rendering formatted text. This is useful if you want to transform
formatted lines of text into a data schema. This is also useful if you want to
transform a data schema into a formatted text string.
The text lines can be formatted either by delimiters separating each field or offsets
can be specified to determine where each field begins and ends.

Topics

• Data Format, page 508

• Parse Data, page 514
• Render Data, page 522

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

508
| Chapter 11 Parse Palette

Data Format
Shared Configuration

The Data Format resource contains the specification for parsing or

rendering a text string using the Parse Data and Render Data activities.
This shared configuration resource specifies the type of formatting for
the text (delimited columns or fixed-width columns), the column
separator for delimited columns, the line separator, and the fill character and field
offsets for fixed-width columns. You must also specify the data schema to use for
parsing or rendering the text.
When parsing text, each column of an input line is transformed into the
corresponding item in the specified data schema. The first column of the text line
is turned into the first item in the data schema, the second column is transformed
into the second item, and so on. Each line is treated as a record, and multiple lines
result in a repeating data schema containing the lines of the input text string.
Figure 19 illustrates how an input text string is parsed into a specified data
schema.

Figure 19 Parsing a text string into a data schema

When rendering text, each record in the input data schema is transformed into a
line of output text. The first item of the data schema is transformed into the first
column of the text line, the second item is transformed into the second column,
and so on. Each record in a repeating data schema is transformed into a separate
line in the output text string. Rendering a data schema into a text string is exactly
the opposite process of parsing a text string into a data schema. Rendering is the
reverse of the process illustrated in Figure 19.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 Data Format 509
|

Configuration
The Configuration tab has the following fields.

Field Description
Name The name to appear as the label for the resource.

Description Short description of the shared resource.

Format Type The type of formatting for the text. The text can be
either "Delimiter separated" or "Fixed format".
In delimiter-separated text, each column is separated
by a delimiter character, specified in the Col Separator
field. Each line is separated by the character specified
in the Line Separator field. See Delimiter Separated
Fields on page 512 for more information.
In Fixed format text, each column occupies a fixed
position on the line. For fixed format text, you must
specify the Fill Character, the line length, and the
column offsets. See Field Offsets on page 512 for more
information.

Col Separator This field specifies one or more separator characters

between columns when "Delimiter separated" is
specified in the Format Type field.
When rendering text, each element in the input data
schema is separated by the column separator in the
output text string. If more than one character is
specified in this field, the Render Data activity places
the entire string specified in this field between each
column. For example, if ":;" is specified in this field,
then ":;" appears between each column in the
rendered string.
When parsing text, each column becomes an element
in the output data schema. If more than one character
is specified in this field, the Parse Data activity uses
the rule specified in the Col Separator Parse Rule field
to determine how to parse the data.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

510
| Chapter 11 Parse Palette

Field Description
Col Separator Parse Specifies the rule to use for multiple column separator
Rule characters when parsing data. The choices are the
following:
• Treat all characters as entered as a single column
separator string
The characters entered into the Col Separator field
are treated as a single string that acts as a
separator. For example, if the specified Col
Separator is ":;", then Apple:;Orange:;Pear is
treated as three columns.
• Treat each character entered as a potential column
separator
Any of the characters will act as a column
separator. For example, if the specified Col
Separator is ":;", then Apple;Orange:Pear is
treated as three columns.

Line Separator Specifies the character(s) that determine the end of

each line. This field allows you to define a custom line
separator. By default, new line, carriage return and
line feed are defined and can be selected from the
drop down list.
When parsing text, each line is treated as a new record
in the output data schema. When rendering text, each
data record is separated by the line separator
character in the output text string.
The last line in your input file must be terminated by
the specified line separator.
Note that BusinessWorks does not support specifying
the line separator as part of the data.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 Data Format 511
|

Field Description
Fill Character When processing fixed format columns, this is the
type of character that is used to fill the empty space in
a column and between columns. This is only available
when "Fixed format" is specified in the Format Type
field. This fill character is only used by the Render
Data activity.
You can select one of the following for this field:
• Space — fills with a space
• Dash — fills will a dash
• Others — allows you to specify your own custom
fill character in the Fill With field.
For example, you have a column that holds an integer
and the specified width is 10. One row has the value
"588" for that column. Because the width of 588 is
three and the column width is 10, the remaining 7
characters are filled with the specified fill character.

Fill With This field is only available when Others is selected in

the Fill Character field. This field specifies the fill
character to use to pad unused characters in
fixed-width columns.
Only one character can be specified. The first
character is the fill character and any other characters
specified in this field are ignored.

Data Format
The Data Format tab allows you to define a custom schema for the text.
You can define your own datatype on this tab, and you can reference XML schema
or ActiveEnterprise classes stored in the project. Once defined, the data specified
on the Data Format tab is used to parse a text string into the specified schema or
render the specified schema as a text string.

Data Format does not support nested schema.You can only specify basic plain
schema with no nesting.

See Appendix A, Specifying Data Schema, on page 773 for a description of how to
define a schema.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

512
| Chapter 11 Parse Palette

Delimiter Separated Fields

When processing delimiter-separated text, each field in the input line is separated
by the delimiter specified by the Column Separator field. Leading and trailing
spaces are stripped from each field and the specified Line Separator determines
when a new record starts. Figure 19 illustrates an series of input lines containing
comma-separated fields, each record on one line.
In some situations, you may not be able to choose a column separator character
that does not appear in any column data. For example, if you choose a comma as
the column separator, there may be commas in some of the column values. To
process data that contains column separator characters in a column, you can
surround the column with double quotes (" "). Double quotes also allow you to
include leading and trailing spaces as well as line breaks in a field. If you want to
have a double quote appear in a field, escape the double quote by using two
consecutive double quotes. That is, use "" to represent a double quote in a field.
The following data illustrates input lines with each field separated by commas.
Some fields, however, contain commas, leading or trailing spaces, double quotes,
and line breaks.
57643, Smith, "Chris", Accounting , "Statement: Be prepared!"
57644, Jones, "Pat ", Marketing , "Statement: To paraphrase
JFK, ""Ask not what your company can do for you,
ask what you can do for your company."""
57645, Walker, "Terry", Develpment , "Statement: My goal is to be
CEO someday."

Notice that Pat Jones’ statement spans two lines and contains double quotes as
well as a comma. The entire field is surrounded by double quotes, so it is still
treated as part of the same record.

Field Offsets
When processing fixed format text, you must specify the line length and the
column offsets. This allows a Parse Data or Render Data activity to determine
where columns and lines begin and end. The Field Offsets tab allows you to
specify the format of fixed-width text.
The line length is the total length of each input line, including the line separator
character(s). Include the appropriate number of characters for the selected line
separator on the Configuration tab to the total length of each line.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 Data Format 513
|

The column offset is the starting and ending character position on each line for the
column. Each line starts at 0 (zero). For each column of the line, you must specify
the name of the data item associated with this column (this is the same name you
specified for the corresponding element in the data schema), the starting offset for
the column, and the ending offset for the column.

It is a good idea to have each column offset begin where the last column offset
ended. Many fixed format data files are used by databases (for example, ISAM
files) or are generated by automated processes. These types of files have rigid file
record formats and may not have additional padding space between columns.
When you define each column offset to begin where the last column offset ends,
the data can be read more quickly by TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks
because the bytes of the input records can be read in sequentially.

Consider the following text file. The first two lines of the file indicate offset
numbers (each 0 indicates another 10 characters), and the fill character between
columns is spaces:
0 12 30 45
0123456789012345678901234567890123456789012345678901234567
57643 Smith Chris Account
57644 Jones Pat Marketing
57645 Walker Terry Develpment

Figure 20 illustrates the Field Offset tab for the file above. Notice that the line
length is specified as 60, even thought the offsets end at character number 58. The
line separator is specified as "Carriage Return/Line Feed (windows)", so this adds
two additional characters for a total line length of 60.

Figure 20 Fixed-width text strings and field offsets

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

514
| Chapter 11 Parse Palette

Parse Data
Activity

The Parse Data activity takes a text string or input from a file and
processes it, turning it into a schema tree based on the specified Data
Format shared configuration.
You can use any mechanism to obtain or create a text string for processing. For
example, you can use the Read File activity to obtain text from a file, or you can
retrieve a text field from an adapter message. You can also specify a text file to
read using this activity.
You might use this activity in a number of situations. For example, you may have
a file that consists of multiple lines of comma-separated values (as in data
obtained from a spreadsheet). You may also want to insert that data into a
database table. To do this, read and parse the file into a data schema with the
Parse Data activity. Then use a JDBC Update activity to insert the data schema
into a database table.

Configuration
The Configuration tab has the following fields.

Global
Field Description
Var?
Name No The name to appear as the label for the activity in
the process definition.

Description No Short description of the activity.

Data Format No The Data Format shared configuration to use

when parsing the text input. See Data Format on
page 508 for more information.

Input Type No Specifies the type of input for this activity.

Input can either be a text string or a file. If the
input is a text string, supply the string to the
textString input item. If the input is a file,
supply the file name and location to the fileName
input item.

Encoding Yes The encoding of the input file. This field is only
available when "File" is chosen in the Input Type
field. Any valid Java encoding name can be used.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 Parse Data 515
|

Field Global Description

Var?
Skip Blank No Skips any empty records when parsing the text
Lines input.
When this field is unchecked, parsing stops at the
first blank line encountered in the input.

Manually No Allows you to specify the record in the input

Specify Start where you want to start parsing.
Record
This is useful if you have a large number of
records and you want to read the input in parts (to
minimize memory usage). Checking this checkbox
causes the startRecord input item to appear. See
Parsing a Large Number of Records on page 520
for more information on how to read the input
stream in parts.

Strict No Validates every input line for the specified number

Validation of fields for the "Fixed Format" text.
For example, if the format states that there are
three fields per line and this field is checked, all
lines in the input must contain three fields.

Continue on No Continues parsing the next record in the input

Error after encountering an error, if any.
If an error occurs, the error information is
separated from the output of the successfully
parsed records and is provided in the output
schema of the activity. See Output on page 517 for
more information on how the error information for
the records that failed parsing is provided.
Error information is provided only for records
specified as Required.
If the data item is specified as Optional, the
process completes parsing the input successfully.
Irrespective of whether this field is checked or not,
the Parse Data activity quits when any data
validation errors occur.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

516
| Chapter 11 Parse Palette

Input
See TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Process Design for more information about
mapping and transforming input data.
The input for the activity is the following.

Input Item Datatype Description

text string The text string to parse. This input
item is only available when "String"
is specified in the Input Type field
on the Configuration tab.

fileName string The location and name of the file to

read. The file’s contents is used as
the input text string for this activity.
This input item is only available
when "File" is specified in the Input
Type field on the Configuration tab.

startRecord number The line number of the input

stream where you want to begin
parsing. All lines before the
specified line are ignored. This
input item is only available if the
Manually Specify Start Record field
on the Configuration tab is
checked.
The input stream begins with line
number 1 (one).
This is useful if you want to read
the input stream in parts to
minimize memory usage. See
Parsing a Large Number of Records
on page 520 for more information.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 Parse Data 517
|

Input Item Datatype Description

noOfRecords number The number of records to read from
the input stream. Specify "-1" if you
want to read all records in the input
stream.
This is useful if you want to read
the input stream in parts to
minimize memory usage. See
Parsing a Large Number of Records
on page 520 for more information.

SkipHeaderCharacters integer The number of characters to skip

when parsing. This allows you to
skip over any file headers or other
unwanted information.

Output
The output for the activity is the following.

Output Item Datatype Description

Rows complex This output item contains the list of
parsed lines from the input. This is
useful to determine the number of
records parsed by this activity.
The schema specified by the Data
Format resource is contained in this
output item.

schema complex The schema containing the data

from the parsed input text. This
output item contains zero or more
parsed records.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

518
| Chapter 11 Parse Palette

Output Item Datatype Description

ErrorRows This output item is available when
Continue on Error is checked, and
error(s) while parsing the records in
the input.
<<raw input data is put in the error
string>>
This field contains the list of error
lines for the records from the input
that failed parsing.
See the example below explaining
successful parsing of records
specified as Optional and
Mandatory.
During parsing, if any of the
Required data items are missing,
the records are displayed in the
Error Row. If there are missing
Optional items, the records are
displayed in the Output Row.

EOF boolean true if no more records are

available for parsing. false if there
are more records available.
This output item is useful for
checking if there are no more
records in the input stream when
you are reading the input in parts
to preserve memory. See Parsing a
Large Number of Records on
page 520 for more information.

Example
The example contains two input records containing five data items, ID, FName,
LName, Address and Age. All the items are declared mandatory.
,FN1,LN1,Pune,99
2,FN2,LN2,Pune,33
Shown below is the output of the two records, after parsing them.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 Parse Data 519
|

As the field "ID" is missing from the first record, the entire record appears in the
ErrorRows element.

<?xml version = "1.0" encoding = "UTF-8"?>

<Output>
<Rows>
<root>
<ID>2</ID>
<FName>FN2</FName>
<LName>LN2</LName>
<Address>Pune</Address>
<Age>33</Age>
</root>
</Rows>
<ErrorRows>
<ErrorString>,FN1,LN1,Pune,99</ErrorString>
</ErrorRows>
<EOF>true</EOF>
</Output>

When the ID field is declared Optional, and is missing, it is not an error. The
records appear in the output string :

<?xml version = "1.0" encoding = "UTF-8"?>

<Output>
<Rows>
<root>
<FName>FN1</FName>
<LName>LN1</LName>
<Address>Pune</Address>
<Age>99</Age>
</root>
<root>
<ID>2</ID>
<FName>FN2</FName>
<LName>LN2</LName>
<Address>Pune</Address>
<Age>33</Age>
</root>
</Rows>
<ErrorRows/>
<EOF>true</EOF>
</Output>

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

520
| Chapter 11 Parse Palette

Error Output
The Error Output tab lists the possible exceptions that can be thrown by this
activity. See TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Error Codes for more information
about error codes and corrective action to take.

Exception Thrown When...

FileNotFoundException The specified input file cannot be located.

BadDataFormatException The input format is not valid.

Parsing a Large Number of Records

The input for this activity is placed in a process variable and takes up memory as
it is being processed. If you are reading a large number of records from a file, the
process may consume significant machine resources. To avoid using too much
memory, you may want to read the input in parts, parsing and processing a small
set of records before moving on to the next set.

To process a large number of records, follow this procedure:

1. Create a Parse Data activity.
2. Specify the fields on the Configuration tab. Check the checkbox for the
Manually Specify Start Record field.
3. Select the Parse Data activity and click the group icon on the tool bar to create
a group containing the Parse Data activity. See TIBCO ActiveMatrix
BusinessWorks Process Design for more information about working with
groups.
4. Specify "Repeat Until True Loop" as the Group action, and specify an index
name (for example, "i").
5. The loop should exit when the EOF output item for the Parse Data activity is
set to true. For example, the condition for the loop could be set to the
following: string($ParseData/Output/done) = string(true())
6. Set the noOfRecords input item for the Parse Data activity to the number of
records you want to process for each execution of the loop.
7. If you do not check the Manually Specify Start Record field on the
Configuration tab of the Parse Data activity, the loop processes the specified
noOfRecords with each iteration until there are no more input records to
parse.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 Parse Data 521
|

You can optionally check the Manually Specify Start Record field to specify
the startRecord on the Input tab. If you do this, you must create an XPath
expression to properly specify the starting record to read with each iteration of
the loop. For example, the count of records in the input starts at zero, so the
startRecord input item could be set to the current value of the loop index
minus one. For example, $i - 1.
The procedure above is a general guideline for creating a loop group for parsing a
large set of input records in parts. You may want to modify the procedure to
include additional processing of the records, or you may want to change the
XPath expressions to suit your business process.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

522
| Chapter 11 Parse Palette

Render Data
Activity

The Render Data activity takes an instance of a data schema and

renders it as a text string. The schema processed is based on a specified
Data Format shared configuration.
You may want to use this activity in a number of situations. For example, you
may retrieve a result set from a database table. You may then want to format this
result set as a formatted text string (with line breaks between each row in the
result set), and then write that text string out to a file. You would use the Render
Data activity to render the data schema as a formatted text string. Then you
would use the Write File activity to write the string to a file.

Configuration
The Configuration tab has the following fields.

Global
Field Description
Var?
Name No The name to appear as the label for the activity in the
process definition.

Description No Short description of the activity.

Data Format No The Data Format shared configuration to use when

rendering the text output. See Data Format on
page 508 for more information.

Input
See TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Process Design for more information about
mapping and transforming input data.
The input for the activity is the following.

Input Item Datatype Description

Rows complex The element containing the list of
items to render.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 Render Data 523
|

Input Item Datatype Description

root complex The elementcomplex containing
data schema (specified by the Data
Format field on the Configuration
tab) to render as a text string. This
is a repeating element so that you
can render more than one output
record.

Output
The output for the activity is the following.

Output Item Datatype Description

text string The output text string as a result of
rendering the specified data
schema. Line breaks separate
records of the data schema.

Error Output
The Error Output tab lists the possible exceptions that can be thrown by this
activity. See TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Error Codes for more information
about error codes and corrective action to take.

Exception Thrown When...

BadDataFormatException The output format is not valid.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

524
| Chapter 11 Parse Palette

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 | 525

Chapter 12 Policy Palette

The Policy palette enables you to specify security policies for inbound and
outbound SOAP messages. The security policies follow Web Services Security:
SOAP Message Security 1.1 (WS-Security 2004) OASIS Standard Specification.
You can find out more about this standard at
http://docs.oasis-open.org/wss/v1.1.
See TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Process Design for more information about
using the resources in the Policy palette.

Topics

• Security Policy, page 526

• Security Policy Association, page 536

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

526
| Chapter 12 Policy Palette

Security Policy
Shared Configuration

The Security Policy shared configuration resource specifies a

security policy that can be used for inbound or outbound SOAP
messages. The security policy can include any combination of the
following characteristics:
• Authentication — whether messages must be authenticated. Authentication
can be performed either with usernames and passwords or by way of X.509
compliant certificates.
• Integrity — whether messages must be validated with a signature to ensure
the message has not been altered since its creation.
• Confidentiality —whether messages should be encrypted or decrypted.
• Timeout — whether messages should expire after a certain time.
See TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Process Design for more information about
using security policies for web services.

Configuration
The Configuration tab has the following fields.

Global
Field Description
Var?
Name No The name to appear as the label for the resource.

Description No Short description of the shared resource.

Policy Type No Specifies the type of communication this policy

applies to. Select one of the following from the list
of choices:
• inbound
• outbound
• inbound fault
• outbound fault

Authentication No Check this box if you want to specify that

authentication should be part of this policy.
Checking this box makes the fields on the
Authentication tab available for editing.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 Security Policy 527
|

Field Global Description

Var?
Integrity No Check this box if you want to specify that
messages should be signed or that signed
messages should be verified. Checking this box
makes the fields on the Integrity tab available for
editing.

Confidentiality No Check this box if you want to specify that

messages should be encrypted and decrypted.
Checking this box makes the fields on the
Confidentiality tab available for editing.

Timeout No Check this box if you want to add or verify

timestamps on messages. Checking this box
makes the fields on the Timeout tab available for
editing.

Custom No Check the box in this field if you want to use your
Password own custom password lookup class. By default,
Lookup authentication is performed through TIBCO
Administrator. This field allows you to specify a
class for looking up passwords in your system,
such as a database, file system, or LDAP system.
See TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Process
Design for more information about custom
password lookup.

Custom No This field specifies an AliasLibrary resource

Password containing your custom password lookup class
Callback Java and any referenced classes (such as third-party
Class libraries to access an LDAP server).
Use the Browse button to locate the AliasLibrary
resource storing your class, then use the Show
Class Browser button in the Class field to locate
your class.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

528
| Chapter 12 Policy Palette

Field Global Description

Var?
Security Header No This field is available only when the policy type is
Layout outbound or outbound fault.
Specifies layout rules to be applied when adding
elements to the security header of a SOAP
message.
The four layouts are:
• Lax
• Strict
• LaxTimeStampFirst - This value is available
only if the Timeout field is selected.
• LaxTimeStampLast - This value is available
only if the Timeout field is selected.

Authentication
The Authentication tab specifies the characteristics for authenticating to the SOAP
message server. Inbound messages can be authenticated against a list of trusted
certificates. Outbound messages can specify the identity to use to authenticate to
the external SOAP server.
The Authentication tab has the following fields.

Global
Field Description
Var?
Inbound or Inbound Fault Policy Type Fields

Supported No Specifies the security tokens you want to allow

Security Tokens in inbound messages. You can select one or
more of the following supported types:
• X.509 Token
• UsernamePassword Token

Trusted No Specifies the folder containing the trusted

Certificates Folder certificates for binary security token
authentication.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 Security Policy 529
|

Field Global Description

Var?
Outbound or Outbound Fault Policy Type Fields

Security Token No Specifies the type of security tokens you want

to allow in inbound messages. You can select
one of the following supported types:
• X.509 Token
• UsernamePassword Token

X.509 Identity No When X.509 Token is selected in the Security

Token field, this field specifies the Identity
resource containing the X.509 compliant
identity file. See TIBCO Designer Palette
Reference for more information about Identity
resources.

Username No When UsernamePassword Token is selected in

Password Identity the Security Token field, this specifies the
Identity resource that contains the username
and password. See TIBCO Designer Palette
Reference for more information about Identity
resources.

Password Type No Specifies whether you want to use text or

digest passwords.

Certificate Alias No When the Identity resource specified in the

X.509 Identity field is of type JKS or JCEKS,
specify the certificate alias in this field to
identify the private and public key pair.

Use Password for No When the Identity resource specified in the

the Key X.509 Identity field is of type JKS or JCEKS,
select the check box to configure a password
for the private key.
Note: If the check box is not selected, the
password has to be the same for the keystore
and the private keys stored inside it.

Alias Password No This field is enabled when the Use Password

for the Key check box is selected.
Specify a password for the private key.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

530
| Chapter 12 Policy Palette

Integrity
The Integrity tab specifies the characteristics of the signatures attached to the
messages. Signatures can be used to ensure that messages are not altered after
creation. The integrity of inbound messages can be checked against the trusted
root certificates and public certificates. Outbound messages can specify the
certificate to be used to sign the outgoing message.
The Integrity tab has the following fields.

Global
Field Description
Var?
Inbound or Inbound Fault Policy Type Fields

Supported Signature No The algorithm used to check the signatures

Methods of incoming messages. You can select one or
more of the following:
• SHA1
• SHA256
• SHA384
• SHA512

Supported Security No Is the security token to use for the signature.

Tokens You can select one or more of the following:
• X.509 Token
• UsernameToken

Trusted Certificates No Is the folder containing the trusted

Folder certificates for signature verification.
Note: The certificates in the trusted folder
are only necessary when the authenticating
user is the same as the user who signed the
message. In this case, the message contains
the public key, the receiver must verify
against the trusted certificate. However, if
the authenticating user is not the same as
the user who signed the message, the user
must define a subject key identity that holds
the public key.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 Security Policy 531
|

Field Global Description

Var?
Subject Key Identity No Specifies an Identity resource containing a
keystore that holds an X.509 certificate. The
inbound message must match the subject
key contained in the certificate.

Outbound or Outbound Fault Policy Type Fields

Signature Method No The algorithm used to create signatures for

outgoing messages. You can select one of
the following:
• SHA1
• SHA256
• SHA384
• SHA512

Security Token No Is the type of security token to use for the

signature. You can select one of the
following:
• X.509 Token
• UsernameToken

Username Password No When UsernameToken is selected in the

Identity Security Token field, this shows the Identity
resource that contains the username and
password. See TIBCO Designer Palette
Reference for more information about
Identity resources.

Password Type No Specify whether you want to use text or

digest passwords.

X.509 Identity No When you select X.509 Token in the Security

Token field, this field indicates the Identity
resource containing the X.509 compliant
identity file. See TIBCO Designer Palette
Reference for more information about
Identity resources.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

532
| Chapter 12 Policy Palette

Field Global Description

Var?
Key Identifier Type No When you select X.509 Token in the Security
Token field, this field specifies all the
references to X.509 token types for signing.
You can select one of the following:
• Direct Reference
• Subject Key Identifier
• Issuer Serial
Note: If the Key Identifier Type selected is of
type Subject Key Identifier, ensure that the
X509 Certificate used contains the Subject
Key Identifier information.

Certificate Alias No When the Identity resource specified in the

X.509 Identity field is of type JKS or JCEKS,
specify the certificate alias in this field to
identify the private and public key pair.

Use Password for the No When the Identity resource specified in the
Key X.509 Identity field is of type JKS or JCEKS,
select the check box to configure a password
for the private key.
Note: If the check box is not selected, the
password has to be the same for the
keystore and the private keys stored inside
it.

Alias Password No This field is enabled when the Use

Password for the Key check box is selected.
Specify a password for the private key.

Confidentiality
The Confidentiality tab specifies the encryption characteristics of messages.
Inbound messages can be decrypted based on algorithms specified in the message
security header and the defined private key. Outbound messages can be
encrypted based on algorithms stored in a public key.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 Security Policy 533
|

The Confidentiality tab has the following fields.

Global
Field Var? Description

Inbound or Inbound Fault Policy Type Fields

Supported No Symmetric key algorithm used to decrypt

Encryption incoming messages. You can select one or
Algorithm more of the following:
• 3DES
• AES-128
• AES-256
Note: To use Encryption Algorithm AES-256,
refer to Installing Unlimited
Jurisdiction Files

Private key No Specifies whether the private key is one of the

Identifier Type following:
• X.509 Token

X.509 Identity No When X.509 Token is selected in the Private

Key Identifier Type field, this field specifies
the Identity resource containing the X.509
compliant private key file to use to decrypt
the message. See TIBCO Designer Palette
Reference for more information about Identity
resources.

Use Password No When the Identity resource specified in the

Protected Key X.509 Identity field is of type JKS or JCEKS,
select the checkbox to configure a password
for the private key.
Note: If the checkbox is not selected, the
password has to be the same for the keystore
and the private keys stored inside it.

Certificate Alias No When the Identity resource specified in the

X.509 Identity field is of type JKS or JCEKS,
specify the certificate alias in this field to
identify the private and public key pair.

Alias Password No Specify the password for the private key.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

534
| Chapter 12 Policy Palette

Field Global Description

Var?
Outbound or Outbound Fault Policy Type Fields

Encryption No Algorithm used to encrypt outgoing

Algorithm messages. You can select one of the following:
• 3DES
• AES-128
• AES-256
Note: To use Encryption Algorithm AES-256,
refer to Installing Unlimited
Jurisdiction Files

Public Key No Identity resource containing the X.509

compliant public key file to use to encrypt the
message. See TIBCO Designer Palette Reference
for more information about Identity
resources.

Key Identifier Type No When you select the X.509 Token in the
Security Token field, this field specifies all the
references to X509 token types for
encryption.You can select one of the
following:
• Direct Reference
• Subject Key Identifier
• Issuer Serial
Note: If the Key Identifier Type selected is of
type Subject Key Identifier, ensure that the
X509 Certificate used contains the Subject Key
Identifier information.

Installing Unlimited Jurisdiction Files

Java vendors ship a default set of policy files that do not permit unlimited
strength cryptography. In countries exempt from these restrictions, you can
download and install an unlimited strength set of the policy files.
The default set of policy files restricts usage of 256-bit AES.
Follow these steps to install the unlimited strength policy files:

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 Security Policy 535
|

1. Download the Java Cryptography Extension(JCE) Unlimited Strength

Jurisdiction Policy Files from the JRE vendor.
2. Create a backup for the files located in
TIBCO_HOME/tibcojre/jre_version/lib/security.
3. Extract the files downloaded in Step 1 to
TIBCO_HOME/tibcojre/jre_version/lib/security.
4. Restart all the running TIBCO applications.

Timeout
The Timeout tab specifies the characteristics of message timeout. Inbound
messages can be rejected after the specified number of seconds. Outbound
messages can be set to expire after the specified number of seconds.
The Timeout tab has the following fields.

Global
Field Description
Var?
Inbound or Inbound Fault Policy Type Fields

Reject After No The creation time of incoming messages is

(seconds) compared to the time the message was
received. If the difference in time is greater
than the number of seconds specified in this
field, the message is rejected.

Outbound or Outbound Fault Policy Type Fields

Expire In No Outgoing and error messages will expire after

(seconds) the specified number of seconds.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

536
| Chapter 12 Policy Palette

Security Policy Association

Shared Configuration

The Security Policy Association shared configuration resource

associates a Security Policy with a particular Service operation or
SOAP resource in your project. This allows you to specify security
policies for inbound or outbound SOAP messages on a
per-operation or per-activity basis.
When a security policy is attached to a resource that receives SOAP messages (for
example, SOAP Event Source, or the reply message of a SOAP Request Reply
activity), the associated security policy is used for the incoming message. For
example, if authentication is specified in the security policy, then the identity of
the sender of incoming messages is checked against a list of trusted identities.
When a security policy is attached to a resource that sends SOAP messages (for
example, SOAP Request Reply, SOAP Send Fault, or SOAP Send Reply), the
security the associated security policy is used for the outgoing message. For
example, if encryption is specified in the security policy, the outgoing message is
encrypted before it is sent.

Security Policy Association shared configuration resources are not referenced by

resources in process definitions. Therefore, they are not automatically included in
Enterprise Archive files. You must manually add Security Policy Association
resources to the Shared Archive within an Enterprise Archive for the associations
to work properly in a deployed project. See TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks
Administration for more information about adding resources to the Shared
Archive.

To run a project with security policy associations successfully, ensure that all the
policy associations in the project are valid. Any invalid associations must be
removed from the project before running the project.

Configuration
The Configuration tab has the following fields.

Global
Field Var? Description

Name No The name to appear as the label for the

resource.

Description No Short description of the shared resource.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 Security Policy Association 537
|

Field Global Description

Var?
Apply Policy To No The SOAP resources or Service operations to
which you want to apply a Security Policy. Use
the Select button to choose the desired SOAP
resources or Service operations.
Only the appropriate policy fields are available
based on the selected resource. For example,
when you select a SOAP Event Source, only the
Inbound Message Policy field is available.

Inbound Message No A Security Policy resource that specifies the

Policy security characteristics you want to apply to
inbound messages.

Outbound No A Security Policy resource that specifies the

Message Policy security characteristics you want to apply to
outbound messages.

Inbound Fault No A Security Policy resource that specifies the

Message Policy security characteristics you want to apply to
inbound fault messages.

Outbound Fault No A Security Policy resource that specifies the

Message Policy security characteristics you want to apply to
outbound fault messages.

Inbound
The Inbound tab has the following fields.

Field Global Description

Var?
Message Elements No Specifies an XPath expression to select the
for Signature elements within the SOAP message that are
expected to have a signature. If the incoming
message does not have a signature for the
selected elements, an exception is thrown.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

538
| Chapter 12 Policy Palette

Field Global Description

Var?
Message Elements No Specifies an XPath expression to select the
for Encryption elements within the SOAP message that are
expected to be encrypted. If the elements
selected in the incoming message are not
encrypted, an exception is thrown.

Prefix Namespace No Specify the namespace associated to the prefix

Pair used.
Note: Only for elements that are not part of the
schema.
The table consists of two columns:
• Prefix- Specify the prefix used.
• Namespace- Select the namespace to be
associated with the specified prefix.

Outbound
The Outbound tab has the following fields.

Global
Field Var? Description

Message Elements No Specifies an XPath expression to select the

for Signature elements of outgoing messages for which you
want to include a signature, if a signature is
specified in the selected Security Policy
resource.

Message parts for No Specifies an XPath expression to select the

Encryption elements of outgoing message parts that you
want to encrypt, if confidentiality is specified
in the selected Security Policy resource.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 Security Policy Association 539
|

Field Global Description

Var?
Prefix Namespace No Specify the namespace associated to the prefix
Pair used.
Note: Only for elements that are not part of the
schema.
The table consists of two columns:
• Prefix- Specify the prefix used.
• Namespace- Select the namespace to be
associated with the specified prefix.

Support for Unqualified Elements

To use unqualified elements, complete one of the following tasks:
• Create a new Security Policy Association with the required fields.
• Edit the existing Security Policy Association by:
— Removing the unqualified element.
— Modifying the inbound/outbound field.
— Save the project.
— Add the unqualified element again.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

540
| Chapter 12 Policy Palette

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 | 541

Chapter 13 Rendezvous Palette

The Rendezvous palette allows you to send and receive TIBCO Rendezvous
messages. For more information about TIBCO Rendezvous, see the TIBCO
Rendezvous documentation.

Topics

• RawRVMsg2 Schema, page 542

• Datatype Conversion, page 544
• Raw TIBCO Rendezvous Message Support, page 548
• Field Names In Messages, page 550
• Internationalization Support, page 551
• Publish Rendezvous Message, page 552
• Rendezvous Subscriber, page 555
• Rendezvous Transport, page 559
• Reply to Rendezvous Request, page 564
• Send Rendezvous Request, page 566
• Wait for Rendezvous Message, page 571

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

542
| Chapter 13 Rendezvous Palette

RawRVMsg2 Schema

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks includes an XSD file that defines a generic

message structure and some additional TIBCO Rendezvous message types. You
can use this schema to send or receive a message with an arbitrary structure (raw
TIBCO Rendezvous messages). This schema also describes the datatypes for fields
that use the TIBRVMSG_XML, TIBRVMSG_IPADDR32, and
TIBRVMSG_IPPORT16 TIBCO Rendezvous datatypes.
If you want to send or receive raw TIBCO Rendezvous messages, or you want to
use the TIBRVMSG_XML, TIBRVMSG_IPADR32, or TIBRVMSG_IPPORT16
datatypes in a message, you must include this schema in your project.

The RawRVMsg2 Schema

The following is the RawRVMsg2 schema:
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?>
<xsd:schema xmlns:prefix0="http://xmlns.tibco.com/2003/5/bw/plugins/tibrv"
targetNamespace="http://xmlns.tibco.com/2003/5/bw/plugins/tibrv"
xmlns:xsd="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema" elementFormDefault="qualified">
<xsd:element name="msg">
<xsd:complexType>
<xsd:sequence>
<xsd:element name="field" minOccurs="0" maxOccurs="unbounded">
<xsd:complexType>
<xsd:sequence>
<xsd:element name="name" type="xsd:string"></xsd:element>
<xsd:element name="id" minOccurs="0" type="xsd:unsignedShort">
</xsd:element>
<xsd:choice>
<xsd:element name="simple" type="xsd:anySimpleType">
</xsd:element>
<xsd:element ref="prefix0:msg"></xsd:element>
</xsd:choice>
</xsd:sequence>
</xsd:complexType>
</xsd:element>
</xsd:sequence>
</xsd:complexType>
</xsd:element>

<xsd:simpleType name="ipPort">
<xsd:restriction base="xsd:unsignedShort"/>
</xsd:simpleType>
<xsd:simpleType name="ipAddr">
<xsd:restriction base="xsd:string"/>
</xsd:simpleType>
<xsd:simpleType name="tibrvXml">
<xsd:restriction base="xsd:string"/>
</xsd:simpleType>
</xsd:schema>

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 RawRVMsg2 Schema 543
|

Adding the RawRVMsg2 Schema to Your Project

The RawRVMsg2.xsd file specifies the RawRVMsg2 schema. To add this schema to
your project, perform the following procedure:
1. Locate the bw/5.12/lib/palettes/plugins.jar file in your TIBCO
ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks installation directory.
2. The RawRVMsg2.xsd file is contained in the plugins.jar file. You can extract
this file in a number of ways, depending upon your operating system. For
example, on Windows, you can open up plugins.jar using WinZip and
extract the RawRVMsg2.xsd file. On UNIX, you can use Java’s facilities to
un-jar the file and copy the RawRVMsg2.xsd file.
3. Once you have obtained the RawRVMsg2.xsd file, copy this file into your
TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks project directory. You can copy this file
into the root project directory or to a subdirectory in your project.
4. Open your project, and the RawRVMsg2 schema should be located in the
folder where you placed it. If you already have your project open in TIBCO
Designer, you can choose Resources > Refresh from the menu to display the
newly placed file in your project tree.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

544
| Chapter 13 Rendezvous Palette

Datatype Conversion

When sending or receiving TIBCO Rendezvous messages, TIBCO ActiveMatrix

BusinessWorks converts the fields of the message to the correct datatypes. Data in
incoming TIBCO Rendezvous messages is converted to TIBCO ActiveMatrix
BusinessWorks datatype (and represented in the activity’s output). Data in an
outgoing message is converted to TIBCO Rendezvous datatypes.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 Datatype Conversion 545
|

The following tables describe the corresponding datatypes between TIBCO

ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks and TIBCO Rendezvous, depending upon whether
TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks is sending or receiving the message.

Table 7 TIBCO Rendezvous to TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks datatype

conversion

TIBCO Rendezvous Datatype XSD Datatype

TIBRVMSG_BOOL boolean

TIBRVMSG_I8 byte

TIBRVMSG_I16 short

TIBRVMSG_I32 int

TIBRVMSG_I64 long

TIBRVMSG_U8 unsignedByte

TIBRVMSG_U16 unsignedShort

TIBRVMSG_U32 unsignedInt

TIBRVMSG_U64 unsignedLong

TIBRVMSG_F32 float

TIBRVMSG_F64 double

TIBRVMSG_OPAQUE hexBinary or base64Binary, depending

upon what is defined in the schema.

TIBRVMSG_DATETIME date

TIBRVMSG_STRING string

Table 8 TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks to TIBCO Rendezvous datatype

conversion

XSD Datatype TIBCO Rendezvous Datatype

boolean TIBRVMSG_BOOL

byte TIBRVMSG_I8

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

546
| Chapter 13 Rendezvous Palette

Table 8 TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks to TIBCO Rendezvous datatype

conversion

XSD Datatype TIBCO Rendezvous Datatype

short TIBRVMSG_I16

int TIBRVMSG_I32

long TIBRVMSG_I64

integer TIBRVMSG_I64

unsignedByte TIBRVMSG_U8

unsignedShort TIBRVMSG_U16

unsignedInt TIBRVMSG_U32

unsignedLong TIBRVMSG_U64

float TIBRVMSG_F32

double TIBRVMSG_F64

hexBinary TIBRVMSG_OPAQUE

base64Binary TIBRVMSG_OPAQUE

date TIBRVMSG_DATETIME

dateTime TIBRVMSG_DATETIME

time TIBRVMSG_STRING

string TIBRVMSG_STRING

TIBRVMSG_XML, TIBRVMSG_IPADDR32, and TIBRVMSG_IPPORT16 Datatypes

If you want to use the TIBRVMSG_XML, TIBRVMSG_IPADDR32, or
TIBRVMSG_IPPORT16 datatypes, you must first add the RawRVMsg2.xsd file into
your project. See RawRVMsg2 Schema on page 542 for more information about
adding this schema to your project.
Once the RawRVMsg2 schema is in your project, you can reference the ipPort and
ipAddr datatypes contained in that schema. These types correctly convert data of
type TIBRVMSG_XML, TIBRVMSG_IPADDR32, or TIBRVMSG_IPPORT16 when
sending or receiving TIBCO Rendezvous messages.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 Datatype Conversion 547
|

For example, you want to send a message with two fields, ipAddress, ipPort, and
tibrvXml. Figure 21 illustrates an Input Editor tab that defines the message
structure.

Figure 21 Using the ipPort and ipAddr datatypes

In the content field, Element of Type is chosen. In the Type field, XML Type
Reference is chosen to indicate you want to reference a datatype defined in a
schema resource. Use the Browse button in the Schema field to locate the
RawRVMsg2 schema and select the appropriate type for the field. Figure 22
illustrates selecting the correct type from the RawRvMsg2 schema.

Figure 22 Selecting a type from the RawRVMsg2 schema

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

548
| Chapter 13 Rendezvous Palette

Raw TIBCO Rendezvous Message Support

In some situations, you may want to send or receive TIBCO Rendezvous

messages without specifying the exact input or output schema. For example, an
application may send messages with three different structures on the same subject
name. You are interested in receiving all messages, but you only want to process
messages when the field named "orderType" has a value of "incomingOrder".
TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks supplies a generic TIBCO Rendezvous
message schema for handling incoming messages without specifying their
structure.
The RawRVMsg2 schema describes a generic message structure. The structure
contains a root element named msg. In the msg element is a repeatable element
named field. Each field contains a name, id, and a choice element. The choice
element contains the data of the field. A field’s data can be either a scalar value or
another message.
Figure 23 illustrates the generic TIBCO Rendezvous message schema used in a
Rendezvous Subscriber process starter.

Figure 23 Schema for RawRVMsg2.xsd

Before using the RawRVMsg2 schema, you must add the schema to your project.
See RawRVMsg2 Schema on page 542 for more information about adding this
schema to your project.

Using the RawRVMsg2 Schema

Once you have the RawRVMsg2 schema in your project, you can reference it in
any Input Editor or Output Editor tab on any activity in the TIBCO Rendezvous
palette. To use the RawRvMsg2 schema, perform the following;

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 Raw TIBCO Rendezvous Message Support 549
|

1. Create a root element in the Input/Output Editor tab with the Add Child
button.

You can only use the msg element of the RawRVMsg2 schema on the root
element in the schema you create in the Input or Output Editor tab. Do not
attempt to use this schema for any element that is not the root of the schema.

2. Select XML Element Reference in the Content field on the right.

3. Use the Browse Resources button in the Schema field to locate and select the
RawRVMsg2 schema.
Once the schema is selected, it becomes the schema for incoming or outgoing
message bodies.
You can use XPath expressions to extract the desired field from the generic
RawRvMsg2 schema. For example, your process begins with a Rendezvous
Subscriber activity and you want to perform processing on incoming messages
that have a field named "orderType" with a value of "incomingOrder", you would
use the following XPath expression to determine which messages meet that
criteria:
$Rendezvous-Subscriber/ActivityOutput/body/pfx:field/pfx:name
= "orderType"
and
$Rendezvous-Subscriber/ActivityOutput/body/pfx:field/pfx:simple
= "incomingOrder"

See TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Process Design for more information about
XPath.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

550
| Chapter 13 Rendezvous Palette

Field Names In Messages

A TIBCO Rendezvous message can contain field names that are not compliant
with XML or ActiveEnterprise naming rules. For example, XML element names
cannot begin with a number, nor can they contain special characters, such as # or
^. When activities in the TIBCO Rendezvous palette send or receive messages,
element names in the input or output schemas for the activity must comply with
XML and ActiveEnterprise naming rules. Any elements in referenced schemas in
the input or output schemas are automatically altered so that they comply with
XML and ActiveEnterprise naming rules. The XML-Compliant Field Names field
allows you to handle incoming or outgoing messages when the field names are
not valid XML or ActiveEnterprise names.
When the XML-Compliant Field Names field is unchecked, any field names in
incoming or outgoing messages that do not comply with XML or
ActiveEnterprise naming rules are altered so that they comply with the rules.
When the field is checked, field names in the message are left unaltered.
When publishing a message, unchecking the XML-Compliant Field names field
ensures that field names in the message sent over the transport to the receiving
application are altered when necessary to comply with XML or ActiveEnterprise
naming rules. Checking the field allows you to send the message with the original
field names intact; no alterations are made to the field names. This is useful in the
case where you reference a schema in the Input Editor that contains invalid XML
or ActiveEnterprise names (such as a TIBCO ActiveEnterprise schema that
contains special characters). The receiving application will receive the message
with the original field names, if the XML-Compliant Field Names field is
unchecked.
When receiving a message, unchecking the XML-Compliant Field Names field
ensures that field names in the incoming message are altered to comply with XML
and ActiveEnterprise naming rules. If the message contains fields that do not
comply to XML and ActiveEnterprise naming rules, the output schema of the
subscriber activity must specify the correct altered name in order to match the
altered name of the field in the incoming message. See the description of the
ae2xsd utility in the TIBCO Runtime Agent Administrator’s Guide for more
information about how to convert a TIBCO ActiveEnterprise schema into a valid
XSD. Using this utility will allow you to see how field names will be altered to
comply with XML and ActiveEnterprise naming rules. Unchecking the field
leaves the field names of the message intact.

Unchecking the XML-Compliant Field Names field involves extra processing of

incoming and outgoing messages. If you are certain that messages contain only
field names that comply with XML naming rules, you can uncheck this field to
improve performance.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 Internationalization Support 551
|

Internationalization Support

TIBCO Rendezvous activities use the TIBCO Messaging Encoding as the wire
format encoding when testing processes in TIBCO Designer and when the project
is running as a legacy local-file based project. The default TIBCO Messaging
Encoding value is ISO8859-1, which only supports English and other western
European languages that belong to ISO Latin-1 character set.
You must set the TIBCO Messaging Encoding to UTF-8 if you want to send and
receive characters not in the ASCII and Latin-1 character set. When creating a new
project, you can set the TIBCO Messaging Encoding in the Save Project dialog or
on the Project Settings tab. See TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Process Design
for more information.
After the project is deployed in a TIBCO Administrator domain, the messaging
encoding set at design time is overridden by the TIBCO Administrator domain's
encoding property. All the TIBCO components working in the same domain must
always use the same encoding for intercommunication. See TIBCO Administrator
Server Configuration Guide for more information.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

552
| Chapter 13 Rendezvous Palette

Publish Rendezvous Message

Activity

The Publish Rendezvous Message activity publishes a TIBCO

Rendezvous message on the given subject with the given message
content.

Configuration
The Configuration tab has the following fields.

Global
Field Description
Var?
Name No The name to appear as the label for the activity in
the process definition.

Description No Short description of the activity.

Subject Yes The subject on which to publish the TIBCO

Rendezvous message. You can override this value
by specifying a subject on the Input tab.

Transport No The TIBCO Rendezvous transport parameters.

These are specified as a Rendezvous Transport
shared configuration resource. See Rendezvous
Transport on page 559 for more information
about shared configuration resources.

Pre-register Yes When using TIBCO Rendezvous Certified

Listener Messaging (RVCM), this field specifies the
cmname(s) of the RVCM subscriber(s). This
allows the publisher to pre-register with any
expected listeners. If multiple cmnames are
specified, separate each cmname with a comma.
See the TIBCO Rendezvous documentation for
more information about RVCM.

XML Format No If checked, the body of the TIBCO Rendezvous

message is placed into a single field named "xml".
This field is a byte array containing the body of
the message. The datatype of the field is
TIBRVMSG_XML.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 Publish Rendezvous Message 553
|

Field Global Description

Var?
XML-Compliant No Specifies whether the field names of the outgoing
Field Names message should be altered so that they comply
with XML and ActiveEnterprise naming rules.
Only field names that do not comply with XML
and ActiveEnterprise naming rules are altered
when this field is unchecked. When checked,
field names are left unaltered.

Input Editor
The Input Editor tab allows you to define a custom schema for the body of the
TIBCO Rendezvous message. See Appendix A, Specifying Data Schema, on
page 773 for a complete description of using the Input Editor tab.

Input
See TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Process Design for more information about
mapping and transforming input data.
The input for the activity is the following.

Input Item Datatype Description

subject string The subject of the TIBCO Rendezvous
message.

replySubject string The subject to send replies for this TIBCO

Rendezvous message. This is useful if you
want to use the Wait for Rendezvous
Message activity later in the process to
receive replies to the message.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

554
| Chapter 13 Rendezvous Palette

Input Item Datatype Description

preRegisterListener string When using TIBCO Rendezvous Certified
Messaging (RVCM), this field specifies the
cmname(s) of the RVCM subscriber(s).
This allows the publisher to pre-register
with any expected listeners. If multiple
cmnames are specified, separate each
cmname with a comma. Any listeners
preregistered on the Transport tab are also
preregistered with the listeners specified in
this element.
See the TIBCO Rendezvous
documentation for more information about
RVCM.

body complex The body of the TIBCO Rendezvous

message.

Output
This activity produces no output.

Error Output
The Error Output tab lists the possible exceptions that can be thrown by this
activity. See TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Error Codes for more information
about error codes and corrective action to take.

Exception Thrown When...

TransportException The transport cannot be created.

SerializationException The message cannot be serialized.

RVPluginException An error occurred when sending the message.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 Rendezvous Subscriber 555
|

Rendezvous Subscriber
Process Starter

The Rendezvous Subscriber process starter creates a process when a

TIBCO Rendezvous message on the given subject is received.

Configuration
The Configuration tab has the following fields.

Global
Field Description
Var?
Name No The name to appear as the label for the activity in
the process definition.

Description No Short description of the activity.

Subject Yes The subject on which to listen for the TIBCO

Rendezvous message.

Transport Yes The TIBCO Rendezvous transport parameters.

These are specified as a Rendezvous Transport
shared configuration resource. See Rendezvous
Transport on page 559 for more information
about shared configuration resources.

XML Format No If checked, the body of the incoming TIBCO

Rendezvous message is expected to be a single
field named "xml". This field is a byte array
containing the body of the message.
TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks
automatically deserializes the xml field and
represents the message as a schema tree in this
activity’s output.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

556
| Chapter 13 Rendezvous Palette

Field Global Description

Var?
Needs Output No Specifies that you would like the incoming
Validation message to be validated against the schema
specified on Output Editor tab. An error is
returned if an incoming message does not match
the specified schema.
Validation does affect system performance, and
you may want to uncheck this field to handle
incoming messages more quickly. If you uncheck
this field, no validation is performed and any
incoming message that does not match the
specified schema is processed.
You should only uncheck this field if you can
guarantee that incoming messages conform to
the expected schema.

Needs Output No Specifies that only fields that match the name
Filtration and datatype of the schema elements specified
on the Output Editor tab should be processed.
Any elements that do not match the specified
schema are ignored and not included in this
activity’s output.
This is useful if you need only a subset of the
fields of an incoming message. Any unnecessary
fields are not included in the activity output. This
can save memory, and consequently improve
performance.
Note: This option is only valid when the XML
Format field is unchecked. Do not check this
checkbox when the XML Format field is also
checked.

XML-Compliant No Specifies whether the field names of the

Field Names incoming message should be altered so that they
comply with XML and ActiveEnterprise naming
rules. Only field names that do not comply with
XML and ActiveEnterprise naming rules are
altered when this field is unchecked. When
checked, field names are left unaltered.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 Rendezvous Subscriber 557
|

Field Global Description

Var?
Raw-RV-Object No Checking this field disables the XML Format,
Mode Needs Output Validation, Needs Output
Filtration, and XML-Compliant Field Names
fields.
Specifies that the body of the RV message should
be output as a Java object reference. A
subsequent Java Code activity in the process
definition can accept the reference as an input
parameter and then construct the RV message
from the object. To use the Java object, the Java
code activity must cast the object reference as a
byte array. For example:
TibrvMsg tibrvMsg = new
TibrvMsg ((byte[])in_var_1);

Where in_var_1 is the input parameter for the

Java Code activity that is mapped to the object
reference of the object containing the RV
message.

Misc
The Misc tab contains the following fields:

Field Description
Sequencing Key This field can contain an XPath expression that
specifies which processes should run in order. Process
instances with sequencing keys that evaluate to the
same value will be executed sequentially in the order
the process instance was created.
See TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Process Design
for more information about controlling the execution
order of process instances and about XPath
expressions.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

558
| Chapter 13 Rendezvous Palette

Field Description
Custom Id This field can contain an XPath expression that
specifies a custom ID for the process instance. This ID
is displayed in the View Service dialog of TIBCO
Administrator, and it is also available in the
$_processContext process variable.

Output Editor
The Output Editor tab allows you to define a custom schema for the body of the
TIBCO Rendezvous message. See Appendix A, Specifying Data Schema, on
page 773 for a complete description of using the Output Editor tab.

Output
The output for the activity is the following.

Output Item Datatype Description

sendSubject string The subject of the received message.

replySubject string The reply subject of the TIBCO

Rendezvous message.

certifiedSender string This element is only available when

RVCM transports are used. This
element contains the CM name of the
message sender.

certifiedSequenceNumber integer This element is only available when

RVCM transports are used. This
element contains the sequence
number of the message.

body complex The body of the TIBCO Rendezvous

message.
If the Raw-RV-Object Mode field is
checked on the Configuration tab,
the body is output as an object
reference.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 Rendezvous Transport 559
|

Rendezvous Transport
Shared Configuration

The Rendezvous Transport resource describes a TIBCO Rendezvous

transport. This resource is used when specifying activities from the
Rendezvous palette. See the TIBCO Rendezvous documentation for
more information about specifying these fields.

Configuration
The Configuration tab has the following fields.

Global
Field Description
Var?
Name No The name to appear as the label for the resource.

Description No Short description of the shared resource.

Daemon Yes In the case of TIBCO Rendezvous daemon running

on the same machine as TIBCO ActiveMatrix
BusinessWorks process engine, this is not specified. If
Rendezvous is running on a different machine, then
the Daemon field is specified as the remote host
name followed by the socket number.
For example:
ssl:acct:5785

Network Yes This field contains the host name, IP address,

network name, or interface name.
For example:
;224.34.103.4

Service Yes This is the TIBCO Rendezvous service name in one of

the following formats:
<service name>

or
<port number>

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

560
| Chapter 13 Rendezvous Palette

Field Global Description

Var?
SSL No The Use SSL checkbox specifies that Secure Sockets
Layer (SSL) should be used when communicating
with the TIBCO Rendezvous daemon. When this
field is checked, the Configure SSL button is enabled.
See Configure SSL Button on page 560 for more
information about configuring SSL parameters.

Configure SSL Button

The Configure SSL button allows you to configure the SSL parameters for
communicating with the TIBCO Rendezvous daemon. See the TIBCO
Rendezvous documentation for more information about how SSL is configured
for TIBCO Rendezvous daemons and clients.
The SSL Configuration for TIBCO RV dialog has the following fields:

Field Description
Daemon Certificate File containing one or more certificates from trusted
certificate authorities. This file is checked when
connecting to a daemon to ensure that the connection is
to a daemon that is trusted. This prevents connections to
rogue TIBCO Rendezvous daemons that attempt to
impersonate trusted daemons.
You can retrieve a daemon’s certificate using the
administration interface in TIBCO Rendezvous. See the
TIBCO Rendezvous documentation for more
information about obtaining certificates through the
administration interface. Once retrieved, you can select
a folder in your project and import this certificate into
the folder using the Tools>Trusted Certificates>Import
Into PEM Format menu item.
BusinessWorks supports the use of global variables to
configure certificates at deployment time. You can
declare a global variable and set the absolute path to a
Certificate in PEM format. This eliminates the need to
embed certificates in BusinessWorks projects.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 Rendezvous Transport 561
|

Field Description
Identity This is an Identity resource used to authenticate to the
TIBCO Rendezvous daemon. The Browse button allows
you to select from a list of appropriately configured
Identity resources. Only Identity resources whose Type
field is set to Identity File or Username/Password are
listed.
See TIBCO Designer Palette Reference for more
information.

Advanced
The Advanced tab has the following fields.

Global
Field Description
Var?
RV Type No The type of TIBCO Rendezvous connection to use.
This can be reliable (standard RV transport), certified
(RVCM), or Distributed Queue (RVCMQ).
Note: Use Confirm activity in the process when using
RV Certified messaging.
The fields of the Advanced tab correspond to the value
selected for this field.

Certified Transport

CM Name Yes The name of the delivery-tracking session. This name

is in the same format as TIBCO Rendezvous subject
names.

Ledger File Yes The name and location of the persistent ledger file that
tracks certified messages. If not specified, the certified
message ledger is kept in process memory only.

Sync Yes Specifies whether to keep the ledger file synchronous

Ledger File with the current messages.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

562
| Chapter 13 Rendezvous Palette

Field Global Description

Var?
Relay Yes Name of the relay agent to use. Relay agents are useful
Agent when clients are disconnected from the network from
time to time. The relay agents store inbound certified
messages and labeled messages (and other messages
related to certified delivery features) on behalf of their
disconnected client programs. When a client is
connected, it receives inbound messages immediately.

Require Yes Check this box if you want to require the retention of
Old messages for which delivery has not been confirmed.
Message These messages will be resent.

Message Yes The time limit (in seconds) for certified message
Timeout delivery.
(sec)

Distributed Queue Transport

CMQ Yes The name of the distributed queue. This name is in the
Name same format as TIBCO Rendezvous subject names

Worker Yes The weight of the worker (this pertains to the worker
Weight processing queue requests, not to BusinessWorks
process engines). Relative worker weights assist the
scheduler in assigning tasks. When the scheduler
receives a task, it assigns the task to the available
worker with the greatest worker weight.

Worker Yes Sets the task capacity for the worker (this pertains to
Tasks the worker processing queue requests, not to
BusinessWorks process engines). Task capacity is the
maximum number of tasks that a worker can accept.
When the number of accepted tasks reaches this
maximum, the worker cannot accept additional tasks
until it completes one or more of them.

Worker Yes The amount of time the scheduler waits for a worker
Complete process to complete. If the worker process does not
Time complete in the specified period, the scheduler
reassigns the message to another worker.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 Rendezvous Transport 563
|

Field Global Description

Var?
Scheduler Yes Weight represents the ability of this member to fulfill
Weight the role of scheduler, relative to other members with
the same name. Cooperating distributed queue
transports use relative scheduler weight values to elect
one transport as the scheduler; members with higher
scheduler weight take precedence. Acceptable values
range from 1 to 65535.

Scheduler Yes The scheduler sends heartbeat messages at this

Heartbeat interval (in seconds). All members with the same name
must specify the same value for this parameter. The
value must be strictly positive.

Scheduler Yes When the heartbeat signal from the scheduler has been
Activation silent for this interval (in seconds), the member with
the greatest scheduler weight takes its place as the new
scheduler. All members with the same name must
specify the same value for this parameter. The value
must be positive

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

564
| Chapter 13 Rendezvous Palette

Reply to Rendezvous Request

Activity

The Reply to Rendezvous Request activity is used to send a reply

to a received TIBCO Rendezvous message.

Configuration
The Configuration tab has the following fields.

Global
Field Description
Var?
Name No The name to appear as the label for the activity in
the process definition.

Description No Short description of the activity.

Reply For No The TIBCO Rendezvous activity or process

starter that received the request. This is a
selection list of available activities that can
receive TIBCO Rendezvous messages.

Reply Subject Yes The reply subject of the received TIBCO

Rendezvous message. You can override this value
by specifying a subject on the Input tab.

Input Editor
The Input Editor tab allows you to define a custom schema for the body of the
TIBCO Rendezvous message. See Appendix A, Specifying Data Schema, on
page 773 for a complete description of using the Input Editor tab.

Input
See TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Process Design for more information about
mapping and transforming input data.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 Reply to Rendezvous Request 565
|

The input for the activity is the following.

Input Item Datatype Description

replySubject string The reply subject of the TIBCO Rendezvous
message.

body complex The body of the TIBCO Rendezvous message.

Error Output
The Error Output tab lists the possible exceptions that can be thrown by this
activity. See TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Error Codes for more information
about error codes and corrective action to take.

Exception Thrown When...

RVPluginException An error occurred when sending the reply
message.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

566
| Chapter 13 Rendezvous Palette

Send Rendezvous Request

Activity

The Send Rendezvous Request activity publishes a TIBCO

Rendezvous message on the given subject with the given message
content, and it expects a reply to the message on the given reply
subject and with the given reply message content. This activity
waits for a reply on the reply subject and outputs the content of the
reply.

This activity uses the INBOX mechanism to ensure that reply messages are
received only by the process that sent the request.

Configuration
The Configuration tab has the following fields.

Field Global Description

Var?
Name No The name to appear as the label for the activity
in the process definition.

Description No Short description of the activity.

Subject Yes The subject on which to publish the TIBCO

Rendezvous message. You can override this
value by specifying a subject on the Input tab.

Transport No The TIBCO Rendezvous transport parameters.

These are specified as a Rendezvous Transport
shared configuration resource. See Rendezvous
Transport on page 559 for more information
about shared configuration resources.

Request Timeout Yes The amount of time to wait (in milliseconds) for
(msec) a reply to the TIBCO Rendezvous message. If no
reply is received in the given time limit, an error
is returned.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 Send Rendezvous Request 567
|

Field Global Description

Var?
Pre-register Yes When using TIBCO Rendezvous Certified
Listener Messaging (RVCM), this field specifies the
cmname(s) of the RVCM subscriber(s). This
allows the sender to pre-register with any
expected listeners. If multiple cmnames are
specified, separate each cmname with a comma.
See the TIBCO Rendezvous documentation for
more information about RVCM.

XML Format No If checked, the bodies of the TIBCO Rendezvous

request and reply messages are sent as a single
field named "xml". This field is a byte array
containing the body of the message.
TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks
automatically deserializes the reply message
and represents the data of the message as a
schema tree based on the schema specified in the
Output Editor tab.

Needs Output No Specifies that you would like the reply message
Validation to be validated against the schema specified on
Output Editor tab. An error is returned if a reply
message does not match the specified schema.
Validation does affect system performance, and
you may want to uncheck this field to handle
reply messages more quickly. If you uncheck this
field, no validation is performed and any reply
message that does not match the specified
schema is processed.
You should only uncheck this field if you can
guarantee that reply messages conform to the
expected schema.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

568
| Chapter 13 Rendezvous Palette

Field Global Description

Var?
Needs Output No Specifies that only fields in the reply message
Filtration that match the name and datatype of the schema
elements specified on the Output Editor tab
should be processed. Any elements that do not
match the specified schema are ignored and not
included in this activity’s output.
This is useful if you need only a subset of the
fields of a reply message. Any unnecessary
fields are not included in the activity output.
This can save memory, and consequently
improve performance.
Note: This option is only valid when the XML
Format field is unchecked. Do not check this
checkbox when the XML Format field is also
checked.

XML-Compliant No Specifies whether the field names of the

Field Names outgoing message should be altered so that they
comply with XML and ActiveEnterprise naming
rules. Only field names that do not comply with
XML and ActiveEnterprise naming rules are
altered when this field is unchecked. When
checked, field names are left unaltered.

Input/Output Editor
The Input Editor and Output Editor tabs allow you to define custom schemas for
the body of the outgoing TIBCO Rendezvous request and body of the incoming
TIBCO Rendezvous response. See Appendix A, Specifying Data Schema, on
page 773 for a complete description of using the Input/Output Editor tab.

Input
See TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Process Design for more information about
mapping and transforming input data.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 Send Rendezvous Request 569
|

The input for the activity is the following.

Input Item Datatype Description

subject string The subject of the TIBCO Rendezvous
message.

body complex The body of the TIBCO Rendezvous

message.

replySubject string The reply subject for this activity.

Note: The reply messages may not be
received by the correct job if more than
one job has the same reply subject (for
example, if a constant is specified in this
field). Use the Publish Rendezvous
Message and Wait for Rendezvous
message instead if you want to receive
replies on a single subject.

timeout number The amount of time to wait (in

milliseconds) for a reply to the TIBCO
Rendezvous message. If no reply is
received in the given time limit, an error is
returned.

Output
The output for the activity is the following.

Output Item Datatype Description

replyMessageReplySubject string A reply message can optionally
have a reply subject, presumably so
that the two applications can
communicate with further
messages. This element contains the
reply subject set on the reply
message, if one is set. If no reply
subject is set on the reply message,
this element is not populated.

body complex The body of the TIBCO Rendezvous

reply message.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

570
| Chapter 13 Rendezvous Palette

Error Output
The Error Output tab lists the possible exceptions that can be thrown by this
activity. See TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Error Codes for more information
about error codes and corrective action to take.

Exception Thrown When...

TransportException The transport cannot be created.

SerializationException The message cannot be serialized.

RVPluginException An error occurred when sending the

message.

ActivityTimedOutException A timeout has been reached.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 Wait for Rendezvous Message 571
|

Wait for Rendezvous Message

Activity

The Wait for Rendezvous Message activity waits to receive a

TIBCO Rendezvous message with the given subject.
See Scalability With Incoming Events on page 226 in TIBCO
ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Process Design Guide for information
on running the "Wait for..." activities in a multi-engine mode.

Configuration
The Configuration tab has the following fields.

Global
Field Description
Var?
Name No The name to appear as the label for the activity in
the process definition.

Description No Short description of the activity.

Subject Yes The subject on which to listen for the TIBCO

Rendezvous message.

Transport Yes The TIBCO Rendezvous transport parameters.

These are specified as a Rendezvous Transport
shared configuration resource. See Rendezvous
Transport on page 559 for more information
about shared configuration resources.

XML Format No If checked, the body of the incoming TIBCO

Rendezvous message is expected to be a single
field named "xml". This field is a byte array
containing the body of the message.
TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks
automatically deserializes the xml field and
represents the message as a schema tree in this
activity’s output.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

572
| Chapter 13 Rendezvous Palette

Field Global Description

Var?
Needs Output No Specifies that you would like the incoming
Validation message to be validated against the schema
specified on Output Editor tab. An error is
returned if an incoming message does not match
the specified schema.
Validation does affect system performance, and
you may want to uncheck this field to handle
incoming messages more quickly. If you uncheck
this field, no validation is performed and any
incoming message that does not match the
specified schema is processed.
You should only uncheck this field if you can
guarantee that incoming messages conform to
the expected schema.

Needs Output No Specifies that only fields that match the name
Filtration and datatype of the schema elements specified
on the Output Editor tab should be processed.
Any elements that do not match the specified
schema are ignored and not included in this
activity’s output.
This is useful if you need only a subset of the
fields of an incoming message. Any unnecessary
fields are not included in the activity output.
This can save memory, and consequently
improve performance.
Note: This option is only valid when the XML
Format field is unchecked. Do not check this
checkbox when the XML Format field is also
checked.

XML-Compliant No Specifies whether the field names of the

Field Names incoming message should be altered so that they
comply with XML and ActiveEnterprise naming
rules. Only field names that do not comply with
XML and ActiveEnterprise naming rules are
altered when this field is unchecked. When
checked, field names are left unaltered.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 Wait for Rendezvous Message 573
|

Event
The Event tab has the following fields.

Field Description
Candidate Event Key Expression built from the data of the incoming
message. This expression should evaluate to a string
and it is compared to the "key" field of the activity’s
input. If the Candidate Event Key and the activity’s
key match, then the process accepts the incoming
message.
For example, you may have a Publish Rendezvous
Message activity that sends a message with a
particular ID. You are expecting a reply message
that contains that same ID so that you can determine
the message is a response to your sent message. You
would specify the field of the incoming message
that contains your ID in the Candidate Event Key.
You would then use the message ID of the message
you sent earlier in the process as the "key" field in
the input.
This expression is specified in XPath, and only data
from the incoming event is available for use in this
XPath expression. See TIBCO ActiveMatrix
BusinessWorks Process Design for more information
about XPath expressions.

Event Timeout (msec) A message may arrive before this activity is

executed. This field specifies the amount of time (in
milliseconds) a message waits if it is received before
this activity is executed. If the event timeout expires,
an error is logged and the event is discarded.
If no value is specified in this field, the message
waits indefinitely. If zero is specified, the event is
discarded immediately, unless this activity has
already been reached.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

574
| Chapter 13 Rendezvous Palette

When building an expression in the Candidate Event Key field, only data from
the incoming event is available. This is because you want to place an expression
containing incoming event data in the Candidate Event Key field. When the
results of this expression match the results of the expression in the "key" item on
the Input tab, the Wait For Rendezvous Message activity proceeds.

Input
See TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Process Design for more information about
mapping and transforming input data.
The input for the activity is the following.

Input Item Datatype Description

key string The value that is compared to the Candidate
Event Key field of the Event tab to determine
if this message applies to this process. See
Event on page 573 for an example of using
the Candidate Event Key field with the key
input item.

processTimeout integer The time (in milliseconds) to wait for the

incoming message. An error is returned if the
message is not received in this time limit.

Output Editor
The Output Editor tab allows you to define a custom schema for the body of the
TIBCO Rendezvous message. See Appendix A, Specifying Data Schema, on
page 773 for a complete description of using the Output Editor tab.

Output
The output for the activity is the following.

Output Item Datatype Description

sendSubject string The subject of the received message.

replySubject string The reply subject of the TIBCO

Rendezvous message.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 Wait for Rendezvous Message 575
|

Output Item Datatype Description

certifiedSender string This element is only available when
RVCM transports are used. This
element contains the CM name of
the message sender.

certifiedSequenceNumber integer This element is only available when

RVCM transports are used. This
element contains the sequence
number of the message.

body complex The body of the TIBCO Rendezvous

message. The elements contained in
this element are specified on the
Configuration tab.

Error Output
The Error Output tab lists the possible exceptions that can be thrown by this
activity. See TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Error Codes for more information
about error codes and corrective action to take.

Exception Thrown When...

ActivityTimedOutException A timeout has been reached.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

576
| Chapter 13 Rendezvous Palette

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 | 577

Chapter 14 RMI Palette

Remote Method Invocation (RMI) is a protocol for calling operations on remote

Java objects. TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks can act as server for incoming
RMI calls, or TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks can use RMI to retrieve a
remote object. For client interactions, either a remote Java object on an RMI server
or an Enterprise Java Bean (EJB) can be retrieved. For server interactions, a client
can make an RMI call to TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks that initiates a
process instance.
This chapter assumes that you are familiar with the RMI protocol. For more
information, see: http://java.sun.com/docs/books/tutorial/rmi/index.html.

Topics

• RMI Overview, page 578

• RMI Lookup, page 580
• RMI Server, page 582

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

578
| Chapter 14 RMI Palette

RMI Overview

You can use the resources in the RMI palette to either retrieve a remote Java object
or to create a process definition that starts a process instance for each incoming
RMI call. This section describes the uses of the resources in the RMI palette.

Using RMI to Call a Remote Object

The RMI Lookup activity allows you to use a registry server to retrieve a Java
object that implements a client stub of a remote object. You can then pass the
object to a Java Code or Java Method activity and invoke methods on the object.
Figure 24 illustrates using the RMI Lookup activity to obtain a client stub for a
remote Java object and then mapping that object to an input parameter for the
Java Code activity.

Figure 24 Using the RMI Lookup activity

The object obtained by the lookup activity is an instance of the server's stub class
for the actual server object interface. To call methods on this object with a Java
Code activity, use the stub class interface to cast the object before making the calls.
Similarly, the Java Method activity should specify the stub class interface in its
Class field. The generated client stub’s .jar file must be either in the TIBCO
ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks classpath or in an AliasLibrary resource before it can
be used by the Java Method activity.

Acting as a RMI Server

The RMI Server process starter registers the specified object name with the
specified registry server. Then, requests from RMI clients for the object are
directed to the RMI Server process starter. A new process instance is created to
handle each incoming request.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 RMI Overview 579
|

The RMI Server process starter can output two Java objects, one for the request
and one for the reply. Either the request or reply objects can be nil. Optionally, you
can also specify an output schema in the Output Editor tab of the RMI Server
process starter. This allows you to specify fields that are expected in the request
object and the data from the request object is used to populate the desired output
schema. You can then process the request based on the specified output schema,
and you can also access the actual request object by passing it to a Java Code or
Java Method activity.
When the client is expecting a reply, you can use the Java Code or Java Method
activities to invoke the appropriate methods on the reply object.
Figure 25 illustrates using the RMI Server process starter.

Figure 25 Using the RMI Server process starter

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

580
| Chapter 14 RMI Palette

RMI Lookup
Activity

The RMI Lookup activity retrieves a reference to a remote object from

the specified registry server. The object reference output by this
activity can be passed to a Java Code or Java Method activity to invoke
methods on the remote object.

Configuration
The Configuration tab has the following fields.

Global
Field Description
Var?
Name No The name to appear as the label for the activity
in the process definition.

Description No Short description of the activity.

Alias Library No Use this field to specify an AliasLibrary resource

that is used to locate the Java class files. See
TIBCO Designer Palette Reference for more
information about AliasLibrary resources.

Remote Object Yes Name of the remote object you want to retrieve.
Name

Registry Host Yes Host name of the registry server. The registry
Name server provides the remote object reference for
making the call to the remote object.

Registry Server Yes Port number for the registry server.

Port

Input
See TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Process Design for more information about
mapping and transforming input data.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 RMI Lookup 581
|

The input for the activity is the following.

Input Item Datatype Description

remoteObjectName string Name of the remote object whose client
stub you want to retrieve. The value
specified in this element overrides any
value specified in the Remote Object Name
field on the Configuration tab.

Output
The output for the activity is the following.

Output Item Datatype Description

object Java An object reference for the specified remote
Object Java object.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

582
| Chapter 14 RMI Palette

RMI Server
Process Starter

The RMI Server process starter registers the specified remote object
name with the specified registry server and then creates process
instances to handle incoming requests for the object. The process
definition acts as the implementation of the specified object.
You can specify an output schema on the Output editor tab to extract expected
fields from the incoming request object. The data in the output schema is then
available to subsequent activities in the process definition. The request and reply
Java objects are also output and available to activities that can accept Java objects
as input (for example, Java Code or Java Method). You can send a reply to the
client by invoking the appropriate methods on the reply object, if the client
requires a reply.

Configuration
The Configuration tab has the following fields.

Global
Field Description
Var?
Name No The name to appear as the label for the activity
in the process definition.

Description No Short description of the activity.

Alias Library No Use this field to specify an AliasLibrary resource

that is used to locate the Java class files. See
TIBCO Designer Palette Reference for more
information about AliasLibrary resources.

Remote Object Yes Name of the Java object that this process
Name definition implements.

Registry Host Yes Host name of the registry server with which you
Name want to register the specified object.

Registry Server Yes Port number for the registry server.

Port

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 RMI Server 583
|

Misc
The Misc tab contains the following fields:

Field Description
Sequencing Key This field can contain an XPath expression that
specifies which processes should run in order. Process
instances with sequencing keys that evaluate to the
same value will be executed sequentially in the order
the process instance was created.
See TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Process Design
for more information about controlling the execution
order of process instances and about XPath
expressions.

Custom Id This field can contain an XPath expression that

specifies a custom ID for the process instance. This ID
is displayed in the View Service dialog of TIBCO
Administrator, and it is also available in the
$_processContext process variable.

Output Editor
The Output Editor tab allows you to define a custom schema for expected fields in
the request object. See Appendix A, Specifying Data Schema, on page 773 for a
complete description of using the Output Editor tab.

Output
The output for the activity is the following.

Output Item Datatype Description

request Java An object reference to the request object sent
Object in the RMI request. The client might not send
any data in the request, and in that case, this
element will be nil.

reply Java An object reference to the reply object

Object required by the client. The client might not
require a reply, and in that case, this element
will be nil.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

584
| Chapter 14 RMI Palette

Output Item Datatype Description

<data> varies The output schema specified on the Output
Editor tab. Data from the request object is
extracted into the elements of this output
schema. This allows you to easily access data
from the request object without passing the
object to a Java Code or Java to XML activity.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 | 585

Chapter 15 Service Palette

The Service palette contains resources for implementing Services. Services

implement a set of interfaces and expose one or more endpoints. Services provide
an abstraction so that you can implement a more generic service-oriented
architecture (SOA). This allows you to decouple a service from its underlying
transport and implementation.
See TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Process Design for more information about
services.

Topics

• Context Resource, page 586

• Get Context, page 587
• Invoke Partner, page 588
• Partner Link Configuration, page 590
• Receive Partner Notification, page 608
• Service, page 611
• Set Context, page 636

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

586
| Chapter 15 Service Palette

Context Resource
Shared Configuration

The Context Resource shared configuration resource allows you to

specify a schema to hold context data from an incoming request or
outgoing replies to a service. This allows you to pass on data, such
as the username and password sent by the requesting application,
to operation implementations without requiring the implementations to be aware
of which transport the request was bound to. Also, you can pass data from the
process that implements an operation back to the Service for any outgoing reply
message. The Context Resource can also be used to store SOAP headers or
message attachments.
For example, your operation implementation may require the user ID of the
requestor or the public certificate of the user making the request. Also, you may
want to set outgoing reply header values based on data from the process that
implements the operation.
See TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Process Design for more information about
context separation for Service resources and operation implementations.

Configuration
The Configuration tab has the following fields.

Global
Field Description
Var?
Name No The name to appear as the label for the resource.

Description No Short description of the shared resource.

Schema
The Schema tab allows you to define a custom schema to hold the data of the
context. You can define your own datatype on this tab, and you can reference an
XML schema stored in the project. See Appendix A, Specifying Data Schema, on
page 773 for a description of how to define a schema.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 Get Context 587
|

Get Context
Activity

The Get Context activity retrieves the value of the specified Context
Resource. This is useful if your process definition requires some
context information from an incoming request.
See TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Process Design for more
information about context separation for Service resources and operation
implementations.

Configuration
The Configuration tab has the following fields.

Global
Field Description
Var?
Name No The name to appear as the label for the activity
in the process definition.

Description No Short description of the activity.

Context No The Context Resource whose value you would

Configuration like to retrieve.

Output
The output for the activity is the following.

Output Item Datatype Description

<schema> varies The value of the context resource
specified in the Context Configuration
field of the Configuration tab is the
output for this activity. The schema for
the output is determined by the
schema specified for the context
resource.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

588
| Chapter 15 Service Palette

Invoke Partner
Activity

The Invoke Partner activity can be used in a BusinessWorks Process

Definition to invoke external services over SOAP.
See TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Process Design for more
information about services, partners and invoking partner services.

Configuration
The Configuration tab has the following fields

Global
Field Description
Var?
Name No The name to appear as the label for the invoke
partner activity in the process definition.

Description No Short description of the activity.

Partner No The partner whose service is to be invoked by

the activity. You can select the partner from the
drop down menu that lists all the available
partners in the process.

Operation No Select the operation that is to be invoked from

the drop down menu. The drop down menu
lists all the available operations for the selected
partner.

Input
The input for the invoke partner service has the following fields

Input Item Datatype Description

input message complex The input message of the operation. This
element contains all the input message
parts for the operation.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 Invoke Partner 589
|

Output
The output for the invoke partner service has the following fields

Output Item Datatype Description

output message complex The output message for the operation.
This element contains all the output
message parts for the operation.

Error Output
The Error Output tab lists the possible SOAP Fault messages that can be thrown
by the invoked operation on the selected external service. These SOAP Fault
messages are defined in the abstract WSDL. If no SOAP fault messages are
defined in the abstract WSDL, there will be no exceptions or fault messages listed
in the error output tab.
See TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Error Codes for more information about
error codes and corrective action to take.

Unlike the SOAP Request Reply activity where you can define dynamic endpoint
URL, you cannot define dynamic endpoint URL for the invoke partner activity.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

590
| Chapter 15 Service Palette

Partner Link Configuration

Shared Resource

The Partner Link Configuration associates abstract partner

portTypes with concrete port bindings. This allows you to easily link
to new partner services without changing processes that invoke the
partners.
See Partners on page 3 for more information about partners and
Partner Link Configuration resources.

Configuration
The Configuration tab has the following fields.

Global
Field Description
Var?
Name No The name to appear as the label for the
resource.

Description No Short description of the resource.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 Partner Link Configuration 591
|

Field Global Description

Var?
Partner Links Use the + button to add partner links to the
list, use the X button to delete partner links
from the list, use the arrow buttons to move
partner links up and down in the list.
Specify the following in the columns of the
table for each partner:
• Name : Double-click on this field to
No
specify a name for the partner.
• Timeout : Double-click on this field to
Yes specify a timeout in milliseconds (msec)
for invocations of this partner. By default,
the timeout is zero (0) which provides an
unlimited amount of time for invocations.
• Service Endpoint — The endpoint of the
service. You can use concrete WSDL
No
resources with port bindings or you can
specify local service resources with Local
specified in the endpoint binding.
• Endpoint Type — By default the field
selection is SOAP. It can be used when we
No check enable for AMX checkbox and
change to AMX endpoint. This endpoint
of the service populated from the concrete
WSDL.

Attachment Style No This field allows you to choose the

attachment style for the outbound/response
messages. Two attachment styles are
available: SwA and MTOM.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

592
| Chapter 15 Service Palette

Field Global Description

Var?
Operations No The operation that this process definition
implements.
The drop down list in this field is populated
with the operations contained in the specified
port type in the specified WSDL.
You can choose one operation to implement
per process definition. If you want to
implement multiple operations, you must
create a process definition for each.

SOAP Action Yes The soapAction that is expected from

incoming SOAP requests. This field is
required, and by default, the operation name
is used as the soapAction. Each operation in
an interface must have a unique value for
SOAP Action.
See the SOAP specification for more
information about soapAction.
Note - When Partner Link Configuration is
created, these fields get populated with the
values from concrete WSDL. You can
override these values in Partner Link
Configuration. If the concrete WSDL is
changed after configuring Partner Link
Configuration, the changes will not be visible
in the Partner Link Configuration.

Additional Configuration for HTTP Endpoints

EndPoint URI No It will have the endpoint of the service

populated from the concrete WSDL.
Note - When Partner Link Configuration is
created, this field get populated with the
values from concrete WSDL. You can
override these values in Partner Link
Configuration. If the concrete WSDL is
changed after configuring Partner Link
Configuration , the changes will not be
visible in the Partner Link Configuration.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 Partner Link Configuration 593
|

Field Global Description

Var?
Use HTTP Proxy No Specifies to use a proxy server to gain access
outside of a firewall.

Proxy Name No Host name or IP address of the proxy server.

HTTP No Specifies what authentication should be used.

Authentication An authentication can be of the following
three types:
• NONE — is default.
• BASIC — to continue with the current
implementation of using username and
password credentials. The Identity field
appears when this field is enabled.
• NTLM — Identity and Domain fields
appear when NTLM is selected. Identity
is a reference of the Username and
Password combination.

Identity No When Basic and NTLM authentication

(username and password) is required,
provide an Identity resource in this field that
contains the appropriate username and
password.
See TIBCO Designer Palette Reference for more
information.

Domain No Specifies the domain to be used for

Authentication. The user name and password
specified in the Identity field must exist in the
domain.

SSL No When SSL is required for authentication to

the service, click the Configure SSL button to
supply the appropriate properties. See HTTP
SSL Configuration Fields on page 594 for
more information.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

594
| Chapter 15 Service Palette

Field Global Description

Var?
HTTP SSL Configuration Fields

Trusted No Folder in the project containing one or more

Certificates certificates from the trusted certificate
Folder authorities. This folder is checked when an
invocation is made to the partner service to
ensure that the server is trusted. This
prevents connections to rogue servers.

Identity No This is an identity resource that contains the

client’s digital certificate and private key.
See TIBCO Designer Palette Reference for more
information.

Strong Cipher No Specifies that only cipher suites with strong

Suites Only encryption should be used, if they are
available on the host you are connecting to.

Additional Configuration for JMS Endpoints

JNDI Tab

Context URL Yes Th URL for the JNDI connection to the JMS
server
(javax.naming.Context.PROVIDER_URL).

User Name Yes The user name for logging into the JNDI
server
(javax.naming.Context.SECURITY_PRINCI
PAL). If the JNDI provider does not require
access control, this field can be empty.

Password Yes The password for logging into the JNDI

server
(javax.naming.Context.SECURITY_CREDEN
TIALS). If the JNDI provider does not require
access control, this field can be empty.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 Partner Link Configuration 595
|

Field Global Description

Var?
Connection Yes The QueueConnectionFactory or
Factory TopicConnectionFactory object stored in
JNDI. This object is used to create a queue
connection with a JMS application. The value
for this field is taken from the WSDL file, if it
is available in the
<jms:connectionFactory> element in the
service specification. You can override the
supplied value, if you want to use a different
connection factory.
See your JNDI provider documentation for
more information about creating and storing
QueueConnectionFactory objects.

SSL No When SSL is required for authentication to

the service, click the Configure SSL button to
supply the appropriate SSL information. See
JMS SSL Configuration Fields on page 597 for
more information.

JMS Tab

Use Shared JMS No Check this field if you want to specify a JMS
Configuration Connection shared configuration resource to
override the JMS transport parameters in the
concrete WSDL. When checked, the JMS
Connection field appears.
Note - When selected, the JNDI fields get
disabled.

JMS Connection No This field only appears when the Use Shared
JMS Configuration field is selected. This field
allows you to specify a JMS Connection
shared configuration resource that contains
the connection information you want to use.

User Name Yes User name to use when logging into the JMS
server.
If the JMS provider does not require access
control, this field can be empty.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

596
| Chapter 15 Service Palette

Field Global Description

Var?
Password Yes Password to use when logging into the JMS
server.
If the JMS provider does not require access
control, this field can be empty.

JMS Destination Yes This field is available when a JMS transport is

selected.
This field specifies the name of the
destination for incoming JMS messages for
this service. The syntax of the destination
name is specific to the JMS provider you are
using. See your JMS provider documentation
for more information about destination
names.
Note: If you are using TIBCO Enterprise
Message Service as your JMS provider, you
can use the Browse button next to this field
after specifying a valid connection in the JMS
Connection field. The Browse button displays
a list of configured destinations in the JMS
server that are appropriate for this activity.

Delivery Mode No The delivery mode of the message. It can be

one of the following:
• Persistent : signifies the messages are
stored and forwarded.
• Non-Persistent : messages are not stored
and may be lost due to failures in
transmission.
• TIBCO EMS Reliable: this mode is only
available when using TIBCO Enterprise
Message Service. See the TIBCO Enterprise
Message Service documentation for more
information about this mode.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 Partner Link Configuration 597
|

Field Global Description

Var?
Expiration No Corresponds to JMSExpiration property that
specifies how long the message can remain
active (in seconds). If set to 0, the message
does not expire.
This field is set in seconds, but the
JMSExpiration property is displayed in
milliseconds.

Priority Priority of the message. You may set the

priority to a value from 0-9. The default value
is 4.

Enable W3C No This is a read-only field that displays whether

SOAP JMS 1.0 the service is W3C SOAP Over JMS 1.0
Compliance compliant or not.

Target Service No This field is available only when the check

box Enable W3C SOAP JMS 1.0 Compliance
is selected.
Specify the target service value, if any.
Note: If Target Service is configured, the
value is reflected in the WSDL as a query
parameter.

Note - When Partner Link Configuration is created, these fields get populated
with the values from concrete WSDL. You can override these values in Partner
Link Configuration. If the concrete WSDL is changed after configuring Partner
Link Configuration, the changes are not visible in the Partner Link
Configuration.

JMS SSL Configuration Fields

Basic Tab No Folder in the project containing one or more

certificates from trusted certificate
Trusted
authorities. This folder is checked when an
Certificates
invocation is made to the partner service to
Folder
ensure that the server is trusted. This
prevents connections to rogue servers.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

598
| Chapter 15 Service Palette

Field Global Description

Var?
Basic Tab No This is an identity resource that contains the
client’s digital certificate and private key.
Identity
See TIBCO Designer Palette Reference for more
information.

Advanced Tab No Specifies whether SSL tracing should be

enabled during the connection. If checked,
Trace
the SSL connection messages are logged and
sent to the console.

Advanced Tab No Specifies whether SSL debug tracing should

be enabled during the connection. Debug
Debug Trace
tracing provides more detailed messages
than standard tracing.

Advanced Tab No This field specifies to check the host name of

the server against the host name listed in the
Verify Host Name
server’s digital certificate. This provides
additional verification that the host name you
believe you are connecting to is in fact the
desired host.
If the host name specified in the endpoint
binding is not an exact match to the host
name specified in the server’s digital
certificate, the connection is refused.
Note: If an equivalent host name (for
example, an IP address) is specified in the
endpoint binding, but the name is not an
exact match of the hostname in the host’s
digital certificate, the connection is refused.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 Partner Link Configuration 599
|

Field Global Description

Var?
Advanced Tab No Specifies the name of the host you are
expecting to connect to. This field is only
Expected Host
relevant if the Verify Host Name field is also
Name
checked.
If the name of the host in the host’s digital
certificate does not match the value specified
in this field, the connection is refused.
This prevents hosts from attempting to
impersonate the host you are expecting to
connect to.

Advanced Tab No When checked, this field specifies that the

minimum strength of the cipher suites used
Strong Cipher
Suites Only can be specified with the
bw.plugin.security.strongcipher.minst
rength custom engine property. See TIBCO
ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Administration for
more information about this property. The
default value of the property disables cipher
suites with an effective key length below 128
bits.
When this field is unchecked, only cipher
suites with an effective key length of up to
128 bits can be used.

Advanced SOAP Settings

For each operation, you can specify advanced configuration options. To access the
advanced configuration options, perform the following:
1. Select Partner Link.
2. Select the operation.
The Advanced SOAP Settings dialog appears. The following sections describe
the tabs on this dialog.

Input Headers
The Input Headers tab allows you to specify a SOAP message parts used for any
SOAP Undescribed headers expected in the Outgoing Request.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

600
| Chapter 15 Service Palette

Use the +, X, and arrow keys to add, delete and move the input header messages
in the list.
The Input Headers tab has the following fields.

Field Description
Part Name This field contains a drop-down list with all
parts of the specified SOAP message. You can
specify a cardinality for the part, if applicable.

Message Name The message in a WSDL file to use as the

Undescribed input header for the outgoing
SOAP request. This WSDL file does not have to
be the same as the file used for output headers
or the file used to configure the port type and
operation of the incoming request.
Use the Browse button in this field to search
for valid WSDL File resources and to select the
desired message in the WSDL File.

Undescribed Select this checkbox to declare the header as

Undescribed header.

Cardinality This field contains a drop-down list with two

options: Repeating and Optional.

Output Headers
The Output Headers tab allows you to specify a SOAP message part used for any
SOAP undescribed headers expected in the Incoming Response.
Use the +, X, and arrow keys to add, delete and move the input header messages
in the list.
The Output Headers tab has the following fields.

Field Description
Part Name This field contains a drop-down list with all
parts of the specified SOAP message. You can
specify a cardinality for the part, if applicable.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 Partner Link Configuration 601
|

Field Description
Message Name The message in a WSDL file to use as the
undescribed output header for the SOAP
incoming response. This WSDL file does not
have to be the same as the file used for input
headers or the file used to configure the port
type and operation of the incoming request.
Use the Browse button in this field to search
for valid WSDL File resources and to select the
desired message in the WSDL File.

Undescribed Select this checkbox to declare the header as

Undescribed header.

Cardinality This field contains a drop-down list with two

options: Repeating and Optional.

Input Context
The Input Context tab allows you to specify a Context Resource that contains
transport-specific data. The data you provide to the context resource is available
to the process definition that implements the operation.
The Input Context tab has the following fields.

Field Description
Context The Context Resource that specifies the schema
you want to use. The schema of this resource
should include elements for each data element
you want to provide to the output Headers for
the message.

Mapping Panel The mapping panel is similar to the mapping

panel provided in the Input tab of activities.
This panel allows you to map
transport-specific information. Using this you
can send the information as part of the
Undescribed header in a SOAP Request
message to the Service. The mapping panel
appears only when a Context resource is
specified in the Context field.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

602
| Chapter 15 Service Palette

Field Description
inputMessage The root class for the input of the SOAP
Request Reply activity. This class contains all
input items for the activity.
If this is a document request, the input is
named inputMessage. If the request is an RPC,
the input is the name of the operation.

Transport Properties - HTTP

Headers

Accept This field specifies media types that are

acceptable for response messages for the
incoming request. For example, text/*,
text/html. Media types are described in the
HTTP specification.
If no Accept header field is present, then it is
assumed that the client accepts all media types.

Accept-Charset This field specifies the character sets that are

acceptable for response messages for the
incoming request. For example, iso-8859-5,
unicode-1-1. Character sets are described in the
HTTP specification.
If no Accpet-Charset header is present, then it
is assumed that the client accepts any character
set.

Accept-Encoding This field specifies the content-coding values

that are acceptable for response messages. For
example compress, gzip. See the HTTP
specification for more information about this
header field.

Cookie See the HTTP specification for more

information about this field.

Pragma This field is used to include

implementation-specific directives that might
apply to the receiver. See the HTTP
specification for more information about using
this field.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 Partner Link Configuration 603
|

Field Description
undescribed Headers

Authentication Credentials

user name Username for logging into the HTTP server.

This overrides the value specified in the
Identity resource.
Note: You can override the user name only if
the activity is configured for Basic or NTLM
authentication.

password Password for logging into the HTTP server.

This overrides the value specified in the
Identity resource.
Note: You can override the password only if
the activity is configured for Basic or NTLM
authentication.

domain Domain for logging into the HTTP server. This

overrides the value specified in the
configuration.
Note: You can override the domain name only
if the activity is configured for NTLM
authentication.

Output Context
The Output Context tab allows you to specify a Context Resource that contains
data the process definition implementing the operation has provided. The data
can then be mapped to Undescribed Headers of the output message returned to
the client.
The Output Context tab has the following fields.

Field Description
Shared Context The Context Resource that specifies the schema
you want to use. The schema of this resource
should include elements for each data element
you want to provide to the output
Undescribed Headers for the message.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

604
| Chapter 15 Service Palette

Field Description
Expose Security Checkbox Selecting this checkbox meant for Security
Context Propagation and Security Context,
makes it available as a transport data in the
mapping panel.

Mapping Panel The mapping panel is similar to the mapping

panel provided in the Input tab of activities.
This panel allows you to map Input Context
data provided by the implementation of the
operation to the transport-specific
Undescribed headers of the reply message sent
to the client. The mapping panel appears only
when a Context resource is specified in the
Context field.

outputMessage The root class for the output of the SOAP

Request Reply activity. This class contains all
output items for the activity.
If this is a document request, the output is
names outputMessages. If the request is an
RPC, the output is the name of the operation
with "Response" appended.

mimeEnvelopeElement This element contains the reply message

attachments when mime attachments are used.
This element contains a repeating element
named mimePart that contains each mime
attachment.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 Partner Link Configuration 605
|

Field Description
mimeHeaders This element contains the mime header for
each mimePart. Mime headers can contain the
following information:
• content-disposition
• content-type
• content-transfer-encoding
• content-id
• other mime header information
Note: When the content type is specified as
"text/*" (for example, "text/xml"), the
attachment content is expected to be in either
the textContent input element or the file name
storing the attachment is expected to be in the
fileName input element. When the content
type is anything other than "text/*", the
attachment content is expected to be in either
the binaryContent input element or the file
name storing the attachment is expected to be
in the fileName input element.

binaryContent |textContent This element contains the mime attachment.

|fileName The element can be one of the following:
• binaryContent — content of the attachment
when the attachment is binary data.
• textContent — content of the attachment
when the attachment is text data.
• fileName — the file name of the attachment
when the Write to File field is checked on
the Input Attachment Bindings sub-tab of
the Advanced tab.

Transport Properties - HTTP

Headers

Allow This field lists the set of methods supported by

the resource identified by Request URI.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

606
| Chapter 15 Service Palette

Field Description
Content-Type This field indicates the media type of the entity
body for the outgoing message and the
incoming response. Media types are described
in the HTTP specification. An example of the
media type is text/html;
charset=ISO-8850-4.

Content-Length This field indicates the size of the entity body

(in decimal number of OCTETs) of the
response message.

Content-Encoding This field is used as a modifier to the

content-type. When present, its value indicates
what additional content encodings have been
applied to the entity-body, and thus what
decoding mechanisms must be applied in
order to obtain the media-type referenced by
the Content-Type header field.
Content-Encoding is primarily used to allow a
document to be compressed without losing the
identity of its underlying media type. See the
HTTP specification for more information about
this field.

Date The date and time when the response message

was sent.

Location This field is used to redirect the receiver to a

location other than the Request-URI for
completion of the request or for identification
of a new resource.

Set-Cookie See the HTTP specification for more

information about this field.

Pragma This field is used to include

implementation-specific directives that might
apply to the receiver. See the HTTP the HTTP
Specification for more information about using
this field.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 Partner Link Configuration 607
|

Fault Context
The Fault Context tab allows you to select a shared Context Resource that is set
with SOAP fault attributes. The data can then be mapped to Fault elements of the
Fault message returned to the client.
The Fault Context tab has the following fields.

Field Description
Context The Context Resource that specifies the SOAP
fault schema you want to use. The schema of
this resource should include elements for each
data element you want to provide the Fault
elements for the fault message.
Note: For Fault Context propagation you must
map Fault elements to the Context data.

Expose Security Context Selecting this checkbox meant for Security

Context Propagation and Security Context,
makes it available as a transport data in the
mapping panel.

Mapping Panel The mapping panel is similar to the mapping

panel provided in the Input Context tab of
activities. This panel allows you to map data
provided by the implementation of the
operation to the transport-specific
Undescribed headers of the reply message sent
to the client. The mapping panel appears only
when a Context resource is specified in the
Shared Context field.
The Transport Data shows the Global Variables
and the Context Data shows the Context
resource element.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

608
| Chapter 15 Service Palette

Receive Partner Notification

Activity

The Receive Partner Notification activity can be used in an

ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Process Definition to invoke
notification services over SOAP. The notification service sends a
message that is received by the invoker.
See TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Process Design for more
information about services, partners and invoking partner services.

The Receive Partner Notification activity supports only SOAP over JMS messages.

Configuration
The Configuration tab has the following fields

Field Global Description

Var?
Name No The name to appear as the label for the receive
partner notification activity in the process
definition.

Description No Short description of the activity.

Partner No The partner whose service is to be invoked by

the activity.
The drop down menu lists all the partners with
port types having atleast one notification
service i.e., OUT-only MEP.

Operation No Select the operation that is to be invoked from

the drop down menu. The drop down menu
lists all the available OUT only operations for
the selected partner.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 Receive Partner Notification 609
|

Misc
The Misc tab contains the following fields:

Field Description
Sequencing Key This field can contain an XPath expression that
specifies which processes should run in order. Process
instances with sequencing keys that evaluate to the
same value will be executed sequentially in the order
the process instance was created.
See TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Process Design
for more information about controlling the execution
order of process instances and about XPath
expressions.

Custom Id This field can contain an XPath expression that

specifies a custom ID for the process instance. This ID
is displayed in the View Service dialog of TIBCO
Administrator, and it is also available in the
$_processContext process variable.

Output
The output for the receive partner notification activity is the following:

Output Item Datatype Description

output complex The output message for the operation contains
message the output message parts as defined for the
selected operation.

Error Output
The Error Output tab lists the possible exceptions that can be thrown by this
activity.
See TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Error Codes for more information about
error codes and corrective action to take.

Exception Thrown When...

InvalidEnvelopeException The incoming message contains an
invalid envelope.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

610
| Chapter 15 Service Palette

Exception Thrown When...

InternalException There is an error during the internal
processing.

ConfigurationException There is an error in the configuration.

DeserializationException The incoming message cannot be

deserialized.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 Service 611
|

Service
Shared Configuration

A Service shared configuration resource describes an interface and its

associated operations. The also specifies a set of endpoint bindings that
expose the service to potential clients over specific transports.

The user interface for the Service shared configuration resource can change
depending upon the additional products you have installed. For example, the
TIBCO BusinessWorks BPEL Extension offers more options when configuring the
Service resource. When you install a product that extends the Service resource, a
new field named Implementation Type appears that allows you to specify the
type of service you want to configure depending upon the product you select. See
the documentation for the products you have installed for more information
about configuring a Service resource using those products. This section describes
the base TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Service resource.

Before creating a Service resource, you will need to create the following resources:
• A WSDL file that contains an abstract interface description. The interface can
include one or more operations.
• Process definitions will provide the implementation for each operation in the
service’s interface. You can specify the same process definition for more than
one operation.
• Either an HTTP Connection or JMS Connection shared configuration resource
that specifies the transport used by clients of the service.
• If you want to pass context information from the incoming request (for
example, user name or security certificate), create a Context Resource that
specifies the context data you want to use.

During deployment, Service resources must be added to a Process Archive.

Although it is possible to add a Service resource to a Shared archive, the resource
will not properly function when located in a Shared Archive. Add your Service
resources only to Process Archives.
Also when creating your enterprise archive file, the menu item Tools > Create
Project EAR only adds processes with process starters to the Process Archive for
the project. You must add any Service resources to the Process Archive by
selecting the Processes tab and clicking the Add a Process Starter to this archive
button.

To define a Service resource, follow this general procedure:

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

612
| Chapter 15 Service Palette

1. Provide an abstract WSDL file (see WSDL on page 742) that describes the
interface to the service.
2. For each operation in the interface, specify a process definition that
implements the operation.
3. Specify one or more endpoint bindings to expose the service to potential
clients.
4. For each endpoint binding, specify a transport configuration (either HTTP
Connection or JMS Connection).
5. Specify any transport-specific information, such as endpoint URL for HTTP
transports or JMS Destination Name for JMS transports.
6. Specify any SOAP details, such as SOAP Version or encoding for each
operation.
7. Specify attachments, headers, or context information for input and output
messages, if necessary.

Only Bytes Message must be used when using MTOM attachments.

See TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Process Design for more information about
services.

Configuration
The Configuration tab has the following fields.

Global
Field Description
Var?
Name No The name to appear as the label for the resource.

Description No Short description of the resource.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 Service 613
|

Field Global Description

Var?
Enable for AMX No Selecting this checkbox allows you to configure
this Service resource in ActiveMatrix. It also
allows you to configure an ActiveMatrix
endpoint for the existing services.
Note: Select this checkbox only if you want to
expose your Service to the ActiveMatrix world.
If this checkbox is checked and
unchecked, you will loose the Partner
Link Configuration information from
the partner binding table.
Tabs visible after selecting the checkbox are:
• Services
• References
• Properties
• WSDL Source
• Overview
Following tabs are visible when this checkbox is
not selected (by default):
• Configuration
• Partner Binding
• WSDL Source
• Overview

Implementation No This field allows you to add abstract WSDL files

that describe the service. Click the + button to
add a WSDL file. Click the X button to remove a
WSDL file. Click the Rename Current Service
Port to change the name of the currently selected
service port.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

614
| Chapter 15 Service Palette

Field Global Description

Var?
Service Port Sub-Tabs
Each service port will have a sub-tab containing the configuration for the
service port.

Interface No Namespace for the interface file of the service.

Namespace You can click the Go To Referenced Resource to
view the interface file.

Operations Sub-Tab
This sub-tab contains a table of all operations defined in the interface file. This
table allows you to specify the resource that implements each operation.

Operation No Name of the operation. This column is a

Name read-only list of operations contained in the
interface file.

Operation No Double click on this field and use the Browse

Implementation button to locate the resource that implements
each operation. Process definitions that
implement an operation must have an input,
output, and error schemas that match the input,
output, and fault messages of the operation.
You can leave the implementation for an
operation unspecified. In this case, an exception
is thrown when a client attempts to invoke the
unimplemented operation.
Note: You can drag and drop a process definition
from the project tree to the operation
implementation cell. If the signature of the
operation matches the process definition, the
process be inserted. If the process definition or
the WSDL changes, the icon for the process
definition in the cell changes to a warning
triangle indicating the operation and
implementation signatures no longer match.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 Service 615
|

Field Global Description

Var?
Endpoint Bindings Sub-Tab
This sub-tab allows you to specify one or more endpoints that expose the
service as well as the transport bindings for each endpoint.
Use the + button to add endpoints, use the X button to delete endpoints, and
use the arrow buttons to move the selected endpoint in the list.

Endpoint Name No Specify a name for the endpoint in this field.

Endpoint Type No Specify the type of endpoint by selecting from

the list of types.
• Local — A local endpoint is available to
consumers within the same process engine.
This type of endpoint provides a highly
efficient way for local services to invoke each
other without incurring the overhead of
using a network transport.
• SOAP — A SOAP endpoint is used to expose
the service by way of the SOAP protocol to
other partner services or web clients

Transport Sub-Tab

Transport No Use the Browse button to select a transport. In

this release, HTTP Connection or JMS
Connection resources can be used as transports.

Use Basic Yes This field is available when an HTTP transport is

Authentication selected.
When checked, this field specifies that incoming
SOAP requests must supply a valid username
and password.
The user name and password specified in the
incoming request must exist in the domain (users
are created and managed in the domain using
TIBCO Administrator).

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

616
| Chapter 15 Service Palette

Field Global Description

Var?
Endpoint URI No This field is available when an HTTP transport is
selected.
This field specifies the Endpoint URI that clients
can use to access the service.

JMS Destination Yes This field is available when a JMS transport is

selected.
This field specifies the name of the destination
for incoming JMS messages for this service. The
syntax of the destination name is specific to the
JMS provider you are using. See your JMS
provider documentation for more information
about destination names.
Note: If you are using TIBCO Enterprise Message
Service as your JMS provider, you can use the
Browse button next to this field after specifying a
valid connection in the JMS Connection field.
The Browse button displays a list of configured
destinations in the JMS server that are
appropriate for this activity.

JMS Destination No This field is available when a JMS transport is

Type selected.
This field specifies whether the JMS Destination
is a Topic or a Queue.

JMS Message No This field is available when a JMS transport is

Type selected.
This field specifies the type of incoming
messages on the specified destination. It can be
either Text Message or Bytes message.

Enable W3C No Select the check box to comply with the W3C
SOAP JMS 1.0 SOAP Over JMS 1.0 specification.
Compliance
By default, the check box is not selected and the
service complies with the TIBCO specifications.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 Service 617
|

Field Global Description

Var?
Target Service This field is available when a JMS transport is
selected.
This field is available only when the checkbox
Enable W3C SOAP JMS 1.0 Compliance is
selected.
Specify the target service value, if any.
Note: If Target Service is configured, the value is
reflected in the WSDL as a query parameter.

Reply Using No This field is available when a JMS transport is

Incoming selected.
Delivery Mode
Select the check box if you want to send the reply
using the incoming delivery mode.
By default, the check box is not selected.

JMS Delivery Yes This field is available when the Reply using
Mode Incoming Delivery Mode field is not selected.
(Response)
The delivery mode of the response message. Can
be one of the following:
• PERSISTENT: signifies the messages are
stored and forwarded.
• NON-PERSISTENT : messages are not stored
and may be lost due to failures in
transmission.
• TIBCO EMS Reliable : this mode is only
available when using TIBCO Enterprise
Message Service. See the TIBCO Enterprise
Message Service documentation for more
information about this mode.
By default, the field selection is PERSISTENT.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

618
| Chapter 15 Service Palette

Field Global Description

Var?
Acknowledge No This field is available when a JMS transport is
Mode selected.
This field specifies the acknowledgment mode to
be used for incoming messages. It can be one of
the following:
• Auto : the message is automatically
acknowledged when it is received.
• Client: the message is acknowledged when
the process implementing the operation ends
successfully.
• Dups OK : the message is acknowledged
automatically when it is received. JMS
provides this mode for lazy
acknowledgment, but TIBCO ActiveMatrix
BusinessWorks acknowledges messages
upon receipt.
• TIBCO EMS Explicit : (only available for
TIBCO Enterprise Message Service) a
message which is not acknowledged using
the Confirm activity before the process
instance ends, are redelivered instead of all
messages in the session. The session is not
blocked and one session handles all incoming
messages for each process instance.
Note — In the TIBCO ActiveMatrix
BusinessWorks 5.10 release, a change occurs
in the behavior of this feature. Now only the
messages that are not confirmed, are
redelivered.
• TIBCO EMS Explicit Dups OK : (only
available for TIBCO Enterprise Message
Service) a message which is not
acknowledged using the Confirm activity
before the process instance ends, are
redelivered instead of all messages in the
session. The session is not blocked and one
session handles all the incoming messages
for each process instance. The messages
however, would be lazily acknowledged.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 Service 619
|

Field Global Description

Var?
JMS This field is available when a JMS transport is
Application selected.
Properties
Any application-specific message properties that
is part of the message. This is specified by the
JMS Application Properties shared configuration
object.

JMS This field is available when a JMS transport is

Application selected.
Properties
Any application-specific message properties that
(Response)
is part of the response message. This is specified
by the JMS Application Properties shared
configuration object.

Max Sessions No This field is available when a JMS transport is

selected and Client is selected as the
Acknowledge Mode. If the JMS Destination Type
is Topic, this field is read-only. If the JMS
Destination Type is Queue, the value of this field
can be altered.
This field specifies the maximum number of JMS
sessions to create for incoming queue messages.
When a JMS queue message is received, the
session is blocked until the message is
acknowledged. Because the acknowledgment
can come at a later time when the process ends,
this field allows you to specify a maximum
number of new sessions to be created for
handling incoming messages.
Once the maximum number of sessions is
reached, no new incoming messages can be
processed. Once an incoming message is
confirmed, the total number of active sessions is
decreased and another incoming message can be
processed.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

620
| Chapter 15 Service Palette

Field Global Description

Var?
Operations No The operation that this process definition
implements.
The drop-down list in this field is populated with
the operations contained in the specified port
type in the specified WSDL.
You can choose one operation to implement per
process definition. If you want to implement
multiple operations, you must create a process
definition for each.

SOAP Details Sub-Tab

Default Style No The SOAP binding style for operations that do

not explicitly set their binding style. You can
specify either Document or RPC style.

SOAP Version No Specify either SOAP 1.1 or SOAP 1.2 for the
version of the SOAP specification to which
incoming messages should comply.
See SOAP Specification Compliance on page 640
for more information.

Operations No Select each operation from the drop down list to

specify the SOAP Action, Style, or Encoding for
the operation.

SOAP Action Yes The soapAction that is expected from incoming

SOAP requests. This field is required, and by
default, the operation name is used as the
soapAction. Each operation in an interface must
have a unique value for SOAP Action.
See the SOAP specification for more information
about soapAction.

Style No The SOAP binding style for the selected

operation. You can specify either Document or
RPC style, or you can specify that the value in the
Default Style field should be used.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 Service 621
|

Field Global Description

Var?
Encoding No The encoding type for the body of the SOAP
input and output messages. This can be either
literal or encoded.
Encoded messages support more complex
datatypes such as SOAP arrays.
When encoded is specified, you can optionally
specify the namespace for input, output, and
fault messages.

Input Message No The namespace for input messages.

Namespace

Output Message No The namespace for output messages.

Namespace

Fault Message No The namespace for fault messages.

Namespace

Advanced SOAP Settings

For each operation, you can specify advanced configuration options. To access the
advanced configuration options, perform the following:
1. Click the Endpoint Bindings Tab.
2. Select the desired endpoint and click the SOAP Details sub-tab.
3. Select the operation in the Operations field.
4. Click the Advanced button next to the operation name.
The Advanced SOAP Settings dialog appears. The following sections describe
the tabs on this dialog.

Input Attachments
See Messages With Attachments on page 683 for more information about message
attachments.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

622
| Chapter 15 Service Palette

The Input Attachments tab has the following fields.

Field Description
Mime Content Type The table containing this column allows you to
specify the mime content type of each message
part. This is especially useful for describing
parts that contain attachments. See the mime
specification for more information on the valid
syntax of the content type.
If specified, the content type appears in the
WSDL for the specified part.
Use the X, +, and arrow keys to delete, add, and
move parts in the list.

Message Part The message part that you would like to specify
the content type for. This field is a drop down
list of message parts.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 Service 623
|

Field Description
Write to File Checking this field specifies that incoming
messages whose attachments exceed the
specified threshold size should be written to a
file instead of stored in memory. This allows you
to accept large incoming attachments without
consuming a great deal of memory. When this
field is checked, the Directory and Threshold
Size fields appear.
Leaving this field unchecked specifies that
attachments of incoming messages should be
kept in memory.
Once written, the files created by using this
option are not deleted automatically. You must
manage the storage used by these files and
delete them when they are no longer used.
Although Write to File exists for SwA
and MTOM, Soap over JMS completely
depends on the heap size configuration
as JMS specifications do not support writing
JMS messages in parts as is the case with Soap
over HTTP, which can be written over wire in
parts. Hence, writing large JMS messages to JMS
after configuring Write to File, completely
depends on the Heap size.

Directory This field only appears when the Write to File

field is checked.
The directory to write attachments that are
above the specified threshold. The process
engine does not attempt to create the directory if
the specified directory does not exist. Therefore,
create the directory before starting the process
engine.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

624
| Chapter 15 Service Palette

Field Description
Threshold Data Size (bytes) This field only appears when the Write to File
field is checked.
The maximum size (in bytes) of an incoming
message attachment that can be kept in memory.
Attachments larger than the specified size are
written to a file in the specified directory. The
file’s name is output so that subsequent
activities in the process definition can access the
file and read its contents.
Specifying zero (0) in this field causes all
incoming messages to be saved to a file.

Input Headers
The Input Headers tab allows you to specify a SOAP message parts used for any
SOAP headers expected in the incoming request. The specified input headers are
also included in the concrete bindings in the generated WSDL file.
Use the +, X, and arrow keys to add, delete and move the input header messages
in the list.
The Input Headers tab has the following fields.

Field Description
Message Name The message in a WSDL file to use as the input
header for the incoming SOAP request. This
WSDL file does not have to be the same as the
file used for output headers or the file used to
configure the port type and operation of the
incoming request.
Use the Browse button in this field to search for
valid WSDL File resources and to select the
desired message in the WSDL File.

Part Name This field contains a drop down list with all
parts of the specified SOAP message. You can
specify a namespace or encoding for the part, if
applicable.

Namespace Namespace for the selected input header

message.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 Service 625
|

Field Description
Encoding Encoding to use for the selected input header
message.

Undescribed Select this checkbox to declare the header as

Undescribed header.

Cardinality This field contains a drop-down list with two

options: Repeating and Optional.

Output Attachments
See Messages With Attachments on page 683 for more information about message
attachments.
The Output Attachments tab has the following fields.

Field Description
Attachment Style This field allows you to choose the attachment
style for the outbound/response messages. Two
attachment styles are available: SwA and
MTOM.

Attachments

Mime Content Type The table containing this column allows you to
specify the mime content type of each message
part. This is especially useful for parts that
contain attachments. See the mime specification
for more information on the valid syntax of the
content type.
If specified, the content type appears in the
WSDL for the specified part.
Use the X, +, and arrow keys to delete, add, and
move parts in the list.

Message Part The message part that you would like to specify
the content type for. This field is a drop down
list of message parts.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

626
| Chapter 15 Service Palette

Output Headers
The Output Headers tab allows you to specify a SOAP message parts used for any
SOAP headers expected in the outgoing reply. The specified output headers are
also included in the concrete bindings in the generated WSDL file.
Use the +, X, and arrow keys to add, delete and move the input header messages
in the list.
The Output Headers tab has the following fields.

Field Description
Message Name The message in a WSDL file to use as the output
header for the SOAP request. This WSDL file
does not have to be the same as the file used for
input headers or the file used to configure the
port type and operation of the incoming request.
Use the Browse button in this field to search for
valid WSDL File resources and to select the
desired message in the WSDL File.

Part Name This field contains a drop-down list with all

parts of the specified SOAP message. You can
specify a namespace or encoding for the part, if
applicable.

Encoding Encoding to use for the selected output header

message.

Undescribed Select this checkbox to declare the header as

Undescribed header.

Cardinality This field contains a drop-down list with two

options: Repeating and Optional.

Fault Headers
This Fault Headers tab enables the user to configure headers for declared faults.
With this you will be able to configure different schemas to be mapped to the
headers for different Fault messages.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 Service 627
|

This Fault Headers tab has the following fields.

Field Description
soapFaults The Faults available for configuration are listed
in the soapFaults drop-down.

Part Name This field contains a drop-down list with all

parts of the specified soapFault message.

Message Name The message in a WSDL file to use as the fault

header for the incoming soapFault request.
Use the Browse button in this field to search for
valid WSDL File resources and to select the
desired fault message in the WSDL File.

Input Context
The Input Context tab allows you to specify a Context Resource that contains
transport-specific data. The data you provide to the context resource is available
to the process definition that implements the operation.
The Input Context tab has the following fields.

Field Description
Shared Context The Context Resource that specifies the schema
you want to use. The schema of this resource
should include elements for each data element
from the transport information you want to
provide to a process definition that implements
the operation.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

628
| Chapter 15 Service Palette

Field Description
Expose Security Context This field is available for either HTTP or JMS
transports. This field is only available when a
Context resource is specified in the Shared
Context field.
Places the information from the user’s security
context (either authentication or SSL certificate
information) into the Context/SecurityContext
element of the Input Context.
This is a fairly expensive operation and SSL
certificates can consume memory resources, so
check this option only if you require
information from the user’s security context for
later use in your process definition.

Mapping Panel The mapping panel is similar to the mapping

panel provided in the Input tab of activities.
This panel allows you to map transport-specific
information from the incoming request to the
data elements of the specified Context Resource.
The mapping panel appears only when a
Context resource is specified in the Shared
Context field.
See TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Process
Design for more information about mapping and
transforming input data.

When the Expose Security Context field is checked, the following schema is
available in the Mapping Panel field.

Element Datatype Description

Context complex This element holds the optional
SecurityContext element and the
RemoteAddress and RemoteHost
elements described below.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 Service 629
|

Element Datatype Description

SecurityContext complex This output element is only available
when the Expose Security Context field
is checked on the Configuration tab. This
element contains information about the
requestor’s authentication or certificate
information, depending upon the
security scheme used. See the
description of the following elements
contained in the SecurityContext
element for more information.

Transport complex This element is only available when

HTTP is the transport, this element is not
available when JMS is the transport.
This element contains the transport-level
security context. This includes the
following:
• CertificateToken— complex element
containing the subject, issuer, serial
number, fingerprint, and X509
certificate.
• UsernameToken — complex element
containing the username, password,
and nonce (random number, if one is
set by the calling application).

WSSE complex This element contains the WSS policy

security context. This includes the
Authentication and Signature elements.
See the description of these elements
below.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

630
| Chapter 15 Service Palette

Element Datatype Description

Authentication complex This element contains the authentication
information from the client. The type of
information in this elements depends
upon how the client authenticated. This
element can contain one of the following:
• UsernameToken — complex element
containing the username, password,
and nonce (random number, if one is
set by the calling application).
• KeyInfo — the client’s public key.

Signature complex This element contains information from

the user’s digital signature. This element
contains the following:
• Value — this element contains the
raw signature sent by the client.
• Token — either a UsernameToken or
a KeyInfo element. A
UsernameToken element contains
the username, password, and nonce,
if available. A KeyInfo element
contains information about the
client’s digital certificate or public
key.

RemoteAddress String IP address of the remote host that sent

the HTTP request.
This element is only available when
HTTP is the specified transport. This
element is not available for the JMS
transport.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 Service 631
|

Element Datatype Description

RemoteHost String Host name of the remote host that sent
the HTTP request. This element is only
available when the Enable DNS Lookups
field is checked on the Advanced tab of
the HTTP Connection used by this
activity.
This element is only available when
HTTP is the specified transport. This
element is not available for the JMS
transport.

Output Context
The Output Context tab allows you to specify a Context Resource that contains
data the process definition implementing the operation has provided. The data
can then be mapped to Headers of the output message returned to the client.
The Output Context tab has the following fields.

Field Description
Shared Context The Context Resource that specifies the schema
you want to use. The schema of this resource
should include elements for each data element
you want to provide to the output Headers for
the message.

Mapping Panel The mapping panel is similar to the mapping

panel provided in the Input tab of activities.
This panel allows you to map data provided by
the implementation of the operation to the
transport-specific headers of the reply message
sent to the client. The mapping panel appears
only when a Context resource is specified in the
Shared Context field.
See TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Process
Design for more information about mapping and
transforming input data.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

632
| Chapter 15 Service Palette

Fault Context
The Fault Context tab allows you to select a fault context resource that is set with
SOAP fault attributes. The data can then be mapped to Fault Elements of the Fault
message returned to the client.
The Fault Context tab has the following fields.

Field Description
Shared Context The Context Resource that specifies the SOAP
fault schema you want to use for mapping
with the Fault Elements.

Mapping Panel The mapping panel is similar to the mapping

panel provided in the Input tab of activities.
This panel allows you to map data provided by
the implementation of the operation to the
transport-specific Fault Elements of the fault
message sent to the client. The mapping panel
appears only when a Context resource is
specified in the Shared Context field.
The Context Data shows the Context resource
element.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 Service 633
|

Partner Binding
The Partner Binding tab allows you to bind partners invoked by all operations in
a service on the Partner Binding tab of the Service. Only partners that require
binding appear on this tab. The Partner Binding tab has the following fields:

Field Description
Partner Bindings The Partner Bindings field allows you to specify
binding information for partner definitions. The
Partner Name and Process fields in the table are
non-editable.
Partner Name - name of the partner as specified
in the Process Definition.
Process - The process in which the partner is
declared.
PortType Namespace - is a non-editable field
displaying the PortType Namespace
corresponding to the Port Type selected.
Partner Link - the partner link configuration for
the partner. This field can optionally be
specified by double-clicking on the field and
browsing the list of available partner link
resources in the project.

Dynamic Call Processes The Dynamic Call Processes field allows you to
specify a list of processes that can be
dynamically invoked by processes invoked by
all operations in the service. You can add or
remove processes from the list.

Processes declared in the Dynamic Call Processes field are automatically included
in Enterprise Archive (EAR) files.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

634
| Chapter 15 Service Palette

WSDL Source
The WSDL Source tab displays the concrete WSDL interface file that is generated
based on the information specified on the Configuration tab of this resource. This
tab has the following fields.

Global
Field Description
Var?
Service URI No The Service URI portion of the URL that can be used
to retrieve the WSDL file. For clients to retrieve
WSDL files from TIBCO ActiveMatrix
BusinessWorks, you must define a process definition
that accepts HTTP requests and uses the Retrieve
Resources activity to generate the WSDL file. See
Using Retrieve Resources on page 642 for more
information.
The URL to retrieve WSDL files is the following:
http://<host>:<port>/<serviceURI>?wsdl

where <serviceURI> is the value in this field.

Target No Target namespace of the Service.

Namespace
Note: The Target Namespace of the service should be
an abstract WSDL if embedding Interface or Types.

Embed In No Check one or more of the following to embed the

WSDL selected item(s) in the concrete WSDL file instead of
using import statements:
• Interface — When checked, specifies that all
referenced WSDL files should be included inline
in the concrete WSDL file. Otherwise, all
referenced WSDL files are imported.
Note: To use Abstract WSDL in the Partners tab
of the Client Process Definition containing
Invoke Partner activity, uncheck Interface.
• Types — When checked, specifies that all
referenced XSD files should be included inline in
the concrete WSDL file. Otherwise, all referenced
XSD files are imported.
• JNDI Properties — When checked, specifies that
JDNI properties should be included inline in the
service specification in the WSDL Source tab.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 Service 635
|

Field Global Description

Var?
WSDL Code No This field displays the concrete WSDL file that
describes this service.
Click the Save WSDL File button to save the concrete
WSDL file to disk, if desired.

Overview
The Overview tab provides a tree view of the service that you can expand and
collapse to view the exposed endpoints and operations for the service.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

636
| Chapter 15 Service Palette

Set Context
Activity

The Set Context activity allows you to set the value of a Context
Resource shared configuration resource. This is useful if you want to
supply data from the process definition implementing an operation to
the service agent. For example, you may want to set some headers of
the outgoing reply message.
See TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Process Design for more information about
context separation for Service resources and operation implementations.

Configuration
The Configuration tab has the following fields.

Global
Field Description
Var?
Name No The name to appear as the label for the activity
in the process definition.

Description No Short description of the activity.

Context No The Context Resource whose value you would

Configuration like to change.

Output New No When checked, the new value of the context

Value resource is placed into this activity’s output.
The value is then available to subsequent
activities in the process definition.
If not checked, this activity has no output.

Input
See TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Process Design for more information about
mapping and transforming input data.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 Set Context 637
|

The input for the activity is the following.

Input Item Datatype Description

<schema> varies The schema of the context resource
specified in the Context
Configuration field on the
Configuration tab is the input
schema for this activity.

Output
The output for the activity is the following.

Output Item Datatype Description

<schema> varies When the Output New Value field on
the Configuration tab is unchecked,
or no output
this activity has no output. When the
field is checked, the new value of the
context resource is output. The schema
for the output is determined by the
schema specified for the context
resource.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

638
| Chapter 15 Service Palette

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 | 639

Chapter 16 SOAP Palette

Simple Object Access Protocol (SOAP) is a lightweight, XML-based protocol for

the exchange of information between applications. The SOAP palette, along with
the WSDL Palette allow you to implement web services. The SOAP palette allows
you do the following:
• create web services by using process definitions
• generate WSDL files for web service clients
• invoke one-way, request/reply web services
• use either HTTP or JMS as the transport for web services
• send or receive SOAP requests with attachments

Topics

• SOAP Specification Compliance, page 640

• Retrieve Resources, page 642
• SOAP Event Source, page 649
• SOAP Request Reply, page 675
• SOAP Send Fault, page 697
• SOAP Send Reply, page 701
• SOAP Messages Over the JMS Transport, page 705
• MimeParser, page 712

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

640
| Chapter 16 SOAP Palette

SOAP Specification Compliance

The SOAP specification is maintained by the World Wide Web Consortium

(W3C). You can find the SOAP specification at www.w3.org/TR/SOAP. TIBCO
ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks can send and receive messages that comply with
either the 1.1 or 1.2 version of the SOAP specification. For SOAP 1.2 messages, not
all of the features described in the specification are available in TIBCO
ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks.

Receiving SOAP Messages with the SOAP Event Source

The SOAP Event Source process starter can be configured to receive either SOAP
1.1 or 1.2 compliant messages. You specify the version of the incoming messages
in the SOAP Version field on the Configuration tab of the SOAP Event Source.
SOAP Reply and SOAP Fault activities in the same process definition will use the
same SOAP message version as specified in the SOAP Event Source. SOAP Event
Source can handle inbound SOAP messages with attachments with either SwA or
MTOM attachment styles.

Using the SOAP Request/Reply Activity

The SOAP Request/Reply activity sends either a SOAP 1.1 or 1.2 compliant
message depending upon the SOAP version specified in the WSDL file. If a SOAP
1.2 message is required, TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks sends a message
that complies with the SOAP 1.2 specification. When the SOAP server returns a
Fault message, the SOAP 1.2 fault message is mapped to the TIBCO ActiveMatrix
BusinessWorks fault schema as described in Fault Schemas on page 640.

Fault Schemas
The specification of the schema for SOAP Fault messages has changed between
release 1.1 and 1.2 of the SOAP specification. TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks
uses the same schema for SOAP Fault messages regardless of the version of the
specification. Because of this, the content of Fault messages that comply with
SOAP 1.2 is mapped to the TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks SOAP Fault
schema.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 SOAP Specification Compliance 641
|

Table 9 describes the relationship of the data elements between the TIBCO
ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks SOAP Fault schema and the SOAP Fault 1.1 and 1.2
schemas..

Table 9 SOAP Fault schema relationship

TIBCO ActiveMatrix
SOAP Fault Schema SOAP Fault Schema
BusinessWorks SOAP
Fault Schema Element Element 1.1 Element 1.2

faultcode faultcode Code/Value

Note: Code/Subcode
will not be present.

faultstring faultstring Reason/Text[1]

Note: There will be only
one Text element within
the Reason element.

faultfactor faultfactor Role

detail detail Detail

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

642
| Chapter 16 SOAP Palette

Retrieve Resources
Activity

The Retrieve Resources activity generates a WSDL file containing

a concrete service description of any process definition that has a
SOAP Event Source process starter. This allows clients to access
the WSDL for a web service that is implemented by a TIBCO
ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks process definition. The client can then use the
WSDL file to invoke the web service.
The Retrieve Resources activity can also be used to retrieve any other resources,
including XSDs and WSIL.

Using Retrieve Resources

This activity is normally used in conjunction with an HTTP Receiver process
starter and a Send HTTP Response activity. The HTTP Receiver process starter
can receive an HTTP request and pass it along to the Retrieve Resources activity.
When a request is made to retrieve a WSDL file for a process definition that has a
SOAP Event Source process starter, Retrieve Resources creates a WSDL file
dynamically. This file contains the concrete service definition of the specified
BusinessWorks process definition. The WSDL file or other requested resources are
then placed into the output for this activity.
You can then pass the output of the Retrieve Resources activity to the Send HTTP
Response activity to send the response back to the requestor.
Figure 26 illustrates a process definition using the Retrieve Resources activity.

Figure 26 Process definition using the Retrieve Resources activity

The HTTP Receiver process starter can be configured to use the HTTPS protocol
for SSL communication when retrieving resources. See HTTP Receiver on
page 225 for more information.

When sending the HTTP response, set the Headers/Content-Type item on the
Input tab to the appropriate type for the type of resource retrieved. Use
"text/xml" when this activity is used to retrieve a WSDL file. See Format of URLs
for HTTP Requests on page 643 for more information on the format of the URL for
the HTTP request for retrieving resources.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 Retrieve Resources 643
|

See the descriptions of the Input and Output tabs for this activity for more
information about binding the HTTP request to this activity’s input and binding
this activity’s output to an HTTP response.
If you want to test a process definition containing this activity, you must load the
process definition containing this activity along with the process definition
containing the SOAP Event Source process starter into the test window. For more
information about loading multiple process definitions when testing, see TIBCO
ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Process Design.

Format of URLs for HTTP Requests

To use the Retrieve Resources activity, the HTTP request must have one of the
following forms:
• http://<host>:<port>/<path>/<resourceName>?wsdl

• http://<host>:<port>/<path>/<resourceName>

• http://<host>:<port>/inspection.wsil

Option Description
<host> Host name of the machine that is listening for the HTTP
request.

<port> Port is the port number on the machine for incoming

HTTP requests. This is specified on the Configuration tab
of the HTTP Receiver process starer.

<path> The location of the resource in the TIBCO ActiveMatrix

BusinessWorks project tree.
Note: Any special characters in the path or resource
name (such as &, =, or space) are mangled in the
generated WSDL file. It is a good idea to avoid special
characters in the folder and resource names.

<resourceName> The name of the resource to retrieve.

If you are retrieving a WSDL file for a process definition,
use the name of the process definition followed by ?wsdl.
If you are retrieving other resources (such as XSD files,
images, and so on), specify the name of the resource, such
as mySchema.xsd, myProcess.process, or myImage.gif.
Note: Use resourceName.serviceagent to reference a Receive
Partner Notification resource

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

644
| Chapter 16 SOAP Palette

Option Description
inspection.wsil Used to retrieve a Web Services Inspection Language
(WSIL) file containing a list of all configured web
services. Any process definitions with SOAP Event
Source process starters in the project will be contained in
the WSIL file.

Examples
The following is an HTTP request that retrieves the WSDL file for the process
named GetPurchaseOrder stored in the folder Purchasing:
http://purch:8877/Purchasing/GetPurchaseOrder?wsdl

The following is an HTTP request that retrieves a WSIL file containing all process
definitions with SOAP Event Source process starters:
http://purch:8877/inspection.wsil

The following is an HTTP request that retrieves the PurchaseOrder.xsd file:

http://purch:8877/Purchasing/Schemas/PurchaseOrder.xsd

The following is an HTTP request that retrieves the WSDL file for the Service
resource named BuyerService :
http://server:8877/BuyerService.serviceagent?wsdl

Configuration
The Configuration tab has the following fields.

Global
Field Description
Var?
Name No The name to appear as the label for the activity in
the process definition.

Description No Short description of the activity.

Input
See TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Process Design for more information about
mapping and transforming input data.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 Retrieve Resources 645
|

The input for the activity is the following.

Input Item Datatype Description

resourcePath string The resource name (and its location in the
project tree) that you want to retrieve.
This overrides to the <path> and
<resourceName> portion of the incoming HTTP
request that is used to retrieve TIBCO
ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks resources. See
Format of URLs for HTTP Requests on
page 643 for a description of the URL format
for HTTP requests.

filter string This overrides the query string of the

incoming HTTP request to specify the type of
filter to use when retrieving resources. The
only available filter is "wsdl" to retrieve the
concrete WSDL for a process definition that
implements a SOAP service.
You can use this input element to allow
incoming HTTP requests to omit the query
string when retrieving concrete WSDL files.
You can specify an XPath expression in this
element that examines the incoming request
and sets this element to "wsdl" when the
incoming request matches a process
definition name.

hostname string The hostname to specify for the concrete

service endpoint in the dynamically
generated WSDL file.
Note: This value is used when creating the
import statements (WSDL descriptions,
WSIL, and XSDs).

port string The port number to specify for the concrete

service endpoint in the dynamically
generated WSDL file.
Note: This value is used when creating the
import statements (WSDL descriptions,
WSIL, and XSDs).

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

646
| Chapter 16 SOAP Palette

Output
The output for the activity is the following.

Output Item Datatype Description

outputClass complex The root class for the output of the
Retrieve Resources activity. This
class contains all output items for
the activity.

resourceData string The resource that can be used by a

client to invoke the specified
process as a web service.
You can pass this data back to the
HTTP requestor by using a Send
HTTP Response activity and
binding this value to the
asciiContent of the response.

resourceBytes binary The retrieved resource as binary

data. This is useful if binary data,
such as an image, is part of the
resource.
If the retrieved resource is only
binary data, the resourceData
string element is not available.
You can pass this data back to the
HTTP requestor by using an HTTP
Send Response activity and
binding this value to the
binaryContent of the response.

Error Output
The Error Output tab lists the possible exceptions that can be thrown by this
activity. See TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Error Codes for more information
about error codes and corrective action to take.

Exception Thrown When...

ServerException An error occurred and the resource could
not be sent to the client.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 Retrieve Resources 647
|

Built-in Resource Provider

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks provides an alternative way to retrieve
resources using a feature called Built-in Resource Provider.
This feature enables the BusinessWorks engine to listen on a configured port and
retrieve resources such as a WSDL file, XSD file, Process file, Image file, and so on.
This out-of-the-box solution performs tasks similar to that of the Retrieve
Resource activity, but eliminates the need to create a process definition to use the
Retrieve Resource activity. Refer to Figure 26, Process definition using the
Retrieve Resources activity, on page 642 for details about the process definition.
Since the feature works the same as Retrieve Resource activity, the client side
functionalities with respect to Retrieve Resource activity remain the same.
However, the only exception is that this feature does not support Client
authentication for SSL.
TIBCO BusinessWorks provides parameters to enable or disable the feature, and
override the defaults configuration. You can set these values in the bwengine.xml
to be reflected in the TIBCO Administrator after deploying the project.

bw.platform.services.retreiveresources.Enabled
This property specifies whether the Built-in Resource Provider feature is enabled
or not. Setting it to true enables the feature. By default it is set to false.

bw.platform.services.retreiveresources.Httpport
This property specifies the port number that is configured to listen for incoming
HTTP requests. This property is set to 8010 by default.

bw.platform.services.retreiveresources.isSecure
This property specifies if the incoming requests must use the HTTPS (secure
socket layer) protocol. The HTTPS protocol authenticates the server to the client.
By default, this property is set to false.

bw.platform.services.retreiveresources.enableLookups
This property, when set to true, enables the HTTP client to look up a Domain
Name System and resolve the IP address to a DNS Name.
Setting this property to true adversely affects the throughput. Hence this property
can be enabled only when required. By default, this property is set to false.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

648
| Chapter 16 SOAP Palette

bw.platform.services.retreiveresources.defaultEncoding
This property specifies the encoding to use for the URL if no charset is specified in
the Content Type header of the message. By default, this property is set to
ISO-8859-1.

bw.platform.services.retreiveresources.identity
This property specifies the Identity resource that contains the HTTP Server’s
digital certificate and private key. This property is available when the
bw.platform.services.retreiveresources.isSecure property is set to true.

bw.platform.services.retreiveresources.Hostname
This property specifies the hostname to which the request will be sent. It is useful
to identify the exact host in a multi-host configuration to whom the request will
be sent.By default, this property is set to localhost.

When an Enterprise Archive file, generated with TIBCO BusinessWorks 5.4.x or

earlier versions, is deployed in TIBCO Administrator, the built-in resource
provider parameters are not available in TIBCO Administrator.
To enable specifying the built-in resource provider parameters, recreate the
Enterprise Archive file with TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks 5.6.0 and deploy
in TIBCO Administrator.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 SOAP Event Source 649
|

SOAP Event Source

Process Starter

The SOAP Event Source process starter creates a process instance

for incoming SOAP requests. SOAP is a standard protocol for
invoking web services. This allows you to create a web service
using process definitions.
At runtime, a client can retrieve the WSDL file for a process containing this
process starter using an HTTP request (see the description of the Retrieve
Resources activity for more information). Once the WSDL file is retrieved, the
client can perform a SOAP request to invoke the web service.

WSDL File and SOAP Event Source

A WSDL File specifies the characteristics (input message, output message, fault
message, and so on) of a web service. The SOAP Event Source process starter
configuration determines the concrete WSDL file that describes the web service
that the process definition implements.
The Configuration tab of this process starter requires that you specify a Port Type.
This port type is taken from a WSDL file resource. Instead of creating a new
WSDL File resource, you can use an existing concrete service description.
However, the concrete description of the service will be generated based on the
configuration of this process starter.

Only Bytes Message must be used when using MTOM attachments.

Configuration
The Configuration tab has the following fields.

Field Global Description

Var?
Name No The name to appear as the label for the activity in
the process definition.

Description No Short description of the activity.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

650
| Chapter 16 SOAP Palette

Field Global Description

Var?
Port Type No The Port Type field is a two-part field. The first
part is the namespace of the stored WSDL file that
contains the service description. This is specified
or imported as a WSDL File resource. See
Chapter 19, WSDL Palette, on page 741 for more
information about specifying abstract and
concrete service descriptions.
The second part of the Port Type field is the name
of the port type in the WSDL file that contains the
operation you want to implement with this
process definition. This is a drop down list that is
populated after the WSDL file is specified.

Operation No The operation that this process definition

implements.
The drop down list in this field is populated with
the operations contained in the specified port type
in the specified WSDL.
You can choose one operation to implement per
process definition. If you want to implement
multiple operations, you must create a process
definition for each.

Transport No The transport used by the incoming SOAP

request. The transport can be one of the following:
• HTTP — specify a HTTP Connection shared
configuration resource.
• JMS — specify a JMS Connection shared
configuration resource
Both HTTP and JMS allow you to use the SSL
protocol for secure connections.

SOAP Version No Specify either SOAP 1.1 or SOAP 1.2 for the
version of the SOAP specification to which
incoming messages should comply.
See SOAP Specification Compliance on page 640
for more information.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 SOAP Event Source 651
|

Field Global Description

Var?
Expose Security No Places the information from the user’s security
Context context (either authentication or SSL certificate
information) into the Context/SecurityContext
output element.
This is a fairly expensive operation and SSL
certificates can consume memory resources, so
check this option only if you require information
from the user’s security context for later use in
your process definition.

Transport Details
The Transport Details tab allows you to specify additional configuration
information based on the type of transport used for the SOAP request. See SOAP
Messages Over the JMS Transport on page 705 for more information about SOAP
over the JMS transport.
The Transport Details tab contains the following fields:

Field Global Description

Var?
HTTP Transport

Use Basic No When checked, this field specifies that incoming

Authentication SOAP requests must supply a valid username and
password.
The user name and password specified in the
incoming request must exist in the domain (users
are created and managed in the domain using
TIBCO Administrator).

Endpoint URI No Specify endpoint URI here. This is optional.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

652
| Chapter 16 SOAP Palette

Field Global Description

Var?
JMS Transport

JMS No Name of the JMS destination for incoming

Destination requests.
The syntax of the destination name is specific to
the JMS provider you are using. See your JMS
provider documentation for more information
about destination names.
Note: If you are using TIBCO Enterprise Message
Service as your JMS provider, you can use the
Browse button next to this field after specifying a
valid connection in the JMS Connection field and a
destination type in the JMS Destination Type field.
The Browse button displays a list of configured
destinations in the JMS server that are of the
specified type.

JMS No Specify either Queue or Topic as the destination

Destination type.
Type

Durable No This field is only available when Topic is selected

Subscription in the JMS Destination Type field.
This field specifies a durable subscription.
You must specify a name in the Subscription name
field that is registered with the JMS application as
the durable subscription name.

Subscription No This field is only available when Topic is selected

Name in the JMS Destination Type field.
This field specifies the subscription name
registered with the JMS application for durable
subscriptions. This field is only available when the
Durable subscription field is checked.
Once a durable subscription is created, it can only
be removed by accessing the administration tool
of the JMS provider. See the documentation of
your JMS provider for more information about
managing durable subscriptions.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 SOAP Event Source 653
|

Field Global Description

Var?
JMS Message Yes The type of the message. This can be one of the
Type following:
• Bytes Message — A stream of bytes.
• Text Message — The message is a
java.lang.String.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

654
| Chapter 16 SOAP Palette

Field Global Description

Var?
Acknowledge Yes This field is available when a JMS transport is
Mode selected.
This field specifies the acknowledgement mode to
be used for incoming messages. It can be one of
the following:
• Auto : the message is automatically
acknowledged when it is received.
• Client: the message is acknowledged when the
process implementing the operation ends
successfully.
• Dups OK : the message is acknowledged
automatically when it is received. JMS
provides this mode for lazy
acknowledgement, but TIBCO ActiveMatrix
BusinessWorks acknowledges messages upon
receipt.
• TIBCO EMS Explicit : (only available for
TIBCO Enterprise Message Service) a message
which is not acknowledged using the Confirm
activity before the process instance ends, are
redelivered instead of all messages in the
session. The session is not blocked and one
session handles all incoming messages for
each process instance.
Note — In the TIBCO ActiveMatrix
BusinessWorks 5.10 release, a change occurs in
the behavior of this feature. Now only the
messages that are not confirmed, are
redelivered.
• TIBCO EMS Explicit Dups OK : (only available
for TIBCO Enterprise Message Service) a
message which is not acknowledged using the
Confirm activity before the process instance
ends, are redelivered instead of all messages in
the session. The session is not blocked and one
session handles all the incoming messages for
each process instance. The messages however,
would be lazily acknowledged.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 SOAP Event Source 655
|

Field Global Description

Var?
Max Sessions No This field is available when Client is selected as
the Acknowledge Mode. If the JMS Destination
Type is Topic, this field is read-only. If the JMS
Destination Type is Queue, the value of this field
can be altered.
This field specifies the maximum number of JMS
sessions to create for incoming queue messages.
When a JMS queue message is received, the
session is blocked until the message is
acknowledged. Because the acknowledgement can
comes at a later time when the process ends, this
field allows you to specify a maximum number of
new sessions to create to handle incoming
messages.
Once the maximum number of sessions is reached,
no new incoming messages can be processed.
Once an incoming message is confirmed, the total
number of active sessions is decreased and
another incoming message can be processed.

JMS Any application-specific message properties that

Application will be part of the message. This is specified by the
Properties JMS Application Properties shared configuration
object.

Enable W3C No Select the checkbox to enable the W3C SOAP Over
SOAP JMS 1.0 JMS 1.0 specification.
Compliance
By default, the checkbox is not selected and the
service complies with the TIBCO specifications.

Target Service No This field is available only when the checkbox

Enable W3C SOAP JMS 1.0 Compliance is
selected.
Specify the target service value, if any.
Note: If Target Service is configured, it’s value is
reflected in the WSDL as a query parameter.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

656
| Chapter 16 SOAP Palette

Messages With Attachments

SOAP messages can have message parts that contain attachments. For a message
part to contain an attachment, specify the Special Type in the Type field of the Part
Details section of the Message resource when creating a WSDL file configuration.
See Chapter 19, WSDL Palette, on page 741 for more information about creating
WSDL files.
Depending on the SOAP version being used, messages with attachments can
conform to one of the following styles:
• Messages with Attachments (SwA) - available with SOAP version 1.1 and 1.2.
• Message Transmission Optimization Mechanism (MTOM) - available with
SOAP version 1.1 and 1.2.

Messages with Attachments (SwA)

SOAP clients that send messages with attachments in the SwA style must
conform to the SOAP Messages with Attachments specification
(http://www.w3.org/TR/SOAP-attachments).
The output schema element for a message part that contains an attachment will
hold the content ID of the attachment instead of holding the actual attachment
data. The actual data for attachments is always contained within the
mimeEnvelopeElement of the output schema for this resource. This element
contains a repeating element named mimePart that holds the list of attachments
in the SOAP message. The attachment list can be correlated to the message parts
containing the attachments by using the content-id mimeHeader element.

Message Transmission Optimization Mechanism (MTOM)

Message Transmission Optimization Mechanism (MTOM) provides another way
of sending binary content or attachment processing by serializing SOAP messages
with attachments. Optimization is only available for element content that is in a
canonical lexical representation of xs:base64Binary data type. MTOM conforms
to the specification http://www.w3.org/TR/soap12-mtom.
For an outbound SOAP Message with MTOM attachments sent by SOAP Request
Reply or SOAP Send Reply activities, any element of type xs:base64Binary (or
an extension of xs:base64Binary) in the SOAP response message is treated as an
MTOM attachment and appears as a separate MIME part on the wire.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 SOAP Event Source 657
|

For an inbound SOAP Message with MTOM attachments received by the SOAP
Event Source or SOAP Request Reply activities, the SOAP message will have a
XOP include reference to the attachment. Any XOP include reference in the SOAP
message will be replaced by the corresponding attachment’s content encoded in
Base64. Any MIME attachment that is not referenced from the SOAP Message
using XOP include reference will be ignored by the MTOM Processing layer.
Note that the attachment is a part of the SOAP Infoset.
See TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Process Design Guide for more information
about MTOM.

Advanced
The Advanced tab contains the following fields:

Field Description
General Sub-Tab

Service URI The Service URI portion of the URL that can be used
to retrieve the WSDL file. For clients to retrieve WSDL
files from TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks, you
must define a process definition that accepts HTTP
requests and uses the Retrieve Resources activity to
generate the WSDL file. See Using Retrieve Resources
on page 628 for more information.
The URL to retrieve WSDL files is the following:
http://<host>:<port>/<serviceURI>?wsdl
where <serviceURI> is the value in this field.

SOAP Action The soapAction that is expected from incoming SOAP

requests. See the SOAP specification for more
information about soapAction.

WSDL Namespace The namespace for the concrete WSDL file specified
by this activity.

Style The SOAP binding style. You can specify either

Document or RPC style.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

658
| Chapter 16 SOAP Palette

Field Description
Encoding The encoding type for the body of the SOAP input
and output messages. This can be either literal or
encoded.
Encoded messages support more complex datatypes
such as SOAP arrays.
When encoded is specified, you can optionally specify
the namespace for input, output, and fault messages.

Input Message The namespace for input messages.

Namespace

Output Message The namespace for output messages.

Namespace

Fault Message The namespace for fault messages.

Namespace

Embed Interface When checked, specifies that all referenced WSDL

files should be included inline in the concrete WSDL
file. Otherwise, all referenced WSDL files are
imported.

Embed Types When checked, specifies that all referenced XSD files
should be included inline in the concrete WSDL file.
Otherwise, all referenced XSD files are imported.

Embed JNDI When checked, specifies that JDNI properties should

Properties be included inline in the service specification in the
WSDL Source tab.

Input Attachments Binding Sub-Tab

Mime Content Type The table containing this column allows you to
specify the mime content type of each message part.
This is especially useful for describing parts that
contain attachments. See the mime specification for
more information on the valid syntax of the content
type.
If specified, the content type appears in the WSDL for
the specified part.
Use the X, +, and arrow keys to delete, add, and move
parts in the list.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 SOAP Event Source 659
|

Field Description
Message Part The message part that you would like to specify the
content type for. This field is a drop down list of
message parts.

Write to File Checking this field specifies that incoming messages

whose attachments exceed the specified threshold
size should be written to a file instead of stored in
memory. This allows you to accept large incoming
attachments without consuming a great deal of
memory. When this field is checked, the Directory and
Threshold Size fields appear.
Leaving this field unchecked specifies that
attachments of incoming messages should be kept in
memory.
Once written, the files created by using this option are
not deleted automatically. You must manage the
storage used by these files and delete them when they
are no longer used.
Although Write to File exists for SwA and
MTOM, Soap over JMS completely depends
on the heap size configuration as JMS
specifications do not support writing JMS messages in
parts as is the case with Soap over HTTP, which can
be written over wire in parts. Hence, writing large
JMS messages to JMS after configuring Write to File,
completey depends on the Heap size.

Directory The directory to write attachments that are above the

specified threshold. The process engine does not
attempt to create the directory if the specified
directory does not exist. Therefore, create the
directory before starting the process engine.

Create Non-Existing When checked, all directories in the path specified in

Directories the Directory field are created, if they do not already
exist.
If this field is unchecked and there are one or more
directories in the specified path in the Directory field
that do not exist, an exception is raised.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

660
| Chapter 16 SOAP Palette

Field Description
Threshold Data Size The maximum size (in bytes) of an incoming message
(bytes) attachment that can be kept in memory. Attachments
larger than the specified size are written to a file in the
specified directory. The file’s name is output so that
subsequent activities in the process definition can
access the file and read its contents.
Specifying zero (0) in this field causes all incoming
messages to be saved to a file.

Output Attachments Binding Sub-Tab

Attachment Style This field allows you to choose the attachment style
for the outbound/response messages. Two
attachment styles are available: SwA and MTOM.

Mime Content Type The table containing this column allows you to
specify the mime content type of each message part.
This is especially useful for parts that contain
attachments. See the mime specification for more
information on the valid syntax of the content type.
If specified, the content type appears in the WSDL for
the specified part.
Use the X, +, and arrow keys to delete, add, and move
parts in the list.

Message Part The message part that you would like to specify the
content type for. This field is a drop down list of
message parts.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 SOAP Event Source 661
|

Field Description
Input Headers Sub-Tab
The Input Headers sub-tab allows you to specify a SOAP message parts used
for any SOAP headers expected in the incoming request. The specified input
headers are also included in the concrete bindings in the generated WSDL file.
When an incoming request supplies a header, the SOAP Event Source process
starter places the information contained in the header into the output process
variables for the SOAP Event Source. The header information is then available
to subsequent activities in the process definition.
Use the +, X, and arrow keys to add, delete and move the input header
messages in the list.

Message Name The message in a WSDL file to use as the input header
for the incoming SOAP request. This WSDL file does
not have to be the same as the file used for output
headers or the file used to configure the port type and
operation of the incoming request.
Use the Browse button in this field to search for valid
WSDL File resources and to select the desired
message in the WSDL File.

Part Name This field contains a drop down list with all parts of
the specified SOAP message. You can specify a
namespace or encoding for the part, if applicable.

Binding Binding used for the part. This field must be "soap".

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

662
| Chapter 16 SOAP Palette

Field Description
Ouput Headers Sub-Tab
The Output Headers sub-tab allows you to specify a SOAP message parts used
for any SOAP headers expected in the outgoing reply. The specified output
headers are also included in the concrete bindings in the generated WSDL file.
Use the +, X, and arrow keys to add, delete and move the input header
messages in the list.

Message Name The message in a WSDL file to use as the output

header for the SOAP request. This WSDL file does not
have to be the same as the file used for input headers
or the file used to configure the port type and
operation of the incoming request.
Use the Browse button in this field to search for valid
WSDL File resources and to select the desired
message in the WSDL File.

Part Name This field contains a drop down list with all parts of
the specified SOAP message. You can specify a
namespace or encoding for the part, if applicable.

Binding Binding used for the part. This field must be "soap".

WSDL Source
This tab displays the WSDL file that can be used to call the web service
implemented by this process definition. This information is presented for display
purposes only, and this file cannot be edited. You can copy this WSDL file and
send it to anyone who wants to invoke the web service.
Normally, an application would use a web request to retrieve the WSDL file of a
web service (see the description of the Retrieve Resources activity for more
information about sending a WSDL file as a response to a web request). This tab
allows you to see the WSDL file that contains the concrete service description for
this process.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 SOAP Event Source 663
|

Misc
The Misc tab contains the following fields:

Field Description
Sequencing Key This field can contain an XPath expression that
specifies which processes should run in order. Process
instances with sequencing keys that evaluate to the
same value will be executed sequentially in the order
the process instance was created.
See TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Process Design
for more information about controlling the execution
order of process instances and about XPath
expressions.

Custom Id This field can contain an XPath expression that

specifies a custom ID for the process instance. This ID
is displayed in the View Service dialog of TIBCO
Administrator, and it is also available in the
$_processContext process variable.

Output
The output for the activity is the following.

Output Item Datatype Description

inputMessage or depends The message parts specified in the WSDL
<operationName> upon file for the incoming SOAP request.
type
The incoming request could contain
specified
multiple parts and attachments, and each
in WSDL
part would be a message defined in the
WSDL file.
In case of MTOM attachments, the
attachments appear embedded in the
message.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

664
| Chapter 16 SOAP Palette

Output Item Datatype Description

mimeEnvelopeEleme complex This element contains the message
nt attachments when MIME attachments
with SwA style are used. This element
contains a repeating element named
mimePart that contains each MIME
attachment.

mimeHeaders complex This element contains the mime header

for each mimePart. Mime headers can
contain the following information:
• content-disposition
• content-type
• content-transfer-encoding
• content-id
• other mime header information
Note: When the content type is specified
as "text/*" (for example, "text/xml"), the
attachment content is expected to be in
either the textContent output element or
the file name storing the attachment is
expected to be in the fileName output
element. When the content type is
anything other than "text/*", the
attachment content is expected to be in
either the binaryContent output element
or the file name storing the attachment is
expected to be in the fileName output
element.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 SOAP Event Source 665
|

Output Item Datatype Description

binaryContent | choice This element contains the mime
textContent | attachment. The element can be one of
fileName the following:
• binaryContent — content of the
attachment when the attachment is
binary data.
• textContent — content of the
attachment when the attachment is
text data.
• fileName — the file name of the
attachment when the Write to File
field is checked on the Input
Attachment Bindings sub-tab of the
Advanced tab.

headers complex The header data supplied by the SOAP

request. The structure of this input item
is defined by the schema on the Input
Headers sub-tab of the Advanced tab.

Header.<partName> complex Headers can contain multiple parts. The

headers element contains all header parts
supplied by the incoming SOAP request.
These parts are specified on the Input
Headers sub-tab of the Advanced tab.
The header parts are stored in an element
named Header.<partName> where
<partName> is the name of the part
specified on the Input Headers tab.
Each Header.<partName> element also
contains an attribute named
@mustUnderstand. This boolean value is
set to true in the incoming request if the
client specifies that the server must
understand the header part.

Context complex This element holds the optional

SecurityContext element and the
RemoteAddress and RemoteHost
elements described below.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

666
| Chapter 16 SOAP Palette

Output Item Datatype Description

SecurityContext complex This output element is only available
when the Expose Security Context field is
checked on the Configuration tab. This
element contains information about the
requestor’s authentication or certificate
information, depending upon the
security scheme used. See the description
of the following elements contained in
the SecurityContext element for more
information.

Transport complex This element is only available when

HTTP is the transport, this element is not
available when JMS is the transport.
This element contains the transport-level
security context. This includes the
following:
• CertificateToken— complex element
containing the subject, issuer, serial
number, fingerprint, and X509
certificate.
• UsernameToken — complex element
containing the username, password,
and nonce (random number, if one is
set by the calling application).

WSSE complex This element contains the WSS policy

security context. This includes the
Authentication and Signature elements.
See the description of these elements
below.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 SOAP Event Source 667
|

Output Item Datatype Description

Authentication complex This element contains the authentication
information from the client. The type of
information in this elements depends
upon how the client authenticated. This
element can contain one of the following:
• UsernameToken — complex element
containing the username, password,
and nonce (random number, if one is
set by the calling application).
• KeyInfo — the client’s public key.

Signature complex This element contains information from

the user’s digital signature. This element
contains the following:
• Value — this element contains the
raw signature sent by the client.
• Token — either a UsernameToken or
a KeyInfo element. A
UsernameToken element contains the
username, password, and nonce, if
available. A KeyInfo element
contains information about the
client’s digital certificate or public
key.

RemoteAddress string IP address of the remote host that sent

the HTTP request.
This element is only available when
HTTP is the specified transport. This
element is not available for the JMS
transport.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

668
| Chapter 16 SOAP Palette

Output Item Datatype Description

RemoteHost string Host name of the remote host that sent
the HTTP request. This element is only
available when the Enable DNS Lookups
field is checked on the Advanced tab of
the HTTP Connection used by this
activity.
This element is only available when
HTTP is the specified transport. This
element is not available for the JMS
transport.

TransportProperties - HTTP Transport

Method string The HTTP method to use for the request.

All HTTP 1.1 methods are supported, but
the CONNECT method is unnecessary
because TIBCO ActiveMatrix
BusinessWorks automatically uses the
correct method when connecting by way
of a proxy server.
If no method is specified in this element,
the GET method is used by default.

RequestURI string The address portion of the request. This

is the portion of the URI before the
question mark (?).

HTTPVersion string Version field of the HTTP request.

Command string Command portion of the HTTP request.

QueryString string The query string portion of the request.

This is the portion after the question
mark (?).

Header complex The header fields to send for the request.

This element is specified on the Input
Headers tab, and you can use this input
item to supply values for the header
when sending the request.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 SOAP Event Source 669
|

Output Item Datatype Description

Protocol string Can be either HTTP or HTTPS
depending upon the protocol used by the
request.

Port integer The port number that the HTTP server

uses for incoming requests. Specifying a
value for this input item overrides any
value specified on the Configuration tab.

Headers Complex

Accept string This field specifies media types that are

acceptable for response messages for the
incoming request. For example,
text/*,text/html. Media types are
described in the HTTP specification.
If no Accept header field is present, then
it is assumed that the client accepts all
media types.

Accept-Charset string This field specifies the character sets that

are acceptable for response messages for
the incoming request. For example,
iso-8859-5, unicode-1-1. Character
sets are described in the HTTP
specification.
If no Accept-Charset header is present,
then it is assumed that the client accepts
any character set.

Accept-Encoding string This field specifies the content-coding

values that are acceptable for response
messages. For example, compress,
gzip. See the HTTP specification for
more information about this header field.

Content-Type string This field indicates the media type of the

entity body sent to the receiver. Media
types are described in the HTTP
specification. An example of the media
type is text/html;
charset=ISO-8850-4.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

670
| Chapter 16 SOAP Palette

Output Item Datatype Description

Content-Length string This field indicates the size of the entity
body (in decimal number of OCTETs)
sent to the receiver and takes into
account the encoding of the message
body.

Connection string This field allows the requestor to specify

options desired for this connection. For
example, the option close specifies that
the requestor would like the connection
to be closed when the request is
complete.

Cookie string See the HTTP specification for more

information about this field.

Pragma string This field is used to include

implementation-specific directives that
might apply to the receiver. See the HTTP
specification for more information about
using this field.

TransportProperties - JMS Transport

JMSHeaders

JMSDestination string Destination where a message is sent.

JMSReplyTo string The JMS application where the reply

message should be sent.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 SOAP Event Source 671
|

Output Item Datatype Description

JMSDeliveryMode string The delivery mode of the message. Can
be one of the following:
• Persistent: signifies the messages are
stored and forwarded.
• Non-Persistent: messages are not
stored and may be lost due to failures
in transmission.
• TIBCO EMS Reliable: using TIBCO
Enterprise Message Service, the
JMSDeliveryMode header can be
TIBCO EMS Reliable. See the TIBCO
Enterprise Message Service
documentation for more information
about this mode.

JMSMessageID string The unique ID of the message.

JMSTimestamp long The time a message was handed off to a

JMS provider to be sent. The time is
expressed as the amount of time, in
milliseconds, since midnight, January 1,
1970, UTC.

JMSExpiration long The expiration time of the message. The

time is expressed as the amount of time,
in milliseconds since midnight, January
1, 1970, UTC. If set to 0, the message does
not expire.
For outgoing messages, this is set by
specifying the JMSExpiration field on the
activity’s Advanced tab.

JMSRedelivered boolean Typically this item is set when the JMS

provider has delivered the message at
least once before.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

672
| Chapter 16 SOAP Palette

Output Item Datatype Description

JMSPriority integer The priority of the message. Priority is a
value from 0-9. Higher numbers signify a
higher priority (that is, 9 is a higher
priority than 8).
For outgoing messages, the default
priority is 4. This is set on the activity’s
Advanced tab.

JMSCorrelationID string This ID is used to link a response

message with its related request message.
This is usually the message ID of a
request message when this field is found
in a reply message.
See the following topics for more
information about JMSCorrelationID:
• JMS Queue Requestor on page 415
• JMS Queue Sender on page 424
• JMS Topic Publisher on page 432
• JMS Topic Requestor on page 439
• Reply To JMS Message on page 458

JMSType string The JMS provider-supplied string to

describe the type of the message. Some
JMS providers use this property to define
messages in the provider’s repository.
See your JMS provider documentation
for more information about the use of
this field.

JMSProperties

JMSXUserID string The ID of the user sending the message.

This property is optionally set on
incoming messages by the JMS
application. This property is not set on
outgoing messages.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 SOAP Event Source 673
|

Output Item Datatype Description

JMSXAppID string The ID of the application sending the
message.
This property is optionally set on
incoming messages by the JMS
application. This property is not set on
outgoing messages.

JMSXProducerTIXID string The transaction identifier of the

transaction where this message was
produced.
This property is optionally set on
incoming messages by the JMS
application. This property is not set on
outgoing messages.

JMSXConsumerTXID string The transaction identifier of the

transaction where this message was
consumed.
This property is optionally set on
incoming messages by the JMS
application. This property is not set on
outgoing messages.

JMSXRcvTimestamp integer The time the JMS server delivered the

message to the consumer. The time is
expressed as the amount of time, in
milliseconds since midnight, January 1,
1970, UTC.
This property is optionally set on
incoming messages by the JMS server.
This property is not set on outgoing
messages.

JMSXDeliveryCount integer The number of delivery attempts for this

message.

JMSXGroupID string The identity of the message group this

message is a part of.
You can set this property on outgoing
messages to group messages into a
numbered sequence.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

674
| Chapter 16 SOAP Palette

Output Item Datatype Description

JMSXGroupSeq integer The sequence number of this message in
its group.
You can set this property on outgoing
messages to group messages into a
numbered sequence.

Error Output
The Error Output tab lists the following possible exceptions that can be thrown by
this activity.

Activity Errors
InvalidEnvelopeException

InternalException

ConfigurationException

DeserializationException

ServerException

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 SOAP Request Reply 675
|

SOAP Request Reply

Activity

The SOAP Request Reply activity performs a request on the

specified web service and optionally expects a reply from the web
service. You can invoke both document and RPC web services
with this activity.

Configuration
The Configuration tab has the following fields.

Global
Field Description
Var?
Name No The name to appear as the label for the activity in
the process definition.

Description No Short description of the activity.

Service No This two-part field specifies the namespace and

the name of the web service. The service specified
must be a concrete service that has a binding to an
actual network endpoint.
You can use the Browse button to bring up the
Select a Resource dialog. This dialog allows you to
select the available services and operations from
the specified WSDL file. The Port, Operation, and
Endpoint URL fields will then be populated by the
choices made in this dialog.

Port No The port in the WSDL file containing the desired

operation. The drop down list in this field is
populated based on the specified service.

Operation No The operation that this activity invokes. This field

is automatically populated when an operation is
selected using the Select a Resource dialog (see the
Service field for more information).

SOAP Action Yes The soapAction header for the operation. See the
SOAP specification for more information about
soapAction.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

676
| Chapter 16 SOAP Palette

Field Global Description

Var?
Timeout (sec) Yes The time to wait (in seconds) for the operation to
complete.
Note: You can also select Timeout as milliseconds
(msec). Seconds (sec) is default.

Attachment No This field allows you to choose the attachment

Style style. Two attachment styles are available: SwA
and MTOM.

Reload Button
The Reload Button reloads the WSDL file. If the WSDL file has changed since it
was last loaded, the configuration, input, output, and error output are updated
with the changes.

Test Transport Connection

The Test Transport Connection button is only available when the transport is JMS.
This button tests the connection to the JMS server.

Transport Details
The Transport Details tab allows you to specify additional configuration
information based on the type of transport used for the SOAP request. When
HTTP is the transport, the HTTP sub-tab appears on this tab. When JMS is the
transport, the JNDI and JMS sub-tabs appear. See SOAP Messages Over the JMS
Transport on page 705 for more information about SOAP over the JMS transport.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 SOAP Request Reply 677
|

The Transport Details tab contains the following fields:

Global
Field Var? Description

HTTP Sub-Tab

Endpoint URL Yes The URL of the web service that you are sending a
request to. This field is automatically populated
with the choice made when selecting the service.
You can specify URLs that use the HTTPS (secure
sockets) protocol. If you specify HTTPS as the
protocol, the SSL field becomes enabled.

Use HTTP No When checked, this field specifies that an HTTP

Proxy proxy server is used to connect to the SOAP
server. Enabling this field causes the Proxy field to
appear.

Proxy No Appears when the Use HTTP Proxy field is

enabled. This field specifies the Proxy
Configuration shared configuration resource that
describes the HTTP proxy server. See Proxy
Configuration on page 237 for more information.

HTTP No Specifies what authentication should be used . An

Authentication authentication can be of the following three types:
• NONE - is default.
• BASIC - to continue with the current
implementation of using username and
password credentials. The Identity field
appears when this field is enabled.
• NTLM - Identity and Domain fields appear
when NTLM is selected. Identity is a reference
of the Username and Password combination.

Identity No This is an Identity resource that contains the

client’s username and password. This identity is
used to perform only Basic and NTLM
authentication.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

678
| Chapter 16 SOAP Palette

Field Global Description

Var?
Domain No Specifies the domain to be used for
Authentication. The user name and password
specified in the Identity field must exist in the
domain.

JNDI Sub-Tab

Context URL Yes This is the URL to the JNDI service provider
(javax.naming.Context.PROVIDER_URL). The
value for this field is taken from the WSDL file, if
it is available in the <jndi:context> element in
the service specification. You can override the
supplied value, if you want to use a different JNDI
service provider.
See your JNDI provider documentation for the
syntax of the URL.

User Name Yes User name to use when logging into the JNDI
server (javax.naming.Context.SECURITY_
PRINCIPAL). If the JNDI provider does not require
access control, this field can be empty.

Password Yes Password to use when logging into the JNDI

server (javax.naming.Context.SECURITY_
CREDENTIALS). If the JNDI provider does not
require access control, this field can be empty.

Context Factory Yes The initial context factory class for accessing JNDI
(javax.naming.Context.INITIAL_CONTEXT_
FACTORY). The value for this field is taken from the
WSDL file, if it is available in the <jndi:context>
element in the service specification. You can
override the supplied value, if you want to use a
different context factory.
Note: TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks
attempts to find the class. However, you may need
to add the Java file supplied by your JNDI service
provider to the CLASSPATH environment
variable to use JNDI.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 SOAP Request Reply 679
|

Field Global Description

Var?
Connection Yes The QueueConnectionFactory object stored in
Factory JNDI. This object is used to create a queue
connection with a JMS application. The value for
this field is taken from the WSDL file, if it is
available in the <jms:connectionFactory>
element in the service specification. You can
override the supplied value, if you want to use a
different connection factory.
See your JNDI provider documentation for more
information about creating and storing
QueueConnectionFactory objects.

SSL No Specifies whether you want to use SSL for the

connection to the JNDI server. SSL is used when
the Use SSL? checkbox is checked. Click the
Configure SSL button to configure the SSL
connection parameters. See Configure SSL on
page 682 for more information.

SSL Password Yes Password to use during the SSL connection.

Validate Yes Checking this field ensures that the security

Security context provided on this tab is the one used to
Context connect to the JNDI server.
Some application servers store the security context
on the thread used to establish the JNDI
connection. Therefore the first activity to use this
resource will establish the security context, and
then subsequent activities will use the same
security context, unless this field is checked.
Checking this field ensures that each activity that
uses this resource examines the security context to
determine if the activity uses the same security
context as the security context established on the
thread. If they are different, the activity’s
configured security context is used.
Checking this field causes additional overhead for
activities that use this resource. The only
supported application server that requires this
field to be checked is WebLogic.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

680
| Chapter 16 SOAP Palette

Field Global Description

Var?
Properties No Any additional properties to supply for the
connection. You specify a name, datatype, and
value for each property.
These properties are typically vendor-specific. See
your JNDI provider documentation for more
information about the available properties.

JMS Sub-Tab

User Name Yes User name to use to authenticate to the JMS server.

Password Yes Password to use to authenticate to the JMS server.

JMS Yes Name of the JMS destination for the SOAP

Destination request.
The syntax of the destination name is specific to
the JMS provider you are using. See your JMS
provider documentation for more information
about destination names.
Note: If you are using TIBCO Enterprise Message
Service as your JMS provider, you can use the
Browse button next to this field after specifying a
valid connection in the JMS Connection field. The
Browse button displays a list of configured
destinations in the JMS server that are appropriate
for this activity.

Message Type Yes The type of the message. This can be one of the
following:
• Bytes Message — A stream of bytes.
• Text Message — The message is a
java.lang.String.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 SOAP Request Reply 681
|

Field Global Description

Var?
Delivery Mode Yes The delivery mode of the message. Can be one of
the following:
• PERSISTENT: signifies the messages are stored
and forwarded.
• NON-PERSISTENT: messages are not stored
and may be lost due to failures in
transmission.
• TIBCO EMS Reliable: this mode is only
available when using TIBCO Enterprise
Message Service. See the TIBCO Enterprise
Message Service documentation for more
information about this mode.

Expiration Yes Corresponds to JMSExpiration property that

specifies how long the message can remain active
(in seconds).
If set to 0, the message does not expire.
This field is set in seconds, but the JMSExpiration
property is displayed in milliseconds.

Priority Yes Priority of the message. You may set the priority to
a value from 0-9. The default value is 4.

Use Shared JMS No Check this field if you want to specify a JMS
Configuration Connection shared configuration resource to
override the JMS transport parameters in the
concrete WSDL. When checked, this JMS
Connection field appears.

JMS No This field only appears when the Use Shared JMS
Connection Configuration field is checked. This field allows
you to specify a JMS Connection shared
configuration resource that contains the
connection information you want to use to
override the JMS transport parameters in the
concrete WSDL.

Enable W3C This is a read-only field that displays whether the

SOAP JMS 1.0 service is W3C SOAP Over JMS 1.0 compliant or
Compliance not.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

682
| Chapter 16 SOAP Palette

Field Global Description

Var?
Target Service This field is available only when the checkbox
Enable W3C SOAP JMS 1.0 Compliance is
selected.
Specify the target service value, if any.
Note: If Target Service is configured, the value is
reflected in the WSDL as a query parameter.

Application Any application-specific message properties that

Properties are a part of the input message.
(Input
Message)

Application Any application-specific message properties that

Properties are a part of the output message.
(Output
Message)

Configure SSL
This button allows you to configure the SSL connection parameters for connecting
to the SOAP server. This button brings up a dialog with the following fields:

Field Description
Trusted Certificates Folder in the project containing one or more
Folder certificates from trusted certificate authorities. This
folder is checked when connecting to a server to
ensure that the connection is to a server that is
trusted. This prevents connections to rogue servers
that attempt to impersonate trusted servers.

Identity This is an Identity resource that contains the client’s

digital certificate and private key.
See TIBCO Designer Palette Reference for more
information.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 SOAP Request Reply 683
|

Field Description
Verify Host Name This field specifies that the host name of the SOAP
server should be checked against the host name listed
in the server’s digital certificate. This provides
additional verification that the host name you believe
you are connecting to is in fact the desired host.
If the host name specified in the Endpoint URL field
on the Configuration tab is not an exact match to the
host name specified in the server’s digital certificate,
the connection is refused.
Note: If you specify an equivalent hostname (for
example, an IP address) in the Endpoint URL field,
but the name is not an exact match of the hostname in
the host’s digital certificate, the connection is refused.

Strong Cipher Suites When checked, this field specifies that the minimum
Only strength of the cipher suites used can be specified
with the
bw.plugin.security.strongcipher.minstrength
custom engine property. See TIBCO ActiveMatrix
BusinessWorks Administration for more information
about this property. The default value of the property
disables cipher suites with an effective key length
below 128 bits.
When this field is unchecked, only cipher suites with
an effective key length of up to 128 bits can be used.

Messages With Attachments

SOAP messages can have message parts that contain attachments. For a message
part to contain an attachment, specify the Special Type in the Type field of the Part
Details section of the Message resource when creating a WSDL file configuration.
See Chapter 19, WSDL Palette, on page 741 for more information about creating
WSDL files.
Depending on the SOAP version being used, messages with attachments can
conform to one of the following styles:
• Messages with Attachments (SwA) - available with SOAP version 1.1 and 1.2.
• Message Transmission Optimization Mechanism (MTOM) - available with
SOAP version 1.1 and 1.2.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

684
| Chapter 16 SOAP Palette

Messages with Attachments (SwA)

SOAP clients that send messages with attachments in the SwA style must
conform to the SOAP Messages with Attachments specification
(http://www.w3.org/TR/SOAP-attachments).
The input or output schema element for a message part that contains an
attachment holds the content ID of the attachment instead of holding the actual
attachment data. The actual data for attachments is always contained within the
mimeEnvelopeElement of the output schema for this resource. This element
contains a repeating element named mimePart that holds the list of attachments
in the SOAP message. The attachment list can be correlated to the message parts
containing the attachments by using the content-id mimeHeader element.

Message Transmission Optimization Mechanism (MTOM)

Message Transmission Optimization Mechanism (MTOM) provides another way
of sending binary content or attachment processing by serializing SOAP messages
with attachments. Optimization is only available for element content that is in a
canonical lexical representation of xs:base64Binary data type. MTOM conforms
to the specification http://www.w3.org/TR/soap12-mtom.
Any element of type xs:base64Binary (or an extension of xs:base64Binary) in
the SOAP response message is treated as an MTOM attachment and appears as a
separate MIME part on the wire. The SOAP message will have a XOP include
reference to the attachment. Any XOP include reference in the SOAP message will
be replaced by the corresponding attachment’s content encoded in Base64. Any
MIME attachment that is not referenced from the SOAP Message using XOP
include reference will be ignored by the MTOM Processing layer. Note that the
attachment is a part of the SOAP Infoset. See TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks
Process Design Guide for more information about MTOM and Write to File.

Overriding the Content Type MimeHeader

Currently, the BusinessWorks activities hard codes the Content Type mimeHeader
with the value "application/octet-stream" while sending MTOM messages.
Now you can over ride the value of contentType mime header if the Content
Type attribute (with namespace http://www.w3.org/2005/05/xmlmime) has
been declared corresponding to a binary element in the message schema while
sending MTOM messages
To enable this feature, add the Content Type attribute as explained below:

<xs:element name = "picture" xmlns:ns1 =

"http://www.w3.org/2005/05/xmlmime">
<xs:complexType>
<xs:simpleContent>

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 SOAP Request Reply 685
|
<xs:extension base = "xs:base64Binary">
<xs:attribute ref = "ns1:contentType"/>
</xs:extension>
</xs:simpleContent>
</xs:complexType>
</xs:element>

This feature is applicable for all activities in the SOAP and Service Palette that
send outbound MTOM messages.

Advanced
The Advanced tab is used to specify the behavior of attachment for the reply
message. This is useful if large messages are sent and you want to write them to
files instead of storing them in memory. The Advanced tab has the following
fields.

Field Description
Write to File Checking this field specifies that incoming messages
whose attachments exceed the specified threshold
size should be written to a file instead of stored in
memory. This allows you to accept large incoming
attachments without consuming a great deal of
memory. When this field is checked, the Directory and
Threshold Size fields appear.
Leaving this field unchecked specifies that
attachments of incoming messages should be kept in
memory.
Note: Once written, the files created by using this
option are not deleted automatically. You must
manage the storage used by these files and delete
them when they are no longer used.
Although Write to File exists for SwA and
MTOM, Soap over JMS completely depends
on the heap size configuration as JMS
specifications do not support writing JMS messages in
parts as is the case with Soap over HTTP, which can
be written over wire in parts. Hence, writing large
JMS messages to JMS after configuring Write to File,
completely depends on the Heap size.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

686
| Chapter 16 SOAP Palette

Field Description
Directory The directory to write attachments that are above the
specified threshold. The process engine does not
attempt to create the directory if the specified
directory does not exist. Therefore, create the
directory before starting the process engine.

Create Non-Existing When checked, all directories in the path specified in

Directories the Directory field are created, if they do not already
exist.
If this field is unchecked and there are one or more
directories in the specified path in the Directory field
that do not exist, an exception is raised.

Threshold Size (bytes) The maximum size (in bytes) of an incoming message
attachment that can be kept in memory. Attachments
larger than the specified size are written to a file in the
specified directory. The file’s name is output so that
subsequent activities in the process definition can
access the file and read its contents.
Specifying zero (0) in this field causes all incoming
messages to be saved to a file.

Input
See TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Process Design for more information about
mapping and transforming input data.
The input for the activity is the following.

Input Item Datatype Description

inputMessage or complex The root class for the input of the SOAP
<operationName> Request Reply activity. This class
contains all input items for the activity.
If this is a document request, the input
is named inputMessage. If the request
is an RPC, the input is the name of the
operation.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 SOAP Request Reply 687
|

Input Item Datatype Description

_configData complex Specifies the values to use to override
transport-specific configuration values,
if desired. The content of the
_configData element depends upon the
type of transport used.

endpointURL string Available only when HTTP is the

transport. Specifies the Endpoint URL
of the service. Specifying a value in this
input item overrides any value
specified in the Endpoint URL field on
the Configuration tab.

host string Available only when HTTP is the

transport. Specifies the host machine
where the SOAP service resides as
host:port. This should be used when
sending a message through a tunnel.

Transport Properties - HTTP

Headers

Accept string This field specifies media types that are

acceptable for response messages for
the request. For example, text/*,
text/html. Media types are described
in the HTTP specification.
If no Accept header field is specified,
then the server assumes that all media
types are acceptable.

Accept-Charset string This field specifies the character sets

that are acceptable for response
messages for the request. For example,
iso-8859-5, unicode-1-1. Character
sets are described in the HTTP
specification.
If no Accept-Charset header is
specified, then the server assumes that
any character set is acceptable.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

688
| Chapter 16 SOAP Palette

Input Item Datatype Description

Accept-Encoding string This field specifies the content-coding
values that are acceptable for response
messages. For example, compress,
gzip. See the HTTP specification for
more information about this header.

Cookie string A name/value pair (also known as a

cookie) containing information that the
HTTP server may be expecting.
You can set the Cardinality field for this
element to Repeating (*) to specify
more than one cookie. You can also
specify multiple name/value pairs in a
single non-repeating element by
separating each pair with a comma (for
example, "name1=value1,
name2=value2").
You set the custom engine property
bw.plugin.http.protocol.single-c
ookie-header to true, multiple
name/value pairs are sent as a single
header element. See TIBCO
ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks
Administration for more information
about custom engine properties.

Pragma string This field is used to include

implementation-specific directives that
might apply to the receiver. See the
HTTP specification for more
information about using this field.

Authentication Credentials

username string The username for logging into the

HTTP server.
This overrides the value specified in the
Identity resource.
Note: You can override the username
only if the activity is configured for
Basic or NTLM authentication.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 SOAP Request Reply 689
|

Input Item Datatype Description

password string The password for logging into the
HTTP server.
This overrides the value specified in the
Identity resource.
Note: You can override the password
only if the activity is configured for
Basic or NTLM authentication.

domain string Specify the domain to be used.

This overrides the value specified in the
configuration.
Note: You can override the domain
name only if the activity is configured
for NTLM authentication.

soapAction string Specifies the soapAction header for

the operation. See the SOAP
specification for more information
about soapAction.
Specifying a value in this input item
overrides any value specified in the
Action field on the Configuration tab.

timeout number The time to wait (in seconds) for the

operation to complete.

mimeEnvelopeElement complex This element contains the message

attachments when mime attachments
are used. This element contains a
repeating element named mimePart
that contains each mime attachment.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

690
| Chapter 16 SOAP Palette

Input Item Datatype Description

mimepart

mimeHeaders complex This element contains the mime header

for each mimePart. Mime headers can
contain the following information:
• content-disposition
• content-type
• content-transfer-encoding
• content-id
• other mime header information
Note: When the content type is
specified as "text/*" (for example,
"text/xml"), the attachment content is
expected to be in either the textContent
input element or the file name storing
the attachment is expected to be in the
fileName input element. When the
content type is anything other than
"text/*", the attachment content is
expected to be in either the
binaryContent input element or the file
name storing the attachment is
expected to be in the fileName input
element.

binaryContent | choice This element contains the mime

textContent | fileName attachment. The element can be one of
the following:
• binaryContent — content of the
attachment when the attachment is
binary data.
• textContent — content of the
attachment when the attachment is
text data.
• fileName — the file name of the
attachment when the attachment is
stored in the file system.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 SOAP Request Reply 691
|

Input Item Datatype Description

Transport Properties - JMS

JMSTargetDestination string Available only when JMS is the

transport. Specifies the JMS destination
(queue) name used to send messages.

JMSReplyDestination string Available only when JMS is the

transport. Specifies the JMS destination
(queue) name used to send the
response.
The JMSReplyDestination specified has
to be unique for every message. Set the
JMSReplyDestination to a non-static
variable such as Job-Id to use the same
JMSReplyDestination multiple times.

JMSCorrelationID This ID is used to link a response

message with its related request
message. This property is usually set to
the message ID of the message you are
replying to, but any value can be used.
Note: This is applicable only when
JMSReplyDestination is configured
with SOAP over JMS.
The JMSCorrelationID of the reply
message is set as follows:
• When the JMSCorrelationID field is
configured with a unique value, the
JMSCorrelationID property of the
request message is set with the
unique value. The same value is
also set as the JMSCorrelationID of
the corresponding response
message.
• When the JMSCorrelationID input
element is not configured, the value
of the message ID of the JMS
Request message is set as the
JMSCorrelationID property of the
response message.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

692
| Chapter 16 SOAP Palette

Input Item Datatype Description

JMSPriority number Available only when JMS is the
transport. Specifies the priority of the
message.

JMSExpiration number Available only when JMS is the

transport. Corresponds to
JMSExpiration property that specifies
how long the message can remain
active (in seconds).

Output
The output for the activity is the following.

Output Item Datatype Description

outputMessage or complex The root class for the output of the
SOAP Request Reply activity. This
<operationName>Response
class contains all output items for the
activity.
If this is a document request, the
output is named outputMessage. If the
request is an RPC, the output is the
name of the operation with "Response"
appended.

mimeEnvelopeElement complex This element contains the reply

message attachments when mime
attachments are used. This element
contains a repeating element named
mimePart that contains each mime
attachment.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 SOAP Request Reply 693
|

Output Item Datatype Description

mimeHeaders complex This element contains the mime
header for each mimePart. Mime
headers can contain the following
information:
• content-disposition
• content-type
• content-transfer-encoding
• content-id
• other mime header information
Note: When the content type is
specified as "text/*" (for example,
"text/xml"), the attachment content is
expected to be in either the
textContent output element or the file
name storing the attachment is
expected to be in the fileName output
element. When the content type is
anything other than "text/*", the
attachment content is expected to be in
either the binaryContent output
element or the file name storing the
attachment is expected to be in the
fileName output element.

headers complex Any output headers defined in the

WSDL file. The headers are stored in
an element named Header.<partName>
where <partName> is the element name
of the output header schema.
The Header.<partName> element also
contains an item named
@mustUnderstand. This boolean value
is set to true if the server specifies that
the SOAP client must understand the
header.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

694
| Chapter 16 SOAP Palette

Output Item Datatype Description

binaryContent | choice This element contains the mime
textContent | fileName attachment. The element can be one of
the following:
• binaryContent — content of the
attachment when the attachment is
binary data.
• textContent — content of the
attachment when the attachment is
text data.
• fileName — the file name of the
attachment when the Write to File
field is checked on the Output
Attachment Bindings tab.

Transport Properties - HTTP

Headers

Allow string This field lists the set of methods

supported by the resource identified
by RequestURI.

Content-Type string This field indicates the media type of

the entity body for the outgoing
message and the incoming response.
Media types are described in the
HTTP specification. An example of the
media type is text/html;
charset=ISO-8850-4.

Content-Length string This field indicates the size of the

entity body (in decimal number of
OCTETs) of the response message.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 SOAP Request Reply 695
|

Output Item Datatype Description

Content-Encoding string This field is used as a modifier to the
content-type. When present, its value
indicates what additional content
encodings have been applied to the
entity-body, and thus what decoding
mechanisms must be applied in order
to obtain the media-type referenced by
the Content-Type header field.
Content-Encoding is primarily used to
allow a document to be compressed
without losing the identity of its
underlying media type. See the HTTP
specification for more information
about this field.

Date string The date and time when the response

message was sent.

Location string This field was used to redirect the

receiver to a location other than the
Request-URI for completion of the
request or for identification of a new
resource.

Set-Cookie string See the HTTP specification for more

information about this field.

Pragma string This field is used to include

implementation-specific directives
that might apply to the receiver. See
the HTTP specification for more
information about using this field.

Error Output
The Error Output tab lists the possible exceptions that can be thrown by this
activity. See TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Error Codes for more information
about error codes and corrective action to take.

Exception Thrown When...

defaultFaultElement The server returned a default SOAP fault.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

696
| Chapter 16 SOAP Palette

Exception Thrown When...

ActivityTimedOutException The activity reached the specified
timeout and a response has not been
received from the server.

<customFault> The SOAP server has returned a custom

fault. These faults are defined in the
WSDL file and are listed as a choice
element.

Errors when HTTP is the transport

HttpClientException The SOAP server has reported a client

error.

HttpServerException The SOAP server has reported an internal

error.

HttpCommunicationException An HTTP communications error

occurred.

Errors when JMS is the transport

JMSMessageCreateException An error occurred when creating the

request message.

JMSSessionCreteException An error occurred when creating the JMS

session to send the request message.

JMSSendException An error occurred when attempting to

send the JMS message.

JMSReceiveException An error occurred when attempting to

receive the JMS reply message.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 SOAP Send Fault 697
|

SOAP Send Fault

Activity

The SOAP Send Fault activity sends a SOAP fault to the client if an
error occurs during processing of a SOAP request.
This activity is used when the SOAP Event Source process starter
handles incoming SOAP requests. The WSDL file for the request can have one or
more fault messages defined for an operation (see Chapter 19, WSDL Palette, on
page 741 for a description of creating fault schemas for operations). The SOAP
Send Fault activity can use the fault schema to send application-specific data
about the fault back to the client that made the SOAP request.

This activity cannot be used if the SOAP request is one way.

SOAP faults are required to send the fault code and the fault string. These values
are required input items on the Input tab. For example, "Client" can be used for
client faults and "Server" can be used for server faults. See the SOAP specification
at www.w3.org/TR/SOAP for more information about the syntax of SOAP fault
codes.

Configuration
The Configuration tab has the following fields.

Field Global Description

Var?
Name No The name to appear as the label for the activity in
the process definition.

Description No Short description of the activity.

Reply To No The SOAP Event Source process starter.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

698
| Chapter 16 SOAP Palette

Field Global Description

Var?
Fault Details No The name of the fault message to send. This field
provides a drop down list of the fault messages
defined in the WSDL file specified for the SOAP
Event Source process starter.
You must select one of the fault messages to return
to the client, and that message becomes part of the
input schema for this activity’s Input tab.
The option <Default> is always available and can be
used to send the default fault message.

Transport
The Transport tab has the following fields.

Field Global Description

Var?
JMS Transport

JMS Delivery No The delivery mode of the message. Can be one of the
Mode following:
• PERSISTENT: signifies the messages are stored
and forwarded.
• NON-PERSISTENT: messages are not stored and
may be lost due to failures in transmission.
• TIBCO EMS Reliable: this mode is only available
when using TIBCO Enterprise Message Service.
See the TIBCO Enterprise Message Service
documentation for more information about this
mode.

JMS No Any application-specific message properties that

Application will be part of the message. This is specified by the
Properties JMS Application Properties shared configuration
resource.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 SOAP Send Fault 699
|

Input
See TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Process Design for more information about
mapping and transforming input data.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks uses the same schema for Fault messages
regardless of the version of the SOAP protocol. See SOAP Specification
Compliance on page 640 for more information.

The input for the activity is the following.

Input Item Datatype Description

faultcode string The SOAP specification defines a
specific syntax for faultcodes
returned by a SOAP fault. See the
SOAP specification for more
information on how to specify a
faultcode.

faultstring string The faultstring is a string message

to pass back to the client describing
the fault.

faultactor string The faultactor element is intended

to provide information about who
caused the fault to happen in the
message path. It is similar to the
SOAP actor attribute but instead of
indicating the destination of the
header entry, it indicates the source
of the fault.
The value of the faultactor attribute
is a URI identifying the source of
the fault. You may use the
faultactor element to indicate
explicitly that this TIBCO
ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks
process generated the fault.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

700
| Chapter 16 SOAP Palette

Input Item Datatype Description

detail complex The fault message specified by the
Fault Details field on the
Configuration tab. This message is
used to pass application-specific
data back to the client in the event
of a fault.

_configData complex This element is available only for a

JMS transport.
Specifies the values to use to
override transport-specific
configuration values. The content
of the _configData element
depends upon the type of transport
used.

Output
The activity has no output.

Error Output
The Error Output tab lists the possible exceptions that can be thrown by this
activity. See TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Error Codes for more information
about error codes and corrective action to take.

Exception Thrown When...

HTTP Transport

ServerException An error occurred and the reply could

not be sent to the client.

JMS Transport

JMSMessageCreateException The JMS message could not be created.

JMSSessionCreateException The JMS session could not be created.

JMSSendException The JMS send operation failed.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 SOAP Send Reply 701
|

SOAP Send Reply

Activity

The SOAP Send Reply activity sends a reply to an application that

sent a SOAP request. This activity is primarily used in process
definitions that implement web services. When a SOAP Event
Source is used as the process starter, the SOAP Send Reply activity is
used to send the reply to the request that starts the process instance.

This activity cannot be used if the SOAP request is one way.

Configuration
The Configuration tab has the following fields.

Field Global Description

Var?
Name No The name to appear as the label for the activity in the
process definition.

Description No Short description of the activity.

Reply To No The SOAP Event Source process starter that received

the request.

Transport
The Transport tab has the following fields.

Global
Field Var? Description

JMS Transport

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

702
| Chapter 16 SOAP Palette

Field Global Description

Var?
Delivery No The delivery mode of the message. Can be one of the
Mode following:
• PERSISTENT: signifies the messages are stored
and forwarded.
• NON-PERSISTENT: messages are not stored and
may be lost due to failures in transmission.
• TIBCO EMS Reliable : this mode is only available
when using TIBCO Enterprise Message Service.
See the TIBCO Enterprise Message Service
documentation for more information about this
mode.

JMS No Any application-specific message properties that are

Application part of the message. This is specified by the JMS
Properties Application Properties shared configuration
resource.

Input
See TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Process Design for more information about
mapping and transforming input data.
The input for the activity is the following.

Input Item Datatype Description

outputMessage or The output schema of the operation for
<operationName> the selected SOAP request. Each of the
schema elements are available in this
dialog for mapping.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 SOAP Send Reply 703
|

Input Item Datatype Description

Header.<headerPart> complex Headers can contain multiple parts. The
headers element contains all header parts
required in a SOAP reply. These parts are
specified on the Output Headers tab of
the SOAP Event Source activity. The
header parts are stored in an element
named Header.<partName> where
<schema-name> is the name of the schema
specified on the Output Headers tab.
Each Header.<partName> element also
contains an item named
@mustUnderstand. This boolean value is
set to true in the outgoing reply if you
require that the client must understand
the header part.

mimeEnvelopeEleme complex This element contains the reply message

nt attachments when mime attachments are
used. This element contains a repeating
element named mimePart that contains
each mime attachment.

_configData complex This element is available only for a JMS

transport.
Specifies the values to use to override
transport-specific configuration values, if
desired. The content of the _configData
element depends upon the type of
transport used.

Output
The activity has no output.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

704
| Chapter 16 SOAP Palette

Error Output
The Error Output tab lists the possible exceptions that can be thrown by this
activity. See TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Error Codes for more information
about error codes and corrective action to take.

Exception Thrown When...

HTTP Transport

ServerException An error occurred and the reply could

not be sent to the client.

JMS Transport

JMSMessageCreateException The JMS message could not be created.

JMSSessionCreateException The JMS session could not be created.

JMSSendException The JMS send operation failed.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 SOAP Messages Over the JMS Transport 705
|

SOAP Messages Over the JMS Transport

The HTTP transport does not provide guaranteed message delivery. The SOAP
protocol is not specific to any transport, so SOAP messages in theory can be
bound to any transport. JMS provides a highly reliable transport that can
guarantee message delivery. TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks supports
sending and receiving SOAP messages over the HTTP and JMS transports.
As of Release 5.3.0, there is no standard specification for SOAP messages over
JMS. TIBCO has proposed a specification with the following features:
• One-way and request/response operations
• Thee support is based on SOAP 1.1, SOAP 1.2, and WSDL 1.1

What's in the JMS Message

The following sections describe the content of the JMS message containing a
SOAP request.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

706
| Chapter 16 SOAP Palette

JMS Header
Table 10 describes the JMS Message Headers and Properties.

Table 10 JMS Message Headers and Properties for SOAP messages

JMS Message
Headers and Description
Properties
TIBCO Compliant

Content_Type This header must be one of the following:

• application/xml for SOAP 1.1 or SOAP 1.2 without
attachments
• multipart/related for SOAP 1.1 or SOAP 1.2
Note: Content type parameters are also allowed, for
example, charset=utf-8.

Mime_Version Must be the string "1.0".

SoapAction SOAPAction value as defined in the WSDL.

JMSDestination This contains the destination name.

JMSReplyTo This contains the reply to address to be used by service

provider to return data.
Currently, only temporary queues can be used for reply
messages.

JMSMessageID This contains a message ID generated by the JMS provider.

W3C SOAP Over JMS 1.0 Specification

SOAPJMS_targe This contains the Target Service value as defined in the

tService WSDL.

SOAPJMS_bindi Must be the string "1.0"

ngVersion

SOAPJMS_conte This contains the format of the message sent.

ntType

SOAPJMS_soap This contains the SOAPJMS_soapAction value as defined in

Action the WSDL

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 SOAP Messages Over the JMS Transport 707
|

Table 10 JMS Message Headers and Properties for SOAP messages

JMS Message
Headers and Description
Properties
SOAPJMS_isFau This contains the value of the SOAP JMS Fault.
lt(boolean)

SOAPJMS_requ This contains the value of the location.

estURI

JMS Body
The JMS message body contains a binary representation of the actual SOAP
message. Below is an example of a SOAP message.
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
<SOAP-ENV:Envelope xmlns:SOAP-ENV=
"http://schemas.xmlsoap.org/soap/envelope/">
<SOAP-ENV:Body SOAP-ENV:encodingStyle=
"http://schemas.xmlsoap.org/soap/encoding/">
<ns0:getCatalog xmlns:xs=
"http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema"
xmlns:soap-enc=
"http://schemas.xmlsoap.org/soap/encoding/"
xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance"
xmlns:ns0="http://InputMessageNamespace"/>
</SOAP-ENV:Body>
</SOAP-ENV:Envelope>

WSDL Extensions
The following sections describe extensions to the WSDL standard to support the
JMS protocol.

WSDL Binding

TIBCO Standard
The WSDL Binding for SOAP Over JMS varies only slightly from the SOAP Over
HTTP binding. The transport attribute under soap:binding indicates that JMS is
being used. The attribute must have the value:
http://www.tibco.com/namespaces/ws/2004/soap/binding/JMS.

For example:
<soap:binding style="document"

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

708
| Chapter 16 SOAP Palette

transport="http://www.tibco.com/namespaces/ws/2004/soap/binding
/JMS"/>

In addition to the soap:binding transport information, there must be a JMS

binding element that describe the message type used for transmission. Currently,
the only supported message types are ByteMessage and TextMessage. This looks
like the following:
<jms:binding messageFormat="bytes"/>

An example of the complete WSDL binding section is show below.

<wsdl:binding name="RetailJMSBinding" type="tns:RetailerPortType">
<soap:binding style="document" transport=
"http://www.tibco.com/namespaces/ws/2004/soap/binding/JMS"/>
<jms:binding messageFormat="bytes"/>
<wsdl:operation name="getCatalog">
<wsdl:documentation>The operation has no documentation</wsdl:documentation>
<soap:operation style="document" soapAction="RetailGetCatalog"/>
<wsdl:input>
<soap:body use="encoded"
encodingStyle="http://schemas.xmlsoap.org/soap/encoding/"
namespace="http://InputMessageNamespace" parts=""/>
</wsdl:input>
<wsdl:output>
<soap:body use="encoded"
encodingStyle="http://schemas.xmlsoap.org/soap/encoding/"
namespace="http://OutputMessageNamespace" parts="return"/>
</wsdl:output>
</wsdl:operation>
</wsdl:binding>

W3C SOAP Over JMS 1.0 Compliance

When the service is W3C SOAP Over JMS 1.0 compliant, the transport attribute
under soap:binding has the value : http://www.w3.org/2010/soapjms/.
For example:
<soap:binding style="rpc"
transport="http://www.w3.org/2010/soapjms/"/>

Additionally the JNDI namespace in WSDL is also

http://www.w3.org/2010/soapjms/

An example of the complete WSDL binding section with W3C SOAP Over JMS
1.0 specification is as follows.
<wsdl:binding name="RetailJMSBinding" type="tns:RetailerPortType">
<soap:binding style="document" transport=
"http://www.w3.org/2010/soapjms/"/>
<jms:binding messageFormat="bytes"/>
<wsdl:operation name="getCatalog">
<wsdl:documentation>The operation has no documentation</wsdl:documentation>
<soap:operation style="document" soapAction="RetailGetCatalog"/>
<wsdl:input>
<soap:body use="encoded"

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 SOAP Messages Over the JMS Transport 709
|
encodingStyle="http://schemas.xmlsoap.org/soap/encoding/"
namespace="http://InputMessageNamespace" parts=""/>
</wsdl:input>
<wsdl:output>
<soap:body use="encoded"
encodingStyle="http://schemas.xmlsoap.org/soap/encoding/"
namespace="http://OutputMessageNamespace" parts="return"/>
</wsdl:output>
</wsdl:operation>
</wsdl:binding>

WSDL Service

TIBCO Standard
The service section of the WSDL also contains extensions to support SOAP over
JMS. The extension is defined with the following form where '?' means optional.
<wsdl:service>
<jndi:context />?
<jms:connectionFactory />?
<wsdl:port>
<jndi:context />?
<jms:connectionFactory />?
<jms:targetAddress />
</wsdl:port>
</wsdl:service>

In this definition, both jndi:context and jms:connectionFactory elements

can possibly appear at two locations and they must appear at least once. When
they appear under wsdl:service, the definition applies to all ports inside the
service. When they appear under wsdl:port, the definition applies to only that
port and it overrides the definitions that appear at the service level if it exists. If
they do not appear at the service level, then each port must define them.
The jms:connectionFactory element is the JMS connection factory name that is
used to connect with JMS service, using the JNDI context supplied in the
jndi:context element. Below is an example of using TIBCO Enterprise Message
Service as the JMS provider.
<jms:connectionFactory>QueueConnectionFactory
</jms:connectionFactory>

In a simple configuration, the jms:connectionFactory is the same for both the

Service Provider and the Service Clients. However, both provider and clients can
use different connection factories, provided that they all create connections to the
same JMS provider instance.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

710
| Chapter 16 SOAP Palette

The jms:targetAddress element contains address information which the service

provider is going to listen for messages. Below is an example of using TIBCO
Enterprise Message Service as the JMS provider with a queue name of MyQueue.
<jms:targetAddress destination="queue">MyQueue</jms:targetAddress>

The jndi:context element holds one or more jndi:property elements. Each of

the jndi:property elements describes a JNDI name/value pair. For example,
<jndi:context>
<jndi:property name="java.naming.factory.initial"
type="java.lang.String">
com.tibco.tibjms.naming.TibjmsInitialContextFactory
</jndi:property>
<jndi:property name="java.naming.provider.url"
type="java.lang.String">
tibjmsnaming://localhost:7222
</jndi:property>
</jndi:context>
MimePar

W3C SOAP Over JMS 1.0 Complaint

With W3C Compliance the jndi:property elements described in the JNDI name
and pair value are dispalyed as :
<jms:jndiInitialContextFactory>com.tibco.tibjms.naming.TibjmsIniti
alContextFactory</jms:jndiInitialContextFactory>
<jms:jndiURL>tibjmsnaming://localhost:7222</jms:jndiURL>

Query Parameters
With W3C SOAP Over JMS 1.0 compliance, property names are displayed as
query parameters with the value of SOAPJMS_requestURI within the WSDL (
attribute location and under <soap:address>) binding . They are supported in
the client activities when referring to concrete WSDLs.

Property Names Description

deliveryMode JMS property for sending message

Priority JMS property for sending message

timeToLive JMS property for sending message

jndiConnectionFactoryName Jndi property for connection factory

name

jndiInitialContextFactory Jndi property for Initial Context Factory

name

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 SOAP Messages Over the JMS Transport 711
|

Property Names Description

jndiURL Jndi property for JNDI connection

targetService Property to dispatch the request

Fault Codes
Additional fault codes are introduced with the W3C SOAP Over JMS 1.0
compliance. The following table lists the fault codes.

Error Fault Condition

mismatchedSoapAction If using SOAP 1.2, and the
SOAPJMS_contentType property has an
action parameter, and its value does not
match with SOAPJMS_soapAction value.

missingContentType If SOAPJMS_contentType property is

missing.

missingRequestURI If SOAPJMS_requestURI property is

missing.

missingTargetService If mentioned in WSDL and

SOAPJMS_targetService property is
missing.

targetServiceNotAllowedInReq If targetService parameter is included in

uestURI
the SOAPJMS_requestURI.

unrecognizedBindingVersion if the value of the

SOAPJMS_bindingVersion property does
not match the fixed value 1.0.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

712
| Chapter 16 SOAP Palette

MimeParser
Activity

This activity is responsible for parsing the MTOM messages

into a SOAP message that contains the binary attachments as
an inline data of the SOAP message. The output can be either
in a Text or a Binary format.

Configuration
The Configuration tab has the following fields.

Global
Field Var? Description

Name No The name to appear as the label for the activity in

the process definition.

Description No Short description of the activity.

Input Style No The Input message format. (Currently only

MTOM is available)

Output Style No The Output message format. You can choose

either Text or Binary format for the output
messages.

Advanced
The Advanced tab contains the following field:

Global
Field Description
Var?
GenerateStrictP No When checked, this field generates strict parsing
arsingErrors validation errors.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 MimeParser 713
|

Input
The Input tab contains the following fields:

Input Item Datatype Description

MimeBinaryData Binary Incoming binary data

Output
The Output for the activity is the following.

Output Item Datatype Description

SOAPOutput

soapMessage Binary or Depends upon the type specified in the

String Output Style format

StrictValidationErrors Complex This appears only when the

GenerateStrictParsingErrors checkbox
is selected.

ErrorString String Shows strict parsing validation error

logs.

Error Output
The Error Output tab lists the possible exceptions that can be thrown by this
activity.

Exception Thrown When...

XOPParseException Specifies XOP related exceptions found
in the input.

MimeParseException Specifies MIME related exceptions found

in the input.

InvalidXMLException Specifies invalid xml related exception

found in the input.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

714
| Chapter 16 SOAP Palette

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 | 715

Chapter 17 TCP/IP Palette

This chapter describes the resources in the TCP/IP palette.

Topics

• Overview of the TCP/IP Palette, page 716

• Read TCP Data, page 717
• TCP Close Connection, page 720
• TCP Connection, page 721
• TCP Open Connection, page 724
• TCP Receiver, page 726
• Wait for TCP Request, page 729
• Write TCP Data, page 731

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

716
| Chapter 17 TCP/IP Palette

Overview of the TCP/IP Palette

The TCP/IP palette provides activities and resources that can send and receive
data using the TCP/IP protocol. TCP/IP is often the underlying communication
layer for higher-level protocols such as HTTP or FTP. You could use the resources
in the TCP palette to communicate with HTTP or FTP severs, but the activities in
the HTTP Palette or FTP Palette are best suited for this purpose. This palette is
intended for use when communicating with TCP/IP and there is no
corresponding TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks palette for the protocol. For
example, you may have a custom application that communicates with other
applications by way of TCP/IP. You could use the TCP/IP palette to handle
incoming and outgoing data from this application.

Using the TCP/IP Palette Activities

The general sequence of events when using the TCP/IP palette resources is the
following:
1. Create a TCP Connection shared configuration resource that describes the
connection information.
2. One of the following occurs depending upon whether the process definition is
a TCP/IP client or server:
a. When a process definition acts as a TCP/IP client communicating with a
TCP/IP server, a connection must be opened using the TCP Open
Connection activity.
b. When a process definition acts as a TCP/IP server waiting for incoming
TCP/IP requests, the process either starts with a TCP Receiver process
starter or has a Wait for TCP Request activity that waits for an incoming
connection request.
3. In the process definition the Read TCP Data and Write TCP Data activities are
used to read and write data to the TCP connection.
4. Once all processing is complete, the TCP Close Connection activity is used to
close the TCP connection.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 Read TCP Data 717
|

Read TCP Data

Activity

The Read TCP Data activity reads data from an open TCP connection.
The connection must be opened by an activity or process starter that
executed previously in the process definition. Activities that can open
a TCP connection are: TCP Receiver, TCP Open Connection, and Wait
for TCP Request. The activity that opens a TCP connection places a handle to the
open connection in its connectionKey output element. The connectionKey is
mapped to this activity’s input.

Configuration
The Configuration tab has the following fields.

Global
Field Description
Var?
Name No The name to appear as the label for the activity in the
process definition.

Description No Short description of the activity.

Type No Type of data to be read. This can be either Text or

Binary. When Text is specified, the Separator, User
Defined Separator, and Encoding fields appear.
When Binary is specified, the Bytes to Read field
appears.

Separator Yes The type of separator. This activity reads data from
the TCP connection until the separator or the end of
the data stream is encountered.

User Defined Yes When User-defined separator is chosen from the list
Separator in the Separator field, this field appears. This field
specifies the separator character to use.
When Binary is selected in the Type field, a
user-defined separator can be a string representation
of a single byte value or it can be comma-separated
byte values (for example, 0x0a, 0x0b, 0x0c). For valid
string representations of byte values, refer to the Java
documentation for the decode(String n) method
of java.lang.Byte.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

718
| Chapter 17 TCP/IP Palette

Field Global Description

Var?
Encoding Yes When text data is specified, this field determines the
character encoding of the text data.

Bytes to Read Yes When binary data is specified, this field specifies the
number of bytes that should be read by this activity.
If this field is left blank, then the activity reads until
the end of the data stream is encountered.

Timeout Yes The time to wait (in milliseconds) for this activity to
complete.

Input
See TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Process Design for more information about
mapping and transforming input data.
The input for the activity is the following.

Input Item Datatype Description

connection binary The handle to the connection that you
want to read data from. This connection is
obtained from a previously executed
activity in the process definition that
opened the connection.

encoding String When text data is being read, this

specifies the character encoding of the
text. This value overrides the value
specified in the Encoding field on the
Configuration tab.

separator String When text data is being read, this

specifies the separator to write after the
body element is written to the TCP
connection. This value overrides the
value specified on the Configuration tab.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 Read TCP Data 719
|

Input Item Datatype Description

bytesToRead number When binary data is being read, this
specifies the number of bytes that should
be read. This value overrides the value
specified in the Bytes to Read field on the
Configuration tab.

timeout number Time to wait (in milliseconds) for this

activity to complete.

Output
The output for the activity is the following.

Output Item Datatype Description

data String When text data is specified, this output
element contains the text read from the
TCP connection. The separator character,
if specified, is not included in the output.

binaryData binary When binary data is specified, this

output element contains the binary data
read from the TCP connection.

endOfStreamReached boolean This element is set to true when the end

of the data stream has been reached. This
is useful when the activity is in an
iteration loop and the activity is
configured to read a number of bytes
with each iteration. This element can be
used in the condition of the loop to
determine when the last set of bytes has
been read.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

720
| Chapter 17 TCP/IP Palette

TCP Close Connection

Activity

The TCP Close Connection activity closes a TCP connection opened by

a previously executed activity or process starter. Activities that can
open a TCP connection are: TCP Receiver, TCP Open Connection, and
Wait for TCP Request. The activity that opens a TCP connection places a
handle to the open connection in its connectionKey output element. The
connectionKey is mapped to this activity’s input.

Configuration
The Configuration tab has the following fields.

Global
Field Description
Var?
Name No The name to appear as the label for the activity in the
process definition.

Description No Short description of the activity.

Input
See TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Process Design for more information about
mapping and transforming input data.
The input for the activity is the following.

Input Item Datatype Description

connection binary The handle to the connection that you
want to close. This connection is obtained
from a previously executed activity in the
process definition that opened the
connection.

Output
The activity has no output.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 TCP Connection 721
|

TCP Connection
Shared Configuration

The TCP Connection is a shared configuration resource that

specifies the connection information for the TCP server. This
resource is used when a process definition acts as a TCP client
connecting to a remote server or when a process definition acts as a
TCP server accepting incoming TCP connections.

Configuration
The Configuration tab has the following fields.

Global
Field Description
Var?
Name No The name to appear as the label for the activity in the
process definition.

Description No Short description of the activity.

Host No When a process definition acts as a client, this field

specifies the host name or host IP address of the TCP
server to connect to.
When a process definition acts as a server, this field
specifies the hostname or IP address of the machine
where the process engine is running. You can specify
"localhost" or if the machine has more than one
network interface card, you can specify the IP
address of the card you want to use to accept
TCP/IP connections.

Port Yes This field specifies the port number on which a TCP
server is listening for requests.

Enable No Specifies whether connection pooling should be

Pooling enabled on the client side.
(client side)
Selecting this check box enables the
WhenExhaustedAction, Maximum Connections,
maxwaitTime and idleTimeout fields.
By default, connection pooling is disabled.
See Connection Pooling on page 723 for more
information.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

722
| Chapter 17 TCP/IP Palette

Field Global Description

Var?
WhenExhaus No Specify the action to be taken when the maximum
tedAction number of connections is consumed and the
connection pool is exhausted:
• Fail:When the pool is exhausted, the TCP Open
Connection fails and an exception is thrown.
• Grow:When the pool is exhausted, a new
connection is created.
There is no limit to the number of TCP
connections in the pool.
• Block:When the pool is exhausted, the TCP Open
Connection activity is blocked until a new
connection is available, or till the maximum wait
time is reached.
The default value is Block.

Maximum Yes This field is available when the action Fail or Block is
Connection selected in the field WhenExhaustedAction.
Specifies the maximum number of TCP Connections
in a pool.
The default is 10.

maxWaitTim Yes This field is available when the Block action is

e(in ms) selected in the field WhenExhaustedAction.
Specifies the maximum amount of time the TCP
Open Connection activity must wait till it gets a
connection from the pool. When less than or equal to
0, it may be blocked indefinitely.
The default is 10 seconds.

idleTimeout Yes Specifies the minimum amount of time a TCP

(in ms) Connection may sit idle in the pool before it is
eligible for eviction.
The default is -1.
When less than or equal to 0 the eviction is disabled.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 TCP Connection 723
|

Advanced
The Advanced tab has the following fields

Global
Field Description
Var?
enableDNSL No Selecting this field enables a Domain Name System
ookup (DNS) lookup so that the IP address is resolved to a
DNS name. This can adversely affect the throughput,
so enable this field only when required.

Connection Pooling
When you enable pooling, TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks creates a pool of
TCP connections. TCP Connection pooling is available only on the client side and
is disabled by default.
The maximum size of the pool can be specified using the Maximum Connection
configuration field. A separate pool of TCP connections is created for every
shared resource.
When pooled connections are required, the TCP Open Connection activity
retrieves the connections from the pool. A check to identify stale connections is
also done at the time of retrieval. Connections when freed are returned to the pool
by the TCP Close Connection activity.
Overriding the host, port or local host values in the TCP Open Connection
activity results in the creation of connections outside the pool, even if pooling is
enabled on the referred shared resource.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

724
| Chapter 17 TCP/IP Palette

TCP Open Connection

Activity

The TCP Open Connection activity opens a connection to a TCP server.

After establishing the connection, the activity places a handle to the
open connection in the connectionKey output element. This connection
key can be used by subsequent activities in the process definition to
read data from, write data to, or close the connection.

Configuration
The Configuration tab has the following fields.

Global
Field Description
Var?
Name No The name to appear as the label for the activity in the
process definition.

Description No Short description of the activity.

TCP No The TCP Connection shared configuration resource

Connection that describes the TCP server you want to connect to.

Local Host No Specifies the IP address on the local machine that

you want to use for the TCP client.

Input
See TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Process Design for more information about
mapping and transforming input data.
The input for the activity is the following.

Input Item Datatype Description

connection complex A complex element that contains the
information about the TCP server you
want to connect to.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 TCP Open Connection 725
|

Input Item Datatype Description

host String The name or IP address of the TCP server
you want to connect to. This value
overrides the value specified by the TCP
Connection resource on the Configuration
tab.

port number The port number on which the TCP server

is listening for requests. This value
overrides the value specified by the TCP
Connection resource on the Configuration
tab.

Output
The output for the activity is the following.

Output Item Datatype Description

connection binary The handle to the open connection. This
connection can be used by subsequent
activities in the process definition to specify
the TCP connection to write data to, read data
from, or close.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

726
| Chapter 17 TCP/IP Palette

TCP Receiver
Process Starter

The TCP Receiver process starter starts a new process when a client
requests a TCP connection. When a connection request occurs, the
process starter places a handle to the open connection in the
connectionKey output element. This connection key can be used by
subsequent activities in the process definition to read data from, write data to, or
close the connection.

Configuration
The Configuration tab has the following fields.

Global
Field Description
Var?
Name No The name to appear as the label for the activity in the
process definition.

Description No Short description of the activity.

TCP No The TCP Connection shared configuration resource

Connection that describes the port on which the local machine is
listening for incoming TCP/IP requests.

Keep-Alive No To specify whether the TCP connections should use

the keep-alive feature of sockets, select the
Keep-Alive checkbox.
Note - TCP Keep-Alive is different from HTTP
Keep-Alive.

Setting TCP Keep-Alive Parameters

Set the following OS level parameters to make the TCP Keep-Alive work.

Parameter Wait
Parameter Interval Parameter for
Operating Time before
between Retry Maximum Retry Unit of Measure
System Connection
Probe Probes Probes

AIX tcp_keepidle tcp_keepintvl tcp_keepcnt half-second

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 TCP Receiver 727
|

Parameter Wait Parameter Interval Parameter for

Operating Time before
between Retry Maximum Retry Unit of Measure
System Connection Probes Probes
Probe
HP-UX 11i tcp_time_wait_in tcp_keepalive_interv tcp_keepalives_ki Milliseconds
terval al ll (1)

Linux tcp_keepalive_ti tcp_keepalive_intvl tcp_keepalive_pro Seconds

me bes

Solaris tcp_time_wait_in tcp_keepalive_interv NA Milliseconds

terval al

Windows KeepAliveTime KeepAlive Interval TcpMaxDataRetra Milliseconds

nsmission

Misc
The Misc tab contains the following fields:

Field Description
Sequencing Key This field can contain an XPath expression that
specifies which processes should run in order. Process
instances with sequencing keys that evaluate to the
same value will be executed sequentially in the order
the process instance was created.
See TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Process Design
for more information about controlling the execution
order of process instances and about XPath
expressions.

Custom Id This field can contain an XPath expression that

specifies a custom ID for the process instance. This ID
is displayed in the View Service dialog of TIBCO
Administrator, and it is also available in the
$_processContext process variable.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

728
| Chapter 17 TCP/IP Palette

Output
The output for the activity is the following.

Output Item Datatype Description

connection binary The handle to the open connection. This
connection can be used by subsequent
activities in the process definition to specify
the TCP connection to write data to, read data
from, or close.

IP string IP address of the client sending the TCP

request.

Host string Host name of the client sending the TCP

request. This field is available only when the
enableDNSLookup field in the Advanced tab
of TCP Shared Connection is selected.

Port integer Port number of the client sending the TCP

request.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 Wait for TCP Request 729
|

Wait for TCP Request

Activity

The Wait for TCP Request activity waits for a TCP client connection
request. When a connection request occurs, the activity places a handle
to the open connection in the connectioney output element. This
connection key can be used by subsequent activities in the process
definition to read data from, write data to, or close the connection.
See Scalability With Incoming Events on page 226 in TIBCO ActiveMatrix
BusinessWorks Process Design Guide for information on running the "Wait for..."
activities in a multi-engine mode.

Configuration
The Configuration tab has the following fields.

Global
Field Description
Var?
Name No The name to appear as the label for the activity in the
process definition.

Description No Short description of the activity.

TCP No The TCP Connection shared configuration resource

Connection that describes port on which the local machine is
listening for incoming TCP/IP requests.

Keep-Alive No To specify whether the TCP connections should use

the keep-alive feature of sockets, select the
Keep-Alive checkbox.
Note - TCP Keep-Alive is different from HTTP
Keep-Alive.

Event
The Event tab has the following fields.

Field Description
Candidate Event Key This field cannot be used. Specifying a value in this
field will not cause the value to be compared with
the key field in the activity input.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

730
| Chapter 17 TCP/IP Palette

Field Description
Event Timeout (msec) A message may arrive before this activity is
executed. This field specifies the amount of time (in
milliseconds) a message waits if it is received before
this activity is executed. If the event timeout expires,
an error is logged and the event is discarded.
If no value is specified in this field, the message
waits indefinitely. If zero is specified, the event is
discarded immediately, unless this activity has
already been reached.

Input
See TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Process Design for more information about
mapping and transforming input data.
The input for the activity is the following.

Input Item Datatype Description

key string This element cannot be used. Specifying a
value for this element will not cause the value
to be compared to the value of the Candidate
Event Key field on the Event tab.

processTimeout integer The time (in milliseconds) to wait for the

incoming TCP request. An error is returned if
the request is not received in this time limit.

Output
The output for the activity is the following.

Output Item Datatype Description

connection binary The handle to the open connection. This
connection key can be used by subsequent
activities in the process definition to specify
the TCP connection to write data to, read data
from, or close.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 Write TCP Data 731
|

Write TCP Data

Activity

The Write TCP Data activity sends data on the specified TCP
connection. The connection must be opened by an activity or process
starter that executed previously in the process definition. Activities
that can open a TCP connection are: TCP Receiver, TCP Open
Connection, and Wait for TCP Request. The activity that opens a TCP connection
places a handle to the open connection in its connectionKey output element. The
connectionKey is mapped to this activity’s input.

Configuration
The Configuration tab has the following fields.

Global
Field Description
Var?
Name No The name to appear as the label for the activity in the
process definition.

Description No Short description of the activity.

Type No Type of data to be written. This can be either Text or

Binary. When Text is specified, the Separator, User
Defined Separator, and Encoding fields appear.

Separator Yes The type of separator to use. The separator is written

to the TCP connection after the specified data is
written.

User Defined Yes When User-defined separator is chosen from the list
Separator in the Separator field, this field appears. This field
specifies the separator character to use.
When Binary is selected in the Type field, a
user-defined separator can be a string representation
of a single byte value or it can be comma-separated
byte values (for example, 0x0a, 0x0b, 0x0c). For valid
string representations of byte values, refer to the Java
documentation for the decode(String n) method
of java.lang.Byte.

Encoding Yes When text data is specified, this field determines the
character encoding to use for the text data.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

732
| Chapter 17 TCP/IP Palette

Input
See TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Process Design for more information about
mapping and transforming input data.
The input for the activity is the following.

Input Item Datatype Description

connection binary The handle to the connection that you
want to write data to. This connection is
obtained from a previously executed
activity in the process definition that
opened the connection.

body String or The data to write to the TCP connection.

binary The datatype of this field is either String
or binary, depending upon which type of
data is selected in the Type field on the
Configuration tab

encoding String When text data is being written, this

specifies the character encoding of the
text. This value overrides the value
specified in the Encoding field on the
Configuration tab.

separator String When text data is being written, this

specifies the separator to write after the
body element is written to the TCP
connection. This value overrides the
value specified on the Configuration tab.

Output
The activity has no output.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 | 733

Chapter 18 Transaction Palette

Transactions allow you to perform a group of activities as a single unit of work.

All activities in the group either complete or commit together or one or more
failures in the group cause the transaction to roll back or undo the changes made
during the transaction. See TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Process Design for
more information about transaction groups.

Topics

• JTA UserTransaction Configuration, page 734

• Transaction State, page 737
• XA TransactionManager Configuration, page 739

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

734
| Chapter 18 Transaction Palette

JTA UserTransaction Configuration

Shared Configuration

The JTA UserTransaction Configuration shared configuration resource

contains the information required to communicate with a Java
Transaction API (JTA) transaction manager. This resource is used by
transaction groups that use the JTA UserTransaction type. See TIBCO
ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Process Design for more information about
transaction groups.

Configuration
The Configuration tab has the following fields.

Global
Field Description
Var?
Name No The name to appear as the label for the activity in
the process definition.

Description No Short description of the activity.

Use Shared No When this field is checked, the JNDI Configuration

JNDI field appears that allows you to choose a JNDI
Configuration Configuration shared configuration resource.
When this field is unchecked, the JNDI Context
Factory, JNDI Context URL, JNDI User Name, and
JNDI Password fields appear.

JNDI No This field only appears when the Use Shared JNDI
Configuration Configuration field is checked. This field allows
you to choose a JNDI Configuration shared
configuration object that specifies the JNDI
connection information.
See JNDI Configuration on page 176 for more
information.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 JTA UserTransaction Configuration 735
|

Field Global Description

Var?
JNDI Context No This field only appears when the Use Shared JNDI
Factory Configuration field is unchecked.
The InitialContextFactory to use when connecting
to the JNDI server
(javax.naming.Context.INITIAL_CONTEXT_
FACTORY).

This field provides a drop down list of

InitialContext Factories supplied by each
supported application server vendor. You can
supply a different InitialContextFactory other than
the default options in the drop down list.

JNDI Context Yes This field only appears when the Use Shared JNDI
URL Configuration field is unchecked.
Specifies the URL of the server
(javax.naming.Context.PROVIDER_URL). An
example URL is provided when one of the
supported JNDI context factory classes is selected.
See your JNDI provider documentation for the
syntax of the URL.
When using IBM WebSphere, you should use the
JNDI Configuration resource instead of specifying
the JNDI configuration on this resource. See IBM
WebSphere and JNDI Context Caching on
page 178 for more information.

JNDI User Yes This field only appears when the Use Shared JNDI
Name Configuration field is unchecked. User name to
use when logging into the JNDI server
(javax.naming.Context.SECURITY_
PRINCIPAL). If the JNDI provider does not require
access control, this field can be empty.

JNDI Password Yes This field only appears when the Use Shared JNDI
Configuration field is unchecked. Password to use
when logging into the JNDI server
(javax.naming.Context.SECURITY_
CREDENTIALS). If the JNDI provider does not
require access control, this field can be empty.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

736
| Chapter 18 Transaction Palette

Field Global Description

Var?
JNDI User No The name registered with the JNDI server or
Transaction application server for JTA UserTransactions. When
Name you select one of the classes from the drop down
list in the JNDI Context Factory field, an example
transaction name appears in this field.
See your JNDI provider or application server
documentation for the syntax of the transaction
name.

Transaction Yes Time in seconds to wait for transactions that use

Timeout (sec) this resource to complete. An exception is raised if
the transaction does not complete in the time
specified by this field.
Enter zero (0) in this field to use the default
timeout set by the transaction manager.

Connection Yes Maximum number of attempts to make to connect

Retries to the transaction manager.

Test Connection Button

The Test Connection button allows you to test that the specified configuration
fields result in a valid connection to the transaction manager.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 Transaction State 737
|

Transaction State
Activity

The Transaction State activity can be used in a transaction group to

obtain the current state of the transaction or to set the transaction to
a rollback only state. When a transaction is set to the rollback only
state, the only outcome of the transaction that is permitted is a
rollback.

Configuration
The Configuration tab has the following fields.

Global
Field Description
Var?
Name No The name to appear as the label for the activity in
the process definition.

Description No Short description of the activity.

Options No This field specifies the actions this activity can

perform. Select one of the following options:
• getStatus() — When this option is selected,
the current status of the transaction is
returned in the output of this activity.
• setRollbackOnly() — When this option is
selected, the current transaction is set to a
rollback only state. The only outcome
allowed in this state is for the transaction to
rollback. You would use this option if an
error condition is detected and you want to
rollback the transaction without raising an
exeception. You can only use this option
when using a transaction mananger that
supports the setRollbackOnly method.

Input
This activity has no input.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

738
| Chapter 18 Transaction Palette

Output
The output for the activity is the following.

Output Item Datatype Description

Status integer The numeric code that corresponds to the
current status of the transaction. The numeric
status codes vary for each transaction
manager, but most transaction managers use
the value from javax.transaction.Status.
See the documentation for your transaction
manager for a description of the possible
status codes.

Error Output
The Error Output tab lists the possible exceptions that can be thrown by this
activity. See TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Error Codes for more information
about error codes and corrective action to take.

Exception Thrown When...

TransactionStateException An error occurred when attempting to
retrieve or change the status of the
transaction.

java.lang.Exception The Java exception class.

exceptionClassName The name of the exception class.

exceptionMessage The text of the exception message.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 XA TransactionManager Configuration 739
|

XA TransactionManager Configuration
Shared Configuration

The XA TransactionManager Configuration shared configuration

resource contains the information required to communicate with
an XA-compliant transaction manager. This resource is used by
transaction groups that use the XA Transaction type. See TIBCO
ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Process Design for more information
about transaction groups.

Configuration
The Configuration tab has the following fields.

Global
Field Description
Var?
Name No The name to appear as the label for the activity in
the process definition.

Description No Short description of the activity.

Transaction No Name of the transaction manager service. Chose

Manager one of the following:
• TIBCO BusinessWorks XA Transaction Manager
— For more information see the documentation
for this product.
• Arjuna Transaction Service — For more
information about Arjuna, see
http://www.arjuna.com/.
• JOTM — For more information about Java Open
Transaction Manager, see
http://jotm.objectweb.org/.
• Custom — Use this option when you are using
an XA-compliant transaction manager. You
must also specify the location of the transaction
manager class files. You can optionally specify
properties to pass to the transaction manager.
For more information about configuring third-party
transaction managers with TIBCO ActiveMatrix
BusinessWorks, see TIBCO ActiveMatrix
BusinessWorks Process Design.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

740
| Chapter 18 Transaction Palette

Field Global Description

Var?
Transaction Yes Time in seconds to wait for transactions that use
Timeout (sec) this resource to complete. An exception is raised if
the transaction does not complete in the time
specified by this field.
Enter zero (0) in this field to use the default timeout
set by the transaction manager.

Custom No This field only appears when Custom is selected in

Transaction the Transaction Manager field. This field allows you
Manager to select the location of the class for the
implementation of the custom transaction manager.
You can use an AliasLibrary resource to specify the
location of the class files and then select that
resource in the Library field. The class then appears
in the Wrapper Class field.
Alternatively, you can select the class using the
browse button in the Wrapper Class field.

Optional No This field only appears when you choose Custom in

Properties the Transaction Manager field. This field allows you
to specify optional input parameters for the custom
transaction manager implementation. You can add,
remove, or move the parameters using the +, X, and
arrow keys to the right of the table. Specify the
name of the parameter, its datatype, and the value
of the parameter.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 | 741

Chapter 19 WSDL Palette

The WSDL palette is used for creating, editing, validating, importing, and
viewing WSDL (Web Service Description Language) files. These files are shared
resources that describe web services. The WSDL palette’s resources are used to
create and reuse abstract definitions, namely:
• messages, which describe the data being exchanged
• portTypes, which define a set of operations
• and operations, which describe the activities supported by the web service
You can learn more about WSDL at http://www.w3.org.

Topics

• WSDL, page 742

• Message, page 750
• PortType, page 753
• Operation, page 754

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

742
| Chapter 19 WSDL Palette

WSDL
Resource

A WSDL file is an XML instance of the WSDL XML Schema, found at

http://schemas.xmlsoap.org/wsdl/. A WSDL resource is composed of a series of
definitions that describe the format and roles of messages used in web services. To
create a new WSDL resource (with an empty set of definitions), drag the WSDL
icon from the palette panel into the project panel. Once the WSDL resource has
been created and selected in the project, the key components of abstract WSDL
definitions — messages, portTypes, and operations — become available in the
WSDL palette.

Configuration
The configuration panel is accessible when working in the model view (which
loads by default). The fields in the Configuration tab are described below.

Field Description
Resource Name This is the name of the file when persisted. The *.wsdl
suffix will be automatically added.

Description Short description of the activity. This field is optional.

Target Namespace This is the target name space of the WSDL document.
This field will be populated by default with an example
target namespace (http://xmlns.example.com). It is
recommended that you enter a unique and meaningful
namespace for each WSDL file. (In the WSDL source,
this field represents the value of the targetNamespace
attribute on the definitions element.)

Definition Name A name for the definitions. Entries in this field are
optional. Names must begin with a letter and may
contain numbers, underscores, dashes, and periods. (In
the WSDL source, this field represents the value of the
name attribute for the definitions element.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 WSDL 743
|

Field Description
Copy From URL Once a new WSDL resource has been added to the
project, you can copy the definitions of an existing
WSDL file. To do so, enter the URL of the existing WSDL
file to the Copy From URL field. Click Copy URL to
retrieve the WSDL file and make a copy in the project.
Once the copy is complete, all of the WSDL definitions
are visible and editable.
For example, if your WSDL file is located on the local
MS Windows machine, you can use a URL like
file:///c:/wsdl/order.wsdl.

Instead of using this field, if you have the source code of

your WSDL file, you can also copy it onto the clipboard
and click the Display Source View button (see Toolbar
on page 753 for a description of toolbar buttons). You
can then paste the source of your WSDL into the source
window.
To locate a WSDL file by browsing a WSIL or UDDI
registry, use the Browse UDDI button. (See Copying
WSDL Definitions on page 746 for a description of the
browsing interface.) Once the WSDL file has been
selected, click Copy URL.
Warning: The Copy URL and Browse UDDI buttons add
the WSDL from the external resource once. There is no
refresh option. If the external WSDL file changes, the
Copy URL must be performed again.

Toolbar
When a WSDL resource, or one of its components, is selected in your project, four
extra buttons appear on the toolbar. These buttons are described in Table 11.

Table 11 WSDL toolbar buttons

Button Description
Opens the model view. The model view is the default view so, by
default, this button is inactive.
For more information on the model view, see Editing WSDL
Resources on page 745.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

744
| Chapter 19 WSDL Palette

Table 11 WSDL toolbar buttons

Button Description
Opens the content view. For more information on the content
view, see Editing WSDL Resources on page 745.

Opens the source view. For more information on the source view,
Editing WSDL Resources on page 745.

Checks changes made in the content view to verify that the WSDL
resource conforms to the WSDL schema. Errors are reported in an
errors panel, which is displayed at the bottom of the content view.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 WSDL 745
|

Editing WSDL Resources

The key components (elements) of an abstract WSDL file are messages, portTypes,
and operations. Three different views are available when editing the base WSDL
file or one of its components. These editing views, accessed using the toolbar
buttons (see Table 11 on page 743) are described below.

View Description
Model This is the default view.
• When a WSDL resource is selected, the Configuration tab
provides fields for setting document level properties as well as
an interface for copying existing WSDL definitions. For more
information, see Configuration on page 742).
To add a Message or PortType component to the WSDL
resource, drag the representative icon from the WSDL palette
into design panel. The Message and PortType components can
then be selected and edited.
• When a Message component is selected in the project, the
Configuration tab provides fields for naming and describing
the component and a table for adding part components. For
more information, see Message on page 750.
• When a PortType component is selected, the Configuration tab
provides fields for naming and documenting the PortType
component. For more information, see PortType on page 753.
To add an Operation component to the PortType, drag the
representative icon from the WSDL palette into the design
panel. The Operation component can then be selected and
edited.
• When an Operation component is selected, the Configuration
tab provides fields for naming and describing the component
and a table for specifying the messages to be used as input and
output. For more information, see Operation on page 754.
Note: The WSDL palette’s model view enables the creation of an
“abstract” WSDL file that may be used in a web service where
additional SOAP endpoints and binding information will be
added. To specify binding and endpoint information in the WSDL
file, use the content or source view.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

746
| Chapter 19 WSDL Palette

View Description
Content The content view provides a tabular view of the WSDL file, with
the components (elements and attributes) of the WSDL file listed
on the left, and the component values listed on the right.
The content view provides access to all of the elements and
attributes used to build WSDL files, which appear as choices on the
factory bar located at the bottom of the view. The content view is
useful when viewing concrete WSDL files or when you need to add
elements to your resource that are not available in the model view -
such as binding or service elements.
The Content view provides the same editing environment used to
create XML instance resources. For details on the content view,
review the documentation for the Instance resource, in TIBCO
Designer Palette Reference.

Source The source view allows you to edit the source code of your
document directly. If you are comfortable with WSDL syntax,
editing directly in the WSDL source may be useful. To make the
other panels reflect the changes you've made in the source, click
'Reparse' at the top of the panel. Any errors found upon reparse
will be reported.

Copying WSDL Definitions

To copy the definitions of an existing WSDL file, you must first add a new WSDL
resource to your project. If you know the location of the WSDL file you want to
copy, enter the URL into the Copy From URL field and click Copy URL. The
definitions from the external file will be copied into your WSDL resource.
If you are not sure of the location of the WSDL file, a WSIL and UDDI Registry
Browser is provided, enabling you to browse well-known WSIL and UDDI
directories. To access the browser, click Browse UDDI.
Use the radio buttons at the top of the browser to indicate whether you want to
browse a WSIL directory or a UDDI registry. For the selected registry type, you
can type in the location of the registry you want to browse in the field adjacent to
the radio buttons or you can use this field’s drop down menu to select from a list
of popular registries, as shown in Figure 27.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 WSDL 747
|

Figure 27 Specifying a UDDI registry

Once you have selected the registry to browse, use the Search Details section to
select the type of services you want to browse. The Search Details section has the
following fields.

Field Description
Search Type Use this field to specify the facet you want to use to locate
the WSDL file. When browsing a WSIL registry, searches
are conducted based on service name only. When browsing
a UDDI registry, see Table 12 for a description of the
available search types.

Search Term To filter the registry’s services, enter a search term

corresponding to the facet selected in the Search Type field.

Max Rows Specify the number of services you would like to be

returned.

Case-sensitive Indicate if the case of the search term should be considered

when locating services.

Order Asc. Indicate if the results should be ordered ascending. (Files

are returned in descending order by default.)

Exact Match Indicate if the search term must be matched exactly.

Timeout (msec) Specify the amount of time permitted before a search is

aborted.

Table 12 UDDI search types

Search Type Description

Service Name In the Search Term field, specify a service name.

Business Name In the Search Term field, specify business name.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

748
| Chapter 19 WSDL Palette

Table 12 UDDI search types

Search Type Description

Business Key In the Search Term field, specify a uuid key for a business.

TModel Key In the Search Term field, specify a uuid key for a tmodel.

ALL WSDLs In the Search Term field, specify a service name. TModels of
type wsdlSpec will be searched.

NAICS In the Search Term field, specify a NAICS number. For more
information, see http://www.naics.com.

ISO 3166 In the Search Term field, specify the code for a particular
country. For a list of ISO 3166 codes, see
http://www.iso.org/iso/en/prods-services/iso3166ma/02
iso-3166-code-lists/list-en1.html

D-U-N-S In the Search Term field, enter the nine digit D-U-N-S
number. For more information, see http://www.dnb.com.

Geo Web In the Search Term field, enter a Microsoft geoweb

classification. For example, the value 514267 would return
businesses from London.

SIC Code In the Search Term field, enter the four digit SIC code. For
more information, see http://www.siccode.com.

UNSPSC In the Search Term field, enter a UNSPSC code. For more
information, see http://eccma.org/unspsc/.

Depending on the Search Type specified in the Search Details, either the Get
Services or Explore buttons will become active. The Explore option returns a list
of company names matching the search criteria, such as the companies with a
particular NAICS or SIC code. (To see the services provided one of the companies
on the list, select the company and click Get Services.) The results returned by the
Explore button are shown in Figure 28.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 WSDL 749
|

Figure 28 Companies returned by the Explore button

The Get Services option displays the WSDL files matching the search criteria in
the table below the Search Details section, as shown in Figure 29.

Figure 29 List of returned services

From the list of returned WSDL files, highlight the file you want to copy and click
OK. The URL for the service will appear in the Copy From URL field of the
Configuration tab of the WSDL resource. Click Copy URL. The definitions from
the external file will be copied into your WSDL resource.

External References
WSDL or XSD on an HTTP network location can be imported in a local WSDL
without physically importing them into the project repository. These external
references are restricted to imports only, that is, <wsdl:import> and
<xsd:import> elements from WSDL and XSD namespaces, respectively.

Changes made to the external references are included automatically. This

behavior is the same as with any locally imported WSDL or XSD.
The property
java.property.com.tibco.xml.tns.parse.ImportSpecialResolution
should be set to true in designer.tra to enable external WSDL support.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

750
| Chapter 19 WSDL Palette

Message
Component

The Message component is used to define the type of information being

exchanged in a web service. One or more Message components can be added to a
WSDL resource selected in your project.

Configuration
The configuration panel is accessible when working in the model view (which
loads by default). The fields in the Configuration tab are described below.

Field Description
Message A name for the message. In the target namespace, message
Name names must be unique and must begin with a letter and may
contain numbers, underscores, dashes, and periods. (In the
WSDL source, this field represents the value of the name
attribute on the message element.)

Description Optional short description of the activity. This information is

added to the WSDL source as documentation.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 Message 751
|

Field Description
Part Table Messages contain one or more parts that provide references to
type information. Use this table to add part components to your
message component. The Part Table contains the following
columns:
• Name — Double click in this field to enable editing. Once
activated, enter or edit the name of the part here. In the
target namespace, part names must be unique and must
begin with a letter and may contain numbers, underscores,
dashes, and periods. (In the WSDL source, this field
represents the value of the name attribute for the part
element.)
• Type — This field displays the type information for the part.
(In the WSDL source, this field represents the value of the
type or element attribute of the part element.) The type
may be a built-in XML Schema simple type or an element or
complex type defined in an XML Schema. This field is not
editable. The value for this field is specified by way of the
Part Details fields.
When working in the Part Table, use the “+” button to create a
new row, the “X” to delete rows, and the arrows to re-order
parts.

Part Details The Part Details options, used to specify type information for
the part, appears when a row is selected in the Part Table.
Indicate whether the reference should be to a type or element by
clicking the respective radio button. Select Type to reference an
XSD simple type (built-in or user-defined) or complex type.
Select Element to reference an element defined in an XML
Schema.
Type information is selected using the Type drop down menu. If
the XML Type Reference option is selected, or if your part
references an element, use the Browse button. The Select a
Resource window will appear, enabling you to select a type or
element by browsing the project or namespace directories, or by
searching for a specific name.

Toolbar
When a Message component is selected in your project, four extra buttons appear
on the toolbar. These buttons are described in Table 11 on page 743.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

752
| Chapter 19 WSDL Palette

Editing Message Components

There are three views available for editing message information. The editing
views, accessed using toolbar buttons (see Table 11 on page 743), are described in
Editing WSDL Resources on page 745.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 PortType 753
|

PortType
Component

The PortType component describes the operations that are supported by the web
service. One or more PortType components can be added to a WSDL resource
selected in your project. Once the portType component has been created and
selected in the project, the Operation component becomes available in the WSDL
palette.

Configuration
The configuration panel is accessible when working in the model view (which
loads by default). The fields in the Configuration tab are described below.

Field Description
Port Type Name The name for the portType component. In the target
namespace, portType names must be unique and must
begin with a letter and may contain numbers, underscores,
dashes, and periods. (This field represents the value of the
name attribute for the portType element.)

Description Optional short description of the portType activities. This

information is added to the WSDL file as documentation.

Toolbar
When a PortType component is selected in your project, four extra buttons appear
on the toolbar. These buttons are described in Table 11 on page 743.

Editing PortType Components

The key component (element) of a PortType is an operation. Three different views
are available when adding or editing operation components. These editing views,
accessed using toolbar buttons (see Table 11 on page 743), are described in Editing
WSDL Resources on page 745.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

754
| Chapter 19 WSDL Palette

Operation
Component

The Operation component describes the message formats for the incoming and
outgoing messages required by the activities supported by the portType. One or
more Operation components can be added to a PortType component selected in
your project.

Configuration
The configuration panel is accessible when working in the model view (which
loads by default). The fields in the Configuration tab are described below.

Field Description
Operation Name The name of the Operation component. In the target
namespace, names must be unique and must begin with a
letter and may contain numbers, underscores, dashes, and
periods. (In the WSDL source, this field represents the
value of the name attribute for the operation element.)

Description Optional short description of the operation. This

information is added to the WSDL resource as
documentation.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 Operation 755
|

Field Description
Message Table Use this table to specify the format for the operation’s
input and output messages. The Message Table contains
three columns:
• Message Kind — Use the drop down menu to select
either input, output, or fault. By default an input
message (which is accepted by the operation) and an
output message (which is sent by the operation) are
listed on the first two rows of the table. Because only
one input and one output message is allowed per
operation, any additional message rows are added as
fault messages (which are used for error reporting).
• Name — Double click in this field to enable editing.
Once activated, enter the name of the input, output, or
fault component here. (In the WSDL source, this field
represents the value of the name attribute for either the
input or output element.)

• Message — This field displays the name of the message

component that describes the desired format. (In the
WSDL source, this field represents the value for the
message attribute of the input or output element.)
This field is not editable. The value for this field is
specified using the Message Details fields.
When working in the Message Table, use the “+”, “X”, and
arrows to create, delete, and re-order operation messages,
respectively.

Message Details When a particular row in the Message Table is selected, the
namespace box defaults to the target namespace of the
current WSDL file. In the field below, you can select a
message component defined in this namespace using the
drop down menu.
To select a message component defined in a different
WSDL resource, use the Browse button. The Select a
Resource window will appear, enabling you to select a
message by browsing the project or namespace directory,
or by searching for a message name. When a message from
a different namespace is selected, the appropriate import
namespace declarations are automatically added to the
document.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

756
| Chapter 19 WSDL Palette

Toolbar
When a Operation component is selected in your project, four extra buttons
appear on the toolbar. These buttons are described in Table 11 on page 743.

Editing Operation Components

There are three views available for editing operation information. The editing
views, accessed using toolbar buttons (see Table 11 on page 743) are described in
Editing WSDL Resources on page 745.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 | 757

Chapter 20 XML Activities Palette

The XML Activities palette provides activities for parsing XML strings into
schemas and rendering schemas into XML strings.

Topics

• Parse XML, page 758

• Render XML, page 762
• Transform XML, page 766

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

758
| Chapter 20 XML Activities Palette

Parse XML
Activity

The Parse XML activity takes a binary XML file or an XML string and
processes it, turning it into an XML schema tree based on the XSD or
DTD specified.
The preferred way to parse XML files is to use a Read File activity set to
binary mode to read the XML file. Then pass the binary file contents to the Parse
XML activity.

Parsing Date and Datetime Strings

In XML documents parsed by the XML Parser activity, datetime values are read in
according to the ISO-8601 standard, as described in the XML Schema
specification. For example, the value:
2002-02-10T14:55:31.112-08:00

is 55 minutes, 31 seconds, and 112 milliseconds after 2PM on February 10th, 2002
in a time zone that is 8 hours, 0 minutes behind UTC.
If no time zone field is present, the value is interpreted in the time zone of the
machine that is performing the parsing. This can lead to complications if you are
processing XML from different time zones, so you are encouraged to always use
time zones.

Configuration
The Configuration tab has the following fields.

Global
Field Description
Var?
Name No The name to appear as the label for the activity in
the process definition.

Description No Short description of the activity.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 Parse XML 759
|

Field Global Description

Var?
Input Style No Can be binary, text, or dynamic.
In binary mode (the default and preferred choice),
the binary content is read. The encoding used for
parsing the content is either the value specified in
the forceEncoding input item, the encoding
specified in the XML header of the xmlBinary input
item, or UTF-8 (the default encoding, if no
encoding is specified).
In text mode, an XML string is passed as an input
item.
In dynamic mode, a choice is offered for input. You
can either supply binary or text input. You can use
a choice statement and set substitution in the
mapping to supply the correct type of input at run
time.

Validate No When checked, specifies that the output of the

Output activity should be validated against the schema
specified in the Output Editor tab.

Input
See TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Process Design for more information about
mapping and transforming input data.
The input for the activity is the following.

Input Item Datatype Description

xmlString string The XML string to parse.
This input element is available when the
Input Style configuration field is set to
text.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

760
| Chapter 20 XML Activities Palette

Input Item Datatype Description

xmlBinary complex Available when the Input Style
configuration field is set to binary.
This input item contains a required
bytes item for which you specify the
input XML bytes.
This input item also contains an
optional forceEncoding item. This
specifies the encoding to use when
parsing the XML. If this element is not
specified, the encoding specified in the
XML header of the byte element is used
to parse the XML. If the encoding value
is not specified in the XML header, the
default encoding (UTF-8) is used.
You can specify any valid XML
encoding value listed in
IANA-Charsets. See
http://www.iana.org/assignments/cha
racter-sets for a complete list. Encoding
names are case insensitive.

xmlBinary|xmlString choice Available when the Input Style

configuration field is set to dynamic.
This allows you to specify a choice
statement and set substitution and
supply the correct input type at runtime.

Output Editor
The Output Editor tab allows you to define a schema for the XML output. See
Appendix A, Specifying Data Schema, on page 773 for a complete description of
using the Output Editor tab.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 Parse XML 761
|

Output
The output for the activity is the following.

Output Item Datatype Description

XML Schema complex The parsed XML schema is the output of this
activity. The contents of the schema are
determined by the schema defined on the
Output Editor tab.

Error Output
The Error Output tab lists the possible exceptions that can be thrown by this
activity. See TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Error Codes for more information
about error codes and corrective action to take.

Exception Thrown When...

XMLParseException An exception occurred when parsing the
data.

UnsupportedEncodingException An unsupported encoding was specified

in the forceEncoding input item. You can
specify any encoding supported by Java
on the system where TIBCO
ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks is running.

MissingByteCountException

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

762
| Chapter 20 XML Activities Palette

Render XML
Activity

The Render XML activity takes an instance of an XML schema

element and renders it as a stream of bytes containing XML or an
XML string. The schema is processed based on the XSD file specified.

Rendering Date and Datetime Strings

WhenTIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks generates datetime strings, it always
uses UTC time. For example, the time 55 minutes, 31 seconds, and 112
milliseconds after 2PM on February 10th, 2002 would be represented as the
following by the Render XML activity:
2002-02-10T14:55:31.112Z

Configuration
The Configuration tab has the following fields.

Global
Field Var? Description

Name No The name to appear as the label for the activity in

the process definition.

Description No Short description of the activity.

Output Style No Specifies whether the output should be text or

binary data.

Validate Input No When checked, specifies that the data input to the
activity should be validated against the schema
specified in the Input Editor tab.

Format Using No
Default
Namespace
Prefix

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 Render XML 763
|

Field Global Description

Var?
Encoding Yes This field is only available when the Output Style
field is set to text. This field specifies the encoding
value to place into the XML header of the rendered
XML data.
You can specify any valid XML encoding value
listed in IANA-Charsets. See
http://www.iana.org/assignments/character-sets
for a complete list. Encoding names are case
insensitive.

Advanced
The Advanced tab allows you to specify which elements in the input schema can
contain CDATA sections. CDATA sections allow you to enclose text within an
element that should not be treated as XML.
The + button allows you to add elements of the input schema to the list. When
you click the + button, a dialog appears that allows you to locate and select the
input schema by location in the project or by namespace. Use the By Location tab
if your input schema is located in the project directory. Use the By Namespace tab
if you constructed the input schema on the Input Editor tab.
Use the X button to remove elements from the list and the up and down arrows to
move elements in the list.

Input Editor
The Input Editor tab allows you to define a schema for the incoming XML data
you want to render. See Appendix A, Specifying Data Schema, on page 773 for a
complete description of using the Input Editor tab.

Input
See TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Process Design for more information about
mapping and transforming input data.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

764
| Chapter 20 XML Activities Palette

The input for the activity is the following.

Input Item Datatype Description

byteEncoding string This is only available when the Output Style
field on the Configuration tab is set to binary.
This specified the encoding value to place into
the XML header in the rendered XML output.
This is also the encoding used to encode the
binary data. If this item is not specified, the
default encoding of the Java Virtual Machine
used by the process engine is used to encode the
binary data. This value may not be a valid XML
encoding.
You can specify any valid XML encoding value
listed in IANA-Charsets. See
http://www.iana.org/assignments/character-se
ts for a complete list. Encoding names are case
insensitive.

XML Schema string The XML schema to render. The contents of the
schema are determined by the schema specified
on the Input Editor tab.

Output
The output for the activity is the following.

Output Item Datatype Description

xmlString string Available when text is selected in
the Output Style field on the
Configuration tab. This item
contains the rendered XML string.

xmlBytes bytes Available when binary is selected in

the Output Style field on the
Configuration tab. This item
contains a stream of bytes
representing the rendered XML.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 Render XML 765
|

Error Output
The Error Output tab lists the possible exceptions that can be thrown by this
activity. See TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Error Codes for more information
about error codes and corrective action to take.

Exception Thrown When...

XMLRenderException An exception occurred when rendering
the data.

UnsupportedEncodingException An unsupported encoding was specified

in the byteEncoding input item. You can
specify any encoding supported by Java
on the system where TIBCO
ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks is running.

MissingByteCountException

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

766
| Chapter 20 XML Activities Palette

Transform XML
Activity

The Transform XML activity allows you to transform an input XML

document into the output specified by the given XSLT File shared
configuration resource.
Normally, transformation of data occurs by mapping process variables to an
activity’s input and applying XPath expressions to perform any transformation. If
you have an XSLT file that you are using for transformations, or if an outside
source supplies an XSLT file, this activity allows you to use the XSLT file instead
of manually creating the mappings.
For more information about creating and editing XSLT files, see the XSLT
specification at http://www.w3.org/TR/xslt. For more information about
creating an XSLT File shared configuration resource see XSLT File on page 772.
See Example of Transforming XML on page 769 for an example of using the
Transform XML activity.

Configuration
The Configuration tab has the following fields.

Field Description
Name The name to appear as the label for the activity in
the process definition.

Description Short description of the activity.

Stylesheet The XSLT File shared configuration resource to use

when transforming the XML. You can also specify
an XSLT stylesheet in the stylesheet input element, if
desired. Stylesheets specified in the activity input
will override the stylesheet specified in this field.
See XSLT File on page 772 for more information.

Input and Output Style Specifies whether the input and output is binary
data, text, or an XML tree.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 Transform XML 767
|

Field Description
XSLT Engine Specifies the XSLT Engine to be used for the
transformation. Following are the XSLT engines
available in the drop down list:
— TIBCO XML - This is the default XSLT engine
provided by TIBCO.
— Saxon-B XSLT 2.0 - This engine provides
basic conformance to XSLT 2.0. The engine
provides all features of the languages except
schema-aware processes.
See http://saxon.sourceforge.net/ for details about
the Saxon-B XSLT 2.0 engine.

Input
The input for the activity is the following.

Input Item Datatype Description

xmlBytesIn or binary The XML to transform. If the
input/output style is set to binary, this
xmlString or
element is named xmlBytesIn. If the
xmlTree input/output style is set to text, this
element is named xmlString. If the
input/output style is set to tree, this
element is named xmlTree.
When an xmlTree is the input element,
you can drag and drop an XML tree
into the (any Element) to map a copy of
an XML tree to the activity’s input. See
Figure 31 for an example of this.

styleSheet string This optional element contains the

XSLT stylesheet to use to transform the
XML input. This stylesheet overrides
the stylesheet specified in the
Stylesheet field on the Configuration
tab.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

768
| Chapter 20 XML Activities Palette

Input Item Datatype Description

parameter complex This repeating element contains the
input parameters for the style sheet.
Each input parameter is specified as
name/value pairs. The name is a string
that corresponds to the name of the
parameter specified in the XSLT
stylesheet parameter list.

name string The name of the stylesheet input

parameter.

value string The value to supply for the specified

stylesheet input parameter.

isXMLDocument boolean Specifies whether the parameter is an

XML document.

Output
The output for the activity is the following.

Output Item Datatype Description

xmlString or text or A binary or text value or an XML tree
binary or containing the output schema specified
xmlOutput
complex by the XSLT file.
or treeOutput
The element is named xmlString and is
of type text when text is selected for the
input/output style on the
Configuration tab. The element is
named xmlOutput and is of type binary
when binary is selected. The element is
named treeOutput and is a complex
type when tree is selected.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 Transform XML 769
|

Error Output
The Error Output tab lists the possible exceptions that can be thrown by this
activity. See TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Error Codes for more information
about error codes and corrective action to take.

Exception Thrown When...

XMLTransformException An exception occurred when
transforming the data.

UnsupportedEncodingException Data was supplied that is encoded in an

unsupported encoding. You can specify
any encoding supported by Java on the
system where TIBCO ActiveMatrix
BusinessWorks is running.

MissingByteCountException

Example of Transforming XML

The following is an example of using the Transform XML activity to change an
input XML document into the desired output schema. In this example, books are
cataloged and processed. The user enters a book’s information into a web
interface, and the web input form supplies a new catalog number and the date it
was entered into the catalog. The process definition accepts the incoming web
request, transforms the XML and adds the catalog number and date, enters the
data into a database, then returns the results to the user. Figure 30 illustrates the
process definition for this example.

Figure 30 A process definition using the Transform XML activity

The Transform XML activity uses an XSLT file that accepts two input parameters,
catalogNumber and catalogDate. These input parameters are added as elements
to the Book schema. The following is the source of the XSLT File shared
configuration resource for the example Transform XML activity:
<xsl:stylesheet xmlns:xsl="http://www.w3.org/1999/XSL/Transform"
version="1.0"
xmlns:pfx="http://www.books.org">
<xsl:param name="catalogNumber"> <!--type="string"--></xsl:param>
<xsl:param name="catalogDate"> <!--type="string"--></xsl:param>
<xsl:template match="/*">

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

770
| Chapter 20 XML Activities Palette

<pfx:BookStore>
<xsl:for-each select="Book">
<xsl:call-template name="handle-book">
<xsl:with-param name="inDate" select="$catalogDate"/>
</xsl:call-template>
</xsl:for-each>
</pfx:BookStore>
</xsl:template>
<xsl:template name ="handle-book">
<xsl:param name="inDate"> <!--type="string"--></xsl:param>
<pfx:Book>
<pfx:Title><xsl:value-of select="Title"/></pfx:Title>
<pfx:Author><xsl:value-of select="Author"/></pfx:Author>
<pfx:Date><xsl:value-of select="$inDate"/></pfx:Date>
<pfx:ISBN><xsl:value-of
select="$catalogNumber"/></pfx:ISBN>
<pfx:Publisher><xsl:value-of
select=""TIBCO Software Inc./></pfx:Publisher>
</pfx:Book>
</xsl:template>
</xsl:stylesheet>

When you configure the Transform XML activity, you specify the incoming XML
to transform any input parameters to the schema. Figure 31 illustrates the input
for the example Transform XML activity.

Figure 31 Input for the example Transform XML activity

The stylesheet has two input parameters. The XPath if statement is used to place
the correct names and values into the correct parameters. Each parameter is
specified as a name/value pair. Notice that the name of each parameter
corresponds to the name specified for that parameter in the XSLT file.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 Transform XML 771
|

The output of the Transform XML activity is a text string containing the XML. In
our example process definition, we must insert the transformed data into a
database table. To map the transformed data into the database UPDATE
statement, the data must first be represented as a schema. To do this, we use the
Parse XML activity to parse the output of Transform XML into an XML schema.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

772
| Chapter 20 XML Activities Palette

XSLT File
Shared Configuration

The XSLT File resource allows you to load an XSLT file to use to
transform XML schemas using the Transform XML activity. See
Transform XML on page 766 for more information about using this
shared configuration resource in a Transform XML activity.
A transformation expressed in XSLT is called a stylesheet. A stylesheet contains a
set of template rules. Each template rule has two parts: a pattern that is matched
against nodes in the source document and a template that can be instantiated to
form part of the result document.
A transformation expressed in XSLT describes rules for transforming a source
document into a result document. The transformation is achieved by associating
patterns with templates. A pattern is matched against elements in the source
document. A template is instantiated to create all or part of the result document.
The structure of the result document can be completely different from the
structure of the source document. In constructing the result document, elements
from the source document can be filtered and reordered, and arbitrary structure
can be added.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 | 773

Appendix A Specifying Data Schema

Many activities in TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks allow you to specify a

custom data schema for input or output of the activity. This appendix describes
the mechanism for specifying a custom data schema for an activity’s input or
output.

Topics

• Editor, page 774

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

774
| Appendix A Specifying Data Schema

Editor

The Editor tab is used to specify a data schema for input or output of an activity.
This is useful when the data does not have a well-known structure. The Editor tab
is usually named for the type of schema you are creating. For example, the tab
may be named "Input Editor" or "Output Editor".
For example, an email message has a well-known data structure, and therefore
does not need a special datatype for its input. A JMS message, however, can have
application-specific properties of any datatype. The Editor tab allows you to
define the schema for any activities that require a specialized input or output
schema.
You can use a simple datatype, or you can define a group of data elements on this
tab. You can also reference XML schema or ActiveEnterprise classes stored in the
project. Once defined, the schema appears on the appropriate tabs of the activity.
The data in the schema then becomes available to other activities in the process
definition.
The following illustrates the Editor tab. In this example, the Editor tab is labeled
"Input Editor" indicating this is the activity’s input.

To define a schema on this tab, use the icons above the schema tree to add, delete,
or move data items. Then use the fields of the dialog to specify the datatype of
each item.

Field Description
Content Defines the content of the element. The other fields that
appear depend upon which content type is selected. See
Table 13 for more information about the content type.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 Editor 775
|

Field Description
Name The name of the element.

Cardinality The qualification for the data item. Data items can be
specified as one of the following:
• Required — the data item is required and must be
supplied when the process is called.
• Optional (?) — the data item is optional.
• Repeating, Zero or More (*) — The data item is a list
that has zero or more elements.
• Repeating, One or More (+) — The data item is a list
that has one or more items.

Type The type of data. Can be any of the following:

• XML Type Reference — must locate the stored XML
schema definition.
• Any of the datatypes described in Table 14.

Schema Name Stored XML schema that contains the element or type you
want to reference.

Type Name Type in a stored XML schema you want to reference.

Table 13 describes the potential content types for data elements.

Table 13 Content types for schema elements

Other Fields for

Content Type Description This Content Type
Complex An element that contains other Name
Element elements. This is like a structure in a
Cardinality
programming language. The
complex element can contain zero or
more elements of other types, and it
can contain other complex elements.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

776
| Appendix A Specifying Data Schema

Table 13 Content types for schema elements

Other Fields for

Content Type Description This Content Type
Element of Type An element with a specified Name
datatype. You can specify a scalar
Cardinality
datatype (string, integer, and so on),
you can reference an XML type, or Type
specify the TIBCO ActiveEnterprise
Other fields
Any dataype.
depending upon
the datatype
selected

XML Element A reference to an element in a stored Cardinality

Reference XML schema. See TIBCO Designer
Schema
documentation for more
information about XML schema. Element

Attribute of An attribute with a specified Name

Type datatype. You can specify a scalar
Cardinality
datatype (string, integer, and so on),
you can reference an XML type, or Type
specify the TIBCO ActiveEnterprise
Other fields
Any datatype.
depending upon
the datatype
selected.

Sequence A sequence of elements. Each item Cardinality

in the sequence is a structure of the
sub-elements of this element.

Choice A choice of elements. The datatype Cardinality

of this element can be one of the
sub-elements defined.

All The datatype of this element can be Cardinality

all of the datatypes of the
sub-elements defined.

XML Group A reference to an XML group in a Cardinality

Reference stored XML schema. See TIBCO
Schema
Designer documentation for more
information about XML schema. Model Group

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 Editor 777
|

Table 13 Content types for schema elements

Other Fields for

Content Type Description This Content Type
Any Element A reference to any XML Element. Cardinality
You can use the Coersion button to
Validation
supply a reference to the XML
Element for this item when it
appears in the input or process data.

WSDL Message A reference to a message defined in WSDL

a WSDL File resource. Use the
Message
Browse button to bring up a dialog
for locating WSDL files within the
project.

Table 14 describes the datatypes available for data.

Table 14 Icons for schema datatypes

Icon Description
String or character value. You can specify the type of string
as one of the following:
• String
• Normailzed String
• Token
• Language
• Name
• NC-Name
• Q-Name
• Name Token
• Name Tokens
• ID
• ID ref
• ID refs
• Entity
• Entites

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

778
| Appendix A Specifying Data Schema

Table 14 Icons for schema datatypes

Icon Description
Integer value. You can specify the size of the integer as one of
the following:
• Byte
• Short
• Int
• Long
• Unsigned Byte
• Unsigned Int
• Unsigned Long
• Integer
• Positive Integer
• Negative Integer
• Non-positive Integer
• Non-negative Integer

Floating point number. You can specify the size of the

schema item as float, double, or decimal.

Boolean value.

Date or Time. This can be any of the following datatypes:

• Time
• Date
• Date & Time
• Duration
• Day
• Month
• Year
• Year & Month
• Month & Day

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 Editor 779
|

Table 14 Icons for schema datatypes

Icon Description
Base 64 or hexidecimal value.

An HTTP Uniform Resource Identifier.

Complex element. Container for other datatypes.

XML element or group reference.

Sequence. Signifies that the contained sub-elements are

repeated in an ordered sequence.

Any Type. Represents a schema item with the TIBCO

ActiveEnterprise datatype any. This node can be specified as
any other datatype or a reference to an XML Type or AE
Class.

Any Element. Represents a schema item that can be a

reference to any XML Element. You can use the Coersion
button to supply a reference to the XML Element for this
item.

Choice. Specifies that the schema element can be one of a

specified set of datatypes.

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

780
| Appendix A Specifying Data Schema

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 | 781

Index

A
ActiveEnterprise Adapter palette 5

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

782
| Index
activities Label 181
Adapter Request-Response Server 22 List Files 69
Adapter Subscriber 26 Lock Object 183
Assign 135 Map Data 184
Call Process 136 Notify 185
Catch 140, 198 Null 188
Checkpoint 142 On Event Timeout 189
Confirm 145 On Notification Timeout 191
Copy File 58 On Shutdown 193
Create File 61 On Startup 194
custom 147 Parse 514
Engine Command 149 Parse XML 758
External Command 164 Publish Rendezvous Message 552
File Poller 64 Publish to Adapter 35
FTP Change Default Directory 90 Read File 72
FTP Delete File 98 Read TCP Data 717
FTP DIR 101 Receive Mail 488
FTP Get 104 Receive Notification 195
FTP Get Default Directory 110 Receive Partner Notification 608
FTP Make Remote Directory 113 Remove File 75
FTP Put 116 Rename File 77
FTP Quote 121 Render 522
FTP Remove Remote Directory 124 Render XML 762
FTP Rename File 127 Rendezvous Subscriber 555
FTP Sys Type 130 Reply to JMS Message 458
Generate Error 170 Reply to Rendezvous Request 564
Get Context 587 Respond to Adapter Request 41
Get JMS Queue Message 382 Retrieve Resources 642
Get Shared Variable 173 RMI Lookup 580
HTTP Receiver 225 Send Exception to Adapter Request 44
Inspector 174 Send HTTP Request 238
Invoke an Adapter Request-Response Service 30 Send HTTP Response 261
Invoke Partner 588 Send Mail 497
Java Code 282 Send Rendezvous Request 566
Java Event Source 294 Set Context 636
JDBC Call Procedure 326 Set Shared Variable 199
JDBC Get Connection 340 Sleep 204
JDBC Query 345 SOAP Event Source 649, 649
JDBC Update 355 SOAP Request Reply 675
JMS Queue Receiver 406 SOAP Send Fault 697
JMS Queue Requestor 415 SOAP Send Reply 701
JMS Queue Sender 424 SQL direct 367
JMS Topic Publisher 432 TCP Close Connection 720
JMS Topic Requestor 439 TCP Open Connection 724
JMS Topic Subscriber 449 TCP Receiver 726

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 Index 783
|
Timer 205 D
Transaction State 737
Transform XML 766 Data Format resource 508
Wait 208 documentation
Wait for Adapter Message 47 labeling process definitions 181
Wait for Adapter Request 52 dynamic SQL 367
Wait for File Change 80
Wait for HTTP Request 268
Wait for JMS Queue Message 466
Wait for JMS Topic Message 475 E
Wait for Rendezvous Message 571
Wait for TCP Request 729 Engine Command activity 149
Write File 85 External Command activity 164
Write TCP Data 731
Write To Log 210
Adapter Request-Response Server activity 22
Adapter Subscriber activity 26 F
Assign activity 135
File palette 57
File Poller activity 64
FTP Change Default Directory activity 90
B FTP Connection shared configuration 93
FTP Delete File activity 98
built-in resource provider 647 FTP DIR activity 101
FTP Get activity 104
FTP Get Default Directory activity 110
FTP Make Remote Directory activity 113
C FTP palette 89
FTP Put activity 116
Call Process activity 136 FTP Quote activity 121
Catch activity 140, 198 FTP Remove Remote Directory activity 124
changes from the previous release xxviii FTP Rename File activity 127
Checkpoint activity 142 FTP Sys Type activity 130
Confirm activity 145
confirming a message 145
Copy File activity 58
Create File activity 61 G
creating schemas 774
custom activities 147 General Activities palette 133
customer support xxxv Generate Error activity 170
Get JMS Queue Message activity 382
Get Shared Variable activity 173

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

784
| Index

H JMS Topic Subscriber activity 449

JNDI Configuration shared configuration 176
HTTP Component 216 Job Shared Variable shared configuration 179
HTTP Connection shared configuration 216 JRMI 577
HTTP palette 215 JTA UserTransaction Configuration shared
HTTP Receiver activity 225 configuration 734

I L
Inspector activity 174 Label activity 181
inter-process communication List Files activity 69
Notify 185 Lock Object activity 183
Notify Configuration 187
Wait 208
Invoke an Adapter Request-Response Service
activity 30 M
Mail palette 487
Manual Work palette 507
J Map Data activity 184
mapping
Java Code activity 282 with XSLT 772
Java Custom Function shared configuration 289 messages
Java Event Source activity 294 confirming 145
Java Global Instance shared configuration 302
Java palette 277
JDBC Call Procedure activity 326
JDBC Connection shared configuration 333 N
JDBC Get Connection activity 340
JDBC palette 325 Notify activity 185
working with the Query Designer 362 Notify Configuration shared configuration 187
JDBC Query activity 345 Null activity 188
Query Designer 362
JDBC Update activity 355
JMS Application Properties shared configuration 391
JMS Connection shared configuration 392 O
JMS palette 379
JMS properties 402 On Event Timeout activity 189
JMS Queue Receiver activity 406 On Notification Timeout activity 191
JMS Queue Requestor activity 415 On Shutdown activity 193
JMS Queue Sender activity 424 On Startup activity 194
JMS Topic Publisher activity 432
JMS Topic Requestor activity 439

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

 Index 785
|

P Receive Mail activity 488

Receive Notification activity 195
palettes Remove File activity 75
ActiveEnterprise Adapter 5 Rename File activity 77
File 57 Render activity 522
FTP 89 Render XML activity 762
General Activities 133 Rendezvous palette 541
HTTP 215 Rendezvous Subscriber activity 555
Java 277 Rendezvous transport shared configuration 559
JDBC 325 Reply To JMS Message activity 458
JMS 379 Reply to Rendezvous Request activity 564
Mail 487 Respond to Adapter Request activity 41
Manual Work 507 RMI Lookup activity 580
Parse 507 RMI palette 577
Policy 525 RMI Server process starter 582
Process 1
Rendezvous 541
RMI 577
Service 585 S
SOAP 639
TCP/IP 715 Security Policy Association shared configuration 536
Transaction 733 Security Policy shared configuration 526
XML 757 Send Exception to Adapter Request activity 44
Parse activity 514 Send HTTP Request activity 238
Parse palette 507 Send HTTP Response activity 261
Parse XML activity 758 Send Mail activity 497
Policy palette 525 Send Rendezvous Request activity 566
Process palette 1 Service palette 585
process starters Service shared configuration 611
RMI Server 582 Set Shared Variable activity 199
Proxy Configuration shared configuration 237 shared configuratation
Publish Rendezvous Message activity 552 TCP Connection 721
Publish to Adapter activity 35

Q
Query Designer 362

R
Read File activity 72

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference

786
| Index
shared configuration Transform XML activity 766
Context Resource 586
Data Format 508
FTP Connection 93
HTTP Connection 216 W
Java Custom Function 289
Java Global Instance 302 Wait activity 208
JDBC Connection 333 Wait for Adapter Message activity 47
JMS Application Properties 391 Wait for Adapter Request activity 52
JMS Connection 392 Wait for File Change activity 80
JNDI Configuration 176 Wait for HTTP Request activity 268
Job Shared Variable 179 Wait for JMS Queue Message activity 466
JTA UserTransaction Configuration 734 Wait for JMS Topic Message activity 475
Notify Configuration 187 Wait for Rendezvous Message activity 571
Partner Link 590 Write File activity 85
Proxy Configuration 237 Write To Log activity 210
Rendezvous transport 559 writing SQL queries 362
Security Policy 526 WSDL File shared configuration 773
Security Policy Association 536
Shared Variable 201
WSDL File 773
XA TransactionManager Configuration 739 X
XSLT File 772
Shared Variable shared configuration 201 XA TransactionManager Configuration shared
Sleep activity 204 configuration 739
SOAP Event Source activity 649 XML palette 757
SOAP palette 639 XSLT File shared configuration 772
SOAP Send Fault activity 697
SOAP Send Reply activity 701
specifying data schema 773
SQL Direct activity 367
SQL queries 362
storing mapping definitions 772
support, contacting xxxv

T
TCP/IP Palette 715
technical support xxxv
TIBCO_HOME xxxiii
Timer activity 205
Transaction palette 733
Transaction State activity 737

TIBCO ActiveMatrix BusinessWorks Palette Reference